Pe A00002 001 PDF

Saudi Aramco 2616-ENG (03/99)
PMT OPRNS
SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY
THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY OF SAUDI ARAMCO. NO REPRODUCTION IN FULL OR IN PART SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ITS OWNER.
KAS
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
KAPSARC and COMMUNITY PROJECTS DEPARTMENT

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
PROJECT PROPOSAL NARRATIVE WRITE-UP
F OR
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
DATE
UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
(BI-10-01545)
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
SIH
AUG-2015
APP # XXXX
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015
A U GU S T – 2 0 1 5
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
PREPARED BY:
DATE:
BY:
APPROVAL/CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS,
THIS INDICATES THAT REV. NO.__________
REVISION CERTIFICATE
OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL
BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
PROJECT PROPOSAL NARRATIVE DWG.TYPE PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. SHT.NO. REV.NO.
UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS DOC

N26 PE-A00002 1
MAINTENANCE SHOPS NORTHERN AREA A D
of
JU’AYMAH SAUDI ARABIA BI-10-01545 121
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ENGG CERT
SIH
1.0 PROJECT SUMMARY ..................................................................................................................... 5

OSM
1.1 Purpose of Facilities............................................................................................... 5

1.2 Present Situation.................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Objectives .............................................................................................................. 6
1.4 Project Design Basis .............................................................................................. 6
1.5 Location Analysis ................................................................................................... 7
2.0 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK FOR LSTK CONTRACTOR ............................................................ 8
3.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS........................................................... 12
3.1 Civil / Structural .................................................................................................... 12
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.2 Architectural ......................................................................................................... 15

3.3 HVAC ................................................................................................................... 16
3.4 Plumbing/ Utilities................................................................................................. 17
3.5 Fire Fighting System ............................................................................................ 18
3.6 Electrical............................................................................................................... 18
3.7 Instrumentation and Control................................................................................. 20
3.8 Communication .................................................................................................... 21
3.9 Equipment ............................................................................................................ 25
4.0 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING – PROJECT REQUIREMENTS ..................................................... 26
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.1 Civil/Structural ...................................................................................................... 26

4.2 Architectural ......................................................................................................... 27
4.3 HVAC ................................................................................................................... 30
DATE

NO.
REV
4.6 Electrical............................................................................................................... 38
D
DISCIPLINE 4.7 Instrumentation and Control................................................................................. 39

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 4.8 Communications .................................................................................................. 40
DATE:
AUG-2015 5.0 SHADED CAR PARKING AT NEW PARKING AND ADMINISTRATION BUILDING...................... 47
PROJECT 5.1 Civil/ Structural ..................................................................................................... 47
ENGINEER
OSM
5.2 Architectural ......................................................................................................... 48
AUG-2015 5.3 Electrical............................................................................................................... 48
DATE:
CERTIFIED 6.0 SUBSTATION BUILDING............................................................................................................... 49
SIH 6.1 Civil / Structural .................................................................................................... 49
DATE:
AUG-2015 6.2 Architectural ......................................................................................................... 50
CONSTRUCTION 6.3 HVAC ................................................................................................................... 53
AGENCY
DATE:
AUG-2015 6.5 Fire Fighting System ............................................................................................ 57
OPERATIONS 6.6 Electrical............................................................................................................... 58
DATE:
AUG-2015 6.8 Communication .................................................................................................... 63
7.0 WORKSHOP BUILDING ................................................................................................................ 65
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
7.2 Architectural ......................................................................................................... 67

7.3 HVAC ................................................................................................................... 69
DATE:
7.4 Plumbing / Utilities................................................................................................ 73

BY:

7.6 Electrical............................................................................................................... 79

D

(DCC) NO. _____________________
7.8 Communication .................................................................................................... 81

7.9 Equipment ............................................................................................................ 84

N26 PE-A00002 2
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
8.0 SHIPPING AND RECEIVING AREA............................................................................................... 85
KAS

8.2 Architecture .......................................................................................................... 86
ENGG CERT
SIH

OSM
8.4 Fire Fighting System: ........................................................................................... 87

8.5 Electrical............................................................................................................... 87
9.0 BOOSTER PUMP STATION SUNSHADE 1 AND 2 ....................................................................... 88
9.1 Architecture .......................................................................................................... 88
9.4 Fire Fighting System: ........................................................................................... 89
9.5 Electrical:.............................................................................................................. 89
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
9.6 Instrumentation: ................................................................................................... 89

10.0 SITE PREPARATION:.................................................................................................................... 90
11.0 PROJECT INTERFACES ............................................................................................................... 90
11.1 Related Budget Item ............................................................................................ 90
11.2 Project Physical Interfaces................................................................................... 90
11.3 Project Operating Interfaces ................................................................................ 92
11.4 Demolition Interfaces ........................................................................................... 92
11.5 Interface Matrix .................................................................................................... 93
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
12.0 DEVIATION /CLARIFICATION FROM DBSP ................................................................................. 93

13.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY DIRECTIVES........................................................................................ 95
14.0 STUDIES........................................................................................................................................ 97
DATE
14.1 Environmental Impact Assessment (Category-2)................................................. 97

14.2 Underground Radar Survey ................................................................................. 97
14.3 Geo-Technical Survey.......................................................................................... 97
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
14.4 Fire Protection Certification.................................................................................. 97
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
ENGINEER 14.5 Potable/Raw Water Flow And Pressure Test....................................................... 97
AUG-2015
14.6 Electrical Studies & Report : ................................................................................ 97
DATE: 15.0 PROJECT IMPROVEMENT EFFORT ............................................................................................ 98
PROJECT
ENGINEER 15.1 Value Engineering Study (VE). ............................................................................ 98
OSM
15.2 Project Planning & Team Alignment (PPTA)........................................................ 98
AUG-2015
DATE: 15.3 Traffic Assessment (TA) Study ............................................................................ 98
CERTIFIED
SIH
16.0 OTHER BEST PRACTICES ........................................................................................................... 98
AUG-2015
16.1 Constructability Review........................................................................................ 98
DATE:
16.2 Building Risk Assessment Report (BRA) ............................................................. 98
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 16.3 Project Risk Management (PRM)......................................................................... 99
17.0 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT....................................................................................................... 99
AUG-2015
DATE: 17.1 Local Manufacture................................................................................................ 99
OPERATIONS
17.2 SAMSS Stock Materials ....................................................................................... 99
17.3 Imported Material/Long Lead Items ..................................................................... 99
AUG-2015
DATE: 18.0 CODES AND STANDARDS ........................................................................................................... 99
CONTROL NUMBER
18.1 Saudi Aramco Standard Drawings ....................................................................... 99

VERIFICATION
18.2 Saudi Aramco Library Drawings......................................................................... 100

EDSD
18.3 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards and Specifications................................. 101

18.4 Saudi Aramco Material System Specifications................................................... 103
DATE:
BY:
18.5 Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures ............................................................. 104

18.6 Saudi Aramco General Instructions ................................................................... 105
18.7 Industry Codes and Standards........................................................................... 105

D
19.0 PAINT/COATING.......................................................................................................................... 105

(DCC) NO. _____________________
19.1 General .............................................................................................................. 105

N26 PE-A00002 3
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
20.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................................... 106
KAS
20.1 Engineering Units............................................................................................... 106

20.2 As-Built Drawings............................................................................................... 106
ENGG CERT
SIH
20.3 Documentation ................................................................................................... 106

21.0 LAND USE PERMIT ..................................................................................................................... 107
OSM
22.0 APPENDICES .............................................................................................................................. 108

22.1 Design Basis Scoping Paper (DBSP) ................................................................ 108
22.2 Project Planning & Team Alignment (PPTA)...................................................... 109
22.3 Constructability Report....................................................................................... 110
22.4 Value Engineering Study.................................................................................... 111
22.5 Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA)............................................... 112
22.6 Underground Utility Mapping Survey Report...................................................... 113
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
22.7 Building Risk Assessment Report (BRA) ........................................................... 114

22.8 Project Risk Management Report (PRM)........................................................... 115
22.9 Geotechnical Investigation Report ..................................................................... 116
22.10 Traffic Assessment (TA) Study .......................................................................... 117
22.11 Interface Matrix .................................................................................................. 118
23.0 DRAWING INDEX AND DRAWINGS ........................................................................................... 119
23.1 Correspondence (e-mails/letters and Technical Query (TQ)) ............................ 119
23.2 Drawings Index (Drawing Control Sheets PD-A00001 Sht. 1-12) ...................... 120
23.3 Project Drawings ................................................................................................ 121
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 4
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
ENGG CERT
SIH
1.0 PROJECT SUMMARY

OSM
1.1 Purpose of Facilities
The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the Company’s specialized

repair services. The proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas
production by upgrading the existing Shops in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing
operations demand.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
This budget item provides for construction, furnishing and equipping a 8,800
Square Meters (SM) Workshop Building and a 2,500SM Administration Building to
accommodate MSSD personnel at Juʹaymah Shops. The proposed Workshop
Building will include four shops and 40 office spaces and will be equipped with
overhead cranes and all the required shops equipment. The proposed
Administration Building shall include 140 office spaces, conference rooms and
office support space. It also include extension of existing covered parking area.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Some of the operational shops equipment shall be relocated from the existing
MSSD facilities in Dhahran to the proposed shop in Ju’aymah. The MSSD facilities
DATE
in Dhahran shall be demolished under BI-10-01402, EXPEC Advanced Research

Center Expansion - Dhahran.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE 1.2 Present Situation

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 Presently, the existing Mechanical Services Shop Department (MSSD) facilities at
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Dhahran are planned to be demolished to facilitate construction of the EXPEC
OSM Advanced Research Center (ARC) Building, in line with the Dhahran Area Master
DATE:
AUG-2015 Plan. Dhahran Shops is the only facility in Saudi Aramco which provides the
CERTIFIED required specialized services to support repairs and testing of critical, complex and
SIH
AUG-2015
large rotating equipment.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY The MSSD shops facility at Juʹaymah shall therefore be upgraded to accommodate
AUG-2015
these relocated, specialized repair services. The existing machine shop, welding
DATE:
OPERATIONS
shop, heat exchanger shop and assembly area at Ju’aymah are currently
operational.
AUG-2015
DATE:
The existing facilities at Dhahran shall remain operational until completion of:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
Construction and commissioning of all new equipments of the new facilities at

Ju’aymah.
DATE:
BY:
 Relocation of the MSSD shop personnel to Ju’aymah.


D
Refer to:
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 5
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
 DBSP, Appendix-15.1, Attachment 1 - Arial map and location of existing MSSD
KAS
facilities at Dhahran.
ENGG CERT
SIH
 DBSP, Appendix-15.1, Attachment 2 - Aerial map and location of existing

OSM
MSSD facilities at Ju’aymah.
1.3 Objectives
The primary objective of this budget item is to construct, furnish and equip a new
shops building and a new office building adjacent to existing MSSD shops at
Ju’aymah area to enhance capabilities of specialized repairs services and
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
capitalize on existing repair services and utilities.
The site development shall consider locating and designing the new facilities at
Ju’aymah to allow integration and synergy with the existing operational facility in
Ju’aymah.
1.4 Project Design Basis
The scope of this budget item is based on the total area required to construct and
JO/EWO
furnish a new shops building and a new office building with its indoor, outdoor and
AUG-2015 10-01545
associated support facilities, adjacent to existing MSSD shops at Ju’aymah. The

proposed facilities include furnished and equipped shops building to house an
DATE
electrical repair, a machine shop and two mechanical repair shops, to provide the
required specialized repair services to support repairs and testing of critical,
NO.
REV
complex, and large rotating equipment. A traffic study was conducted during
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER project proposal, see attachment 23.10. It’s the responsibility of LSTK contractor to
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
implement all recommendation of the study during detail design.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER The new facilities proposed to be constructed shall house the new equipment. The
OSM
AUG-2015
existing equipment which will be relocated from MSSD Dhahran facilities shall be
DATE:
CERTIFIED
housed in the proposed and existing shops facilities at Ju’yamah. The relocated
SIH equipment shall be made operational at Ju’aymah shop prior to phasing-out and
DATE:
AUG-2015 demolishing the existing Dhahran Shops under BI-10-01402.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
The design and construction of all facilities shall comply with all applicable Saudi
DATE:
AUG-2015 Aramco and international standards including IBC-2009, SAES-B-014, SASD-
OPERATIONS Series, SAES-K-001, SAES-M-100, SAES-N-004, SAES-P-123, SAES-R-004,
SAES-S-060, SAES-A-114, SAES-A-104, SASC-Series, SAES-P-100, SAES-B-
AUG-2015
DATE: 017, SAES-B-019, SAES-P-111, SAES-L-132 and SMG 07-005-2012. Also, the
CONTROL NUMBER
project shall comply with internationally recognized electrical industry best

VERIFICATION
practices to support this project.

EDSD
DATE:
Targeting a specific LEED certification for buildings is not currently a Saudi Aramco
BY:
requirement and might impose additional cost. However, adhering to all Saudi
Aramco standards related to energy efficiency and following adequate construction


D
procedures could allow obtaining a LEED certification, which would be an added

(DCC) NO. _____________________
benefit.

N26 PE-A00002 6
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
ENGG CERT
SIH
1.5 Location Analysis

OSM
1.5.1 Proposed Site Location
The proposed site is approximately 500 meters to the south of Ju’aymah

Bulk Plant, as shown in the following DBSP attachments:
Appendix-15.2, Attachment 1 – Location of Site for the Proposed Facilities

at Ju’aymah Office Building.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION

at Ju’aymah Car Parking.

at Ju’aymah Shop Building.
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 4 – Location of Site for the Proposed Shipping

and Receiving Area
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Appendix 15.2 Attachment 5 – Location of Site for the Proposed

Power Line Route
DATE
The proposed site in Ju’aymah includes the following existing shops in

operation:
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER  A machine shop building.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH

AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
A welding shop building.
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
 A heat exchanger shop building and an assembly area.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH The proposed site includes metal storage racks, which shall be relocated
DATE:
AUG-2015 outside the site by MSSD before ERA date of the project.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
DATE: 1.5.2 Temporary Construction Facilities
OPERATIONS
Location of site for the temporary construction facilities as shown at

AUG-2015
DATE: Drawing No. PA-R000001.001. this includes electrical and non-electrical
CONTROL NUMBER
utilities and communication services required during construction. It is also

VERIFICATION
includes the installation and removal of all temporary construction facilities

EDSD
required by the construction contractor. Additional requirement as follows:

DATE:
BY:
 Construction office building shall be outside a zone predicted to receive

at least 3.5 kPa Gauge (0.5 psig) peak-side on overpressure.

D
 The construction site and office facilities shall meet GI 298 .010 and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
SAES-M-100 building and fire water requirements.

N26 PE-A00002 7
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
 Office building larger than 279 square meters shall require a 1-hour fire
KAS
rated corridor and fire rated doors.

ENGG CERT
SIH
 A minimum 1,500 gpm (at 20 psi residual fire water supply for 2-hours
OSM
shall be required for the office site, depending on the size of the
building. SAES-B-014 Section 13, SAES-M-100
1.5.3 Topography of Proposed Site
The proposed site has an approximate area of 42,600 (SM). The site is
relatively flat and partially asphalt paved. Minimal site grading is required.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
1.5.4 Land Use Permit
Five approved Land Use Permits for the proposed facilities are included
under following DBSP attachments:
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 6 – Land Use Permit 41248 – Proposed

Office Building

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Car Parking
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 8 – Land Use Permit 41250 – Proposed Shops

DATE
Building

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE Shipping and Receiving Area

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 10 – Land Use Permit 43218 – Proposed Power
DATE:
PROJECT
Line Route
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH 2.0 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK FOR LSTK CONTRACTOR
AUG-2015
DATE: 2.1 This Scope of Work shall be read in conjunction with project drawings and LSTK
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Contract.
AUG-2015
DATE: 2.2 Requirements are developed based upon preliminary engineering development
OPERATIONS
under Project Proposal. LSTK CONTRACTOR is responsible, and it is in his scope
of work, to develop detail engineering and finalize all requirements for a complete,
AUG-2015
DATE: fully functional facility. Any additional requirements arising as a result of detail
CONTROL NUMBER
engineering shall not be a basis of any change orders.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design (new and relocated) workshop equipment
foundation and finalized as per equipment manufacturer recommendations.
DATE:
BY:
2.4 The scope shown in one drawing or document is considered part of LSTK
CONTRACTOR’S scope even if any other relevant drawings/documents do not

D
cover that item. This Project Scope of Work shall be read in conjunction with
(DCC) NO. _____________________
project drawings and LSTK Contract. In case of conflict between project

N26 PE-A00002 8
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
drawings/documents and Saudi Aramco Standards, the more stringent
KAS
requirements shall be followed.

ENGG CERT
SIH
2.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for all aspects of the project. Any
OSM
errors or omissions in any part of the work will be corrected by the LSTK
Contractor without any additional cost to Saudi Aramco.
2.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall establish and define complete equipment, piping,
civil/structural, electrical, control systems and instrumentation, HVAC, Architectural
and telecommunication requirements to meet project objective.
2.7 Project Proposal Package is provided for information and understanding the
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Project requirements. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall address the project proposal

comments in the detail design and construction. Contractor scope shall include any
other requirements not spelled out, but are essential to complete the project. All
works - detail engineering, materials procurement, transportation to site,
construction/installation, testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning - shall be
according to requirements stated in the LSTK Contract schedules, Project
Proposal, Saudi Aramco standards and procedures, and standards referred
therein. Any and all requirements stated in any set of documentation, even if not
present in the other, shall be part of project scope and LSTK CONTRACTOR shall
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
comply with all such requirements. The most stringent requirements stated in the
above documentation shall govern.
DATE
2.8 The scope of the LSTK contract is to provide the detailed engineering,
procurement and delivery to the construction site equipment and materials
NO.
REV
including As-Built, maintenance until turn-over; construction and installation

D
DISCIPLINE (including tie-ins, modifications to the existing facility, pre-turnaround and

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH turnaround construction and installations, and work permits to perform within the
DATE:
AUG-2015 existing facilities) of the equipment and materials including the required testing and
PROJECT
ENGINEER
pre-commissioning and commissioning assistance to provide a completed fully
OSM functional facility that is mechanically complete and can obtain a Saudi Aramco
DATE:
AUG-2015 Mechanical Completion Certificate and Performance Acceptance Certificate.
CERTIFIED
SIH 2.9 This Package - The documents and drawings attached with this package are the
DATE:
AUG-2015 starting point for the LSTK CONTRACTOR for design of the systems and
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
preparation of the detailed engineering documents and drawings. These Project
Proposal documents and drawings are based on preliminary engineering. The
DATE:
AUG-2015 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall review, verify, modify, revise and prepare additional
OPERATIONS detailed engineering documents and drawings based on site conditions and other
considerations identified during their detailed engineering to reflect the completed
DATE:
AUG-2015 facilities. The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete the detailed design engineering
to the level that all aspects of design, procurement, construction, pre-
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
commissioning, are covered and fully addressed in the detailed engineering

EDSD
package.
DATE:
BY:
2.10 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and supply all Materials/equipment required for
this project in accordance with the latest editions of applicable Saudi Aramco
Engineering/Material Standards, Saudi Aramco Design Practices, Saudi


D
Government Safety and Security Directives, and Industrial Standards and Codes,
(DCC) NO. _____________________
the start date of Project Proposal shall be considered as Engineering Standards

N26 PE-A00002 9
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
cut of date for Detail Design.
KAS
2.11 The Proponent shall carry-out the required isolation of existing equipment and
ENGG CERT
SIH
other apparatuses as needed. The LSTK Contractor shall also provide tools,
OSM
equipment and manpower assistance to Saudi Aramco / Proponent during isolation

works. LSTK Contractor shall coordinate with proponent to ensure that the area is
free of Gas leaks prior to start of work.
2.12 The underground drawings are not highly accurate in the plants. Hence, it cannot
be guaranteed that there are no underground obstructions. LSTK CONTRACTOR
shall verify the underground utilities by trial excavation, during design stage. LSTK
Contractor shall also confirm any underground obstructions before starting any
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
construction and make any necessary modifications to the design and installation.
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall refer to Underground Utility Survey Report
recommendations.
2.13 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall purchase all Materials, equipment from Saudi
ARAMCO approved vendors only. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall conduct review of
NMR 601, 602 for all materials. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall supply all tools,
tackles, construction equipment; provide temporary works, etc. for installation,
construction and testing.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
2.14 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide new equipment and relocate some equipment
from existing workshop. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall finalize the new equipment
DATE
layout considering any change in equipment dimensions from DBSP, safe work
environment, provision for efficient and functional operation of all equipment
NO.
REV
including cranes. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with equipment vendor for
D
DISCIPLINE overall space and clearance requirements for each of the new equipments. LSTK
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH CONTRACTOR shall design and construct foundations and provide provisions of
DATE:
AUG-2015 electrical and non-electrical utility connections to the equipment as per
PROJECT
ENGINEER
manufacturer’s recommendations.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 2.15 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall prepare Material Requisitions and quotation requests
CERTIFIED as per SAUDI ARAMCO Standards and Procedures for all materials. LSTK
SIH CONTRACTOR shall not place Purchase Order for materials prior to approval of
DATE:
AUG-2015 SAUDI ARAMCO.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
2.16 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall submit minimum three (3) technical quotations for
DATE:
AUG-2015 approval by SAUDI ARAMCO. LSTK Contractor shall not purchase materials
OPERATIONS without written approval from SAUDI ARAMCO. Technical quotations shall list all
exceptions and /or, additions to applicable project Drawings and SAUDI ARAMCO
DATE:
AUG-2015 Specifications. If there is no exception to specifications, LSTK CONTRACTOR
shall make a statement to that effect.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
2.17 Inspection and Testing of materials shall be performed as per applicable SAUDI
ARAMCO Inspection Requirement form A-175. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall
DATE:
arrange with his sub suppliers to comply with these requirements by stating on all
BY:
sub suppliers purchase order SAUDI ARAMCO’s intention to inspect material in

accordance with Saudi Aramco standards.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
2.18 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide critical spare parts for the supplied materials /
equipment based on approved spare parts data package in accordance with

N26 PE-A00002 10
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SAEP-3101.
KAS
2.19 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide three (3) sets of bounded project record books
ENGG CERT
SIH
after completion of the Project as per SAEP-122. The Project record book shall
OSM
contain all project drawings, Inspection records of construction, Inspection records

and Operation/Maintenance manual of materials.
2.20 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide all Non Material Requirement (NMR-602/603),
Operation and Instruction Manuals of materials and Project Record book in
electronic format (Acrobat Reader). The table of contents with link shall be
provided to view all drawings and documents.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
2.21 The foundation and structural sizing shown in project proposal is preliminary. LSTK
CONTRACTOR shall design, supply and install new Civil /Structural facilities in
accordance with Saudi Aramco Standards, procedures and specification to meet
project objectives.
2.22 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall arrange @ 30% detail design stage or at the earliest all
required Fire Protection (FACP) final drawings to be third party reviewed/stamped
by certified and registered fire protection engineer in compliance with SAES-B-014,
paragraph 7.2 and SAF-01, article 4.5.5.The design of the Fire detection and alarm
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
system shall be undertaken under the supervision of a licensed fire protection

engineer approved by LPD with at least five year experience in the design of fire
detection and alarm system. All fire water systems shall be designed and installed
DATE
under the supervision of a registered professional engineer in the specialty of fire

protection engineering with at least five years of experience in the design of fire
NO.
REV
water systems. Design drawings and hydraulic calculations shall be submitted

D
DISCIPLINE according to Saudi Aramco procedures for plan and equipment submittals. Fire
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH protection and alarm system construction documents shall bear the seal of the
DATE:
AUG-2015 responsible registered professional engineer (PE) or charter engineer (CE), who
PROJECT
ENGINEER
shall have at least five years of experience in the design of fire detection and alarm
OSM systems. Submit PE or CE stamped documents or an approved independent, third-
DATE:
AUG-2015 party review letter referencing these plans with a PE or CE stamp to LPD and
CERTIFIED FrPD.
SIH
DATE:
AUG-2015 2.23 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall develop a detailed cut over plan, shutdown, pre-
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
commissioning, commissioning, and start-up procedures during detail design,
these plans and procedures will be submitted for Saudi Aramco review and
DATE:
AUG-2015 approved @ 60% Detail Design stage. LSTK Contractor shall review and revise
OPERATIONS these plans during Construction Phase as required. LSTK Contractor shall
develop these plans and procedure in close coordination with Saudi Aramco.
AUG-2015
DATE:
2.24 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide Underground Utility (UT) scan and shall submit
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
the result reports to inspection department for evaluation prior to all tie-in.
EDSD
2.25 In this document “Construction Contractor” or “Contractor” is defined as the LSTK

DATE:
Contractor.
BY:
2.26 All commissioning activities will be performed by approved third party as required.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 11
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
ENGG CERT
SIH
3.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

OSM
3.1 Civil / Structural
3.1.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design, supply, fabricate, deliver, install, coat,
test and document all foundations, cast in place and precast concrete
structures and steel framing required for the all buildings and other
structures under this package.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.1.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall meet all current SAUDI ARAMCO Standards,
references, and requirements of the Project Drawings and Documents.
3.1.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall field verify and confirm all dimensions,
elevations and coordinates prior to fabrication and construction.
3.1.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall prepare as-built drawings for the facilities
under this scope of work and existing facilities that impact the scope of
work.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
3.1.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall review and verify the existing geotechnical
report.
DATE
3.1.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall conduct geotechnical survey, if required.

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
3.1.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to SAUDI ARAMCO all
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
necessary structural calculations required for the design of structures.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.1.8 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit new drawings for all the
OSM structural work to be performed for this project.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 3.1.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall demolish all structures, foundations,
SIH
pavements etc made redundant within the area of the new scope of work.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 3.1.10 LSTK Contractor shall provide all excavation including slope protection,
dewatering as necessary.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.1.11 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete the backfill, compaction, and
disposal of all debris and excess soil and materials to Saudi Aramco
AUG-2015
DATE: designated area.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.1.12 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall relocate all underground utilities affected

EDSD
during the construction.

DATE:
BY:
3.1.13 LSTK CONTRACTOR to provide all safety requirements such as

barricade, signboard etc. during excavation and construction

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 12
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Civil Site Developments
KAS
General
ENGG CERT
SIH
3.1.14 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall field verify all dimensions, elevations,

OSM
coordinates and prepare drawings for the facilities under this scope of
work and existing facilities that impact the scope of work. LSTK
Contractor shall confirm all dimensions/elevations prior to fabrication and
construction.
3.1.15 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall conduct additional topographic surveys that
are required to support the detailed engineering and design.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.1.16 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to SAUDI ARAMCO all
necessary civil calculations required for the design of the utilities and/or
facilities.
3.1.17 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit new drawings and
revision to existing drawings for all civil works to be performed for this
project.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Sanitary Sewer
3.1.18 The sanitary sewer system is indicated on the accompanying layout
drawings for this package. This system will collect sanitary waste water
DATE
discharged from the new Administration Building, new MSSD workshop

building and eyewash from the new Substation building, into a gravity
system that shall discharge into two new Lift Stations. One (1) at Admin.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE Building and One (1) at MSSD Workshop Building. Force mains from
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH these two lift stations shall discharge the effluent into the on-site main
DATE:
AUG-2015 existing lift station.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
3.1.19 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all testing, pre-
AUG-2015 commissioning and commissioning supporting of all work; including
DATE:
CERTIFIED
preparation of request for inspection, reports, personnel, and equipment.
SIH Test equipment must be reliable and certified by an approved testing
DATE:
AUG-2015 laboratory. Certificate of reliability shall be submitted as part of the
CONSTRUCTION documents for submittal. SAUDI ARAMCO concerned agency
AGENCY
representative shall witness testing and commissioning as necessary.
AUG-2015 SAUDI ARAMCO shall provide testing and commissioning supervision
DATE:
OPERATIONS and reserves the right to verify the tests with a SAUDI ARAMCO testing
laboratory or an independent agency.
AUG-2015
DATE:
3.1.20 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct the gravity sewer
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
network comprising of pipeline, service connections, inspection

EDSD
chambers, clean outs, single rises, double risers and manholes upstream
of the two new lift stations as set out in the referenced drawings.
DATE:
BY:
3.1.21 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall consider manhole floatation as determined by

the water table at the site area.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
3.1.22 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall determine and fields verify the location and
type manholes to be installed. The CONTRACTOR shall provide

N26 PE-A00002 13
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
adequate information detailing all locations where drop manholes are
KAS
used.
ENGG CERT
SIH
3.1.23 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall make reference to the Hydraulic Calculations

OSM
Report included in this Project Proposal package as part of their design

base.
3.1.24 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall review and verify all assumptions and
calculations as part of their own design work and responsibilities. It shall
remain the responsibility of the LSTK CONTRACTOR to provide the final
detail design of the system and take full ownership of any design
deficiencies thereof.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.1.25 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide Saudi Aramco PMT with a licensed
copy and necessary training of any software used in conducting hydraulic
analysis for this system.
3.1.26 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the sanitary sewer water system
works with the works of others utilities and shall provide shop drawings for
all apparatuses and crossings with other utilities and shall obtain
concerned Saudi Aramco approval prior to start of work.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
3.1.27 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall handle the hydro-testing and flushing water
as per SAEP-327 “Disposal of Wastewater from Cleaning, Flushing, and
DATE
Hydrostatic Tests.
NO.
REV
3.1.28 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall field verify all dimensions, elevations,

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
coordinates and prepare detailed drawings for the utilities under this
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH scope of work. The Contractor shall design, supply, install, test and
DATE:
AUG-2015 document all utilities designs for the sanitary sewer water system, and
PROJECT
ENGINEER
other structures required to complete their package.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 3.1.29 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall confirm all dimensions/elevations prior to
CERTIFIED fabrication and construction.
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 3.1.30 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit new drawings and
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY revisions to existing drawings for all utilities works to be performed for this
project.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.1.31 Under no circumstances shall the contractor do any work or excavations
beyond the boundaries of their working limits unless the work is
DATE:
AUG-2015 authorized, coordinated, witnessed and assigned off by the qualified
Saudi Aramco representative.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Storm Water Drainage:

EDSD
3.1.32 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall surface drain the storm drainage system and
DATE:
connect it to the existing storm water open trench running along the
BY:
fenced area.

D
3.1.33 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide grading and paving and smooth level
(DCC) NO. _____________________
transition between the new and existing asphalt pavement as shown on

N26 PE-A00002 14
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
drawings PA-S00011, PA-S00012, PA-S00013 and PA-S00014.
KAS
ENGG CERT
SIH
Dirty Oil Water System:

OSM
3.1.34 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design, supply and install dirty oily water tank
at the MSSD workshop that will collect all the dirty and oily water from the
Motor Test Shop of Electrical Repair Unit.
3.2 Architectural
Demolition
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.2.1 Existing Shipping and Receiving Area shall be entirely demolished as

shown on Drawing PA-R00002.001.
New Work
3.2.2 Work Shop Building – The Work Shop Building shall be made of Pre-
engineered structure that will house the Mechanical Repair Shop,
Machine Shop, Electrical Shop, Electrical Motor Test Shop. Support
offices for all the aforementioned work shop which includes Training
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Rooms, Library, Workstation, Printer Room, Control Room, File Room &
Storage. Other amenities include Coffee/Tea Room, Lunch Room, Toilet
DATE
& Shower Rooms. Support facilities shall include; Telecom Room,

Mechanical Room, Instrument Room & Electrical Room. Other
miscellaneous facilities shall include; Ramps, Bollard, & Side Walk. The
NO.
REV
Work Shop Total Foot Prints (Floor Area) Area is approximately 8,731m2.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
3.2.3 Administration Building – The building shall be made of Precast
AUG-2015
DATE:
Concrete panels that will comprise mainly support offices for the entire
PROJECT
ENGINEER operation of the facilities. Other facilities shall include; Air Lock, Lobby,
OSM
Reception Room & Conference Room. Other amenities include Coffee
AUG-2015
DATE: Room, Toilets, Freight Elevator, File Room & Storage Room. Support
CERTIFIED
SIH facilities shall include; Telecom Room, Mechanical Room & Electrical
AUG-2015 Room. Other minor facilities shall include; Air Lock, Ramps, Railings &
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Sidewalk covered parking. Landscaping is also part of the package. The
AGENCY Admin Building Total Floor Area is approximately 2,716.80 m2.
AUG-2015
DATE:
3.2.4 New Substation Building – The substation building shall be made of
OPERATIONS
Precast Concrete panel that will house the Switch Gear Room, Battery
AUG-2015
Room, Mechanical Room & Telecom Room. Transformer Yard in an
DATE: enclosed chain link fence shall be located besides the substation. An
CONTROL NUMBER
open area is also allocated for the HVAC ACCU Equipment. All roll up
VERIFICATION
doors entry are provided with steel bollard protection. Total Floor Area is
EDSD
approximately 504.91m2
DATE:
BY:
3.2.5 Car Parking Sunshade – This Sunshade shall be made of Heavy duty
nylon fabric that will accommodate approximately 122 Vehicles which


D
include with a heavy duty Nylon fabric sunshade mounted on tubular steel
(DCC) NO. _____________________
frame. Precast Wheel guard on every parking is also provided. with

directional road markings. Total area is approximately 4,448m2

N26 PE-A00002 15
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
3.2.6 Shipping and Receiving Building – This building shall be made of Pre
Engineered steel structure that will house the Shipping & Receiving
ENGG CERT
SIH
activities as a normal operating procedures & shall be built in a manner

OSM
that permits trucks & forklift free movements. Concrete floor hardener
shall be provided to extend the life of the flooring from normal wear &
tear. Ramp & steel bollard shall also be provided. Total area is
approximately 900m2. Gantry Crane is located at the left side of the
building.
3.2.7 Storage Yard – This yard shall be enclosed with chain link fence with a
lockable door/gate opening. Asphalt pavement shall be provided for the
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
entire flooring. Total area is approximately 300 m2.
3.2.8 Site Development – Site development shall include the location of all the
above mentioned building/area including the sidewalk, fenced area,
landscape as applicable, building easement in relation to LUP, road
networks and traffic flow. Existing building, roads and sidewalk shall also
be highlighted in relation to the new building layout.
3.2.9 Pump Station Sunshade – This building shall be made of Pre-Engineered

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Steel Structure that will house the Two-Typical Booster Pump Station
which has an enclosed wall on three sides on elevated concrete pad.
DATE
3.3 HVAC
This Scope of Work must be read in conjunction with the project drawings and
NO.
REV
“LSTK Contract”.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
3.3.1 All mechanical equipment will be installed and supported exactly
DATE:
PROJECT
according to the manufacturers written instructions unless specifically
ENGINEER
directed otherwise by this Scope of Work, the drawing, or by written
OSM
AUG-2015
direction from qualified Saudi Aramco Representative.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH 3.3.2 Verify all dimensions in the field prior to executing the work. All necessary
AUG-2015 site adjustment shall be approved by qualified Saudi Aramco
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Representative prior to implementation.
AGENCY
AUG-2015
3.3.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall perform detail heat load calculation based on
DATE:
OPERATIONS
actual selected equipments in Workshop Building, Substation Building &
Admin building before selecting the HVAC equipments to be installed. In
AUG-2015
addition to above, detailed calculation of Stratification effect for Workshop
DATE:
building heat load calculation shall be performed.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.3.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall supply and install all Air Handling Units
EDSD
(AHUs), Air Cooled Condensing Units (ACCUs), Fan Coil Unis (FCUs) &
DATE:
Chiller equipments having evaporator and condenser constructed of

BY:
seamless copper tubes, mechanically bonded to Copper fins.


D
3.3.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall supply and install all Air Handling Units
(DCC) NO. _____________________
(AHUs), Air Cooled Condensing Units (ACCUs), Fan Coil Unis (FCUs) &
Chiller equipments having environmental friendly refrigerant (R-22 is not

N26 PE-A00002 16
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
allowed to be used for any equipment).
KAS
3.3.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete the project conforming in all respect
ENGG CERT
SIH
to the details and requirements of this Scope of Work, applicable Saudi

OSM
Aramco Codes and Standards, Saudi Aramco Construction Safety

Manual and the LSTK Contract.
3.4 Plumbing/ Utilities
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.4.1 Material Selection: Piping material shall be suitable for fluid in pipe to
provide design service life and shall also comply with SAES-L-105.
3.4.2 Vents and drains shall be provided for piping system in accordance with
SAES-L-310. The drain connections shall be located more than 600 mm
from support. For vibration service, bracing shall be provided for
connections.
3.4.3 The piping joints shall comply with SAES-L-110. The type of branch
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
connection shall be selected as per chart -1 of SAES-L-110.
3.4.4 All piping shall be tested as per SAES-L-150.

DATE
3.4.5 All pipe size and wall thickness shown in project proposal is preliminary.
NO.
REV
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design, provide and install piping in

D
DISCIPLINE accordance with Saudi Aramco Standards to achieve project objectives.

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 3.4.6 Transformer yard Oily Water Drain Sewer shall be finalized in detail
PROJECT
ENGINEER
design, in accordance with SAES-S-020.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 3.4.7 All underground utility piping shall be installed in accordance with SAES-
CERTIFIED S-070.
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 3.4.8 Pressure gauges shall be provided on potable and raw water piping inside
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
new buildings. Location of gauge to be determined in detail design.
DATE:
AUG-2015
3.4.9 Eyewashes shall be installed in accordance with SAES-B-069.
OPERATIONS
3.4.10 Sanitary Sewer Lift Station numbers 1 & 2 shall be designed and provide
DATE:
AUG-2015 with duplicate submersible pumps (One (1) Standby), piping controls and
valves etc. for a complete operational system.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.4.11 Potable and Raw Water Booster Pump Stations 1 & 2 shall be provided
with skid mounted duplicate pumps (One (1) Standby), piping, controls
DATE:
BY:
and valves etc. for a complete operational system.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 17
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.5 Fire Fighting System
KAS
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
3.5.1 Unless otherwise stated all materials to be used in this project shall be as
described in Section 16.0 “Material and Equipment” of this Scope of Work
and subject for approval by the qualified Saudi ARAMCO Representative.
3.5.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall field verify the condition and locations of the
existing construction. If any deviations between the contract Documents
and actual site condition are observed, the discrepancies shall be brought
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
to the attention of the qualified SAUDI ARAMCO Representative before

any work is to commence or before any materials are removed.
3.5.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify all dimensions in the field prior to
executing the work. All necessary site adjustment shall be approved by
Saudi Aramco Engineer prior to implementation.
3.5.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR is held responsible to complete the project

conforming in all respects to the details and requirements of this Scope of
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Work, applicable Saudi ARAMCO Codes and Standards, Saudi ARAMCO

Construction Safety Manual and the “LSTK Contract”.
DATE
3.5.5 All work of LSTK CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements of
SAUDI ARAMCO Engineering and Safety Standards and appropriate
NO.
REV
SAUDI ARAMCO specifications.

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 3.5.6 All work of LSTK CONTRACTOR shall be performed by qualified
DATE:
AUG-2015 personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the particular
PROJECT
ENGINEER
scope of work to be executed.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 3.5.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall install all equipment at locations shown on
CERTIFIED project drawings.
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 3.5.8 All project drawings related to fire protection system shall be reviewed
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
and certified by Saudi Aramco approved third party.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.6 Electrical
DATE:
AUG-2015 This Scope of Work must be read in conjunction with the project drawings and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.6.1 The detailed design shall be performed in accordance with Saudi Aramco
Standards and the Industry Codes and Standards referenced therein.
DATE:
BY:
Requirements stated in standards and drawings, in standards alone, or in

drawings alone are to be met in detail engineering/design under the
project. Design shall also conform to the requirements stated in Saudi


D
Aramco Procedures and Practices.

(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 18
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.6.2 Specific reference may be made in the following sections of the project
KAS
scope to sections of these codes, standards and specifications. This does

not relieve the LSTK Contractor of his obligation to comply with the
ENGG CERT
SIH
requirements of all applicable section of codes, standards and

OSM
specifications. Standards and specifications listed in are not all inclusive

and portions of other Saudi Aramco, Industry, National and international
Codes shall also be applied as appropriate.
3.6.3 All components and accessories required for the completion and
successful operation of the WORK covered under the scope of this
PROJECT, either specified in detail or not, shall be engineered, tested,
manufactured, supplied and installed by the LSTK Contractor as
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
necessary based on Saudi Aramco Standards. Contract price should

include all these.
3.6.4 All design parameters and materials to be used in this project shall be in
conformity with the applicable Saudi Aramco Standards and SAMSS
respectively.
3.6.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify the ETAP model and performed system
studies including Load Flow Analysis, Short Circuit Study, Motor Starting
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Study, Arc Flash analysis, Ground Grid, Relay settings and Relay
Coordination studies as required by SAES-P-100 and SAES-P-114.
DATE
3.6.6 During the design of new electrical equipment or modification of existing

electrical equipment, feasible design options (including remote switching
NO.
REV
and racking) shall be chosen to eliminate or reduce arc flash hazards,

D
DISCIPLINE enhance the effectiveness of safety-related work practices, and minimize

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH fault current magnitude and duration.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT 3.6.7 For projects initiated after the issue date of this BI, the design of all new
ENGINEER
OSM or modified electrical equipment to be operated at higher than 240 volts
DATE:
AUG-2015 shall include an arc flash hazard analysis, in accordance with IEEE 1584,
CERTIFIED to determine the Arc Flash Protection Boundary, the incident energy a
SIH worker may be subject to, the Hazard/Risk Category and the PPE to be
DATE:
AUG-2015 worn.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
3.6.8 The project shall also consider software implementation of relay settings.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.6.9 The cable routings shown are indicative only. All cable routings are to be
site verified and engineered by the LSTK Contractor. Power feeder cable
DATE:
AUG-2015 and communication connectivity installation shall involve pipe crossing.
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall field verify, design and obtain necessary
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
approvals to perform Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) across the

EDSD
pipeline as per SAES-T-911, SAES-T-928 and SAES-P-104.

DATE:
3.6.10 The materials provided in the proposal are indicative only. The LSTK
BY:
Contractor to consider all materials required for the completion of the

project.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
3.6.11 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall remove any exposed portion of

abandoned cables from the area where ever his work involves.

N26 PE-A00002 19
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.6.12 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify all Electrical equipment sizes during
KAS
detailed design.
ENGG CERT
SIH
3.6.13 All associated electrical materials and work that are required for this LSTK
OSM
contract, whether shown or not on the drawings shall be supplied and

installed by the LSTK Contractor unless specified otherwise. All the
required trenching/excavation, shoring, backfilling and restoration works
shall be part of LSTK Contractor’s scope.
3.6.14 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide all required test equipment and
perform all required testing for electrical equipment in accordance with all
applicable International and Saudi Aramco Standards. Provide all
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
required test reports.
3.6.15 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide all engineering calculations/studies

required not limited to, Short Circuit calculation, Relay Coordination study,
Motor Starting calculation (Static and Dynamic), Load Flow Analysis, Arc
Flash study, lightning protection, Ground Grid and Electrical Equipment
Sizing and Load Calculation, Cable Sizing and Voltage Drop calculation,
Battery and Battery Charger Sizing calculation, UPS Sizing calculation,
Lighting calculation etc. using Saudi Aramco approved software tools.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
3.6.16 The grounding and lightning protection system shall be designed is

accordance with Saudi Aramco Standard SAES-P-111, IEEE 80 and
DATE
NEC.
NO.
REV
3.6.17 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall Review and validate the electrical load
D
DISCIPLINE summary list to indicate the specific electrical power project requirement
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH and vendor equipment loads.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT 3.6.18 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify and determined the requirement for oil
ENGINEER
OSM
containment/ drainage of Transformer during detailed design if required.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 3.6.19 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall developed protective relaying and control of
SIH power system and equipment on detail design stage as per Saudi Aramco
DATE:
AUG-2015 Standards and Library drawings.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
3.6.20 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide fully functional Power System
DATE:
AUG-2015 Automation (PSA) on the New Substation and at JNGL Central Control
OPERATIONS Room.
AUG-2015 3.6.21 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install redundant fiber optic cable
DATE:
from the New Substation up to JNGL CCR for PSA System purpose and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
interface.
EDSD
3.6.22 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install new street and area
DATE:
lighting as shown on related electrical drawings and documents.

BY:

D
3.7 Instrumentation and Control

(DCC) NO. _____________________
3.7.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall closely coordinate with qualified Saudi


N26 PE-A00002 20
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Aramco Representative for all phases and sequence of the construction
KAS
work. Saudi Aramco Representative will assure that all equipment/devices

have been safely isolated prior to any associated construction work.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
3.7.2 Once shutdown is available for any piece of equipment or devices, the
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall employ the maximum workforce to complete
the new wiring and existing rewiring at the earliest time possible.
3.7.3 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete all preparatory wiring work and
activities that will not be affected by shutdown. This includes the
installation of new junction boxes, demolition and installation of cables
and conduit prior to terminations.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.7.4 All field wiring shall be tagged in accordance with the drawings and
applicable Saudi Aramco Standards. Tags shall be installed unobstructed
and easily read when facing the instrument.
3.7.5 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary assistance to qualified

Saudi Aramco Representative in performing the necessary checking,
configuration, and commissioning of the new I/O points and required
functional tests for all the new loops.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
3.7.6 Installation of nameplates. Nameplates shall be as shown and indicated

on drawing List of Nameplates for Instruments – DD-950025 Sheet 001.
DATE
Excavation of direct buried cable trenches (by civil/structural group).

NO.
REV
3.7.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide fully functional High Sensitivity

D
DISCIPLINE Smoke Detector System (HSSD) on the New Substation and on other
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH project facilities that deemed necessary. The HSSD system shall be
DATE:
AUG-2015 compatible and to be interfaced to the Fire Detection and Alarm System
PROJECT (FACP).
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 3.8 Communication
SIH
AUG-2015
This section describes the communication systems that shall be provided to
DATE: Administration Building, Workshop Building and Substation Building in Ju’aymah
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Shops Area:
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.8.1 Local Area Network – data
AUG-2015 The Local Area Network provides capability to transfer data between
DATE:
network access nodes through data switching of the corporate data
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
network. The system offers users the ability to access the corporate
EDSD
backbone data resources and share internet/intranet applications over the

Corporate Data Network
DATE:
BY:
3.8.2 Wireless LAN


D
The Wireless LAN (WLAN) provides indoor radio coverage and wireless
(DCC) NO. _____________________
connectivity services for users to connect to the wired network. The system
offers users the ability to access the corporate backbone data resources

N26 PE-A00002 21
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
and share internet/intranet applications over the Corporate Data Network
KAS
via a flexible and secure wireless access. WLAN services shall be provided
to the new Administration Building.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
CONTRACTOR shall carry out radio coverage surveys to determine the

quantity and locations of access points in the new Administration Building to
ensure optimum operation throughout the coverage areas.
CONTRACTOR shall carry out signal coverage (coverage area map) for
WLAN: The result of a site-survey would be void without the use of suitable
tool. The Air Magnet Survey tool provides the best results that help assess
the best locations of the Access Points (APs). Contractor shall complete the
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
site survey for Signal Coverage Report to get the high quality signal level
and provide the Wireless LAN Site Survey Report (HEAT-MAP).
3.8.3 Telephony - IP and Analog
The IP (Internet Protocol) telephony provides the users with the capability
to have voice calls over Internet while the analog telephony provides the
user to have emergency analog lines through the existing Line Access
Gateway (LAG) in Ju’aymah DCO, provided under BI-10-00246, via copper
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
cable system.
3.8.4 Video Conferencing System

DATE
The Video Conferencing system permits point-to-point video conferences

NO.
REV
with any other video conferencing location and multipoint video conferences
D
DISCIPLINE through the Video Conference Management System in Dhahran. Video

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH Conferencing System services shall be provided to the new Administration
DATE:
AUG-2015 Building.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
3.8.5 Structured Cabling System - telecom rooms and building cabling
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 3.8.5.1 The structured cabling system refers to the building
SIH telecommunications cabling infrastructure. It provides the voice,
DATE:
AUG-2015 data and video cabling and outlets in the buildings for connecting
CONSTRUCTION data, telephones and video work stations.
AGENCY
AUG-2015 3.8.5.2 Within the building, CAT-6 UTP cables are installed from the
DATE:
OPERATIONS telecom rooms to multiple information outlets in the work locations.
These cables are terminated at the Information Outlet in the work
AUG-2015 space and in rack-mounted patch panels in telecom rooms. And
DATE:
intra building fiber optic cables that connects data equipment
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
installed in Telecommunication Equipment Rooms (TERs) and

EDSD
Telecommunications Rooms (TRs).

3.8.5.3 Ensure that clearances of Telecom cable tray overhead routing
DATE:
BY:
from other utilities shall meet the minimum requirements as stated

in SAES-T-916.

D
3.8.5.4 Inter/Intra building fiber optic communication cable shall be in

(DCC) NO. _____________________
accordance with SEAS-T-625.

N26 PE-A00002 22
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.8.5.5 Grounding requirement shall be in accordance with SAES-T-795.
KAS
3.8.5.6 Facilities requirement shall be in accordance with SAES-T-916

ENGG CERT
SIH
Par.4.3.6 Electrical Requirements

OSM
Par 4.3.7 Structural Requirements

Par.4.3.8 Miscellaneous Requirements
3.8.5.7 Contractor to provide detailed Telecomm equipment room (TER)

and Telecom room (TR) sizing Calculation.
3.8.6 Outside Plant (OSP) - fiber and copper cable systems

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
3.8.6.1 The Outside Plant System refers to the portion of the

telecommunications infrastructure that is normally located outside
of the buildings. It consist of underground cabling, manhole and
conduit network and associated cable terminals, closures,
pedestals and supporting structures.
3.8.6.2 The Outside Plant System for this project includes two sub-
systems; fiber and copper cable system.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
3.8.6.3 The fiber cable system provides the transmission medium for
connecting the voice (IP) and data network between each building
in Ju’aymah Shops area and to the corporate data network in
DATE
Ju’aymah Exchange DCO.

NO.
REV
3.8.6.4 The copper cable system provides the transmission medium for
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER the emergency analog telephone lines or the new buildings.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE: 3.8.6.5 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible providing complete
PROJECT
ENGINEER detail design as a part of each telecommunications work
OSM order/project, detail schematic drawings shall be prepared for
DATE:
AUG-2015
each fiber optic span/cable route, showing the following
CERTIFIED information: Fiber cable data: (a) Cable manufacturer (b) Vendor
SIH
number (c) Cable size (number of fibers). (d) Cable type (filled or
AUG-2015
DATE: air core) (e) Cable make-up (dielectric or non-dielectric) (f) Type of
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY fiber (multimode or single-mode) (g) Dispersion shifted or non-
dispersion shifted (h) Transmission characteristics (dB loss/km at
AUG-2015
DATE: given wavelength and for multimode bandwidth/km) (i) Dispersion
OPERATIONS
specification in ps/(nm . km) (j) Fiber packaging - single
fiber/loose. Buffer; multiple fiber/loose buffer; tight buffer,
AUG-2015
DATE: channel/groove or ribbon type, and color code (Ref: SAES-624,
CONTROL NUMBER
Para-4.1.2).
VERIFICATION
EDSD
The table shows the distribution of communication systems that shall be provided
for Administration Building, Workshop Building and Substation Building under
DATE:
telecom scope.
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 23
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
New
New Office New Workshop
System Substation
ENGG CERT
Building Building
SIH
Building
OSM
Local Area Network - data X X X
Wireless LAN X - -
Telephony - IP and Analog X X X
Video Conferencing System X - -

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Structured Cable System X X X
3.8.6.6
Outside Plant A
(OSP) X X X
d
dendum work under outside plant (OSP)
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible providing complete

detail design of fiber optic cable from electrical trench to existing
Juaymah Central Control Bldg.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545

detail design of fiber optic cable connectivity from new substation
DATE
(N26-SUB-XX1) to existing Juaymah Central Control Bldg.

NO.
REV

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER detail design of trench and conduit from electrical trench to
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
existing Juaymah Central Control Bldg.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible providing complete
OSM detail design of pedestal type UP-1278.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED Reference Drawings:
SIH
AUG-2015
Overall power com cab RTG plan– PA-P00005.001
DATE: Overall power com cab RTG plan– PA-P00005.002
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Overall power com cab RTG plan– PA-P00005.003
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Project PP shall be estimated and managed using a single work breakdown
structure (WBS), with six (6) sub-categories:
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
I. CWP-001 – New Substation Building # 77

VERIFICATION
II. CWP-002 – Cabling to/ from New Substation # 77

EDSD
III. CWP-003 – Switchover of S/S 12 Loads to New Substation

DATE:
IV. CWP-004 – Switchover of S/S 65 loads to New Substation

BY:
V. CWP-005 – Demolition
VI. CWP-006 – Site Preparation


D
CWP - Construction work Phase

(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 24
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
3.9 Equipment
KAS
3.9.1 This budget item shall provide the following numbers of new and
relocating equipments in new Ju’aymah shop.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
Number of Equipments
Relocating Relocating
Ju’aymah Shops Equipments Equipments
New
(Dhahran to (Dhahran to
Equipments
New Ju’aymah Shop) Old Ju’aymah
Shop)
Electrical Repair Shop 33 9 0
12
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Machine Shop 53 8
Mechanical Repair Shop 1 & 2 36 38 0
General Items 16 0 0
138 55 12
Total
205
3.9.2 All new equipments shall be housed in new Ju’aymah shop, however
relocating equipments shall be housed in both new and old Ju’aymah
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
shop.
3.9.3 The overall space requirement for each of the new equipment which is the
DATE
equipment size with the surrounding safe area needed for safety and
operation requirement is based on the DBSP requirement. During the
detail design, the final space requirement must be verified and shall be
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE based on actual equipment space requirement as recommended by the

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH manufacturer. Therefore, during detail design, LSTK CONTRACTOR
DATE:
AUG-2015 shall re-verify and update these dimensions, including the foundations
PROJECT size and details, based on final selected equipment by Saudi Aramco
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015 3.9.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify and finalize the new workshop
DATE:
CERTIFIED equipments layout PA-R00013-001 considering any change in equipment
SIH dimensions from DBSP, safe work environment and provision for efficient
DATE:
AUG-2015 and functional operation of all equipments and overhead cranes. LSTK
CONSTRUCTION Contract shall sub contract the scope for new work shop equipments
AGENCY
layout to Saudi Armaco approved machinery consultant who has
DATE:
AUG-2015 expertise and experienced in space planning of similar kind of shop.
OPERATIONS
3.9.5 Any change required in workshop layout drawing PA-R00013-001 shall be
AUG-2015 updated with client approval.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.9.6 Procurement, installation and commissioning of all new equipment shall

EDSD
be provided by Saudi Aramco. LSTK Contractor shall construct

Foundations and provision of electrical & non-electrical utility connections
DATE:
to the proposed equipment position per equipment’s manufacturer

BY:
recommendation

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 25
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.0 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING – PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
KAS
4.1 Civil/Structural
ENGG CERT
SIH
This section covers the Construction activity starting from site preparation and
OSM
demolition activities in the proposed location of the new Administration Building,
Demolition
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall perform the following demolition activities prior to
the start of construction of the new Administration building.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.1.1 Existing pavement that falls within the following conditions will be saw cut,
removed and disposed of to the Saudi Aramco approved dumping area.
4.1.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide detailed demolition drawings but not
limited to the following:
4.1.2.1 Areas where the existing asphalt binder course has been
damaged and found out to be unsuitable for laying the proposed
asphalt wearing course.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.1.2.2 Areas where the final elevations of the proposed asphalt wearing
course are found to be less than 50mm or more than 120mm,
relative to the level of existing asphalt binder course.
DATE
4.1.2.3 Areas where the existing asphalt binder course needs to be

NO.
REV
removed for the construction of street medians, curbs and gutters,

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER and valley gutters.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.1.2.4 Areas where the pavement final level needs to be adjusted to
PROJECT
ENGINEER prevent storm water ponding.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.1.2.5 Areas where previous installation of underground pipes damaged
CERTIFIED the asphalt binder course layer.
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.1.2.6 Areas where trenches will be excavated to install irrigation
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY distribution lines.
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.1.2.7 Areas where trenches will be excavated to install utilities and
OPERATIONS street lighting cables.
AUG-2015
DATE:
New Work
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.1.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall excavate and construct new reinforced

EDSD
concrete foundation for new administration building as shown on the

project drawings PA-Q00007.
DATE:
BY:
4.1.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design, construct and install new Cast-in-
place concrete columns for new Administration Building as shown on the


D
project drawings PA-Q00008. Where precast wall is to be provided,

(DCC) NO. _____________________
contractor shall design the external wall and column connections.

N26 PE-A00002 26
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.1.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall construct new cast-in place reinforced
KAS
concrete beams and slabs as shown on the project drawings PA-Q00009

to PA-Q00014.
ENGG CERT
SIH
4.1.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall supply and install hollowcore slab for floor
OSM
framing as on the project drawings PA-Q00011, PA-Q00013.

4.1.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall construct new elevator pit for new
Administration Building, as per the project drawing PA-Q00010 Sht.002,
Detail 19.
4.1.8 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall grade and construct asphalt paving of new
Administration Building area as per project drawing PA-S00011.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.2 Architectural
Requirements are developed based upon preliminary engineering development
under Project Proposal.
LSTK Contractor is responsible, and it is in his scope of work, to develop detail

engineering and finalize all requirements for a complete, fully functional
Administration Building. Any additional requirements arising as a result of detail
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
LSTK Contractor shall provide and supply in this Administration Building but not
DATE
4.2.1 Provide and install 200mm thick sand blast finish precast concrete wall
NO.
REV
panel to all external walls including parapet and concrete cornices.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
4.2.2 CMU wall shall be 200mm/100mm thick with sand, cement plaster.
AUG-2015
DATE: External CMU wall shall be of insulated type. All foam plastic insulation
PROJECT
ENGINEER (rigid board) shall be according to Section 2603 of the 2009 IBC
OSM requirements and meet ASTM E84 or UL 723 requirements.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 4.2.3 Provide gypsum board on 63 mm studs at every 40cm on center with
SIH
AUG-2015
insulation on all external precast walls.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 4.2.4 Provide Stainless Steel Handrail to Main Entrance stairs, ramp, and
staircase to first floor as shown on the drawings.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 4.2.5 All ceramic tiles wall finished will be full height extended to under face of
ceiling. Ceramic wall base will be cove and rounded edges at exposed
AUG-2015
DATE: corner angles as shown in the drawing no. PA-R00027-002.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.2.6 All separating wall shall be constructed to achieve a giving fire rating
EDSD
where necessary. Exposed internal concrete surfaces shall be paint

finished as shown in the drawing no. PA-R00018-001 and PA-R00019-
DATE:
BY:
001
4.2.7 Provide and install16mm thick gypsum board on 92mm metal studs on
D
Hallways. Non fire rated gypsum wall shall have ordinary gypsum board
(DCC) NO. _____________________
and paint finished.

N26 PE-A00002 27
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.2.8 Potential wet areas like Toilet, Tea Room and Janitor Room shall have
KAS
16mm thick moisture resistant gypsum board.

ENGG CERT
SIH
4.2.9 Provide and install 19mm thick plywood and finished with 2 coats of fire
OSM
retardant paint to Telecommunication Room as indicated on Finish

Schedule shown in the drawing no. PA-R00027-002.
4.2.10 Provide and install 500mmX500mm carpet tiles in the offices, conference
room, work station area and corridors.
4.2.11 Provide 600mm x 600mm Saudi granite tiles to Main Entrance Lobby, air
lock and treads on all exit/entrance landing. Treads length shall be
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
1200mm minimum with half round nosing. Thread to have 3 lines of anti-
slip carbide strips.
4.2.12 Provide including application with 2- coats of Epoxy Floor Coating to

Mechanical Room and Electrical Room.
4.2.13 Freight Elevator shall be incompliance with ASME A17.1 and ICC/ANSI
A117.1 according to the 200G IBC Chapter II and 30.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.2.14 Provide and install 300 x 300mm unglazed ceramic floor tiles to potential
wet areas like Toilet, Tea Room and Janitor Room.
DATE
4.2.15 Provide and install 300 x 300mm anti-static vinyl tiles to

Telecommunication Room.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE 4.2.16 Provide and install with proprietary, 600mm x 600mm x 16mm thk.
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH modular acoustic tile suspended ceiling system with matching gypsum
AUG-2015 board ceiling border accent to the offices, conference room, Printing
DATE:
PROJECT Room, Tea Room and Corridor as shown on the reference drawing PA-
ENGINEER
OSM
R00021.001 and PA-R00022.001.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
4.2.17 Provide and install 12.5mm thk. moisture resistant gypsum board ceiling
SIH with paint finish on metal channel frames suspended system to all wet
DATE:
AUG-2015 areas; Toilet, Tea Room and Janitor Room.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
4.2.18 The ceiling at the Telecommunication Room, and Storage shall be
AUG-2015 exposed smooth surface structure and paint finished.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
4.2.19 All doors shall be part of proprietary, approved and tested, door sets
AUG-2015
supplied complete with door frame, fixings, finishes and components.
DATE:
Provide door coordinator at Mechanical & Electrical Rooms.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.2.20 All fire rated doors shall be provided with door closers and with
EDSD
smoke/intumescent seals to heads and both sides. Closer shall be

DATE:
specified to operate for individual door size/weight and for particular

BY:
internal and external pressures. Fire exit doors shall be provided with
Panic Device Door Hardware. All external emergency door shall be


D
equipped push bar type locks connected to the security system of the
(DCC) NO. _____________________
building, and all lock shall be “High Security” type.

N26 PE-A00002 28
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.2.21 Provide and install all internal door sets paint finished galvanized steel
KAS
and providing fire and sound resistance where necessary. Doors with
vision glass panel shall be wired-glass. All ironmongery shall be stainless
ENGG CERT
SIH
steel.
OSM
4.2.22 Provide and install all external door paint finished, thermally insulated and
fire-resistant galvanized steel door with gas, dust and weather seals.
4.2.23 All exterior doors shall be provided with threshold and weather stripping to
make all door air and leak tight.
4.2.24 Provide and install inert gas filled (Argon) fixed double glazed insulated
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
reflective tempered glass in powder coated anodized aluminum frame to

all external windows. Internal windows shall be 12.5mm tempered clear
glass with top and bottom powder coated aluminum frame as shown in
the drawing no. PA-R00027.001.
4.2.25 The contractor shall provide all building and room signages as per Saudi
Aramco standard.
4.2.26 Apply paint to all interior surfaces and exposed metal anchorage. Paint
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
work shall be done in accordance with SAES-H-101B and SAES-H-102.
4.2.27 Provide and install fully adhered EPDM weathering membrane system
DATE
with rigid insulation on roofing with complete mineral faced flashing on

concrete cunt with a minimum height of 300mm and terminated with
NO.
REV
aluminum flashing profile with silicon sealant all around. The water
D
DISCIPLINE proofing system should be ballasted with 50mm thick of 1” dia. aggregate
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH and geotextile membrane separation layer.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT 4.2.28 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall Provide and install Furniture and
ENGINEER
OSM
Equipment as shown in the drawing nos. PA-R00025, PA-R000026.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 4.2.29 Provide landscaping all around the building to match with the overall
SIH surrounding and as shown on the drawing no. PA-R00035.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 4.2.30 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install the following
AGENCY
miscellaneous work:
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 4.2.30.1 Provide and install complete Work Station and office furniture
as shown on plan for the offices as required.
AUG-2015
DATE:
4.2.30.2 Provide and install built-in counter to Tea Room and Toilet
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Lavatory.
EDSD
4.2.30.3 Provide and install complete fixtures and accessories for all
DATE:
toilets.
BY:
4.2.30.4 Provide and install 25mm thick phenolic toilet partition and

D
urinal screen.
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 29
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Reference Drawings:
KAS
 PA-R00004.001 Site Development Plan

ENGG CERT
SIH
 PA-R00018.001 Ground Floor Plan

OSM
 PA-R00019.001 First Floor Plan

 PA-R00020.001 Roof Plan
 PA-R00021.001 Ground Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan
 PA-R00022.001 First Floor Reflected Ceiling Plan
 PA-R00023.001 Elevations
 PA-R00024.001 Sections
 PA-R00025.001 Ground Floor Furniture Layout
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
 PA-R00026.001 First Floor Furniture Layout

 PA-R00027.001 Schedule of Doors and Windows
 PA-R00027.002 Schedule of Finishes
 PA-R00035.001 Landscape Plan and Schedule
4.3 HVAC
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.3.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR (HVAC Contractor) shall supply, install, test and
commission one (1) Air Cooled Chiller (ACC) outside the Mechanical
Room.
DATE
4.3.2 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission two (2) Chilled
NO.
REV
water Pumps (CWPs), CWP-1 (Duty) and CWP-2 (Standby) located

D
DISCIPLINE inside the Mechanical Room of Ground Floor. Each chilled water pump
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH shall have non-return valve on the chilled water supply side along with
DATE:
AUG-2015 other required valve for proper operation and control. All pumps shall be
PROJECT
ENGINEER
equipped with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD).
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.3.3 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission one (1) Air
CERTIFIED separator, one (1) Expansion Tank and Chemical Dosing system located
SIH
inside the Mechanical Room of Ground Floor.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
4.3.4 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission two (2) Chilled
water AHUs (both duty). One (1) AHU-1 for the Ground Floor and one (1)
DATE:
AUG-2015 AHU-2 for the First Floor inside the Mechanical Rooms of respective
OPERATIONS floors. AHUs shall be equipped with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD).
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.3.5 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test & commission pressure sensor
in supply air duct for optimum operation of the VFD.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
4.3.6 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install and test Carbon steel Chilled water
pipes along with all the related accessories, Valves, Fittings etc. Chilled
DATE:
BY:
water piping shall meet the requirements of ANSI B31.9. Piping materials
shall comply with SAES-L-105 and installation shall comply with ANSI
B31.9 and SAES-K-100.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
4.3.7 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test & commission 2-way motorized

N26 PE-A00002 30
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
control valve along with other related accessories.
KAS
4.3.8 HVAC Contractor shall perform leak testing prior to applying insulation on
ENGG CERT
SIH
the Chilled water pipes in the presence of qualified Saudi Aramco

OSM
representative.
4.3.9 HVAC Contractor shall insulate Chilled water piping with closed cell
material having an R value not less than 20°F-ft²-hr/Btu. Chilled water
piping insulation shall meet SAES-K-001 insulation requirements.
4.3.10 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission one (1)
standby ducted split Fan Coil Unit FCU -1 with matching Air Cooled
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Condensing Units (ACCU) -1 for Telecom Equipment Room.
4.3.11 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission three (3)
standby ducted split Fan Coil Unit FCU-2,3 & 4 with matching Air Cooled
Condensing Units (ACCU) -2,3 & 4; one (1) for each Telecom Room.
4.3.12 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission one (1) duct
mounted Humidifier along with humidity sensor and other related control
for Telecom Equipment room.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.3.13 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission pressure
independent type Variable Air Volume Units (VAV) along with thermostat
DATE
(dual mode type) and all related wires and conduits.

NO.
REV
4.3.14 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission UL listed and
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
approved Electric Duct Heaters.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015
4.3.15 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission Exhaust Fans
PROJECT
ENGINEER (EF) for Toilets and Tea/Coffee Rooms.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.3.16 HVAC Contractor shall supply & install Sand Trap Louver.
CERTIFIED
SIH
4.3.17 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install UL555 & UL555S listed and
AUG-2015
DATE: approved combination of fire and smoke damper. Fire damper rating shall
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY be 1.5 hours.
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.3.18 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission Duct mounted
OPERATIONS smoke detectors for velocity range up to 2000 fpm mounted in supply and
return air duct.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
4.3.19 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install, test and commission high
VERIFICATION
temperature sensor for TER room.

EDSD
4.3.20 HVAC Contractor shall supply, fabricate and install new zinc coated,
DATE:
BY:
galvanized steel HVAC ducting as per the approved HVAC Plans. All
ductwork shall be made of airtight construction and in accordance with
SMACNA and Saudi Aramco Mechanical (HVAC) Codes, SAES-K-100.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
Installation shall conform to NFPA 90A, 90B and SMACNA Low Pressure
Duct Construction Specification.

N26 PE-A00002 31
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.3.21 HVAC Contractor shall supply, fabricate and install Horizontal and Vertical
KAS
rectangular ducts shall be rigidly supported as per SMACNA. The duct

supports shall be made of angle steel bars and electro galvanized steel
ENGG CERT
SIH
continuous threaded hanger rods. Allow clearance for inspection, repair,

OSM
replacement, and service.
4.3.22 HVAC Contractor shall supply, fabricate and install Perform duct leak
testing prior to applying insulation on the ducts in the presence of
qualified Saudi Aramco representative.
4.3.23 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install 25mm thick fiberglass duct wrap
insulation with internal thermal insulation thickness to meet the SAES-N-
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
004 U-factor requirements on the supply and return air ductworks

externally, located in air-conditioned area.
4.3.24 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install flexible connectors between AC
unit (AHU and EF) and their corresponding ductworks.
4.3.25 Flexible ducts may be used at the connection of air diffusing devices, in
accordance with the requirements of NFPA 90A.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.3.26 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install new Air Terminal Devices i.e.
Supply Ceiling Diffusers (SCDs), Return Ceiling Diffusers (RCDs) Supply
Air Grills (SAG) and Return Air Grills (RAG) and Exhaust Ceiling Diffusers
DATE
(ECDs).
NO.
REV
4.3.27 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install AHUs and FCUs condensate
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
drain pipe and its fittings.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015
4.3.28 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install Condensate drain pit for FCUs.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 4.3.29 HVAC Contractor shall supply and Install Motorized volume dampers,
DATE:
AUG-2015 Volume Dampers and fresh air intake Sand Trap Louvers on locations as
CERTIFIED shown in HVAC drawings.
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.3.30 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install Access Doors near all the
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY fire/smoke dampers, motorized dampers and duct smoke detectors.
Access doors shall be sized to allow convenient and unobstructed access
AUG-2015
DATE: sufficient to inspect, maintain, and calibrate all system components for
OPERATIONS which routine inspection, maintenance, or calibration is necessary.
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.3.31 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install removable wall panel for First
CONTROL NUMBER
Floor Mechanical room.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
4.3.32 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install Refrigerant Copper piping
between FCUs and ACCUs. Refrigerant piping shall meet the
DATE:
BY:
requirements of ANSI B31.6.Piping materials and installation shall comply

with SAES-L-105 and SAES-K-100 Standards. Refrigerant lines shall be
insulated with Rubber Elastomer pipe insulation and covered with

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
aluminum cladding for outdoor piping. Perform the pressure test of

refrigerant lines for leaks, fix leaks if found.

N26 PE-A00002 32
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
4.3.33 HVAC contractor shall design ducts based on static regain method for all
ducts connecting VAV.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
4.3.34 HVAC Contractor shall supply DDC panel BAC net compatible shall be
complete with control wiring, conduits, trays, contactors, transmitters,
push buttons, switches, fuses, LEDs, pilot lamps, terminal strips, name
plates, differential pressure switches, pressure sensors, space
temperature sensors, duct temperature sensors, air flow sensors and
Alarms. On-off status of all the HVAC Equipment shall be displayed on
DDC Panel. Dirty filter status of AHU-1/2 shall be displayed at DDC
panel. Temperatures in main supply, return and outside air ducts shall be
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
displayed on DDC panel in degrees F. DDC panel shall be interfaced with

the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and DDC fault signals shall be
displayed on FACP. Power supply to Fire & Smoke Damper (FSD) and
Duct Smoke Detector (DSD) shall be though DDC panel. Upon receiving
high temperature signal from temperature sensor located in TER room
stand-by FCU shall be started and if the problem persists, fault signal
shall be transmitted to signal receiver located in TER room which has
feature to transmit the high temperature signal to NOC. DDC panel shall
be as per SAES-K-011.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
The HVAC Scope of work also includes:

DATE
 A written description of proposed sequence of operation.

 Block diagram showing all components and processing devices.
NO.
REV

D
Block devices.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER System points list.

MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
Installation and wiring guide specifications.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
 Installation, supervision, start-up and commissioning.
ENGINEER  Operator's training.

OSM
AUG-2015
Service and maintenance warranty for one year from Commissioning.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH Reference Drawings:
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION  PA-K00001 HVAC Layout
AGENCY
 PA-K00002 HVAC Layout
DATE:
AUG-2015  PA-K00003 HVAC Layout
OPERATIONS  PA-K00004 HVAC Equipment Schedule
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
under Project Proposal. LSTK Contractor is responsible, and it is in his scope of

BY:
work, to develop detail engineering and finalize all requirements for a complete,
fully functional system. Any additional requirements arising as a result of detail


D

(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 33
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Reference Drawings:
KAS
Drawing # Sheet Title Revision

ENGG CERT
SIH
PA-S00042 001 Enlarged Drainage Plan C

OSM
PA-S00042 002 Enlarged Drainage Plan C

PA-S00042 003 Drainage Piping Layout A
PA-S00042 004 Drainage Piping Layout A
PA-S00043 001 Roof Drain System Layout C
PA-S00044 001 Water Supply Layout C
PA-S00044 002 Water Supply Layout C
PA-S00044 003 Enlarged Water Supply Layout C
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
The Administration Building shall be provided by complete installation of

Plumbing/Utilities Systems and shall include but not limited to the following:
4.4.1 LSTK contractor shall provide and install a main service pipe line of 2”
diameter potable water to supply a booster pump station no. 2 located
near the boundary fence that will serve the Administration Building. This
new potable water line shall be connected from the existing 3.0” diameter
main line located outside of Ju’aymah fence. A new valve box shall be
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
installed for the new service line located as shown on the drawing.
4.4.2 LSTK contractor shall provide a new underground 2” diameter potable

DATE
water line from booster pump station no. 2 to the Administration Building
as shown on the drawings. A pressure gauge shall be provided on the
NO.
REV
line inside the building.

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 4.4.3 LSTK contractor shall provide and install potable water supply to kitchen
DATE:
AUG-2015 sink at all tea rooms both for Ground and First Floor.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 4.4.4 LSTK contractor shall provide and install potable water supply for make-
DATE:
AUG-2015 up of chilled water located near the chiller area with backflow preventer to
CERTIFIED avoid contamination.
SIH
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.4.5 LSTK contractor shall provide and install main service pipe line of 3.0”
CONSTRUCTION diameter raw water to supply a booster pump set located near the
AGENCY
boundary fence to supply Administration Building. This new raw water line
DATE:
AUG-2015 shall be connected from the existing 4.0” diameter main line located
OPERATIONS outside of Ju’aymah fence. A new valve box shall be installed for the new
service line located as shown on the drawing. A pressure gauge shall be
DATE:
AUG-2015 provided on the line inside the building.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.4.6 LSTK contractor shall provide a raw water supply to all plumbing fixtures
EDSD
except kitchen sink both for Ground and First Floor areas.
DATE:
4.4.7 LSTK contractor shall provide a raw water supply for hose bibs located at
BY:
every Mechanical Room and Chiller area.


D
4.4.8 LSTK contractor shall provide and install electric water heaters as
(DCC) NO. _____________________
scheduled on the drawings.

N26 PE-A00002 34
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.4.9 LSTK contractor shall provide and install domestic water system such as
KAS
hot and cold to lavatories, kitchen sinks including trims, water hammer
arresters, isolation valves and necessary appurtenances related to
ENGG CERT
SIH
standard installation as per Uniform Plumbing Code and Saudi Aramco

OSM
Standards.
4.4.10 LSTK contractor shall provide and install pipe insulation for hot water line
system.
4.4.11 LSTK contractor shall provide and install floor drains, floor cleanout,
sanitary piping and vents in Toilets, Tea Room, Mechanical Room and
Janitor Room to be connected to the sanitary drainage system. All floor
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
drains shall be provided with P-trap to achieve water seal requirement.

Sanitary vents shall be terminated through roof as per Uniform Plumbing
Code requirement.
4.4.12 Sanitary drainage system shall be connected via gravity manholes to the
new lift station no.2, as shown in the external layout drawing. A new force
main shall transfer the effluent to the existing main lift station.
4.4.13 LSTK contractor shall provide and install rigid pipe hangers and supports
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
sufficient to prevent piping system from sagging.
4.4.14 LSTK contractor shall provide and install storm drainage system from roof
DATE
drains to free discharge at ground level, including trims and necessary

appurtenances related to standard installation as per Uniform Plumbing
NO.
REV
Code and Saudi Aramco Standards.

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 4.4.15 LSTK contractor shall install all horizontal drainage piping in a practical
DATE:
AUG-2015 alignment and uniform slope as per uniform plumbing code, chapter 7,
PROJECT section 708.0
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015 4.4.16 LSTK contractor shall provide and install PVC pipe sleeves to pipes
DATE:
CERTIFIED penetrating through floor and walls filled with oakum compound and seal
SIH with sealant as per SAES-M-100 and SAES-S-060 section 313.10.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 4.4.17 LSTK contractor shall perform water leak testing for the entire drainage
AGENCY
and vent system as described in Uniform Plumbing Code, Chapter 7,
DATE:
AUG-2015 Section 712.2.
OPERATIONS
4.4.18 LSTK contractor shall perform Hydro Testing to the entire water supply
AUG-2015 system as per SAES-S-60, Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code, Section
DATE:
103.5.3.3.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
BY:

D

(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 35
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
Reference Drawings:
ENGG CERT
SIH

OSM
PA-B00024 001 Fire Water Piping Layout C

PA-B00035 001 Fire Fighting Layout C
PA-B00036 001 Fire Fighting Layout C
PA-B00037 001 Fire Water Pipe Riser Diagram C
PA-B00037 002 Fire Water Pipe Isometric Diagram C
PA-B00039 001 Fire Fighting Misc. Details C
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
The Administration Building shall be provided by complete installation of Fire

Fighting Systems and shall include but not limited to the following:
4.5.1 The Fire Protection work shall be executed in conformity with best
practice and shall accommodate itself to the structure. The Contractor
shall consult the drawings, shop drawings, and field layout of other trades
and shall be governed accordingly in the laying out and installation of
work.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.5.2 The LSTK Contractor shall coordinate locations and arrangements of

equipment with the requirements of all other trades working on the
project. In cases of interferences between various items of equipment
DATE
and building features, or if simplified construction is made possible by

relocation of certain equipment, changes in arrangements may be made
NO.
REV
only if authorized by SAUDI ARAMCO.

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 4.5.3 The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of
DATE:
AUG-2015 systems and work included in the contract.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 4.5.4 The LSTK Contractor shall furnish the services of at least one
DATE:
AUG-2015 experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the
CERTIFIED installation of the fire protection work together with all skilled workmen,
SIH fitters, plumbers, welders, helpers, and laborers required to unload
DATE:
AUG-2015 transfer, erect, connect, adjust, start, operate and test each firefighting
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
component.
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.5.5 The LSTK Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment to
OPERATIONS install and successfully test all the following mechanical work, complete
and in place Fire Protection.
AUG-2015
DATE:
4.5.6 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install a Wet Pipe Fire Sprinkler
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
System in the new Admin Building all throughout ground and first floor.
EDSD
The fire sprinkler system consists of a fire water supply pipe, which
provides adequate pressure and flow rate to a water distribution piping
DATE:
system, onto which fire sprinklers are connected. In the event of a fire, an
BY:
automatic fire sprinkler will allow water to flow from the sprinkler when it is
exposed to sufficient heat to release a heat sensitive element (glass


D
bulb). Only sprinklers subjected to a temperature at or above their specific

(DCC) NO. _____________________
temperature rating will operate.

N26 PE-A00002 36
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.5.7 LSTK Contractor shall provide and install new underground 6.0” diameter
KAS
RTR pipe to supply fire water to new Admin Building. The new fire water
line shall be connected from the existing fire water main loop located
ENGG CERT
SIH
south of the building.

OSM
4.5.8 LSTK Contractor shall provide and install one new fire hydrant south side
of the building to comply SAES-S-050 (Section 8.17.2.4.1.5) “A fire
hydrant capable of meeting the system demand must be located within
100 feet (30.5 meters) of any required fire department connection
installed in a new building.
4.5.9 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install all fire protection materials
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
and equipment required for the work shall be new, of first-class quality
and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in
every detail and shall be so selected and arranged as to fit properly into
the building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material is
specified, a first-class standard material, as approved by SAUDI
ARAMCO, shall be furnished.
4.5.10 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install all fire protection
component parts of each item of equipment or device shall bear the
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
manufacturer's name, description, size, type, serial number,

characteristics, etc., in order to facilitate maintenance or replacement.
The name plate of a subcontractor or distributor will not be acceptable.
DATE
4.5.11 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install the basic components and
NO.
REV
its appurtenances for a typical water sprinkler system as shown on the

D
DISCIPLINE Fire Protection drawings and as follows; System shutoff, indicating valve,
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH Outside Screw & Yoke (OS&Y), Alarm Check Valve, Pressure Gauges,
DATE:
AUG-2015 Shutoff Valve, Retard Chamber, Pipe Riser, Electric flow switch and
PROJECT
ENGINEER
alarms (and/or connection to central station, fire department or
OSM proprietary facilities), Water Motor Gong (local), Check Valve (for fire
DATE:
AUG-2015 department connection), Fire Department Connection (FDC) – Siamese
CERTIFIED Type, Main Drain, Drains (outside or to other safe locations), Inspector’s
SIH
Test Valve and top line drain, Sprinkler Heads (Pendent and Upright),
DATE:
AUG-2015
Fire Hose Cabinets and other necessary appurtenances to fully operate
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
the needed fire protection as shown on the drawings.
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.5.12 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install fire water flow switch and
OPERATIONS floor control valve assembly with supervisory tamper switch at each floor
connected to fire alarm control panel.
AUG-2015
DATE:
4.5.13 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install necessary portable fire
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
extinguishers as shown on the fire protection layout as per SAES-B-019.

EDSD
4.5.14 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install new fire-fighting galvanized
DATE:
steel pipe schedule 40 for above ground fire water pipe as per SAES-S-
BY:
050 Table 6-3.1(A). Fire piping fittings shall withstand a minimum working
pressure of not less than 1026 kPa (175 psi) as per SAES-S-050, Para.

D
6.4.1.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
4.5.15 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install new Class II Fire Hose

N26 PE-A00002 37
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Cabinet (FHC) that includes one (1) 4.5 kgs. ABC Multi-purpose Type
KAS
Portable Fire Extinguisher in the Admin Bldg. Four (4) FHC at the
Ground Floor and four (4) FHC at the First Floor. The FHC should equip
ENGG CERT
SIH
with 1 ½-inch hose and shall be a listed, rubber-lined, single synthetic-

OSM
jacket fabric, in either 30 m (100 ft.) lengths, depending on required

coverage. Hoses, nozzles, angle valves, wrenches, and adaptors shall
be mounted in a metal cabinet specifically designed and manufactured for
this purpose.
4.5.16 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install pipe Hangers and supports
for fire protection piping systems in accordance with the referenced NFPA
Standards (NFPA 13 & 14), and shall be UL listed and FM approved for
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
fire protection service. When the requirements of this Section differ or

conflict with the requirements of specified NFPA Standards for fire
protection systems, comply with the more stringent requirements.
4.5.17 The LSTK Contractor shall not use Screwed unions on pipe larger than 2"
(51m). Couplings and unions of other than screwed-type shall be of types
listed specifically for use in sprinkler systems. (NFPA 13 Para 2-4.4).
4.5.18 The LSTK Contractor shall provide and install return bends where
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
pendent sprinklers are supplied from a raw water source. Return bends
shall be connected to the top of branch lines in order to avoid
accumulation of sediment in the drop nipples.
DATE
4.5.19 Pendent and upright sprinklers shall be positioned by the LSTK

NO.
REV
Contractor so that the deflectors are within 1 in. to 4 in. (25.4 mm to 102
D
DISCIPLINE mm) from the ceiling.

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.5.20 Sprinkler system shall have a 1-in. (25.4-mm) or larger drain and test
PROJECT connection with a valve on the system side of the control valve.
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.6 Electrical
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide detail design, materials, supply, install, testing,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
pre-commission and commissioning support (including vendor support) and other
AGENCY accessories for a fully operational Administration Building. The key items are
AUG-2015
stated below but are not limited to the following.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
4.6.1 One (1) switchboard SWB-001, 480V, 3P, 3W+ Ground, 60Hz, 1000A
Bus to feed the new Administration Building. (Reference Drawing: PA-
AUG-2015
DATE: P00006.001, PA-P00025.001)
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.6.2 Two (2) new Dry type transformers, 112.5kVA, 480/400-230VAC XFR-
EDSD
301 and XFR-302 to feed the new power panels PP-301 and PP-302.
DATE:
(Reference Drawing: PA-P00025.001)

BY:
4.6.3 Two (2) new 400/230V power panels PP-301 and PP-302 to feed two (2)

D
small power panels, four (4) telecommunication panels, two (2)

(DCC) NO. _____________________
mechanical panels, one Smart UPS and three (3) lighting panels.
(Reference Drawing: PA-P00025.001, PA-P00031.001)

N26 PE-A00002 38
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
4.6.4 One (1) new Smart UPS (UPS-301), 5kVA, 400/230V, 3 Phase, 60Hz for
DDC Panel, Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), Booster Pumps Control
ENGG CERT
SIH
Panel and H2S Control Panel for lift station shall be designed and
OSM
installed as per SAES-P-103. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall review and

study the complete load requirement and definitive rating of UPS during
detailed design.
4.6.5 Provide Lighting System (indoor/ outdoor) with associated accessories

(fixture, supports, switches, wiring) required completing the installation as
per the requirements of SAES-P-123 (Reference Drawing: PA-
P00027.001-002)
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.6.6 Provide lighting calculation to verify the illumination level as per SAES-P-
123 requirement. Review and validate the number of lighting fixtures
required.
4.6.7 Provide small power and under floor duct system in the work station area
with associated accessories (receptacle outlet, wiring and support)
required completing the installation (Reference Drawing: PA-P00028.001-
002).
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.6.8 Provide low voltage system as per cable routing layout and cable and
conduit schedule with associated accessories. Low voltage cable shall
DATE
meet the requirements of SAES-P-104. (Reference Drawing: PA-

P00025.001-003, PA-P00028.001-002)
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
4.6.9 Provide complete grounding and bonding system with associated
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
accessories. Grounding shall be designed in accordance with Saudi
DATE:
AUG-2015
Aramco Standard SAES-P-111. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00029.001,
PROJECT
ENGINEER PA-P00030.001)
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.6.10 Provide disconnect switch and convenience outlet including all fittings and
CERTIFIED wirings required to complete the HVAC loads and other loads installation
SIH
as per SAES-P-104. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00025.001-002)
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 4.7.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission fire
detection system as per NFPA 72, NFPA 70 and applicable Saudi
DATE:
AUG-2015 Aramco Standards SAES-B-014 and SAES-B-018.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.7.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall supply new addressable fire alarm control
EDSD
panel (FACP).
DATE:
BY:
4.7.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide power and wiring system to the new
fire detection system as per SAES-J-902.

D
4.7.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install control cables for DDC
(DCC) NO. _____________________
shut down.

N26 PE-A00002 39
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
4.7.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall connect new FACP to the existing main
FACP located in the existing Administration Building by developing
ENGG CERT
SIH
suitable connectivity scheme during detailed design stage.

OSM
4.7.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall also connect with suitable hardware Fire
alarms from the above MFACP to monitor system located in fire station by
developing suitable scheme during detailed design stage.
4.7.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide to Saudi Aramco all necessary

calculations required for the design of the fire detection system.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.7.8 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall develop suitable scheme to transmit FACP

trouble alarms to fire station through JU’AYMAH Exchange by Fiber Optic
Cable (FOC),during detailed design stage. LSTK shall supply, install and
commission the system during construction
Reference Drawings:

JO/EWO
PA-J00001 001 Fire Alarm Layout for Admin Bldg. C

AUG-2015 10-01545
PA-J00002 001 Fire Alarm Layout for Admin Bldg. C

PA-J00003 001 Fire Alarm Layout for Workshop C
DATE
PA-J00007 001 Fire Alarm Layout for Substation C
Local Control Panel for H2S detector of lift station 2:

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
ENGINEER 4.7.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide a local control panel to house
AUG-2015
controller, Beacon and Horn and other accessories for H2S detector. The
DATE:
PROJECT
H2S sensor shall be placed at Lift Station Vent. LSTK CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER
shall develop necessary drawings for the above during detail design
OSM
AUG-2015
stage.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015 4.8 Communications

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
4.8.1 General
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS The purpose of this section is to provide, but not be limited to, the minimal
communications systems requirement that shall be designed, supplied,
AUG-2015 installed and commissioned under this project. The Contractor is
DATE:
responsible, and in its scope of work, to develop detail engineering and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
finalize all requirements for a complete and fully functional systems. Any
EDSD
additional requirements arising as a result of detail engineering shall not be

a basis of any change orders.
DATE:
BY:
4.8.2 Local Area Network

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the complete LAN design of

D
the new Administration Building including, but not limited to, the following:
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 40
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.8.2.1 Provide layer 2 access switches with Quality of Service (QoS),
KAS
Power over Ethernet (PoE), single-mode Gigabit Ethernet optical

transceivers and redundant power supplies and/or external power
ENGG CERT
SIH
supplies.
OSM
4.8.2.2 The access switches shall be based on the equipment supplied by

BI-10-00074.
4.8.2.3 The access switches shall be equipped with ports that provide
network connectivity to all network devices with capability for 20%
future expansion.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.8.2.4 The access switches shall be connected to the corporate data

network backbone through Gigabit links to the existing distribution
switch JUA-0DCO-PE5 located in Ju’aymah DCO using the
available ports of the existing card. Access switches in the new
Admin Building shall have redundant uplink that shall be
accomplished by providing a new card in the same distribution
router. The ports to be utilized shall be equipped with SFP
transceivers.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.8.2.5 Provide rack-mountable stand-alone UPS equipment that can

support a minimum of 2 hours of back-up power to the access
switches. UPS shall be sized according to the load of the switches
DATE
and be supported with external battery units as required.

NO.
REV
4.8.2.6 Local Area Network shall be based primarily on IEEE 802.3

D
DISCIPLINE standard for Ethernet network protocol and applications.

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
Reference Drawings:
AUG-2015
DATE: Block and Level Diagram, LAN - PA-T00017.001
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the complete IP and Analog
SIH Telephony design of new Administration Building including, but not limited
DATE:
AUG-2015 to, the following:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
4.8.3.1 Provide VoIP services that shall be connected via the layer 2
DATE:
AUG-2015 access switches to corporate data network through existing
OPERATIONS Communication Centers in Dhahran and Abqaiq and secure
sufficient port licenses for the VoIP service.
AUG-2015
DATE:
4.8.3.2 Provide (1) emergency analog line through copper cabling and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
secure availability of port licenses and line card in the existing Line
EDSD
Access Gateway (LAG) in Ju’aymah DCO provided under BI-10-

00246. Ensure availability of the new copper cabling for additional
DATE:
lines in the future

BY:
4.8.3.3 Provide IP and analog telephone sets based on products supplied


D
under BI-10-00246. Quantity of IP telephones sets shall be

(DCC) NO. _____________________
determined and finalized during the detailed design.

N26 PE-A00002 41
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
Reference Drawings:
Block and Level Diagram, IP Tel Network - PA-T00018.001
ENGG CERT
SIH
Block and Level Diagram, Analog Telephony - PA-T00019.001

OSM
4.8.4 Wireless LAN

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the complete WLAN design of
the new Administration Building including, but not limited to, the following:
4.8.4.1 Provide Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) Access Points that
can provide full coverage to all work areas.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.8.4.2 WLAN Access Points provided shall utilize the existing WLAN
controller located in Ras Tanura Najmah DCO.
4.8.4.3 The Access Points shall be connected to the access switches into
the PoE ports in the corresponding Telecom Rooms.
4.8.4.4 Wireless Local Area equipment shall be primarily based in, and in
full compliance with, IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac specifications.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.8.4.5 WLAN Access points shall be standard models supported and

used by Saudi Aramco Wireless Network.
DATE
Reference Drawings:
NO.
REV
Block and Level Diagram, WLAN PA-T00020.001

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER WLAN Coverage Layout, Ground Floor PA-T00022.001
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
WLAN Coverage Layout, First Floor PA-T00023.001
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 4.8.5 Video Conferencing System
OSM
AUG-2015 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the Video Conferencing
DATE:
CERTIFIED System to be provided in Conference Room of new Administration Building
SIH including, but not limited to, the following:
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 4.8.5.1 The Voice Conferencing (VC) system shall be latest state-of-the-
AGENCY
art-technology. An integrated high definition (HD) video
DATE:
AUG-2015 conference system that will include but not be limited to video
OPERATIONS conference Ethernet based codec with people on content and
people + content licenses, remote control, high resolution and high
AUG-2015 definition video conference camera, high definition microphones,
DATE:
high definition LED monitors, and stereo speakers.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
4.8.5.2 The VC system shall be IP based and supporting the Session

Initiation Protocol (SIP) and Tele presence Interoperability
DATE:
Protocol (TIP), H.323 protocol and support Full High Definition

BY:
resolution (HD 1080p).


D
4.8.5.3 The proposed VC System shall be monitored by the existing NMS

(DCC) NO. _____________________
system located in Building 840 in Dhahran.

N26 PE-A00002 42
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.8.5.4 It shall permit point-to-point video conferences with any other
KAS
video conferencing location and multipoint video conferences

through the Video Conference Management System in Dhahran.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
4.8.5.5 Video conferencing system shall be in accordance to the

requirements specified in SAES-T-820.
Reference Drawings:
Block Diagram, Voice Conferencing System - PA-T00021.001
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.8.6 Structured Cable System

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the complete Structured
Cabling System design of new Administration Building but not limited to the
following:
4.8.6.1 Provide cable pathway infrastructure for the horizontal and vertical
(backbone) cableway system sized in accordance with SAES-T-
916 requirements.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.8.6.2 Provide copper cabling utilizing a physical star-wired configuration

using UTP plenum rated Category 6 cabling, with maximum
allowable cable run from distribution patch panel to the information
DATE
outlet of 90 meters.
NO.
REV
4.8.6.3 Provide intra building fiber optic cables and copper cables
D
DISCIPLINE connecting all Telecommunications Rooms.

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.8.6.4 Provide detail design of Telecommunications Equipment Rooms
PROJECT and Telecommunications Rooms adequately sized according to
ENGINEER
OSM
the requirements specified in SAES T-916. The rooms shall house
AUG-2015 the termination of building backbone and distribution cables,
DATE:
CERTIFIED cross-connect and network electronic equipment. Clear work
SIH space around the equipment shall be in accordance with BICSI
DATE:
AUG-2015 and SAES-T-916 requirements.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
4.8.6.5 Provide grounding and bonding for telecommunications facilities
DATE:
AUG-2015 according to the requirements specified in SAES-T-916 and
OPERATIONS SAES-T-795.
AUG-2015 4.8.6.6 All building telecommunications cable system design must be

DATE:
done under the design authority of a valid current Certified BlCSl
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Registered Communication Distribution Design (BICSI RCDD) to

EDSD
ensure that a minimum level of competency has been provided in

the Telecommunications office building infrastructure and cable
DATE:
system design as required by SAES-T-916 & BlCSl TDMM and

BY:
shall be compliant with Commscope SCS requirements. The

design shall not be issued for construction without the related


D
design work done by a BlCSl RCDD.

(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 43
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Reference Drawings:
KAS
Horizontal Cableway Plan (Gnd Flr) – PA-T00004.001

Horizontal Dist. Plan TER-123 – PA-T00005.001
ENGG CERT
SIH
Horizontal Dist. Plan TR-139 – PA-T00005.002

OSM
Horizontal Cableway Plan (1st Flr) – PA-T00006.001

Grounding Diagram – PA-T00008.001
TER/TR Sizing Calculation – CL-T00024
4.8.7 Alarm System

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the provision of high

temperature alarm system equipment in the new Administration Building
Telecom Equipment Room including, but not limited to, the following:
4.8.7.1 Provide high-temperature sensor and equipment with alarm
indication inside the TER that shall be relayed to the Network
Operations Center (NOC).
Reference Drawings:
Block and Level Diagram –LAN – PA-T00017.001
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.8.8 Outside Plant (OSP) Facilities Requirements

DATE
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the complete outside plant

facilities requirements of Administration Building, Workshop Building and
NO.
REV
Substation Building in Ju’aymah Shops area including, but not limited to,
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
the following:
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.8.9 Conduit System
PROJECT
ENGINEER
4.8.9.1 All inter-building fiber optic and copper cable routings are routed
OSM
AUG-2015
through an underground duct-bank (4” PVC
DATE:
CERTIFIED
conduit/manhole/pedestal) system as per SAES-T-911 as shown
SIH on Drawing Number PA-T00001 Sheet 001 & 002.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
4.8.9.2 CONTRACTOR shall trench, install conduit in concrete encase,
AGENCY provide warning tape, backfill, compaction and construction of
AUG-2015 pedestals.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
4.8.9.3 Conduits to include pulling rope, solid/split plug, cap and/or duct
AUG-2015
plug. This shall include mandrel of ducts prior to the installation of
DATE:
cables.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.8.9.4 Cutting affected paved and asphalt areas and replacing to original
EDSD
or better conditions.
DATE:
BY:
4.8.9.5 Four (4) inch diameter underground conduit that is being set up for
fiber optic cable placement contained four (4) 1.0”diameter plain


D
sub ducts (Blue, Green, White,& Orange), subducts have pull rope
(DCC) NO. _____________________
inside.

N26 PE-A00002 44
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
4.8.9.6 All newly built Saudi Aramco telecommunication conduit system
KAS
shall use NEMA TC 8, Type DB, plastic (PVC) conduit.

ENGG CERT
SIH
4.8.9.7 Duct formation is in accordance with SAES-T-911. The ducts are a

OSM
minimum depth of 1.2 meters.
4.8.9.8 All underground conduits shall pass the mandrel test before and
after concrete encasement in both directions.
4.8.9.9 All existing underground conduits to be used shall be mandrel

tested.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.8.9.10 Upon completion of the conduit entrance installation is completed,

sealant shall be applied on all underground voids between the
subducts and conduits at end–points of EF and OSP conduits in
accordance with SAES-T-911 and SAES-T-628.
Reference Drawings:
Trench Layout – PA-00001.001 & .002
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.8.10 Fiber Optic Cabling System

4.8.10.1 The fiber optic cable system shall be installed via-conduit system
DATE
that shall individually connect the Administration Building,

Workshop Building and Substation Building to Ju’aymah
NO.
REV
Exchange DCO as shown on Drawing Number PA-T00002 Sheet

D
DISCIPLINE 001.
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 4.8.10.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide 48-strands SM FOC from
PROJECT Administration Building towards Ju’aymah Exchange DCO that will
ENGINEER
OSM
serve as the tie in point and serve data system.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 4.8.10.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide 12-strands FOC from Workshop
SIH Building towards Administration Building.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 4.8.10.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide 12-strands FOC from Substation
AGENCY
Building towards Administration Building.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 4.8.10.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install Fiber Patch Panel and its
accessories at the identified endpoint of each outside plant fiber
AUG-2015 optic cabling.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.8.10.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install an OSP-rated FOC splice

closure at Juaymah DCO cable vault with built-in splicing
EDSD
organizer that should be able to accommodate 48-strand FOC

DATE:
splices. With the supplied ancillaries for FOC splicing, all strand
BY:
shall be fusion-spliced.

D
4.8.10.7 The cables shall be compliant with ITU G.652D single-mode non-
(DCC) NO. _____________________
metallic fiber optics, jelly-filled and manufactured and installed in

compliance with SAES-T-628 and SAES-T-920 and meet all

N26 PE-A00002 45
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
requirements of Saudi Aramco Material Standard Specifications,
KAS
18-SAMSS-625.
ENGG CERT
SIH
4.8.10.8 Splicing, termination and testing of fiber optic will be carried out in
OSM
accordance with SAES-T-632, SAES-T-633 and SAES-T-634.

Reference Drawings:
Fiber Optic Schematic – PA-T00002.001
Equipment Layout – PA-T00009.001
Rack Face Elevation, Rk-306 – PA-T00010.001
4.8.11 Copper Cabling System

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
4.8.11.1 The copper cable system shall be installed via-conduit system that
shall individually connect the Administration Building, Workshop
Building and Substation Building to Ju’aymah Exchange DCO as
shown on Drawing Number PA-T00003 Sheet 001.
4.8.11.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install 100 pairs copper cable
from existing copper splice closure from existing MH #2 that will
serve as the tie in point connectivity to three new buildings.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
4.8.11.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide 25 pairs copper cable size each for
Administration Building, Workshop Building and Substation
Building, with 10 working pairs of copper cables to enable
DATE
emergency analog telephone services.

NO.
REV
4.8.11.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install OSP-rated copper splice

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER closure, copper protected terminal block and its accessories at the
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
identified endpoint of each outside copper cabling.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 4.8.11.5 All outside and inside plant splice cases and equipment racks will
OSM be connected to the Telecommunications Master Ground Bar
AUG-2015
DATE: (TMGB). Grounding requirements will comply with all applicable
CERTIFIED
SIH
Saudi Aramco Standards.
AUG-2015
DATE: 4.8.11.6 CONTRACTOR shall use and reserve copper pairs number at Ca.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 1, 781 to 800, 841 to 850 to serve the analog telephone system to
Administration Building, Workshop Building and Substation
AUG-2015
DATE: Building.
OPERATIONS
4.8.11.7 Splicing, termination and testing of copper cables will be carried

AUG-2015
DATE: out in accordance with SAES-T-632, SAES-T-633 and SAES-T-
CONTROL NUMBER
634.
VERIFICATION
Reference Drawings:
EDSD
Copper Cable Schematic – PA-T00003.001

DATE:
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 46
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
5.0 SHADED CAR PARKING AT NEW PARKING AND ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
KAS
ENGG CERT
5.1 Civil/ Structural

SIH
Demolition
OSM
removed and disposed of to the Saudi ARAMCO approved dumping area:
5.1.2 LSTK CONSTRACTOR shall provide detailed demolition drawing but not
5.1.2.1 Areas where the existing asphalt binder course has been
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
damaged and found out to be unsuitable for laying the proposed

asphalt wearing course.
5.1.2.2 Areas where the final elevations of the proposed asphalt wearing
course are found to be less than 50mm or more than 120mm,
relative to the level of existing asphalt binder course.
5.1.2.3 Areas where the existing asphalt binder course needs to be

removed for the construction of foundations, street medians, curbs
JO/EWO
and gutters, and valley gutters.

AUG-2015 10-01545
5.1.2.4 Areas where the pavement final level needs to be adjusted to

DATE
prevent storm water ponding.
5.1.2.5 Areas where previous installation of underground pipes damaged

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
the asphalt binder course layer.
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
5.1.2.6 Areas where fences and gates will be removed for expansion of
DATE:
PROJECT
new car parking.
ENGINEER
OSM
5.1.2.7 Areas where trenches will be excavated to install street lighting
AUG-2015
DATE: cables.
CERTIFIED
SIH
DATE:
AUG-2015
New Work
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
5.1.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct new car parking
DATE:
sunshade as per Drawing PA-R00028 and PA-R00029.
OPERATIONS
5.1.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct new foundation for car
AUG-2015
DATE: parking shade as shown on Drawing PA-Q00023, PA-Q00024 and PA-
CONTROL NUMBER
Q00045.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
5.1.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct road marking and traffic
DATE:
signages and its foundation as shown on Drawing PA-S00009 and PA-

BY:
S00010 sht 001 and PA-S00010 sht 002.


D
5.1.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall grade and construct asphalt paving with
(DCC) NO. _____________________
smooth level transition between new and existing and surface drain to
existing storm water open trench along fenced area.

N26 PE-A00002 47
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
5.2 Architectural
ENGG CERT
SIH
5.2.1 Provide Shaded Parking with heavy duty nylon fabric mounted on tubular
OSM
steel frame.
Reference Drawings:
 PA-R00016.001 Parking Lot
CONTRACTOR shall provide and supply in this Car Parking Sun Shade area
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
but not limited to the following:
 Apply pavement markings (Arrows and parking division)

 Precast Concrete Wheel guard
 Car Parking Roof Sunshade
 Steel column
 Standard Saudi Aramco Directional sign
 Parking Slot Number
 150mm Ø Steel Tubular Barricade with Stop Bar and Sign

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Pedestrian Pavement Markings

 Access Door to the facility.
NO. DATE
REV
5.3 Electrical
D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH Demolition
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall perform following Demolition activities prior to start
ENGINEER
OSM
construction of the new Shaded Parking at Administration Building. (Reference
AUG-2015 Drawing: PA-P00045, PA-P000046, PA-P00047).
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH 5.3.1 Disconnect all the power cables feeding all existing lighting fixtures and
DATE:
AUG-2015 demolish existing lighting fixtures, associated power cables and
CONSTRUCTION accessories in the existing sunshade and area lighting fixtures and poles.
AGENCY
Cut all the existing lighting and grounding conductors at ground level.
DATE:
AUG-2015 Remove all the wire above ground and leave the existing buried cables as
OPERATIONS they are. Dispose of lighting equipment as directed by the qualified Saudi
Aramco Representative.
AUG-2015
DATE:
5.3.2 Relocate existing Switchrack-1 and associated equipment. The new
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
location shall be determined by the LSTK CONTRACTOR as part of the

EDSD
detail design in coordination and approval by the qualified Saudi Aramco

Representative.
DATE:
BY:
5.3.3 Existing area lighting fixtures and poles not included in the demolition
works shall be retained in good operational condition. Existing power


D
supply cables shall be re-routed, extended and terminated up to the new

(DCC) NO. _____________________
location of existing Electrical Switchrack.

N26 PE-A00002 48
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
New Work
KAS
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide detail design, materials, supply, install, testing,
ENGG CERT
SIH
pre-commission and commissioning support (including vendor support) and other

OSM
accessories for new shaded car parking area. The key items are stated below but
are not limited to the following.

(fixture, supports, switches, wiring, and ducting) required completing the
installation as per the requirements of SAES-P-123. (Reference Drawing:
PA-P00037, PA-P00038)
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
5.3.5 Provide LV cable System as per Cable routing layout and cable and
conduit schedule with associated accessories. LV cable shall meet the
requirements of SAES-P-104. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00039.001-002)

accessories. Grounding shall be designed is accordance with Saudi
Aramco Standard SAES-P-111. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00040)
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.0 SUBSTATION BUILDING

DATE
This section covers the civil / structural of the new substation at Ju’aymah
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
Maintenance shop.
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
6.1.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall construct new foundation as shown on the
DATE:
PROJECT
project drawings PA-Q00015 to PA-Q00020.
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
6.1.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall fabricate and install precast wall and roof
DATE: double tee panel for the new substation as per the project drawings PA-
CERTIFIED
SIH Q00010 and as dwg DA-950151 to DA-950163.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
6.1.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall grade and construct new asphalt concrete
AGENCY paving for new substation as per details shown on the project drawings PA-
AUG-2015
S00013.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
6.1.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall excavate and backfill for direct buried cables
AUG-2015
where required as per project drawings and where appropriate as
DATE: determined in detail design.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Civil Scope at existing pipeline corridor:

EDSD
6.1.5 Related to the 13.8kV feeder route from the existing Substation 3 to the
DATE:
BY:
new Substation, LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct cable

ducting using HDD method (Horizontal Directional Drilling) for the electrical

D
cable feeder and fiber optic cable route at the location of existing pipeline
(DCC) NO. _____________________
corridor as shown on drawing PA-P00003 and PA-P00005. LSTK

Contractor shall verify the actual location and elevation profile of the

N26 PE-A00002 49
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
hydrocarbon piping within the Pipeline corridor by conducting exploratory
KAS
test pits in coordination with Saudi Aramco. The results of survey shall be
used to develop the HDD plan to install the cables conduits crossing the
ENGG CERT
SIH
Pipeline corridor. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by the

OSM
concerned Saudi Aramco organizations and NA Pipeline Department.

Moreover, the plan shall be prepared and authenticated by a Saudi Aramco
approved HDD contractor.
6.1.6 Necessary action shall be taken to protect all utilities from damage while
working within the area. Should any damage occur to the existing utilities,
restoration shall be made at the contractor’s expense to at least as good
condition as existed before work began.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Non-Electric Traffic Signs and Pavement Markings
6.1.7 Non-electric traffic signs and pavement marking is included under this
package. Traffic signs will conform to the Saudi Arabia’s Ministry of
Transportation Standards.
6.1.8 Pavement markings and traffic signs plan is shown on Drawing No. PA-
S00009 and PA-S00010. No electrically supplied traffic signs are covered
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
under this BI.

DATE
6.2 Architectural
NO.
REV
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and supply in this Substation Building but not
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 6.2.1 Provide and install blast resistant 350mm thick insulated and sand blast
PROJECT
ENGINEER finish precast concrete wall panel to all external walls including parapet
OSM with 2 hour fire rating. Internal wall shall be 200mm thick precast in
DATE:
AUG-2015 smooth finished & painted in accordance with SAES-M-009. The package
CERTIFIED shall include the structural framing, exterior blast resistant precast walls,
SIH
internal precast walls, roof panels, roof vents, and flashing accessories.
AUG-2015
DATE: Wall and roof penetrations, concrete masonry unit, and gypsum board
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY partitions, exterior and interior doors and all associated hardware and
accessories, and all building finishes as indicated on the architectural
AUG-2015
DATE: drawings and as per SAES-M-100,SAES-B-014, SAES-B-055, SAES-J-
OPERATIONS 801, SAES-M-001, SAES-M-009, SAES-0-100 and SAES-0-109 as
shown on the drawing PA-R00030.001.
AUG-2015
DATE:
6.2.2 Provide steel handrails to ramp as shown on the drawing PA-
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
R00030.001.
EDSD
6.2.3 Provide standard cage ladder access to the roof as per PIP-STF 05501.
DATE:
BY:
6.2.4 300 x 300mm Acid resistant ceramic tiles shall be installed on floors and
walls of battery rooms.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
6.2.5 Provide Emergency Eyewash facility with floor drain at battery room.

N26 PE-A00002 50
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6.2.6 Provide and install 19mm thick plywood backing and finished with 2 coats
KAS
of fire retardant paint to Telecommunication Room as indicated on Finish

Schedule shown in the drawing no. PA-R00034-001.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM

Mechanical Room and Switch Gear Room.
6.2.8 Provide and install 300 X 300mm anti-static vinyl floor tiles to
6.2.9 The ceiling at the Telecommunication Room shall be exposed concrete

smooth surface structure with paint finished.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Blast resistant door as per manufacturer’s standard on all external doors.
All exterior doors shall be blast resistant as shown in Drawing PA-
R00034.001 in accordance with SAES-M-009.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545

internal and external pressures. Fire exit doors shall be provided with
Panic Device Hardware and equip with push bar type locks connected to
DATE
security system. All lock shall be “High Security” type.

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
work shall be done in accordance with SAES-h-101b and SAED-H-102.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015
6.2.13 Provide and install fully adhered EPDM weathering membrane system
PROJECT
ENGINEER with rigid insulation on roofing with complete mineral faced flashing on
OSM concrete cunt with a minimum height of 300mm & terminated with
DATE:
AUG-2015 aluminum flashing profile with silicon sealant all around. The water
CERTIFIED proofing system should be ballasted with 50mm thick of 1” dia. aggregate
SIH
and geotextile membrane separation layer.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 6.2.14 Transformer yard shall be provided with 200mm thick fire separation wall
in between transformers.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 6.2.15 Type 5 chain link fence shall be provided and installed as a boundary
fence.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
6.2.16 Interior wall shall be isolated from external load bearing precast walls to
VERIFICATION
prevent them from supporting the blast loads that they are not designed
EDSD
for.
DATE:
BY:
6.2.17 Interior framing, members, finishes, partition, cabinets, doors, and trim,
shall be non-combustible.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
6.2.18 Substation Building shall be pressurized as per minimum requirement

under SAES - O-126.

N26 PE-A00002 51
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
6.2.19 Firewall walls shall be provided to separate different use area. Fire walls
shall be provided to separate the switch gear room from the Telecom
ENGG CERT
SIH
(Utility/Storage) and Battery rooms. All fire walls shall be extending up to

OSM
the underside of the roof.
6.2.20 All openings larger than 200mm shall be protected by back draft dampers
designed to withstand the blast overpressure.
6.2.21 All ceramic wall tiles finished will be full height extended to under face of
corner angles Drawing No. PA-R00032.001 and PA-R00034.001
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
6.2.22 Provide and install gypsum board (fire rated) drywall partitions with
insulation on metal studs with painted finish and ceramic tiles at wet areas
as shown on Drawing No. PA-R00032.001.
6.2.23 All fire rated doors assemblies shall be labeled by approved agency. The
labels shall comply with NFPA-80 and shall be permanently affixed to the
door frame. The label shall be applied at the factory and shall show the
following:
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
 Name of the manufacturer

 Trademark of the third-party inspection agency.-protection rating.
 Maximum transmitted temperature end point for fire door in exit
DATE
enclosure and exit passageway.

 Smoke and draft control door shall show the letter “S” on the label.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 6.2.24 Provide and install all external door with paint finish, thermally insulated
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
and fire- resistant galvanized steel door with gas, dust and weather seals.
AUG-2015
DATE: All Entrance door shall be blast resistant.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
6.2.25 Provide and apply acid resistant paint finished galvanized steel door and
AUG-2015
DATE: door frames to Battery Room.
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
6.2.26 Provide and install highly insulated heavy galvanized steel door with gas,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
dust and weather seals at Mechanical Room and Battery room complete
AGENCY with accessories.
AUG-2015
DATE:
6.2.27 Apply paint to all interior wall surfaces and exposed metal anchorages.
OPERATIONS
Painting work shall be done in accordance with SAES-H-102.
AUG-2015
DATE: 6.2.28 Provide and install 200mm diameter bollard steel pipe filled with concrete
CONTROL NUMBER
and to be painted with yellow and black stipe.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
6.2.29 SAES-A-503: Maximum allowable U factor and maximum of 1.20 ES 25

DATE:
pure grey / clear SHGC of 0.25 for different windows to wall ratios shall be
BY:
in accordance with SAES-N-004


D
6.2.30 SAES-A-503: Building ratio to wall ratio on east-west and north-south side
(DCC) NO. _____________________
shall not exceed 10% and 40% respectively.

N26 PE-A00002 52
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6.2.31 SAES-A-503: Windows shall have thermal break that effectively reduces
KAS
heat transfer between external and internal surfaces or should have non-
metallic frames. Typical window frame and glass R Value of R 0.41 shall
ENGG CERT
SIH
be used.
OSM
6.2.32 Wall thermal insulation shall be in accordance with SAES-N-004.
6.2.33 LSTK CONTRACTOR supplied finishing materials shall meet the

requirements of IBC-2009, chapter 8 and SAES-R-004. CSD/Civil
Engineering Unit shall approve the finishing materials.
Reference Drawings:
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION

 PA-R00030.001 Ground Floor Plan
 PA-R00031.001 Roof Plan and Ceiling Plan
 PA-R00034.001 Schedule of Doors and Finishes
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.3 HVAC
DATE
6.3.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR (HVAC Contractor) shall supply, install, test and
commission two (2) Direct Expansion (DX) AHUs, AHU-1 (Duty) and
AHU-2 (Standby) inside the Mechanical Room and the matching Air
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
Cooled Condensing Units (ACCU) -1 (Duty) and ACCU-2 (Standby)
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
ENGINEER outside the Mechanical Room.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
6.3.2 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission UL listed
ENGINEER and approved Electric Duct Heater for Battery Room.
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE: 6.3.3 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission Exhaust
CERTIFIED
SIH Fans (EF) for Battery Room.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
6.3.4 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install UL555 & UL555S listed
and approved combination of fire and smoke damper. Fire damper rating
DATE:
AUG-2015 shall be 1.5 hours.
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015
6.3.5 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission Duct
DATE: mounted smoke detectors for velocity range up to 2000 fpm mounted in
CONTROL NUMBER
supply and return air duct.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
6.3.6 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, fabricate and install new zinc coated,
DATE:
galvanized steel HVAC Ducting as per the approved HVAC Plans. Battery
BY:
room shall be provided with Stainless Steel duct and grills type 316. All


D

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Duct Construction Specification.

N26 PE-A00002 53
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
6.3.7 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, fabricate and install horizontal and
vertical rectangular ducts shall be rigidly supported as per SMACNA. The
ENGG CERT
SIH
duct supports shall be made of angle steel bars and electro galvanized
OSM
steel continuous threaded hanger rods. Allow clearance for inspection,

repair, replacement, and service.
6.3.8 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install outdoor air intake stack
along with bird screen, filter and other related accessories.
6.3.9 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, fabricate and install Perform duct
leak testing prior to applying insulation on the ducts in the presence of
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
6.3.10 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install 25mm thick fiberglass duct
wrap insulation with internal thermal insulation thickness to meet the
SAES-N-004 U-factor requirements on the supply and return air
ductworks externally, located in air-conditioned area.
6.3.11 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install flexible connectors

between AC unit (AHU and EF) and their corresponding ductworks.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.3.12 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Air Terminal Devices i.e.
Supply Air Grills (SAG), Return Air Grills (RAG) and Exhaust Air Grills
DATE
(EAG).
NO.
REV
6.3.13 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install AHU’s condensate drain
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
pipe and its fittings.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015
6.3.14 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and Install Volume Dampers and
PROJECT
ENGINEER Motorized volume dampers at locations as shown in HVAC drawings.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 6.3.15 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Access Doors near all the
CERTIFIED fire/smoke dampers, motorized dampers and duct smoke detectors.
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: sufficient to inspect, maintain, and calibrate all system components for
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY which routine inspection, maintenance, or calibration is necessary.
AUG-2015
DATE: 6.3.16 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Refrigerant Copper piping
OPERATIONS between AHU-1 & 2 and ACCU-1 & 2. Refrigerant piping shall meet the
requirements of ANSI B31.6. Piping materials and installation shall
AUG-2015
DATE: comply with SAES-L-105 and SAES-K-100 Standards. Refrigerant lines
CONTROL NUMBER
shall be insulated with Rubber Elastomer pipe insulation and covered with
VERIFICATION
aluminum cladding for outdoor piping. Perform the pressure test of

EDSD
refrigerant lines for leaks, fix leaks if found.

DATE:
BY:
6.3.17 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Differential pressure

indicator and Transmitter into switchgear area to modulate the outdoor air
motorized damper (MD-5) and return air damper (MD-2 & MD-4) through
D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
the DDC panel to maintain the inside pressure of 0.25 inches of water
gauge (62.5 Pascal).

N26 PE-A00002 54
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
6.3.18 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall design and select the AHU fan along with
duct and other related accessories to obtain free cooling during winter /
ENGG CERT
SIH
off-peak season.
OSM
6.3.19 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply DDC panel BAC net compatible shall
be complete with control wiring, conduits, trays, contactors, transmitters,
push buttons, switches, fuses, LEDs, pilot lamps, terminal strips, name
plates, differential pressure switches, pressure sensors, space
temperature sensors, duct temperature sensors, air flow sensors and
Alarms. On-off status of all the HVAC Equipments shall be displayed on
DDC Panel. Dirty filter status of AHU-1/2 shall be displayed at DDC
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
panel. Temperatures in main supply, return and outside air ducts shall be
displayed on DDC panel in deg F. DDC panel shall modulate outdoor air
motorized damper (MD-5) and return air damper (MD-2 & MD-4) based
on Differential pressure reading to maintain the inside pressure of 0.25
inches of water gauge (62.5 Pascal). High temperature inside the Battery
room shall be displayed on DDC panel and Horn & Beacon shall be
actuated through DDC panel upon detection of high temperature. Upon
failure of both the exhaust fans Horn and Beacon shall be actuated
through DDC panel. DDC panel shall be interfaced with the Fire Alarm
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Control Panel (FACP) and DDC fault signals shall be displayed on FACP.
Power supply to Fire & Smoke Damper (FSD) and Duct Smoke Detector
(DSD) shall be though DDC panel. DDC panel shall be as per SAES-K-
DATE
011.
Scope of work also includes:
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 A written description of proposed sequence operational.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
 Block diagram showing all components and processing devices.
DATE:
AUG-2015
 Block devices.

PROJECT
ENGINEER System points list.
OSM
 Installation and wiring guide specifications.

AUG-2015
DATE: Installation, supervision, start-up and commissioning.
CERTIFIED
SIH  Operator's training.
AUG-2015  Service and maintenance warranty for one year from
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION Commissioning
AGENCY
AUG-2015 Reference Drawings:

DATE:
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015  PA-K00022 HVAC Equipment Schedule
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:

BY:


D

(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 55
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Reference Drawings:
KAS

ENGG CERT
SIH
PA-S00045 001 Sanitary Waste Piping Layout C

OSM

PA-S00047 001 Water Supply Piping Layout C
The New Substation Building shall be provided by complete installation of

6.4.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install a main service pipe line of
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
1.5” diameter potable water to supply substation building. This new

potable water line shall be connected from the same line supplying the
Workshop Building. A new valve box shall be installed for the new service
line located as shown on the drawing. A pressure gauge shall be provided
on the line inside the building.
6.4.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install potable water supply to
emergency eye wash located in the battery room, with hose bib for rinsing
any spillage of electrolyte in the battery room.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.4.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install necessary safety

requirement for emergency eye wash to comply with SAES-B-069 and the
DATE
maximum pressure requirement of 30 psig as per ANSI Z358.1 (American

National Standard for Emergency Eye Wash and Shower Equipment).
NO.
REV
6.4.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install main service pipe line of
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2.0” inch diameter raw water to supply the new substation building. This
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
new raw water line shall be connected from the same line supplying the
AUG-2015
DATE: Workshop building. A new valve box shall be installed for the new service
PROJECT
ENGINEER line located as shown on the drawing. A pressure gauge shall be provided
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH
6.4.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide a raw water supply to hose bib with
AUG-2015
vacuum breaker inside the Mechanical Room and near ACCU equipment
DATE:
as shown in the layout.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
6.4.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install floor drains, floor cleanout,
AUG-2015
DATE: sanitary piping and vents in Battery Room and Mechanical Room to be
OPERATIONS
connected to sanitary drainage system. All floor drains shall be provided
with P-trap to achieve water seal requirement. Sanitary vents shall be
AUG-2015
DATE: terminated through roof as per Uniform Plumbing Code requirement.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
6.4.7 Battery Room drainage shall be connected to an Acid Neutralization tank

EDSD
before discharging to the main sewer line.

DATE:
BY:
6.4.8 Sanitary drainage system shall be connected via new gravity manholes to
the gravity system from the workshop, as shown on the external layout.

D
6.4.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install rigid pipe hangers and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
supports sufficient to prevent piping system from sagging.

N26 PE-A00002 56
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6.4.10 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install storm drainage system
KAS
from roof drains to free discharge at ground level, including trims and
necessary appurtenances related to standard installation as per Uniform
ENGG CERT
SIH
Plumbing Code and Saudi Aramco Standards.

OSM
6.4.11 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall install all horizontal drainage piping in a

practical alignment and uniform slope as per uniform plumbing code,
chapter 7, section 708.0
6.4.12 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install PVC pipe sleeves to pipes
penetrating through floor and walls filled with oakum compound and seal
with sealant as per SAES-M-100 and SAES-S-060 section 313.10.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
6.4.13 CONTRACTOR shall perform water leak testing for the entire drainage
Section 712.2.
6.4.14 CONTRACTOR shall perform Hydro Testing to the entire water supply
system as per SAES-S-60, Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code, Section
103.5.3.3.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545

DATE

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER fully functional system. Any additional requirements arising as a result of detail
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
Reference Drawings:
AUG-2015
DATE: Drawing # Sheet Title Revision
CERTIFIED
SIH PA-B00040 001 Fire Protection Layout C
DATE:
AUG-2015 PA-B00024 001 Fire Water Piping Layout C
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
The Substation Building shall be provided by complete installation of Fire Fighting
DATE:
AUG-2015 Systems and shall include but not limited to the following:
OPERATIONS
6.5.1 The Fire Protection work shall be executed in conformity with best practice
and shall accommodate itself to the structure. The CONTRACTOR shall
AUG-2015
DATE: consult the drawings, shop drawings, and field layout of other trades and
CONTROL NUMBER
shall be governed accordingly in the laying out and installation of work.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
6.5.2 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall coordinate locations and arrangements of

equipment with the requirements of all other trades working on the project.
DATE:
BY:
In cases of interferences between various items of equipment and building

features, or if simplified construction is made possible by relocation of
certain equipment, changes in arrangements may be made only if

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
authorized by SAUDI ARAMCO.

N26 PE-A00002 57
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6.5.3 The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of
KAS
systems and work included in the contract.

ENGG CERT
SIH
6.5.4 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, material and equipment to
OSM
install and successfully test all the following mechanical work, complete and
in place Fire Protection.
6.5.5 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install all fire protection
component parts of each item of equipment or device shall bear the
manufacturer's name, description, size, type, serial number, characteristics,
etc., in order to facilitate maintenance or replacement. The name plate of a
subcontractor or distributor will not be acceptable.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
6.5.6 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install necessary portable fire
extinguisher as shown on the fire protection layout as per SAES-B-019
requirement.
6.5.7 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install new fire hydrant as
shown in drawing PA-B00024.001.
6.6 Electrical
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Demolition
DATE
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall perform the following Demolition activities prior to
start construction of new Substation Building:
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 6.6.1 Existing lighting fixtures and poles installed within the boundary of new
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
substation building shall be demolished. Cut all the existing lighting and
AUG-2015
DATE: grounding conductors at ground level. Remove all the wire above ground
PROJECT
ENGINEER and leave the existing buried cables as they are. Dispose lighting
OSM
equipment as directed by qualified Saudi Aramco Representatives.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH
6.6.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall re-route underground cables identified during
AUG-2015
exploratory excavation survey which will be conducted during early stage of
DATE:
detail design in close coordination with SAMPT/Proponent.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
6.6.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR will maintain close consultation with Saudi Aramco
DATE: Maintenance/Operation department representatives for demolition /
OPERATIONS
construction to ensure the highest level of safety and to avoid damage and
unnecessary shutdown.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
New Work:
VERIFICATION
EDSD
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide detail design, materials, supply, install,
testing, pre-commission and commissioning support (including vendor support) and
DATE:
BY:
other accessories for fully operational new substation. The key items are stated
below but not limited to:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
6.6.4 New power feeder and control cables from existing 13.2kV Switchgear
(SWGR-R82-P-321) panel 6A and 6B located at existing Substation 3 at

N26 PE-A00002 58
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Ju’aymah Gas Plant to new 13.2kV Switchgear (SG-001) in new Substation
KAS
Building (N26-SUB-XX1). (Reference Drawing: PA-P00001, PA-P00004,

PA-P00005.001-002, PA-P00006)
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
6.6.5 The 2nos. CB spaces on SWGR-R82-P-321 located at existing Substation

no.3 inside JNGL have been reserved in CRM System for this project.
(Reference Document: PE-P00001, Part of the Attachment).
6.6.6 Develop and design protective relaying and control for the new 2nos.
13.2kV CB’s that will be installed on the existing SWGR-R82-P-321. The
protection and control of the new CB’s shall conform to the existing
protection and control scheme of existing SWGR-R82-P-321.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
6.6.7 Two (2) new Vacuum Circuit Breakers, 13.2kV, 1200A, 3-Phase, 3-pole,
60Hz system with complete accessories. Reference Drawing: PA-P00001,
PA-P00004, PA-P00005 and PA-P00006)
6.6.8 Cable system including cable tray, cable bus, underground duct or buried
conduit with complete accessories for the new power feeder and control
cables underneath the existing Substation 3 at Ju’aymah Gas Plant with
power and control cable segregation as per SAES-P-104 and SAES-J-902.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.6.9 Cable installation crossing the pipeline right-of-way for approximately 354
meters shall be carried out in accordance with SAES-B-064. The final
DATE
requirement shall be determined and provided by LSTK CONTRACTOR

using HDD Method (Horizontal Directional Drilling).
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
6.6.10 Four (4) new 2.5/3.125MVA, OA/FA, 13.2kV / 480V two winding oil-filled
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
power transformers XFR-X01, XFR-X02, XFR-X03 and XFR-X04 all
DATE:
AUG-2015
appurtenances and accessories. Transformers shall meet the requirements
PROJECT
ENGINEER of Saudi Aramco Material System Specification 14-SAMSS-531. (Reference
OSM Drawing: PA-P00006 and PA-P00013)
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 6.6.11 Cable Bus rated 1kV, 4000A, CBD-001 and CBD-002 and termination kits
SIH
for connections between the power transformers XFR-X04, XFR-X03 and
AUG-2015
DATE: new 480V Switchgear SG-003 incomer 1 and 2 respectively complete with
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY necessary support and enclosures. Cable Bus shall meet the requirements
of Saudi Aramco Material System Specification 16-SAMSS-520. (Reference
AUG-2015
DATE: Drawing: PA-P00006 and PA-P00013)
OPERATIONS
6.6.12 Cable Bus rated 1kV, 4000A, CBD-003 and CBD-004 and termination kits
AUG-2015
DATE: for connections between the power transformers XFR-X02, XFR-X01 and
CONTROL NUMBER
new 480V Switchgear SG-002 incomer 1 and 2 respectively complete with

VERIFICATION
necessary support and enclosures. Cable Bus shall meet the requirements
EDSD
of Saudi Aramco Material System Specification 16-SAMSS-520. (Reference

Drawing: PA-P00006 and PA-P00013)
DATE:
BY:
6.6.13 Cable tray system with complete accessories for the new Substation
Building with power and control cable segregation as per SAES-P-104 and
D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
SAES-J-902.

N26 PE-A00002 59
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
6.6.14 New power and control cables from new 13.2kV Switchgear SG-001 to
transformers XFR-X01 and XFR-X02 respectively. (Reference Drawing:
ENGG CERT
SIH
PA-P0006 and PA-P0009)

OSM
6.6.15 New power and control cables from new 13.2kV Switchgear SG-001 to
transformers XFR-X03 and XFR-X04 respectively. (Reference Drawing:
PA-P0006 and PA-P0009)
6.6.16 One (1) new 13.2kV Indoor metal clad double ended Switchgear SG-001 in
compliance with 16-SAMMS-504. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00006)
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
6.6.17 Two (2) new 480V Indoor metal clad double ended LV Switchgear SG-002
and SG-003 in compliance with 16-SAMMS-502. (Reference Drawing: PA-
P00006)
6.6.18 Two (2) new 480V Controlgears MCC-005 and MCC-006 back to back
arrangements in compliance with 16-SAMMS-503. (Reference Drawing:
PA-P00006 and PA-P00007)
6.6.19 125VDC redundant rectifier/charger BC-001 and BC-002 complete with

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
redundant battery banks. The DC system along with output distribution

panel-board PP-03 and redundant batteries and battery charger shall be
designed and installed as per the requirements stated in 17-SAMSS-511
DATE
and 17-SAMSS-514 and Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard SAES-P-

103. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00007 and PA-P00008)
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
6.6.20 One (1) new Smart UPS (UPS-101), 5kVA, 400V, 3 Phase, 60Hz for DDC
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
Panel and Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and shall be designed and
DATE:
AUG-2015
installed as per SAES-P-103.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 6.6.21 Two (2) new Dry type transformers, 112.5kVA, 480/400-230VAC XFR-101
DATE:
AUG-2015 and XFR-102 to feed the new power panels PP-101 and PP-102.
CERTIFIED (Reference Drawing: PA-P00007)
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 6.6.22 Two (2) new 400/230V new power panels PP-101 and PP-102 to feed the
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY new Substation utility receptacles, telecommunication panel, Smart UPS
and new Substation lighting. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00007)
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 6.6.23 Three (3) 400/230V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 60Hz, 14kA Power Panel PP-103,
TELE-PP-104 and PP-105 for small power and receptacles,
AUG-2015
DATE: telecommunication equipment etc. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00007 and
CONTROL NUMBER
PA-P00013).
VERIFICATION
EDSD
6.6.24 One (1) 400/230V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 60Hz, 14kA Lighting Panel LP-101 for
new substation building indoor and outdoor lighting. (Reference Drawing:
DATE:
BY:
PA-P00007 and PA-P00013)

6.6.25 One (1) Manual Transfer Switch, One (1) Lighting Control Panel and One
D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
(1) Photocell.

N26 PE-A00002 60
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
6.6.26 Two (2) isolator switches for battery room exhaust fans and two (2) battery
isolator switches for redundant battery banks.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
6.6.27 Provide power supply for one (1) Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) to be
designed and installed as per SAES-B-014 and NFPA 72.
6.6.28 Provide power supply DDC Panel for HVAC Equipment.
6.6.29 Lighting System will be designed and installed as per the requirements of
SAES-P-123.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
6.6.30 The emergency lighting system shall also be installed in the new Substation
Building as per the requirements stated in section 5.6 of SAES-P-123.
6.6.31 230VAC, 20A small power receptacles shall be provided at every 6m of

substation building walls, these receptacles shall be indoor type but the
receptacles to be installed in battery room shall be explosion proof type.
230VAC, 20A outdoor weatherproof type receptacles shall be in the
transformer yard. For every transformer, there will be one (1) receptacle
installed in the transformer yard.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.6.32 Fire stops for the cable trays which pass through the pre-cast walls.
DATE
6.6.33 Power supply cables to HVAC equipment and Exhaust fans in the battery
room of the new Substation Building.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
6.6.34 The Exhaust fans in the battery room shall be interlocked with battery
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH charging in accordance with SAES-K-100.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
6.6.35 Developed and provide detail design of protective relaying and control of
OSM power system and equipment based on Saudi Aramco Std. SAES-P-114
DATE:
AUG-2015 and Std. Library drawings including but not limited to DD-950114 Sh. 04,
CERTIFIED 19, 22, 25, 26 27 and 28.
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 6.6.36 Provide design, procure, install, and commission of complete and fully
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY functional Power Automation System (PSA) on the New Substation and
JNGL Central Control Room as per SAES-P-126.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 6.6.37 All PSA Cabinets shall be provided with addressable HSSD Devices.
DATE:
AUG-2015 6.6.38 PSA System and equipment shall be powered by 125VDC on the New
Substation while on JNGL Central Control Room, it shall be powered by
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
120VAC UPS.
EDSD
6.6.39 Provide Smart UPS, 5kVA at JNGL Control Room for the power supply of
DATE:
BY:
Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and PSA Equipment installed at the JNGL
control room. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall review and study the complete
load requirement and definitive rating of UPS during detailed design.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
6.6.40 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall complete the entire testing and pre-

N26 PE-A00002 61
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
commissioning requirements and shall make substation ready for
KAS
energizing.
ENGG CERT
SIH

OSM

Aramco Standard SAES-P-111. (Reference Drawing: PA-P000012).
6.7.1 LSTK CONTACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission fire detection
system as per NFPA 72, NFPA 70 and applicable Saudi Aramco Standards
SAES-B-014 and SAES-B-018.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
panel (FACP).
6.7.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install control cables for DDC shut
down.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.7.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall connect new FACP to the main FACP located
in new office building.
DATE
6.7.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide to SA all necessary calculations

NO.
REV
required for the design of the fire detection system.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
6.7.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall install the beam detectors and make sure there
DATE:
AUG-2015
are no obstacles in the path of the beam.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 6.7.8 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide addressable HSSD device(s) required
DATE:
AUG-2015 on PSA cabinets (at JNGL Control Room) and shall be connected on the
CERTIFIED existing HSSD system inside the JNGL Control Room. The HSSD System
SIH
shall be interface to the existing FACP at JNGL Control Room.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 6.7.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR addressable HSSD device(s) required on PSA
cabinets (at New Substation) and shall be connected to the HSSD System
AUG-2015
DATE: at the New Substation.
OPERATIONS
6.7.10 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide design, procure, install, and

AUG-2015
DATE: commission of fully complete and functional Addressable High Sensitivity
CONTROL NUMBER
Smoke Detector System (HSSD) on the New Substation. The Addressable

VERIFICATION
HSSD system shall be interface to the Fire Alarm Control Panel inside the
EDSD
New Substation.
DATE:
BY:
6.7.11 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide detailed design, procure, install, and
commission connectivity to communicate status of newly installed breakers
6A &6B to existing Dahran PCC SCADA as per the conceptual scheme

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
vide drg: N26-Z-PA-J00008 Sh.001. LSTK shall identify and reserve spare
terminals in existing SS-1, LRU3 panel during detailed design.

N26 PE-A00002 62
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
6.8 Communication
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
6.8.1 Local Area Network

new Substation Building including, but not limited to, the following:

Power over Ethernet (PoE), single-mode Gigabit Ethernet optical
transceivers and redundant and/or external power supplies.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION

BI-10-00074.
future expansion.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
available ports of the existing card. The ports to be utilized shall

be equipped with SFP transceivers.
DATE

NO.
REV

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
standard for Ethernet network protocol and applications.
ENGINEER
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 Reference Drawings:
CERTIFIED Block and Level Diagram, LAN - PA-T00017.001
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 6.8.2 Telephony - IP and Analog
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the complete IP and Analog
DATE:
AUG-2015
Telephony design of new Substation Building in compliance with BI-10-
OPERATIONS 00246 including, but not limited to, the following:
DATE:
AUG-2015 6.8.2.1 Provide VoIP services that shall be connected via the layer 2
access switches to corporate data network through existing
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Communication Centers in Dhahran and Abqaiq and secure

EDSD

DATE:
6.8.2.2 Provide (1) emergency analog line for every new building through
BY:
copper cabling and secure availability of port licenses and line

card in the existing Line Access Gateway (LAG) in Ju’aymah DCO


D
provided under BI-10-00246. Ensure availability of the new copper

(DCC) NO. _____________________
cabling for additional lines in the future.

N26 PE-A00002 63
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
6.8.2.3 Provide IP and analog telephone sets based on products supplied
KAS
under BI-10-00246. Quantity of IP telephones sets shall be

determined and finalized during the detailed design.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
Reference Drawings:
Block and Level Diagram, IP Tel Network - PA-T00018.001
6.8.3 Structured Cabling System

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION

Cabling System design of new Substation Building including, but not limited
to, the following:
6.8.3.1 Provide cable pathway infrastructure for the horizontal cabling
system sized in accordance with SAES-T-916 requirements.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
6.8.3.3 Provide detail design of Telecommunications Rooms adequately

sized according to the requirements specified in SAES T-916. The
DATE
rooms shall house the termination of building backbone and

distribution cables, cross-connect and network electronic
NO.
REV
equipment. Clear work space around the equipment shall be in

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
accordance with BICSI and SAES-T-916 requirements.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
according to the requirements specified in SAES-T-795.
ENGINEER
OSM 6.8.3.5 All building telecommunications cable system design must be
DATE:
AUG-2015 done under the design authority of a valid current Certified BlCSl
CERTIFIED Registered Communication Distribution Design (BICSI RCDD) to
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: the Telecommunications office building infrastructure and cable
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
system design as required by SAES-T-916 & BlCSl TDMM and
shall be compliant with Commscope SCS requirements. The
DATE:
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS design work done by a BlCSl RCDD.
AUG-2015
DATE:
Reference Drawings:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Horizontal Cableway Plan – Substation Bldg – PA-T00014.001

Horizontal Dist. Plan – Substation Bldg – PA-T00015.001
EDSD
Grounding Diagram – Substation Bldg – PA-T00016.001

DATE:
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 64
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
7.0 WORKSHOP BUILDING

ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
Demolition
Before starting any excavation, underground cables conduits and other utilities and
pipe lines shall be located and clearly identified by the LSTK CONTRACTOR. A
GPR survey report has been conducted during the Project Proposal and must be
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
implemented during detailed design prior to do any demolition activities. Existing

pavement that falls within the following conditions will be saw cut, removed and
disposed of to the Saudi ARAMCO approved dumping area:
LSTK Constructor shall provide detailed demolition drawing but not limited to the
following:
7.1.1 Areas where the existing asphalt binder course has been damaged and
found out to be unsuitable for laying the proposed asphalt wearing
course.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.1.2 Areas where the final elevations of the proposed asphalt wearing course
are found to be less than 50mm or more than 120mm, relative to the level
of existing asphalt binder course.
DATE
7.1.3 Areas where the existing asphalt binder course needs to be removed for
the construction of foundations, street medians, curbs and gutters, and
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE valley gutters.

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
7.1.4 Areas where the pavement final level needs to be adjusted to prevent
AUG-2015
DATE: storm water ponding.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
7.1.5 Areas where previous installation of underground pipes damaged the
AUG-2015 asphalt binder course layer.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 7.1.6 Areas where existing lighting poles will be removed for new MSSD
SIH
workshop building.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 7.1.7 Areas where trenches will be excavated to install new street lighting
AGENCY
cables.
AUG-2015
DATE: 7.1.8 Areas where existing Firewater, Stormwater, Compressed Air, sanitary
OPERATIONS water, portable water lines are to be re-routed or demolished.
AUG-2015
DATE:
New Work
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
The ground water table in the project area is within the expected levels of some
EDSD
foundation of construction activities; therefore, installation of dewatering system

DATE:
may be required.
BY:
7.1.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct foundation for new
MSSD workshop including soil stabilization where required as shown on

D
drawing PA-Q00001 and PA-Q00002.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
7.1.10 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct equipment foundation


N26 PE-A00002 65
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
for new and relocated equipment including soil stabilization where
KAS
required as shown on drawing PA-Q00025 to PA-Q00040, PA-Q00043

and PA-Q00044. The LSTK Contractor will check and verify the
ENGG CERT
SIH
foundation capacity for the existing Juaymah workshop that will receive
OSM
relocated equipment as shown on the drawing PA-Q00006.

7.1.11 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify the equipment load Overhead Crane
and Jib Crane Load as per approved vendor and supplier during the detail
design and revise the foundation accordingly. Refer to drawing PA-
R00007 for Overhead Crane and Jib Crane location.
7.1.12 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct grade beam and roof
slab for new MSSD workshop as shown on drawing PA-Q00003, PA-
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Q00004, and PA-Q00005.

7.1.13 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct Structural Steel Building
for new MSSD workshop as shown on drawing PA-M00002, PA-M00003
and PA-M00004, PA-M00008, PA-M00009, PA-M00010 and PA-M00011.
7.1.14 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct overhead crane and jib
crane support as shown on drawing PA-M00002, PA-M00004, PA-
M00008 and PA-M00009. The final calculations will be checked and
verified against the loads provided by an approved overhead and jib
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
crane vendor during detailed design stage.

7.1.15 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct all areas where the
DATE
pavement final level needs to be adjusted to prevent storm water ponding

as shown on PA-S00012.
NO.
REV
7.1.16 The overall space requirement for each of the new equipment which is the
D
DISCIPLINE equipment size with the surrounding safe area needed for safety and
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH operation requirement is based on the DBSP requirement, during the
DATE:
AUG-2015 detail design; the final space requirement must be verified and shall be
PROJECT
ENGINEER
based on actual equipment space requirement as recommended by the
OSM manufacturer. Therefore, during detail design, LSTK CONTRACTOR
DATE:
AUG-2015 shall re-verify and update these dimensions, including the foundations
CERTIFIED size and details, based on final selected equipment by Saudi Aramco.
SIH
AUG-2015 7.1.17 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify and finalize the new workshop
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
equipments layout PA-R00013-001 considering any change in equipment
AGENCY dimensions from DBSP, safe work environment and provision for efficient
AUG-2015
and functional operation of all equipment and overhead cranes.
DATE:
OPERATIONS 7.1.18 Any change required in workshop layout drawing PA-R00013-001 shall be
updated with client approval.
AUG-2015
DATE:
7.1.19 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design, supply and install dirty oily water tank
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
at the MSSD workshop that will collect all the dirty and oily water from the
EDSD
Motor Test Shop of Electrical Repair Unit. The dimension, capacity,

materials specifications by vendor will be finalized during detailed design
DATE:
BY:
by the LSTK CONTRACTOR.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 66
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
7.2 Architectural
CONTRACTOR shall provide and supply in this Workshop Building but not limited
ENGG CERT
SIH
to the following:
OSM
7.2.1 Provide and install 100mm thick insulated sandwich roofing and wall
sidings, R-19 (Factory Injected Sandwich Panel – FISP) with complete
fixing accessories including trims, gutters, roof ridge, flashing and
downspout. All foam plastic Insulation (rigid board) shall be according to
Section 2603 of the IBC requirements and meet ASTM E84 or UL 723
requirements. IBC, Section 2603. Insulated sandwich panel shall comply
with 12-SAMSS-014 (Pre-Engineered Metal Building) and Saudi Aramco
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
PIP ARS 13120 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Specifications.

7.2.2 Provide 4M high of 200 mm thick insulated CMU wall from grade level
and a 100 mm thick pre-engineered wall panel.
7.2.3 Provide mineral fiberboard around Electrical Motor Test shop testing
starting from 4 meters high above grade level
7.2.4 CMU wall shall be 200mm thick with sand, cement plaster. External CMU
wall shall be of insulated type.
7.2.5 Provide protective bollards at all work shop bay entry and exit as shown
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
on the drawings.
7.2.6 All ceramic tiles wall finished will be full height extended to under face of
DATE
corner angles as shown in the drawings.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
7.2.7 All separating wall shall be constructed to achieve a giving fire rating
ENGINEER where necessary. Exposed internal concrete surfaces shall be paint
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
finished as shown in the drawings.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
7.2.8 Provide and install 19mm thick plywood backins and finished with 2 coats
OSM of fire retardant paint to Telecommunication Room as indicated on Finish
DATE:
AUG-2015 Schedule shown in the drawings.
CERTIFIED
SIH
7.2.9 Provide and install 500mmX500mm carpet tiles in the offices, work station
AUG-2015
area-corridors and Training Room/Library.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
7.2.10 Provide 600mm x 600mm unglazed ceramic tile to Lunch Room.
AUG-2015
DATE: Mechanical Repair Shop, Machine Shop, Electric Repair Shop, Electrical
OPERATIONS
Motor Testing, Electrical Motor Shop Testing Facility, Loading and
Unloading Area, Storage Room, Mechanical Room and Electrical Room.
AUG-2015
DATE: Walk Way floor painting shall be provided for pedestrian use on every
CONTROL NUMBER
shop.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
7.2.12 Provide and install 300 x 300mm unglazed ceramic floor tiles to potential
wet areas like Toilet, Tea Room and Janitor Room.
DATE:
BY:
7.2.13 Provide and install 300 x 300mm anti-static vinyl tiles to


D
7.2.14 Provide and install 16mm thk. X 600mm x 600mm modular acoustic tile
(DCC) NO. _____________________
suspended ceiling system to the offices, Training Room/Library, Printing

N26 PE-A00002 67
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Room, Lunch Room, Tea Room and Corridor.
KAS
7.2.15 Provide and install 12.5mm thick moisture resistant gypsum board ceiling
ENGG CERT
SIH
with paint finish on metal channel frames suspended system to all wet
areas, Toilet/Shower and Janitor Room.
OSM
7.2.16 The ceiling at the Telecommunication Room, and Storage shall be

exposed concrete smooth surface structure and paint finished.
7.2.18 Provide and install heavy duty industrial type accordion steel door to work
shop’s entry/exit as shown on drawing PA-R00015.001.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
internal and external pressures. All Fire Exit Doors shall be provided with
Panic Device Hardware. All doors at Mechanical and Electrical Rooms
are to be provided with Door Coordinator.
7.2.20 Provide and install all internal door sets paint finished galvanized steel
and providing fire and sound resistance where necessary. Doors with
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
vision glass panel shall be wired-glass. All ironmongery shall be stainless

steel.
DATE
7.2.21 Provide and install all external door paint finished, thermally insulated and
fire-resistant galvanized steel door with gas, dust and weather seals.
NO.
REV
7.2.22 Provide and install inert gas filled (Argon) fixed double glazed insulated
D
DISCIPLINE reflective safety glass and anodized aluminum frame to all external
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH windows. Internal windows shall be 12.5mm clear tempered glass on
DATE:
AUG-2015 powder coated aluminum frame, as shown on drawing PA-R00015.001.
PROJECT
ENGINEER 7.2.23 Cat walk shall be provided above overhead crane for the purpose of
OSM
maintenance access to the cranes. Cage ladder shall also be used with a
AUG-2015
DATE: landing where applicable to access the cat walk as shown in the drawing
CERTIFIED
SIH
no PA-R00011.001.
DATE:
AUG-2015 7.2.24 Provide and install fully adhered EPDM weathering membrane system
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
with rigid insulation on roofing with complete mineral faced flashing on
concrete cunt with a minimum height of 300mm and terminated with
DATE:
AUG-2015 aluminum flashing profile with silicon sealant all around. The water
OPERATIONS proofing system should be ballasted with 50mm thick of 1” dia. aggregate
and provided with geotextile membrane as separation layer between
DATE:
AUG-2015 water proofing membrane and before the aggregate.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
work shall be done in accordance with SAES-h-101b and SAED-H-102

EDSD
7.2.26 The contractor shall provide and install complete Furniture and Equipment
DATE:
BY:
as shown in the drawing no PA-R00013.001.

7.2.27 Provide 300m2 of Storage Yard with Type 5 Fence and 4 meter wide gate

D
as shown on the drawing PA-R00017.001.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
7.2.28 The contractor shall Provide and install the following miscellaneous work:

N26 PE-A00002 68
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
7.2.28.1 Provide and install complete Work Station as shown on plan for
KAS
the offices as required.

ENGG CERT
SIH
7.2.28.2 Provide and install built-in counter to Tea Room and Toilet
Lavatory.
OSM
7.2.28.3 Provide and install complete toilet fixtures and accessories to

Toilet.
7.2.28.4 Provide and install 25mm thick phenolic toilet and shower stalls
and urinal screen.
Reference Drawings:
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION

 PA-R00007.001 Floor Plan
 PA-R00008.001 Roof Plan
 PA-R00012.001 Reflected Ceiling Plan
 PA-R00013.001 Furniture and Equipment Plan and Schedule
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
 PA-R00014.001 Equipment Schedule

 PA-R00015.001 Schedule of Doors, Windows and Finishes
DATE
 PA-R00015.002 Schedule of Finishes

 PA-R00016.001 Shaded Parking Area
 PA-R00017.001 Storage Yard
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 7.3 HVAC
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT 7.3.1 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission two (2)
ENGINEER
OSM
Air Cooled Chillers (ACCs) outside the Mechanical Room # 2.
AUG-2015
DATE: 7.3.2 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission three (3)
CERTIFIED
SIH
Chilled water Pumps (CWPs), CWP-1 (Duty), CWP-2 (Duty) and CWP-3
AUG-2015
(Standby) located inside the Mechanical Room # 2. Each chilled water
DATE: pump shall have non-return valve on the chilled water supply side along
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY with other required valve for proper operation and control. All pumps shall
be equipped with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD).
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 7.3.3 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission one (1)
Air separator, one (1) Expansion Tank and Chemical Dosing system
AUG-2015 located inside the Mechanical Room # 2.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
7.3.4 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission seven
VERIFICATION
(7) Chilled water Air Handling Units (AHUs) (all duty). AHU-1 & AHU-2
EDSD
shall be installed inside the Mechanical Room # 1, AHU-3, AHU-4 & AHU-
7 shall be installed inside the Mechanical Room # 2 and AHU-5 & AHU-6
DATE:
BY:
shall be installed inside the Mechanical Room # 3. AHU-1, AHU-4 and

AHU-7 shall be equipped with Variable Frequency Drive (VFD). AHU-2

D
shall be equipped with heat recovery wheel for sensible and latent heat
(DCC) NO. _____________________
recovery.
7.3.5 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test & commission pressure

N26 PE-A00002 69
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
sensor in supply air duct for optimum operation of the VFD.
KAS
7.3.6 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission pressure
ENGG CERT
SIH
independent type Variable Air Volume Units (VAV) along with thermostat
OSM
(dual mode type) and all related wires and conduits.
7.3.7 HVAC Contractor shall supply, install and test Carbon steel Chilled water
pipes along with all the related accessories, Valves, Fittings etc. Chilled
water piping shall meet the requirements of ANSI B31.9. Piping materials
shall comply with SAES-L-105 and installation shall comply with ANSI
B31.9 and SAES-K-100.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
7.3.8 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test & commission 2-way
motorized control valve along with other related accessories.
7.3.9 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall perform leak testing prior to applying

insulation on the Chilled water pipes in the presence of qualified Saudi
Aramco representative.
7.3.10 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall insulate Chilled water piping with closed cell
material having an R value not less than 20°F-ft²-hr/Btu. Chilled water
piping insulation shall meet SAES-K-001 insulation requirements.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.3.11 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission two (2)
Direct Expansion type ducted standby Fan Coil Unit (FCU) -1 & 2 with
DATE
matching capacity Air Cooled Condensing unit (ACCU) -1 & 2. FCU-1 &
ACCU-1 shall be installed for Telecom Room # 135 and FCU -2 & ACCU-
2 shall be installed for Telecom Equipment Room # 116.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
7.3.12 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission one (1)
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH duct mounted Humidifier along with humidity sensor and other related
DATE:
AUG-2015 control for Telecom Equipment room.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 7.3.13 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission UL listed
DATE:
AUG-2015 and approved Electric Duct Heaters.
CERTIFIED
SIH 7.3.14 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission Exhaust
AUG-2015 Fans (EF).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
7.3.15 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission Exhaust
fume hoods.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
7.3.16 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply & install Sand Trap Louver.
7.3.17 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install UL555 & UL555S listed
DATE:
AUG-2015 and approved combination of fire and smoke damper. Fire damper rating
shall be 1.5 hours.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
7.3.18 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission Duct
EDSD
mounted smoke detectors for velocity range up to 2000 fpm mounted in

DATE:
supply and return air duct.

BY:
7.3.19 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission high

D
temperature sensor for TER room.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
7.3.20 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, fabricate and install new zinc coated,

N26 PE-A00002 70
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
galvanized steel HVAC Ducting as per the approved HVAC Plans. All
KAS

ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
Duct Construction Specification. All horizontal ducts crossing through

workshop area shall be above the crane level and vertical dropdown shall
be along column to make clear paths for crane travel.
7.3.21 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, fabricate and install Horizontal and
Vertical rectangular ducts shall be rigidly supported as per SMACNA. The
duct supports shall be made of angle steel bars and electro galvanized
steel continuous threaded hanger rods. Allow clearance for inspection,
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
repair, replacement, and service.

7.3.22 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, fabricate and install Perform duct
leak testing prior to applying insulation on the ducts in the presence of
ductworks externally, located in air-conditioned area.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
DATE

ductworks externally, located in un air-conditioned area.
NO.
REV
7.3.25 HVAC Contractor shall supply and install flexible connectors between AC
D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
unit (AHU and EF) and their corresponding ductworks.
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
7.3.26 Flexible ducts may be used at the connection of air diffusing devices, in
DATE:
PROJECT
accordance with the requirements of NFPA 90A.
ENGINEER
OSM 7.3.27 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install new Air Terminal Devices
DATE:
AUG-2015 i.e. Supply Ceiling Diffusers (SCDs), Return Ceiling Diffusers (RCDs)
CERTIFIED Supply Air Grills (SAG), Supply Jet Diffuser, Return Air Grills (RAG) and
SIH
Exhaust Ceiling Diffusers (ECDs).
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
7.3.28 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install AHU’s and FCU’s
AGENCY condensate drain pipe and its fittings.
DATE:
AUG-2015 7.3.29 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Condensate drain pit for
OPERATIONS FCUs.
AUG-2015
7.3.30 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and Install Volume Dampers &
DATE: Motorized volume dampers at locations as shown in HVAC drawings.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
7.3.31 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Access Doors near all the
EDSD
fire/smoke dampers, motorized dampers and duct smoke detectors.

DATE:
BY:
sufficient to inspect, maintain, and calibrate all system components for

which routine inspection, maintenance, or calibration is necessary.

D
7.3.32 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Refrigerant Copper piping
(DCC) NO. _____________________
between FCU-1 & 2 and ACCU-1 & 2 respectively. Refrigeration piping

shall meet the requirements of ANSI B31.6. Piping materials and

N26 PE-A00002 71
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
installation shall comply with SAES-L-105 and SAES-K-100 Standards.
KAS
Refrigerant lines shall be insulated with Rubber Elastomer pipe insulation

and covered with aluminum cladding for outdoor piping. Perform the
ENGG CERT
SIH
pressure test of refrigerant lines for leaks, fix leaks if found.

OSM
7.3.33 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall demolish existing Compressed air pipe

because of overlapping of proposed Workshop building with existing
compressed air pipe location as shown on drawing.
7.3.34 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install new compressed air
Carbon Steel pipe connected to the existing main compressed air
distribution network. Workshop building compressed air system shall
have Valve box, Receiving tank and all related valves & accessories for
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
proper compressed air distribution at locations as shown in the drawing.

7.3.35 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install flexible pipe hose rill
connected to the outlet of compressed air for efficient use into the
Governor Room. Flexible pipe hose rill shall windup automatically upon
release of flexible pipe by operator.
7.3.36 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall design ducts based on static regain method
for all ducts connecting VAV.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.3.37 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install flexible exhaust fume
collector along with flexible hose with extendable arm length for
connecting Connector to exhaust duct into the Governor Room.
DATE
7.3.38 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply and install Air Curtain along with
related control and other accessories.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE 7.3.39 HVAC CONTRACTOR shall supply, install, test and commission three (3)
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH DDC panel BAC net compatible which shall be complete with control
DATE:
AUG-2015 wiring, conduits, trays, contactors, transmitters, push buttons, switches,
PROJECT
ENGINEER
fuses, LEDs, pilot lamps, terminal strips, name plates, differential
OSM pressure switches, pressure sensors, space temperature sensors, duct
DATE:
AUG-2015 temperature sensors, air flow sensors and Alarms. On-off status of all the
CERTIFIED HVAC Equipment shall be displayed on DDC Panel. Dirty filter status
SIH
of AHU-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 shall be displayed at DDC panel.
AUG-2015
DATE: Temperatures in main supply, return and outside air ducts shall be
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
displayed on DDC panel in degrees F. DDC panel shall be interfaced with
the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and DDC fault signals shall be
DATE:
AUG-2015 displayed on FACP. Power supply to Fire & Smoke Damper (FSD) and
OPERATIONS Duct Smoke Detector (DSD) shall be though DDC panel. Upon receiving
high temperature signal from temperature sensor located in TER room
DATE:
AUG-2015 stand-by FCU shall be started and if the problem persists, fault signal
shall be transmitted to signal receiver located in TER room which has
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
feature to transmit the high temperature signal to NOC. DDC panel shall
EDSD
be as per SAES-K-011.
DATE:
Scope of work also includes:

BY:
 A written description of proposed sequence operational.


Block diagram showing all components and processing devices.

D
 Block devices.
(DCC) NO. _____________________
 System points list.

N26 PE-A00002 72
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
 Installation and wiring guide specifications.
KAS
 Installation, supervision, start-up and commissioning.


ENGG CERT
Operator's training.
SIH
 Service and maintenance warranty for one year from Commissioning.

OSM
Reference Drawings:

 PA-K00007 HVAC Roof Layout
 PA-K00009 Demo-Compressed Air Layout Outside
 PA-K00010 Compressed Air Layout Outside
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
 PA-K00011 Compressed Air Layout Inside

 PA-K00012 HVAC Equipment Schedule
7.4 Plumbing / Utilities

under Project Proposal. LSTK CONTRACTOR is responsible, and it is in his scope
of work, to develop detail engineering and finalize all requirements for a complete,
JO/EWO

AUG-2015 10-01545

Reference Drawings:
DATE

NO.
REV
PA-S00037 001 Raw / Potable Water Piping Layout C

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
PA-S00038 001 Utility Piping Tie-in Index C
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
PA-S00039 001 Sanitary Waste Piping Layout C
DATE:
AUG-2015
PROJECT
ENGINEER PA-S00041 001 Water Supply Piping Layout C
OSM PA-S00041 002 Enlarged Water Supply Layout C
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED The Workshop Building shall be provided with complete installation of
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 7.4.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install a main service pipe line of
2.0” diameter potable water to supply booster pump station no.1 that will
AUG-2015
DATE: serve the Workshop and Substation buildings. This new potable water
OPERATIONS line shall be connected from the existing 3.0” diameter main line located
outside of Ju’aymah fence. A new valve box shall be installed for the new
DATE:
AUG-2015
service line located as shown on the drawing.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
7.4.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide a new underground 2” diameter

EDSD
potable water line from booster pump station no. 1 to the Workshop
Building as shown on the drawings. A pressure gauge shall be provided
DATE:
BY:

7.4.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install potable water supply to
D
kitchen sink at all tea rooms, eye washes, machine 111R, machine 112R
(DCC) NO. _____________________
and Machine 48.

N26 PE-A00002 73
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
7.4.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install necessary safety
KAS
requirement for emergency eye wash to comply with SAES-B-069 and the
maximum pressure requirement of 30 psig as per ANSI Z358.1 (American
ENGG CERT
SIH
National Standard for Emergency Eye Wash and Shower Equipment).

OSM
7.4.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install potable water supply for
make-up of chilled water located near the chiller area with backflow
preventer to avoid contamination.
7.4.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install main service pipe line of
3.0” diameter raw water to booster pump station no.1 that will supply the
Workshop and Substation buildings. This new raw water line shall be
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
connected from the existing 4.0” diameter main line located outside of
Ju’aymah fence. A new valve box shall be installed for the new service
line located as shown on the drawing.
7.4.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide a new underground 3” diameter raw

water line from booster pump station no.1 to the Workshop Building as
shown on the drawings. A pressure gauge shall be provided on the line
inside the building.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.4.8 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide a raw water supply to all plumbing
fixtures except kitchen sink at tea room.
DATE
7.4.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR to provide raw water supply for hose bibs located
at every Mechanical Room and Chiller area.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE 7.4.10 LSTK CONTRACTOR to provide and install point of use type of electric
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH water heater centralized water heater vertical type floor mounted with hot
DATE:
AUG-2015 water recirculating pump to be located as per the drawing layout.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
7.4.11 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install domestic water system
AUG-2015 such as hot and cold water supply to lavatories, showers, kitchen sinks
DATE:
CERTIFIED including trims, water hammer arresters, isolation valves and necessary
SIH appurtenances related to standard installation as per Uniform Plumbing
DATE:
AUG-2015 Code and Saudi Aramco Standards.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
7.4.12 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install pipe insulation for hot
DATE:
AUG-2015 water line system.
OPERATIONS
7.4.13 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install floor drains, floor cleanout,
AUG-2015 sanitary piping and vents in Toilets, Showers, Tea Room, Mechanical
DATE:
Room and Janitor Room to be connected to sanitary drainage system. All
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
floor drains shall be provided with P-trap to achieve water seal

EDSD
requirement. Sanitary vents shall be terminated through roof as per

Uniform Plumbing Code requirement. It is anticipated that discharge from
DATE:
emergency eye washes has no presence of acid or chemicals, hence

BY:
waste water from eye washes shall be connected to normal sanitary

drainage lines.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
7.4.14 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide the gravity sanitary drainage system
via new manholes to new lift station no. 1 as shown on the external

N26 PE-A00002 74
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
layout. A new force main shall transfer the effluent to existing main lift
KAS
station.
ENGG CERT
SIH
7.4.15 Dirty oil spillage from test bed shall be discharge to dedicated holding
OSM
tank which is located outside shop building and periodically truck will
evacuate the said dirty oil for disposal.
7.4.16 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install rigid pipe hangers and
supports sufficient to prevent piping system from sagging.
7.4.17 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install storm drainage system
from roof drains to free discharge to ground including trims and necessary
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
appurtenances related to standard installation as per Uniform Plumbing

Code and Saudi Aramco Standards.
7.4.18 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall install all horizontal drainage piping in a

practical alignment and uniform slope as per uniform plumbing code,
chapter 7, section 708.0
7.4.19 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install PVC pipe sleeves to pipes
penetrating through floor and walls filled with oakum compound and seal
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
with sealant as per SAES-M-100 and SAES-S-060 section 313.10.
7.4.20 CONTRACTOR shall perform water leak testing for the entire drainage
DATE

Section 712.2.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE 7.4.21 CONTRACTOR shall perform Hydro Testing to the entire water supply
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH system as per SAES-S-60, Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code, Section
DATE:
AUG-2015 103.5.3.3.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE: 7.5 Fire Fighting System
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: under Project Proposal. LSTK Contractor is responsible, and it is in his scope of
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY work, to develop detail engineering and finalize all requirements for a complete,
AUG-2015
DATE: engineering shall not be a basis of any change orders.
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015 Demolition
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
Reference Drawings:
VERIFICATION
EDSD

PA-B00028 001 Demolition - Fire Water Line B
DATE:
BY:
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall perform the following demolition activities prior to

D
the start of construction of the Workshop Building.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed plan for demolition works of

N26 PE-A00002 75
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
existing 6” fire water line. Existing fire water line at workshop area shall be
KAS
demolished as shown the reference demolition drawing layout. The remaining fire
water line shall be looped back as per the new scope of work in drawing PA-
ENGG CERT
SIH
B00024.001.
OSM
New Works
Reference Drawings:
PA-B00024 001 Fire Water Piping Layout C
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
PA-B00025 001 Fire Fighting Layout, Ground Floor C

PA-B00026 001 Fire Water Pipe Riser Diagram C
PA-B00027 001 Fire Water Pipe Isometric Diagram B
PA-B00031 001 Fire Fighting Misc. Details B
The Workshop Building shall be provided by complete installation of Fire Fighting

Systems and shall include but not limited to the following:
7.5.1 The Fire Protection work shall be executed in conformity with best
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
practice and shall accommodate itself to the structure. The

CONTRACTOR shall consult the drawings, shop drawings, and field
layout of other trades and shall be governed accordingly in the laying out
DATE
and installation of work.

NO.
REV
7.5.2 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall coordinate locations and arrangements

D
DISCIPLINE of equipment with the requirements of all other trades working on the
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH project. In cases of interferences between various items of equipment
DATE:
AUG-2015 and building features, or if simplified construction is made possible by
PROJECT
ENGINEER
relocation of certain equipment, changes in arrangements may be made
OSM only if authorized by SAUDI ARAMCO.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 7.5.3 The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of
SIH systems and work included in the contract.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 7.5.4 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall furnish the services of at least one
AGENCY
experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly in charge of the
DATE:
AUG-2015 installation of the fire protection work together with all skilled workmen,
OPERATIONS fitters, plumbers, welders, helpers, and laborers required to unload
transfer, erect, connect, adjust, start, operate and test each firefighting
DATE:
AUG-2015 component.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
7.5.5 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, material and equipment
EDSD
to install and successfully test all the following mechanical work, complete
and in place Fire Protection.
DATE:
BY:
7.5.6 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install a Wet Pipe Fire
Sprinkler System in the new Workshop Building all throughout the floor.

D
The fire sprinkler system consists of a fire water supply pipe, which
(DCC) NO. _____________________
provides adequate pressure and flow rate to a water distribution piping

system, onto which fire sprinklers are connected. In the event of a fire, an

N26 PE-A00002 76
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
automatic fire sprinkler will allow water to flow from the sprinkler when it is
KAS
exposed to sufficient heat to release a heat sensitive element (glass

bulb). Only sprinklers subjected to a temperature at or above their specific
ENGG CERT
SIH
temperature rating will operate.

OSM
7.5.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install new underground 6.0”
diameter RTR pipe to supply fire water to new Workshop Building. The
new fire water line shall be connected from the existing fire water main
loop located north of the building.
7.5.8 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall demolish and re-route existing fire water line
beneath the location of the new Workshop Building.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
7.5.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install necessary fire hydrant to
comply SAES-S-050 (Section 8.17.2.4.1.5) “A fire hydrant capable of
meeting the system demand must be located within 100 feet (30.5
meters) of any required fire department connection installed in a new
building.
7.5.10 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install live fire hose reel inside
and adjacent to the exit of Workshop Building.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.5.11 LSTK Contractor shall provide and install two risers (zones) sprinkler
system as per NFPA 13 requirements Section 8.2.1.
DATE
7.5.12 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install all fire protection
NO.
REV
materials and equipment required for the work shall be new, of first-class
D
DISCIPLINE quality and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH in every detail and shall be so selected and arranged as to fit properly into
DATE:
AUG-2015 the building spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material is
PROJECT specified, a first-class standard material, as approved by SAUDI
ENGINEER
OSM
ARAMCO, shall be furnished.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 7.5.13 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install all fire protection
SIH component parts of each item of equipment or device shall bear the
DATE:
AUG-2015 manufacturer's giving name, description, size, type, serial number,
CONSTRUCTION characteristics, etc., in order to facilitate maintenance or replacement.
AGENCY
The name plate of a subcontractor or distributor will not be acceptable.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS 7.5.14 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install the basic components
and its appurtenances for a typical water sprinkler system as shown in the
AUG-2015 Fire Protection drawings and as follows; System shutoff, indicating valve,
DATE:
Outside Screw & Yoke (OS&Y), Alarm Check Valve, Pressure Gauges,
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Shutoff Valve, Retard Chamber, Pipe Riser, Electric flow switch and
EDSD
alarms (and/or connection to central station, fire department or

proprietary facilities), Water Motor Gong (local), Check Valve (for fire
DATE:
department connection),Fire Department Connection (FDC) – Siamese

BY:
Type, Main Drain, Drains (outside or to other safe locations), Inspector’s

Test Valve and top line drain, Sprinkler Heads (Pendent and Upright),

D
Fire Hose Cabinets and other necessary appurtenances to fully operate

(DCC) NO. _____________________
the needed fire protection as shown on the drawing.

N26 PE-A00002 77
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
7.5.15 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install fire water flow switch,
KAS
floor control valve assembly with supervisory tamper switch connected to

fire alarm control panel.
ENGG CERT
SIH
OSM
7.5.16 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install necessary portable
fire extinguisher as shown on the fire protection layout as per SAES-B-
019.
7.5.17 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install new fire-fighting
galvanized steel pipe schedule 40 for above ground fire water pipe as per
SAES-S-050 Table 6-3.1(A). Fire piping fittings shall withstand a
minimum working pressure of not less than 1026 kPa (175 psi) as per
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
SAES-S-050, Para. 6.4.1.
7.5.18 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install new Class II Fire
Hose Cabinet (FHC) that includes one (1) 4.5 kgs. ABC Multi-purpose
Type Portable Fire Extinguisher in Workshop Building. The FHC should
equip with 1 ½-inch hose and shall be a listed, rubber-lined, single
synthetic-jacket fabric, in either 30 m (100 ft.) lengths, depending on
required coverage. Hoses, nozzles, angle valves, wrenches, and
adaptors shall be mounted in a metal cabinet specifically designed and
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
manufactured for this purpose.
7.5.19 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install pipe Hangers and
DATE
supports for fire protection piping systems in accordance with the

referenced NFPA Standards (NFPA 13 & 14), and shall be UL listed and
NO.
REV
FM approved for fire protection service. When the requirements of this

D
DISCIPLINE Section differ or conflict with the requirements of specified NFPA

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH Standards for fire protection systems, comply with the more stringent
DATE:
AUG-2015 requirements.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 7.5.20 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall not use Screwed unions on pipe larger
DATE:
AUG-2015 than 2" (51m). Couplings and unions of other than screwed-type shall be
CERTIFIED of types listed specifically for use on sprinkler systems. (NFPA 13 Para 2-
SIH 4.4).
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 7.5.21 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install return bends where
AGENCY
pendent sprinklers are supplied from a raw water source. Return bends
DATE:
AUG-2015 shall be connected to the top of branch lines in order to avoid
OPERATIONS accumulation of sediment in the drop nipples.
DATE:
AUG-2015 7.5.22 Pendent and upright sprinklers shall be positioned by the LSTK
Contractor so that the deflectors are within 1 in. to 4 in. (25.4 mm to 102
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
mm) from the ceiling.

EDSD
7.5.23 Sprinkler system shall have a 1-in. (25.4-mm) or larger drain and test
DATE:
connection with a valve on the system side of the control valve.

BY:
7.5.24 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install live fire hose reel

D
inside and outside new Workshop Building.

(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 78
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
7.6 Electrical
ENGG CERT
SIH
Demolition
OSM
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall perform the following Demolition activities prior to
start of construction of new Workshop Building facilities.
7.6.1 In the existing Electrical Switchrack (Reference Drawing: RA-P00047),

Disconnect all the power cables feeding, all existing lighting fixtures and
demolish all affected existing area lighting fixtures and poles. Cut all the
existing lighting and grounding conductors at ground level. Remove all the
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
wire above ground and leave the existing buried cables as they are.
Dispose of demolished lighting equipment as directed by qualified Saudi
Aramco Representatives.
7.6.2 Relocate existing Electrical Switchrack and associated equipment. The

new location shall be determined by the LSTK CONTRACTOR as part of
the detail design in coordination and approval by qualified Saudi Aramco
Representatives.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.6.3 Existing area lighting fixtures and poles not included in the demolition
works shall be retained in good operational condition. Existing power
supply cables shall be re-routed, extended and terminated up to the new
DATE
location of existing Electrical Switchrack.

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE New Work

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DATE:
AUG-2015 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide detail design, materials, supply, install,
PROJECT testing, pre-commission and commissioning support (including vendor support) and
ENGINEER
OSM
other accessories for fully operational new Workshop Building. The key items are
AUG-2015 stated below but not limited to:
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH 7.6.4 One (1) new 480V Controlgear MCC-007 in compliance with 16-SAMMS-
DATE:
AUG-2015 503 shall be provided to feed the Chiller load. (Reference Drawing: PA-
CONSTRUCTION P0006, PA-P00015.006 and CL-P00001).
AGENCY
AUG-2015 7.6.5 One (1) new 480V Controlgear MCC-001 in compliance with 16-SAMMS-
DATE:
OPERATIONS 503 shall be provided to feed the Electrical Repair Shop Equipment.
(Reference Drawing: PA-P00006, PA-P00015.001 and CL-P00001).
AUG-2015
DATE:
7.6.6 One (1) new 480V Controlgear MCC-002 in compliance with 16-SAMMS-
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
503 shall be provided to feed the Mechanical Shop-1. (Reference

EDSD
Drawing: PA-P00006, PA-P00015.002 and CL-P00001).

DATE:
BY:
503 shall be provided to feed the Mechanical Shop-2. (Reference

Drawing: PA-P00006, PA-P00015.003-004 and CL-P00001).


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
503 shall be provided to feed the Machine Shop Equipment. (Reference

N26 PE-A00002 79
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Drawing: PA-P00006, PA-P00015.004-005 and CALC-P00001).
KAS
7.6.9 Two (2) new Dry type transformers, 150kVA, 480/400-230VAC XFR-201
ENGG CERT
SIH
and XFR-202 to feed the new power panels PP-201 and PP-202.
OSM
(Reference Drawing: PA-P00015.002-005)
7.6.10 The one (1) new Smart UPS (UPS-201), rated 5kVA, 400/230V, 3 Phase,
60Hz for DDC Panel, Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), Booster Pumps
Control Panel and H2S Control Panel for lift station shall be designed and
installed as per SAES-P-103. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall review and
study the complete load requirement and definitive rating of UPS during
detailed design.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION

per the requirements of SAES-P-123. (Reference Drawing: PA-
P00017.001).
7.6.12 Provide lighting calculation to verify the illumination level as per SAES-P-
123 requirement. Review and validate the number of lighting fixtures
required.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.6.13 Provide small power and under floor duct system as shown in the drawing
with associated accessories (receptacle outlet, wiring and support)
DATE
required completing the installation (Reference Drawing: PA-P00018.001-

002).
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
7.6.14 Provide low voltage cable system including cable tray, conduit and
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
underground buried cable as per cable routing layout and cable and
DATE:
AUG-2015
conduit schedule with associated accessories. Low voltage cable shall
PROJECT
ENGINEER meet the requirements of SAES-P-104. (Reference Drawing: PA-
OSM P00018.001-002).
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 7.6.15 Provide complete grounding and bonding system with associated
SIH
accessories. Grounding shall be designed in accordance with Saudi
AUG-2015
DATE: Aramco Standard SAES-P-111. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00019.001 &
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 002).
AUG-2015
DATE: 7.6.16 Provide disconnect switches and 230V convenience outlets including all
OPERATIONS fittings and wirings required to complete the installations of all floor
machine tool loads as per SAES-P-104. (Reference Drawing: PA-
AUG-2015
DATE: P00018.001-002).
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
7.6.17 Provide Motor Test System Facility integral to the Maintenance Shop
EDSD
Building. The facility will be supplied by the LSTK CONTRACTOR as a

Vendor Package in accordance with Specification PE-P00013 and other
DATE:
BY:
related project drawings and documents that pertains to Motor Test

System Facility.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 80
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS

ENGG CERT
SIH
7.7.1 LSTK CONTACTOR shall supply , install, test and commission fire
OSM
detection system as per NFPA 72, NFPA 70 and applicable Saudi

Aramco Standards i.e. SAES-B-014 and SAES-B-018.
panel (FACP).
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
7.7.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install control cables for DDC
shut down.
7.7.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall connect new FACP to the main FACP located
in new office building.
7.7.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide to Saudi Aramco all necessary

calculations required for the design of the fire detection system.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.7.7 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall install the beam detectors above the cranes
and make sure there are no obstacles in the path of the beam.
DATE
Local Control Panel for H2S detector of Lift Station 1:

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 7.7.8 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide a local control panel to house
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
controller, Beacon and Horn and other accessories for H2S detector. The
AUG-2015
DATE: H2S sensor shall be placed at Lift Station Vent. LSTK CONTRACTOR
PROJECT
ENGINEER shall develop necessary drawings for the above during detail design
OSM stage.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 7.8 Communication
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 7.8.1 Local Area Network
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
DATE: new Workshop Building including, but not limited to, the following:
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015 Power over Ethernet (PoE), single-mode Gigabit Ethernet optical
DATE:
transceivers and redundant and/or external power supplies.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

BI-10-00074.
DATE:
BY:


D
future expansion.
(DCC) NO. _____________________


N26 PE-A00002 81
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS

available ports of the existing card. The ports to be utilized shall
ENGG CERT
SIH
be equipped with SFP transceivers.

OSM


standard for Ethernet network protocol and applications.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Reference Drawings:
Block and Level Diagram, LAN – PA-T00017.001
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the complete IP and Analog

Telephony design of new Workshop Building in compliance with BI-10-
00246 including, but not limited to, the following:
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
7.8.2.1 Provide VoIP services that shall be connected via the layer 2
access switches to corporate data network through existing
DATE
Communication Centers in Dhahran and Abqaiq and secure

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE 7.8.2.2 Provide (1) emergency analog line through copper cabling and
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH secure availability of port licenses and line card in the existing
DATE:
AUG-2015 Line Access Gateway (LAG) in Ju’aymah DCO provided under BI-
PROJECT
ENGINEER
10-00246. Ensure availability of the new copper cabling for
OSM additional lines in the future.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED 7.8.2.3 Provide IP and analog telephone sets based on products supplied
SIH under BI-10-00246. Quantity of IP telephones sets shall be
DATE:
AUG-2015 determined and finalized during the detailed design.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
Reference Drawings:
DATE: Block and Level Diagram, IP Tel Network - PA-T00018.001
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015
DATE: 7.8.3 Structured Cable System
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION

EDSD
Cabling System design of new Workshop Building including, but not limited
DATE:
to, the following:

BY:
7.8.3.1 Provide cable pathway infrastructure for the horizontal cabling

system sized in accordance with SAES-T-916 requirements.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________


N26 PE-A00002 82
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
ENGG CERT
SIH
7.8.3.3 Provide intra building fiber optic cables and copper cables
OSM
connecting Telecommunications Rooms and Telecommunications

Equipment Room.
7.8.3.4 Provide detail design of Telecommunications Equipment Rooms

and/or Telecommunications Rooms adequately sized according to
the requirements specified in SAES T-916. The rooms shall house
the termination of building backbone and distribution cables,
cross-connect and network electronic equipment. Clear work
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
space around the equipment shall be in accordance with BICSI

and SAES-T-916 requirements.

according to the requirements specified in SAES-T-916 and
SAES-T-795.
7.8.3.6 All building telecommunications cable system design must be

done under the design authority of a valid current Certified BlCSl
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Registered Communication Distribution Design (BICSI RCDD) to

the Telecommunications office building infrastructure and cable
DATE
system design as required by SAES-T-916 & BlCSl TDMM. The

NO.
REV
design work done by a BlCSl RCDD.

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Reference Drawings:
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
Horizontal Cableway Plan – Workshop Bldg – PA-T00011.001
AUG-2015
DATE: Horizontal Dist. Diagram, TER-116 – PA-T00012.001
PROJECT
ENGINEER Horizontal Dist. Diagram, TR-135 – PA-T00012.002
OSM
Grounding Details – PA-T00013.001
AUG-2015
DATE: TER/TR Sizing Calculation – CL-T00024
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
7.8.4 Alarm System
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the provision of high-
AUG-2015
temperature alarm system equipment in the new Workshop Building
DATE:
Telecom Equipment Room including, but not limited to, the following:
OPERATIONS
7.8.4.1 Provide high-temperature sensor and equipment with alarm
DATE:
AUG-2015 indication inside the TER that shall be relayed to the Network
Operations Center (NOC).
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
Reference Drawings:
DATE:
Block and Level Diagram –LAN – PA-T00017.001

BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 83
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
7.9 Equipment
ENGG CERT
SIH
New Equipments
OSM
7.9.1 All new equipment shall be housed in new Ju’aymah Shop.
7.9.2 All new equipments shall be procured, installed, tested and pre-
commissioned by Saudi Aramco and it shall not be under LSTK scope
except the design, procurement, installation, testing and commissioning
of overhead cranes, jib cranes, gantry crane, insulation material large
fridge, lube oil system(required for motor testing facilities) , support
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
equipment that required to operate the water jet machine as per final
Saudi Aramco selection and stacking &de-stacking rotor area are LSTK
CONTRACTOR scope.
7.9.3 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and provide the electrical loads and
non-electrical utilities required for new equipments based on final
selected equipment and vendor by Saudi Aramco.
7.9.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall verify and update the utilities, weight and
foundation requirement given in new equipments lists PE-A00007, PE-
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
A00008, PE-A00009, PE-A00010 based on final selected equipment and

vendor by Saudi Aramco.
DATE
7.9.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and provide the foundation of

equipments as per equipment’s manufacturer recommendation and
NO.
REV
foundation drawings.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
7.9.6 Procurement, installation and commissioning of all new equipment shall
AUG-2015
DATE: be provided by Saudi Aramco. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall construct
PROJECT
ENGINEER Foundations and provision of electrical & non-electrical utility connections
OSM
to the proposed equipment position per equipment’s manufacturer
AUG-2015
DATE: recommendations
CERTIFIED
SIH
DATE:
AUG-2015 Relocating Equipments:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 7.9.7 There are total 20 equipments in Machine Shop which shall be relocated
from MSSD Dhahran to Ju’aymah shop. Out of 20 equipments only 8
AUG-2015
DATE: shall be relocated to new Ju’aymah shop and the remaining shall be
OPERATIONS
relocated to Old Ju’aymah Shop.
AUG-2015
DATE: 7.9.8 The power requirements of the equipments that shall be relocated from
CONTROL NUMBER
MSSD Dharhan to Old Ju’aymah Shop have been considered on the

VERIFICATION
electrical load list to determine the total power capacity of the New
EDSD
Substation. However, these equipments are not considered connected on

DATE:
any new electrical distribution equipments provided under this project.

BY:
7.9.9 All relocating equipments of Electrical and Mechanical Repair Shop 1 & 2

D
shall be relocated from MSSD Dhahran to new Ju’aymah Shop.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
7.9.10 Dismantling, transportation, installation and re-commissioning of all

N26 PE-A00002 84
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
relocating equipments shall be done by Saudi Aramco and it is not under
KAS
LSTK CONTRACTOR scope. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall construct

Foundations and provision of electrical & non-electrical utility connections
ENGG CERT
SIH
to the proposed equipment position as required.

OSM
7.9.11 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall visit MSSD Dhahran and re-verify the
presence of existing relocating old equipments as given in relocating
equipment list PE-A00011, PE-A00012, PE-A00013. Any change required
in relocating equipment list shall be updated with client approval.
7.9.12 All relocating equipments shall be made operational by Saudi Aramco

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
prior to releasing the existing MSSD facility in Dhahran.
7.9.13 Any relocated shop equipment, which cannot be re-commissioned to

function satisfactorily after its relocation shall be turned over to
Mechanical Services Shops Department for repair or replacement by
Saudi Aramco.
7.9.14 For details of all new and relocating equipments refer following
documents
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Reference Drawings:
PE-A00007 New Equipments List For Electrical Shop

DATE
PE-A00008 New Equipments List For Machine Shop

PE-A00009 New Equipments List For Mechanical Shop
NO.
REV
PE-A00010 New Equipment List (General Items)

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER PE-A00011 Relocating Equipments List For Electrical Shop
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
PE-A00012 Relocating Equipments List For Machine Shop
AUG-2015
DATE: PE-A00013 Relocating Equipments List For Mechanical Shop
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE: 8.0 SHIPPING AND RECEIVING AREA
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015 8.1 Civil / Structural

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Demolition
AUG-2015
8.1.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR to visit / survey site for demolition of existing
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Shipping and Receiving Shelter and submit a detail demolition execution
plan and methodology for all the disciplines involved, identifying any
AUG-2015
hazards and there remedies. Thereafter, taking the Saudi Aramco
DATE:
approval to proceed.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
8.1.2 Before starting any excavation, underground cables conduits and other
EDSD
utilities and pipe lines shall be located and clearly identified by the LSTK
DATE:
CONTRACTOR. A GPR survey report has been conducted during the

BY:
Project Proposal and must be implemented during detailed design prior to

do any demolition activities.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
8.1.3 Necessary action shall be taken to protect all utilities from damage while
working within the area. Should any damage occur to the existing utilities,

N26 PE-A00002 85
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
restoration shall be made at the contractor’s expense to at least as good
KAS
condition as existed before work began.

ENGG CERT
SIH
8.1.4 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall demolish existing shipping and receiving

OSM
shelter and its foundation as shown on drawing PA-M00001.
8.1.5 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall cut existing asphalt / concrete pavement prior
to demolition of the foundation of the existing shipping and receiving
shelter.
8.1.6 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall reform hard concreting for any areas with
extensive underground facilities.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
8.1.7 All excavation and backfill activities shall be conducted in accordance with
SAES-A-114.
removed and disposed of to the Saudi ARAMCO approved dumping area:
New Work
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
8.1.9 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct new Pre-Engineering

Building of Shipping and Receiving Shelter as part of facility shown on
site development plan Drawing No. PA-R00028 and PA-R00029.
DATE
8.1.10 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide asphalted access road to the new
NO.
REV
Shipping and Receiving Shelter.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
8.1.11 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide fence around the Shipping Receiving
AUG-2015
DATE: Area to secure sensitive materials and spare parts as shown on PA-
PROJECT
ENGINEER R00005.
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE: 8.1.12 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall comply of SAES-A-114(excavation and
CERTIFIED
SIH
backfill) and required to obtain approval for any excavation work in the
AUG-2015
propose Shipping and Receiving Shelter area.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 8.1.13 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and construct grade slab and
AUG-2015
foundation for new Shipping and receiving Shelter area, the foundation
DATE: sizes shall be confirmed and modified according to the support reaction
OPERATIONS
given by the approved Pre-Engineered Building vendor/manufacturer
during detail design stage. Refer to drawing no. PA-Q00021 and PA-
AUG-2015
DATE: Q00022.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
8.1.14 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design and install Gantry Crane
EDSD
foundation and cable trench nearby Shipping Receiving area.

DATE:
BY:
8.2 Architecture

D
Contractor shall provide and supply in this Shipping and Receiving Area but not
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 86
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
8.2.1 Provide and install gauge #22 G.I. single sheet roofing and wall sidings
KAS
with complete fixing accessories including trims, gutters, roof ridge,

flashing and downspout. It shall comply with 12-SAMSS-014 (Pre-
ENGG CERT
SIH
Engineered Metal Building) and Saudi Aramco PIP ARS 13120 Pre-
OSM
Engineered Metal Building Specifications.
8.2.2 Concrete flooring shall be hardened concrete for the top layer finished.
Ensure even and flat surface by using self-leveling hardener compound.
work shall be done in accordance with SAES-H-101B and SAES-H-102.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
8.2.4 Provide fire extinguishers.

requirements of IBC-2009, Chapter 8 and SAES-R-004. CSD/Civil
Engineering Unit shall approve the finishing materials.
Reference Drawings:

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
 PA-R00028.001 Ground Floor Plan and Roof Plan

 PA-R00029.001 Section, Elevation and Schedule of Finishes
NO. DATE
REV

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 8.3.1 Not applicable
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 8.4 Fire Fighting System:
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE: New Works:
CERTIFIED
SIH
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install portable fire extinguisher as per
AUG-2015
the location shown in the reference drawings:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Reference Drawings:
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS PA-B00041 001 Fire Fighting Layout B
AUG-2015
DATE:
8.5 Electrical
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide detail design, materials, supply, install,
testing, pre-commission and commissioning support (including Vendor support)
DATE:
and other accessories for the new Shipping and Receiving Area. The key items are
BY:
stated below but not limited to:


D
8.5.1 Provide one (1) Switchrack complete equipment installation and mounting
(DCC) NO. _____________________
accessories as per SAES-P-116 (Reference Drawing: PA-P00035).

N26 PE-A00002 87
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS

ENGG CERT
SIH
per the requirements of SAES-P-123. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00037).

OSM
8.5.3 Provide power supply for overhead gantry crane.
8.5.4 Provide low voltage cable system as per cable routing layout and cable
and conduit schedule with associated accessories. Low voltage cable
shall meet the requirements of SAES-P-104.

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION

Aramco Standard SAES-P-111. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00039.001).
9.0 BOOSTER PUMP STATION SUNSHADE 1 AND 2

9.1 Architecture
CONTRACTOR shall provide and supply in this Booster Pump Station Sunshade
but not limited to the following:
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
9.1.1 Provide and install gauge #22 G.I. single sheet roofing and wall sidings
with complete fixing accessories including trims, gutters, roof ridge,
DATE
flashing and downspout. It shall comply with 12-SAMSS-014 (Pre-

Engineered Metal Building) and Saudi Aramco PIP ARS 13120 Pre-
NO.
REV
Engineered Metal Building Specifications.

D
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH 9.1.2 Concrete flooring shall be hardened concrete for the top layer finished.
DATE:
AUG-2015 Ensure even and flat surface by using self-leveling hardener compound.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM 9.1.3 Apply paint to all interior surfaces and exposed metal anchorage. Paint
DATE:
AUG-2015 work shall be done in accordance with SAES-H-101B and SAES-H-102.
CERTIFIED
SIH
9.1.4 Provide fire extinguishers.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
requirements of IBC-2009, Chapter 8 and SAES-R-004. CSD/Civil
AUG-2015
DATE: Engineering Unit shall approve the finishing materials.
OPERATIONS
Reference Drawings:
AUG-2015
DATE:
 PA-R00036.001 Typ. Floor, Roof Plan, Section / Elevation.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
9.2.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design, supply and construct foundations for
BY:
booster pump shelter and equipment foundations.


D
9.2.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall design, supply and construct booster pump
(DCC) NO. _____________________
shelter.

N26 PE-A00002 88
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS

ENGG CERT
SIH
9.3.1 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install One (1) Potable Water and
One (1) Raw Water Booster Pump set as indicated on the drawings at
OSM
Booster Pump Station No. 1.
9.3.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install One (1) Potable Water and
One (1) Raw Water Booster Pump set as indicated on the drawings at
Booster Pump Station No. 2.
9.4 Fire Fighting System:

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
New Works:
9.4.1 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide and install portable fire
extinguisher as per the location shown in the reference drawings:
Reference Drawings:
PA-B00042 001 Fire Fighting Layout A
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
9.5 Electrical:
9.5.1 Provide complete lighting, small power receptacle outlet and grounding
DATE
system for Booster Pump station shade. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00054).

NO.
REV
9.5.2 Provide power supply to booster pumps. LSTK CONTRACTOR shall review
D
DISCIPLINE and finalize the power requirement as per vendor information during
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH detailed design. (Reference Drawing: PA-P00025).
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 9.6 Instrumentation:
OSM
AUG-2015 9.6.1 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide local control panel (LCP) along
DATE:
CERTIFIED with necessary instrumentation for each set of Booster Pumps as below:
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE:
Sl.No. Description Qty. Remarks
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
1. LCP for Raw Water Booster 01 For control of hydro Pneumatic
DATE:
AUG-2015 Pump 01 & 02 tank
OPERATIONS 2. LCP for Raw Water Booster 01 For control of hydro Pneumatic
Pump 03 & 03 tank
DATE:
AUG-2015 3. LCP for Potable Water 01 For control of hydro Pneumatic
Booster Pump 01 & 02 tank
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4. LCP for Potable Water 01 For control of hydro Pneumatic

EDSD
Booster Pump 03 & 03 tank

DATE:
9.6.2 LSTK CONTRACTOR shall procure above LCP as a package along with
BY:
Booster Pump and Hydro Pneumatic tanks.


D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 89
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
10.0 SITE PREPARATION:
KAS

ENGG CERT
SIH
This section covers the site preparation for the LSTK CONTRACTOR and SAPMT
OSM
offices and CONTRACTOR laydown area preparation.

10.1.1 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall propose and provide an area for temporary
construction offices / facility duly approved by SAPMT. The temporary
construction offices / facilities shall be located inside plant as shown on PA-
R00001, within an area of 3792 SM.
10.1.2 The LSTK CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide and design for
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
this temporary camp / offices, air conditioned equipment storage facility

arrangements including all power, sewage disposal, raw water, and all
other necessary requirements.
11.0 PROJECT INTERFACES
11.1 Related Budget Item

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
BI-10-01402, EXPEC Advanced Research Center - Dhahran

(ERA: 2/15; ERC: 12/19)
DATE
This budget item provides for constructing, furnishing and equipping a 52,100 square
meter (SM) EXPEC ARC facilities in Dhahran. The proposed facilities consist of 21,700
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
SM of laboratory space, 12,000 SM of office space and 18,300 SM of support space. Also,
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
ENGINEER
a 25,500 SM open parking lot will be provided. The existing lab space in Building No. 2291
DATE:
AUG-2015 will be utilized by R and DC. The required lab equipment to support the new Company
PROJECT goal will be purchased under future Advanced Research Center master appropriation
ENGINEER
OSM budget items.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED This budget item shall demolish the existing MSSD facilities at Dhahran. The demolition at
SIH
Dhahran and relocation of shop functions to Ju’aymah shall be planned to
AUG-2015
DATE: eliminate/minimize disruption in providing MSSD repair services.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
There are several design and construction synergy opportunities between BI-1001545 and
AUG-2015
DATE: BI-10-01402, related to relocation of shops equipment from existing MSSD shops at
OPERATIONS
Dhahran to the upgraded MSSD shops at Ju’aymah.
AUG-2015
DATE: 11.2 Project Physical Interfaces
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Non-Electrical Utilities
EDSD
The existing non-electrical utilities serving Ju’aymah Shops upgrade have been
DATE:
identified. The new facilities proposed under this budget item shall be directly
BY:
located adjacent to existing facilities and shall share the existing non-electrical
utilities. The following interfaces shall exist with the existing facilities:
 Raw/Irrigation Water
D
(DCC) NO. _____________________
 Firewater
 Drinking Water

N26 PE-A00002 90
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
 Sanitary Wastewater
KAS
 Storm Water Drainage


ENGG CERT
Compressed Air
SIH
OSM
Raw/Irrigation Water
This project shall connect the new 3-inch raw water piping to the proposed booster
pump station no.1 from the existing 4-inch main raw water supply pipe, to serve the
Workshop and Substation buildings.
This project shall connect the new 3-inch raw water supply piping to the proposed
booster pump station no.2 from the existing 4-inch main raw water pipe, serving
the Administration Building and associated irrigation.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Firewater
This project shall connect the new 6-inch firewater piping of the proposed office
building from the existing 6-inch main fire water supply pipe. This project shall
connect to the new 6-inch firewater piping to the proposed shops building from the
existing 6-inch main fire water supply pipe.
Drinking Water
This project shall connect the new 2-inch potable water piping to the proposed
booster pump station no. 2 from the existing 3-inch main potable water supply pipe,
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
serving the Administration Building.

This project shall connect the new 2-inch potable water supply piping to booster
pump station no.1 from the existing 3-inch main potable water pipe, serving the
DATE
Workshop and Substation buildings.

NO.
REV
Sanitary Wastewater
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER This project shall collect the sanitary drainage from the Administration Building by
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
gravity to the new lift station no. 2. A new 3-inch force main transfers the effluent
AUG-2015
DATE: from lift station no. 2 to the existing on-site main lift station. This project shall
PROJECT
ENGINEER collect the sanitary drainage from the Workshop and Substation buildings by
OSM
gravity to the new lift station no.1. A new 3-inch force main transfers the effluent
AUG-2015
DATE: from lift station no. 1 to the existing on-site main lift station.
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
Storm Water Drainage
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
The site where new buildings are to be constructed shall be graded to the required
AGENCY slope as per site grading plan which is to be finalized by LSTK Contractor to
AUG-2015
prevent storm water flooding and formation of water ponds in vicinity of the
DATE: proposed facilities. This project shall connect surface water drainage to the existing
OPERATIONS
storm water open trench running along the fenced area.
AUG-2015
DATE: Compressed Air
CONTROL NUMBER
This project shall connect the new 2-inch compressed air piping of the proposed
VERIFICATION
shops building to the existing 2-inch main compressed air supply pipe.
EDSD
DATE:
Electrical Utilities
BY:
The electrical power for the proposed new shop and other buildings for the
upgrade Ju’aymah shop project shall be supplied at 13.2kV from the existing

D
Substation 3 at the Ju’aymah Gas Plant via approximately 2.5 km underground and
(DCC) NO. _____________________
above ground power feeder. The power feeder shall be run direct buried and in
concrete duct banks in crossing the roads and pipelines corridor.

N26 PE-A00002 91
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
Underground cable duct

The power feeder cable and the communication line shall be buried underground
ENGG CERT
SIH
and excavated to the required route as shown on electrical and communication

OSM
cable routing plan. During execution of the work the LSTK contractor shall provide
Temporary Fence with gates at Interface Point between the new cable route and
the existing fences.
Non-Electrical Utilities Underground Pipes

During execution of the underground utility works the LSTK contractor shall provide
Temporary Fence with gates at Interface Point between the new underground
pipes and the existing fences.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Communication
The communications equipment at the new Office Building and Shops Building
shall be connected to the Access Layer equipment at the old Administration
Building in Ju’aymah Gas Plant via new Fiber Optic Cable (FOC). The project shall
upgrade existing Access Layer equipment to allow the connectivity to the
Corporate Data Network. This project shall also provide Uninterruptible Power
Supply (UPS) for the communications equipment.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
Fire Alarm System

The main Fire Alarm Control Panel of the proposed facilities shall be connected to
the main Fire Station.
DATE
11.3 Project Operating Interfaces

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER There will be no operating interfaces between the proposed facilities at Ju’aymah
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
and the existing MSSD facilities at Dhahran. The proposed facilities shall be
AUG-2015
DATE: constructed and made operational in MSSD in Ju’aymah before starting to
PROJECT
ENGINEER demolish the existing buildings and shops in Dhahran under BI-10-01402.
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE: The new shops equipment shall be housed in the proposed shops facilities. The
CERTIFIED existing equipment which will be relocated from MSSD Dhahran facilities shall be
SIH
AUG-2015
housed in the proposed and existing shops facilities at Ju’yamah. The relocated
DATE: equipment shall be made operational prior to releasing the existing MSSD facility in
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Dhahran.
AUG-2015
DATE: Coordination with the proponent and the construction agency is required during
OPERATIONS
Project Proposal stage to develop workable plan and schedule for connection of
AUG-2015
the primary power supply, communication and other utilities to the existing
DATE:
networks, relocating the affected users and equipment with minimal impact to the
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
operations.
EDSD
11.4 Demolition Interfaces

DATE:
BY:
This Budget Item shall only include demolition of the existing shaded Shipping and
Receiving Area at Ju’aymah to prevent obstructing construction of the proposed


D
facilities. The MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be demolished under BI-10-01402.

(DCC) NO. _____________________
The proposed site includes metal storage racks, which shall be relocated outside
the site by MSSD before construction.

N26 PE-A00002 92
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
11.5 Interface Matrix

ENGG CERT
SIH
Several interfaces have been identified during preparation of Project Proposal

OSM
Package for BI-10-01545 which is been recorded in Interface Matrix as Appendix

22.11. Further details of the Interface Matrix will be developed during detail design
12.0 DEVIATION /CLARIFICATION FROM DBSP
For all the deviations from the DBSP package, please refer below:
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Disci Cost Schedule

Item DBSP SCOPE Deviation Justification
pline Impact Impact
Construct an air- A new air-conditioned To meet Saudi Aramco
conditioned Electrical substation building is Standard SAES-P-119, Section
Equipment Room (EER) required to house the new 5.1 defines a substation as any
10m x 10m as per DBSP 13.8kV & 480V asemblage of electrical
Electr Appendix-15.3, Section Switchgear and ancillary equipment which includes a
High
ical 3.3.2, page 161. equipment. Approximate power transformer rated 751
dimension is about 35.0m kVA and larger or switchgear
(length) x 15.0m (width) rated 1 kV and higher.
exclusive of transformer
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
yard.
Double ended bus Double ended bus 1.0 Based on the current
configuration. Ratings: configuration. Ratings: Electrical Load Summary for the
600A continuous, 50kA 1200A continuous. Two project the total electrical
Electr
DATE
rms symmetrical. Two (2) (2) incoming and one(1) demand load is about 14.8
ical
incoming and one (1) bus-tie vacuum circuit MVA. Refer to KBR-AMCDE
bus-tie power circuit breaker;five (5) outgoing Document No.: CALC-P-
NO.
REV
breaker; Three (3) circuit breakers and four 001_Electrical Load Summary.
D
outgoing circuit breaker (4) spare circuit breakers 2.0 Based on the initial High
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
and two (2) spare circuit and two (2) spaces. comment on the preliminary
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH breakers and two (2) Overall Electrical Single Line
AUG-2015
spaces as per DBSP Diagram. Power system
DATE: Appendix-15.3, Section request two (2) additional
PROJECT 3.3.2, page 161.
ENGINEER 13.8kV spare breakers to feed
OSM
emergency feeders to
Ju'aymah.
AUG-2015
DATE: Two (2) Transformers Four (4) Transformers, Based on the current Electrical
CERTIFIED (rated 13.8kV/480V rated 2.0 MVA, Load Summary (LV System) the
SIH 2.5/3.125 MVA), as per 13.8kV/480V. total demand load is 3.1MVA for
AUG-2015 DBSP Appendix-15.3, the new proposed facilities such
DATE: Section 3.3.2, page 161. as Shop, Office Building,
CONSTRUCTION Electr Substation Building, Shaded
AGENCY
ical Shipping & Receiving and Car
Parking Area. Refer to KBR-
AUG-2015 High
DATE: AMCDE Document No.: CALC-
OPERATIONS P-001_Electrical Load
Summary.
AUG-2015
DATE: NOTE:. Transformer rating shall
be derated at 15%, as per
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
SAES-P-121, Section 6.1, Table

1.
EDSD
Fire water tie-in for Connect fire water tie-in

Existing 6" fire water line
Fire Administration building for Administration Building
DATE:
located close to Administration

Fighti from the main 12 inch fire at the nearest 6" line None None
BY:
Building is enough to supply the

ng water line located outside located beside the
required flow.
the fence. Administration Building.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 93
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Collect the sanitary
Sanitary Drainage from It is not possible to hook-up
KAS
drainage through gravity

Administration Building directly the sanitary drainage
Plum lines into a new lift station.
shows to discharge from the Administration Building TBD TBD
ENGG CERT
bing Then from the new Lift

SIH
directly to the existing to existing force main due to

Station to the existing on-
force main line. invert level conditions.
site main lift station.
OSM
Raw and Drinking water

for Shop Building shows
to connect to the nearest Connect raw and drinking
Raw water requires 3" whereas
Plum existing 2" raw and 2" water tie-in for Shop
drinking water requires 2" as per Low Low
bing drinking Water Building at the main line
the calculated water demand.
respectively. The existing located outside the fence.
lines serving the existing
facilities.
Collect the sanitary
It is not possible to hook-up
Sanitary Drainage from drainage through gravity
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
directly the sanitary drainage

Plum Shop Building shows to lines into a new lift station.
from Shop Building to the TBD TBD
bing discharge directly to the Then from the new Lift
existing line due to invert level
existing 4" line. Station to the existing on-
conditions.
site main lift station.
8.1 Admin Building area The actual building Spaces which were required by
approved layout are is the Internatiol Building Code
2682 Msq the DBSP area (IBC) was not included in the
Arch. is 2500 M sq DBSP space program. Such as Low Low
Emergency exit stair cases,
Elevator for handicap, women’s
toilet
4.2.3 CommunicationThe New communication To be in-lined with BI-10-00074
JO/EWO
communications equipment at the new (Replace Data Network

AUG-2015 10-01545
equipment at the new office building, substation Equipment), access switch shall
office building and shops building and shops be connected to the distribution
building shall be building will be connected switch. Access switch can only
DATE
connected to the Access to the PE-router at be cascaded if there are no

Layer equipment at the Storehouse 0107. possible ways to connect it to
Tel. old Admin Building in the distribution switch. Low Low
Ju’aymah via new Fiber
NO.
REV
Optic Cables (FOCs).

DISCIPLINE The project shall upgrade
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH existing Access Layer
equipment to allow the
AUG-2015
DATE: connectivity to the
PROJECT Corporate Data Network.
ENGINEER
7.3.3.2 Outside Plant FOCs between SMH#2 Existing SMH#2 allows 3x4”
OSM
(OSP) Cabling and the new Office conduit system only.
AUG-2015 FOCs between SMH#2 Building, Substation
DATE:
CERTIFIED Tel. and the new Office Building and Shops None None
SIH Building and Shops Building shall be placed in
Building shall be placed 3x4” conduit systems.
AUG-2015
DATE: in 4x4” conduit systems.
CONSTRUCTION New A 10m x 10m size A 35m x 15m
AGENCY
Substa Electrical Equipment substation plus
To comply the Saudi Aramco
tion Room Appendix 15.3, transformer yard and
AUG-2015 standard SAES-P-119, section
DATE: Buildin Civil Section 3.3.2, page 161 HVAC pad is required by Low Low
5.2 and section 6.1 for
OPERATIONS g of 170. electrical to accommodate
Substation buildings.
a new switchgear and
other ancillary equipment.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 94
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
New Sanitary wastewater
KAS
Lift generated be new

Station building shall be routed
ENGG CERT
into the existing sanitary

SIH
water distribution system.

The existing sanitary The existing level lift station at
OSM
wastewater facilities are the nearby office is too shallow

expected to be adequate and not meeting the required
for any additional invert elevation of the new
requirements. However, A new lift station is sanitary system.
this project shall provide required to gravity drain
Civil Medium Medium
the necessary manhole the sanitary wastewater The proposed tie-in locations on
and drainage piping to system. the Appendix 15.2 pg. 70 of
gravity drain the sanitary DBSP are Force Main and
waste to the existing Sanitary Wastewater (Gravity
system to the nearby line) are not allowed to connect
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
office building. Section into it.

7.3.1.1 of DBSP.
Proposed Tie-in locations

shown on Appendix 15.2,
page 70 of 170, DBSP.
13.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY DIRECTIVES

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
The project shall also comply with requirements of Saudi Aramco Construction Safety
Manual and any other specific procedures at JGP.
DATE
Current requirements of the Area Security Operations shall be followed during the
execution of this project in coordination with the proponent, in particular, requirements for
NO.
REV
exist and entry of vehicles, materials and personnel on controlled security gates.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
Work permits procedures shall be followed in accordance with the requirement of SAES-
AUG-2015
DATE: O-202 and G. I. 2.100. Work permits shall be obtained from Area Security Operations for
PROJECT
ENGINEER thrust boring of pipes across SSD fence.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015
The LSTK CONTRACTOR and all CONTRACTOR employees, agents and
CERTIFIED SUBCONTRACTORS shall comply at all times with all applicable Saudi Arab Government
SIH
Safety, Health and Environmental Regulations and all SAUDI ARAMCO General
AUG-2015
DATE: Instructions (G.I.s), and other related rules and regulations. Specifically, CONTRACTOR
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY shall comply with the provisions of the SAUDI ARAMCO Construction Safety Manual
(SACSM), SAUDI ARAMCO Safety Handbook, all other such related requirements and
AUG-2015
DATE: any other successor manual or manuals that replace these. In case of conflicting
OPERATIONS
requirements, the most stringent requirement shall apply.
AUG-2015
DATE: LSTK CONTRACTOR shall also take or cause to be taken any additional measures under
CONTROL NUMBER
the direction of the Company Representative to prevent the injury or death of any person,
VERIFICATION
or any damage or loss of property, loss of process, or damage to the environment during
EDSD
CONTRACTOR performance of the WORK.

DATE:
BY:
Supervisory personnel or other qualified staff shall be present at the WORK Site while any
WORK is in progress. SAUDI ARAMCO reserves the right to monitor and inspect any

D
WORK Site, laydown yard, fabrication yard, clinic, camp and dining facility (on or off
(DCC) NO. _____________________
SAUDI ARAMCO property) for compliance with the above referenced Safety, Health and
Environmental Requirements.

N26 PE-A00002 95
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
SAUDI ARAMCO reserves the right to reject, remove from site, or have CONTRACTOR
destroy any tools or equipment found to be defective or of substandard quality.
ENGG CERT
SIH
Homemade, including shop made, tools are strictly prohibited.

OSM
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to identify and address all potential safety, health and
environmental issues in accordance with Saudi Aramco Safety Management Guide for
Contractor Pre-Job Safety Explanation Meetings checklist (Loss Prevention Guide 07-003-
2007).
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain work permits prior to commencement of any work in
accordance with the requirements of G. I. 2.100. Work permits shall be obtained from the
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Operations Unit responsible for the particular area where the work is to be performed.
The CONTRACTOR is required to strictly adhere to the SAUDI ARAMCO safety

regulations pertaining to fire, safety of personnel and loss prevention as prescribed in the
Saudi Aramco Construction Safety Manual, all applicable General Instructions and any
other specific procedures followed at Ju’aymah Gas Plant.
The current requirements of the SAUDI ARAMCO Area Security Operations shall be
followed with regard to exit or entry of personnel, vehicles and materials on controlled
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
security gates.
Loss Prevention Department regularly conducts fire and safety drills. The CONTRACTOR
DATE
shall be knowledgeable and shall participate if such drill is called for. Fire and Safety
watch activities when performed by the CONTRACTOR shall be in accordance with G. I.
NO.
REV
2.711, Fire and Safety Watch.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing all his personnel the required safety gear
DATE:
AUG-2015
such as safety shoes, hard hats, hearing protection, safety glasses, gloves, etc., required
PROJECT
ENGINEER during the Construction.
OSM
DATE:
AUG-2015 The CONTRACTOR shall supply all the necessary safety equipment and Personal
CERTIFIED Protective Equipment (PPE) such as safety helmets, eye and face protections, gloves,
SIH
safety harnesses, first aid kit, etc. in accordance with Saudi Aramco Construction Safety
AUG-2015
DATE: Manual.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure achieving high safety and security standards and levels
AUG-2015
DATE: of control throughout all phases of the project. The CONTRACTOR shall perform any
OPERATIONS other activity, not specifically mentioned above, but necessary to achieve Completion of
the Work.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
Isolation of electrical equipment shall conform to G. I. 6.012: Isolation, Lockout and Use of
VERIFICATION
Hold Tags.
EDSD
DATE:
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 96
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
14.0 STUDIES
ENGG CERT
SIH
14.1 Environmental Impact Assessment (Category-2)

OSM
The EIA has concluded that significant environmental impacts occurring during the
construction/demolition phase of the project can be mitigated and controlled by
implementing various recommendations provided in this report. As required by
SAEP-13, Category-2 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) was conducted and
the final report is included in Project Proposal Package as Appendix 22.5.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
14.2 Underground Radar Survey
The GPR (Ground Penetrating Radar) Mapping has been conducted during the
project proposal. The LSTK Contractor shall verify all design using the
underground radar survey report included on this package. It is a responsibility of
the LSTK Contractor to conduct additional radar mapping or exploratory excavation
pits investigation if required for detailed engineering design stage. The GPR survey
report is shown on Appendix 22.6.
14.3 Geo-Technical Survey

JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
This project conducts the Geo-technical Survey. LSTK Contractor to conduct

additional geotechnical Investigation if needed during detailed design. The Geo-
DATE
technical final report is included in Project Proposal documents as Appendix 22.9.

NO.
REV
14.4 Fire Protection Certification

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
All drawings for this project related to fire protection system have been reviewed,
AUG-2015
DATE: stamped and certified by the fire protection professional engineer accredited by
PROJECT
ENGINEER Saudi Aramco. LSTK contractor to acquire certifications from the approved third
OSM party consultant for the detailed design drawings related to fire protection systems.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH
14.5 Potable/Raw Water Flow And Pressure Test
AUG-2015
DATE:
During detailed design, LSTK Contractor to physically conduct the actual site flow
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY and pressure test to the existing 3” potable water line and 4” raw water line.
AUG-2015
DATE: 14.6 Electrical Studies & Report :
OPERATIONS
LSTK CONTRACTOR required to provide and update of:

AUG-2015
DATE:  ETAP Study
CONTROL NUMBER
 Relay Coordination Study

VERIFICATION
 Electrical Cut Over Plan report

EDSD
DATE:
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 97
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
KAS
15.0 PROJECT IMPROVEMENT EFFORT

ENGG CERT
SIH
15.1 Value Engineering Study (VE).

OSM
The Value Engineering Study is defined as the knowledge gained from experience,
successful or otherwise, for the purpose of improving future performance. Saudi
Aramco’s Value Engineering database that is administered by VPU/PMOD for on
previous projects shall be referred by the appropriate lead project team members
to ensure that all appropriate studies recorded are implemented as applicable. The
VE session was conducted on Feb. 02, 2015 at the early stage of project proposal
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
with active participation from representatives from SAPMT, Proponent and Loss
Prevention Department (LPD). The Value Engineering report is included in the
Project Proposal documents as Appendix 22.4.
15.2 Project Planning & Team Alignment (PPTA)
The Project Planning & Team Alignment is a strategic document that defines the
objectives, plans, requirements, related activities and information necessary for a
successful startup. It is a master reference guide that promotes common
understanding and alignment of all project participants. PPTA was conducted @
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
60% Project Proposal stage and report is included in Project Proposal documents
as Appendix 22.2.
DATE
15.3 Traffic Assessment (TA) Study

NO.
REV
The objective of the report is to outline the site access and circulation of light and
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER heavy vehicles (including fire truck) within the new maintenance facility as well as
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
to assess parking arrangements. IBI has conducted site survey and provided the
AUG-2015
DATE: study and report is included in Project Proposal document as Appendix 22.10. It’s
PROJECT
ENGINEER the responsibility of LSTK contractor to implement all recommendation of the study
OSM during detail design.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE: 16.0 OTHER BEST PRACTICES
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 16.1 Constructability Review
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Preliminary Constructability review is defined as effective and timely integration of
construction knowledge into the conceptual planning, design, construction and field
AUG-2015
operations of the project. The constructability study on this project is conducted on
DATE:
21st January, 2015 with active participation from SAPMT, Proponent, Operations
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
and PMOD. The constructability report is included in Project Proposal documents

as Appendix 22.3.
EDSD
DATE:
16.2 Building Risk Assessment Report (BRA)

BY:
The BRA report is included in Project Proposal package documents as Appendix


D
22.7.
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 98
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
16.3 Project Risk Management (PRM)
KAS
The Project Risk Management Planning session and workshop held on January 14
ENGG CERT
SIH
and 15, 2015 respectively, with all concern departments including Proponent,
OSM
Operations and LPD at 50% Project Proposal Stage which was followed by two
days formal Project Risk Management Session. The complete report and Risk
register is part of the Project Proposal documents as Appendix 22.8 which can be
utilized during the later phases of the project.
17.0 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
17.1 Local Manufacture
Saudi Aramco’s policy on the use of locally manufactured products shall be

adhered to and strictly enforced. Locally manufactured products approved by
Saudi Aramco as meeting its specifications and standards are listed in the IDD-
4A report. The IDD-4A report shall be attached to the contract documents
delivered to the successful construction contractor and also made available to
the detail design team for material take-off specifications. The emphasis during
design will be to utilize locally manufactured products wherever possible.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
17.2 SAMSS Stock Materials

DATE
Materials that are not available as DC surplus or SAMSS excess shall be as

much as possible obtained from the regular Saudi Aramco Material Stocks. All
materials from SAMSS shall be checked for availability in the Saudi Aramco SAP
NO.
REV
system. This requirement is for Saudi Aramco supplied materials only.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
17.3 Imported Material/Long Lead Items
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Material and products not available from Saudi firms and not manufactured in the
OSM Kingdom will have to be ordered through locally established importers. Saudi
AUG-2015
DATE: Aramco (SAPMT) will decide whether any material will be purchased by them
CERTIFIED
SIH
during the detail design stage.
AUG-2015
DATE: The lists of materials are prepared based on project proposal drawings and will
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY be included with 90% project proposal review. The material list shall be finalized
during detail design.
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015
18.0 CODES AND STANDARDS
DATE:
The design and execution of this project shall be in accordance with the applicable
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
sections of the current revision of the following Standards, Codes and reference
EDSD
documents.
DATE:
BY:
18.1 Saudi Aramco Standard Drawings

AA-036025-001 Four-Way Manhole (Electrical) Details


D
AA-036025-002 Four-Way Manhole (Electrical) Reinforcement Bar List

(DCC) NO. _____________________
AA-036322-001 Anchor Bolt Details

N26 PE-A00002 99
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
AA-036373-001 Polyvinyl Chloride (P.V.C.) Plastic Direct
KAS
AA-036373-002 Polyvinyl Chloride (P.V.C.) Plastic Direct

AA-036629-001 Detail of Riser to Hydrant and Headers from Plastic or
ENGG CERT
SIH
AA-036629-002 Detail of Riser to Hydrant and Headers from Plastic or

OSM
AA-036675-001 Direct Buried Cable Installation Det. C. Prot.

AA-036678-001 Saudi Aramco Security and General Purpose Fencing -
AA-036794-005 Cable and Conduit Layout, Service and Maintenance
AB-036273-001 Surface Marker Underground Electric Cable
AB-036319-001 Standard Sign, Danger High Voltage Keep Away
AB-036326-001 Standard Sign, Underground Electric Cable
AB-036677-001 An Overview Saudi Aramco Security and General
ISSUED FOR BID
AB-036679-001 Saudi Aramco Security and General Purpose Fencing -

DESCRIPTION
AB-036766-001 Standard Electrical Symbols One Line Diagram (Power)

AB-036766-004 Standard Electrical Symbols - Plan Layout
AB-036897-001 Buried/Underground Cable Route Marker Post and
AB-036899-001 Standard Specification For Shoring Trenches
AC-036950-001 Instrument Symbols
AD-036771-001 Detail and Design Criteria Concrete Block Retaining
AD-036771-002 Detail and Design Criteria Concrete Block Retaining
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
AD-036874-001 Installation Of Direct Buried Electric Cable And Conduit

AE-036625-001 Engineering Drawing Forms Layouts
DATE
18.2 Saudi Aramco Library Drawings

NO.
REV
DA-950068-002 Junction Box Mounting Det. Offshore. Installation Details

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER DA-950091-001 Lighting and Power Plans
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
DA-950107-001 Wheel Stop Detail
AUG-2015
DATE:
DA-950136-001 Standard Details Electrical Manholes and Hand holes
PROJECT
ENGINEER DA-950148-001 Valve Box, Poured Concrete for Pipeline Block Valve & Drains
OSM
DA-950151-001 General Notes and Instructions
AUG-2015
DATE: DA-950152-001 Substation Basis and Limitations
CERTIFIED
SIH DA-950153-002 Floor Plan - Standard Substation 15 m Wide
AUG-2015 DA-950154-002 Elevation - Standard Substation 15 m Wide
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION DA-950155-002 Section - Standard Substation 15 m Wide
AGENCY
DA-950156-002 Roof Plan and Finish Schedule - Standard Substation 15 m
AUG-2015 DA-950157-002 Door Schedule - Standard Substation 15 m Wide
DATE:
OPERATIONS DA-950158-001 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Plain Panel) Type 1
DA-950158-002 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Standard Penetration)
AUG-2015 DA-950158-003 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Personnel Door) Type 3
DATE:
DA-950158-004 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Double Door W/Transom)
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
DA-950158-005 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Double Door W/Transom)

EDSD
DA-950158-006 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Double Door) Type 6

DA-950158-007 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Double Door) Type 7
DATE:
BY:
DA-950158-008 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Corner Door) Type 8

DA-950158-009 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Corner Panel) Type 9, 9a
DA-950158-010 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Plain Corner Panel)Type 10


D
DA-950158-011 Typical Precast Internal Panel (Internal Plain Panel) Type 11

(DCC) NO. _____________________
DA-950158-012 Typical Precast Internal Panel (Standard Penetration) Type 12

N26 PE-A00002 100
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
DA-950158-013 Typical Precast Insulated Panel (Plain Panel) Type 13
KAS
DA-950159-002 Typical Connection Details-Standard Substation 15 m Wide

DA-950159-003 Typical Connection Details
ENGG CERT
SIH
DA-950159-004 Typical Steel Plate Embeds Details

OSM
DA-950159-005 Typical Steel Plate Accessories Details

DA-950160-002 Roof Double Tee Slab Layout - Standard Substation 15 m
DA-950162-001 Foundation Plan/Section - Standard Substation 15 m Wide
DA-950162-002 Foundation Layout - Standard Substation 15 m Wide
DA-950163 Typical Precast Structural Detail (6 sheets)
DA-950182-001 Parking Sunshade
DA-950182-002 Parking Sunshade Section and Details
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
DC-950043-001 Electrical Connections For Field-Mounted Instruments

DD-950022 Grounding Details (12 sheets)
DD-950025-001 Nameplate Details For Instrument Boards
DD-950114-004 Transformer Protection Delta/WYE, Normally-Open Bus Tie
DD-950114-008 Transformer Protection Delta/Wye, NC Bus Tie Greater 600V
DD-950114-009 Transformer Protection Delta/Wye, NC Bus Tie 480V LV Bus
DD-950114-017 Transformer Protection Diff. Ground Scheme Device 87N
DD-950114-019 Bus Protection, Bus Differential Scheme
DD-950114-020 Bus Protection Partial Differential Scheme Greater than 600V
JO/EWO
DD-950114-021 Bus Protection Single-Bus Over current Scheme

AUG-2015 10-01545
DD-950114-022 Bus Protection Double-Ended Bus Over current Scheme

DD-950114-023 Bus Protection Bus Differential Three Line Diagram
DATE
DD-950114-024 Bus Protection Test Switch Connections

DD-950114-025 Automatic Transfer Scheme Sec. Selective-Greater than 600V
DD-950114-026 Automatic Transfer Scheme Circ. Breakers 52-1 and 52-3
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE Automatic Transfer Scheme Circ. Breakers 52-2 and 52-4

ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH DD-950114-027 Cont. Scheme.
DATE:
AUG-2015 DD-950114-028 Automatic Transfer Scheme AC Control Power
PROJECT DD-950114-029 Automatic Transfer Scheme Prim Selective Scheme
ENGINEER
OSM
DD-950114-030 Automatic Transfer Scheme Prim Selective Scheme
AUG-2015 DD-950114-031 Automatic Transfer Scheme AC to DC Supply Transfer
DATE:
CERTIFIED DD-950114-032 Automatic Transfer Scheme AC-AC Instantaneous Transfer
SIH
DD-950114-033 Automatic Transfer Scheme AC-AC Time Delayed Transfer
DATE:
AUG-2015
DD-950114-034 AC Schematic Diag Directional Over current Scheme
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DE-950091-002 Electrical Miscellaneous Details
DE-950091-003 Electrical Miscellaneous Details
DATE:
AUG-2015
DE-950101-001 Safety Guards For Ladders, Assembly and Details
OPERATIONS DE-950149-001 Concrete Slab for Covering Underground Electric Cable
DATE:
AUG-2015 18.3 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards and Specifications
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
SAES-A-004 General Requirements for Pressure Testing

EDSD
SAES-A-104 Wastewater Treatment, Reuse and Disposal

SAES-A-112 Meteorological and Seismic Design Data
DATE:
BY:
SAES-A-113 Geotechnical Engineering Requirements

SAES-A-114 Excavation and Backfill

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 101
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
Energy Efficiency for Non-Industrial Buildings Except
KAS
SAES-A-503 Low- Rise Residential Buildings

Safety Requirement for Plant and Operation Support
ENGG CERT
SIH
SAES-B-014 Building
OSM
SAES-B-017 Fire Water System Design

SAES-B-019 Portable, Mobile and Special Fixed Firefighting
SAES-S-050 Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems in Building
SAES-B-053 Machine Safety Guarding, Elevators, Escalators, and
SAES-B-054 Access, Egress, and Materials Handling for Plant
SAES-B-057 Safety Requirements: Refrigerated and Pressure
SAES-B-067 Safety Identification and Safety Colors
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
SAES-B-068 Electrical Area Classification

SAES-B-069 Emergency Eyewashes and Showers
SAES-H-001 Coating Selection and Application Requirements for
SAES-H-003 Protective Coatings for Industrial Concrete Structures
SAES-H-101V Approved Saudi Aramco Data Sheets - Paints and
Coatings
SAES-H-102 Safety Requirements for Coating Applications
SAES-J-001 Instrumentation Index
SAES-J-002 Technically Acceptable Instrument Manufacturers
SAES-J-003 Instrumentation – Basic Design Criteria
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
SAES-J-004 Instrumentation Symbols & Identification

SAES-J-005 Instrumentation drawings & forms
DATE
SAES-J-505 Combustible Gas and Hydrogen Sulfide in Air detection

systems
SAES-J-902 Electrical Systems for Instrumentation
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
SAES-J-903 Intrinsically Safe Systems
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
ENGINEER SAES-K-001 Design and Installation of Heating, Ventilating and Air
AUG-2015
Conditioning Systems
DATE:
PROJECT
SAES-K-002 Air Conditioning Systems for Essential Operating
ENGINEER
Facilities
OSM
AUG-2015
SAES-K-003 HVAC Systems for Communication Facilities & Data
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Centers
SIH SAES-K-011 Building Management System
AUG-2015 SAES-K-100 Saudi Aramco Mechanical (HVAC) Code
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION SAES-K-101 Regulated Vendors List for Heating, Ventilating and Air
AGENCY
Conditioning (HVAC) Equipment
AUG-2015 SAES-M-001 Structural Design Criteria for Non-Building Structures
DATE:
OPERATIONS SAES-M-006 Saudi Aramco Security and General Purpose Fencing
SAES-M-100 Saudi Aramco Building Code
AUG-2015 SAES-N-004 Design and Installation of Building Thermal Envelop
DATE:
SAES-P-100 Basic Power System Design Criteria
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
SAES-P-101 Regulated Vendors List for Electrical Equipment

EDSD
SAES-P-103 UPS and DC Systems

SAES-P-104 Wiring Methods and Materials
DATE:
BY:
SAES-P-111 Grounding
SAES-P-114 Power System Protection and Control
SAES-P-116 Switchgear and Control Equipment


D
SAES-P-119 Substations
(DCC) NO. _____________________
SAES-P-121 Transformers and Reactors

N26 PE-A00002 102
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
SAES-P-123 Lighting
KAS
SAES-P-126 Power System Automation

SAES-Q-001 Criteria for Design and Construction of Concrete
ENGG CERT
SIH
Structures
OSM
SAES-Q-005 Concrete Foundations

SAES-Q-006 Asphalt and Sulfur Extended Asphalt Concrete Paving
SAES-Q-009 Concrete Retaining Walls
SAES-Q-010 Cement Based, Non-Shrink Grout for Structural and
Equipment Grouting
SAES-Q-012 Criteria for Design and Construction of Precast and Pre-
stressed Concrete Structures
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
SAES-R-004 Building Architectural Design Finishes Requirements

SAES-S-010 Sanitary Sewer
SAES-S-020 Oily Water System
SAES-S-030 Storm Water Drainage System
SAES-S-040 Document Responsibility Plumbing and Utilities
Standard Committee
SAES-S-060 Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code
SAES-S-070 Installation of Utility Piping Systems
SAES-T-151 D.C. Power Systems
SAES-T-603 Telecommunications - Safeguards and Warning Devices
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
SAES-T-625 Inter and Intra Building Fiber Optic Communication

SAES-T-628 Telecommunications - Underground Cable
DATE
SAES-T-629 Telecommunications Buried Cable and Wire

SAES-T-887 Telecommunications: Electrical Coordination - Protection
SAES-T-903 Outside Plant Electrical Protection and Grounding
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
SAES-W-011 Welding Requirements for On-Plot Piping
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015 18.4 Saudi Aramco Material System Specifications

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
01-SAMSS-005 Shop Applied, Internal Cement Mortar Lining of Steel Pipe
AUG-2015
01-SAMSS-010 Fabricated Carbon Steel Piping
DATE:
CERTIFIED
01-SAMSS-031 Product Marking for Pipe of Less than Six Inches Nominal Size
SIH 01-SAMSS-034 RTR (Fiberglass) Pressure Pipe and Fittings
DATE:
AUG-2015 01-SAMSS-035 API Line Pipe
CONSTRUCTION 02-SAMSS-005 Butt Welding Pipe Fittings
AGENCY
02-SAMSS-011 Forged Steel Weld Neck Flanges for Low and Intermediate
AUG-2015 Temperature Service
DATE:
OPERATIONS 04-SAMSS-001 Gate Valves
04-SAMSS-002 Globe Valves
AUG-2015 04-SAMSS-005 Check Valves, Swing Type
DATE:
04-SAMSS-035 General Requirements for Valves
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
04-SAMSS-048 Valve Inspection and Testing Requirements

EDSD
09-SAMSS-080 Shop-Applied Baked Internal Coating

09-SAMSS-088 Aggregates for Concrete
DATE:
09-SAMSS-097 Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete

BY:
09-SAMSS-106 Epoxy Coating of Steel Reinforcing Bars

12-SAMSS-007 Fabrication of Structural and Miscellaneous Steel


D
12-SAMSS-008 Erection of Structural and Miscellaneous Steel

(DCC) NO. _____________________
12-SAMSS-014 Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings

12-SAMSS-024 FRP Manholes and Access Cover with Frames

N26 PE-A00002 103
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
14-SAMSS-531 Power Transformers
KAS
15-SAMSS-502 Medium Voltage Power Cable 5kV through 35kV

16-SAMSS-502 Metal-Enclosed, Metal-Clad Low-Voltage Switchgear
ENGG CERT
SIH
Assemblies
OSM
16-SAMSS-503 Indoor Control Gear - Low Voltage

16-SAMSS-504 Indoor Metal-Clad Switchgear: 1 to 38kV
16-SAMSS-506 Indoor Controlgear - High Voltage
16-SAMSS-512 Outdoor Switchrack - Low Voltage
16-SAMSS-513 Power System Automation Components
16-SAMSS-518 Low Voltage Panelboards
16-SAMSS-520 Cablebus
17-SAMSS-503 Severe-Duty, Totally Enclosed, Squirrel Cage Induction Motors
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
to 250HP
17-SAMSS-511 Stationary Storage Batteries
17-SAMSS-514 Rectifier/Charger
17-SAMSS-515 Auxiliary Electrical Systems for Skid-Mounted Equipment
34-SAMSS-514 Combustible gas and Hydogen Sulphide Monitors
34-SAMSS-711 Control Valves – General Services
34-SAMSS-815 Annunciators
34-SAMSS-820 Instrument Control Cabinets – Indoor
34-SAMSS-821 Instrument Control Cabinets – Outdoor
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
34-SAMSS-831 Instrumentation for packaged units
18.5 Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures

DATE
SAEP-13 Project Environmental Impact Assessments

SAEP-14 Project Proposal
NO.
REV
SAEP-21 Royalty/Custody Metering Facilities Execution Guide

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER SAEP-110 Saudi Aramco Standard Drawings
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
SAEP-120 Saudi Aramco Security Drawings
AUG-2015
DATE: SAEP-125 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards
PROJECT
ENGINEER SAEP-128 Security and Control of Saudi Aramco Engineering Data outside
OSM of Saudi Aramco
AUG-2015
DATE: SAEP-302 Instructions for Obtaining a Waiver of a Mandatory Saudi
CERTIFIED Aramco Engineering Requirement
SIH
AUG-2015
SAEP-316 Performance Qualification of Coating Personnel
DATE: SAEP-327 Disposal of Wastewater from Cleaning, Flushing and Hydrostatic
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Tests
SAEP-332 Cathodic Protection Commissioning
AUG-2015
DATE: SAEP-368 Alarm System Management
OPERATIONS
SAEP-1023 Contractor Quality Assurance and Quality Control Requirements
SAEP-1154 Guidelines for Contractor Quality Plan
AUG-2015
DATE: SAEP-1624 Preparation of System Design Document
CONTROL NUMBER
SAEP-1626 Configuration and Graphics Guidelines

VERIFICATION
SAEP-1630 Preparation of Integration Test Procedure

EDSD
SAEP-1634 Factory Acceptance Test

DATE:
SAEP-1636 Installation and Checkout Plan

BY:
SAEP-1638 Site Acceptance Test

SAEP-3101 Equipment and Spare Parts Data Requirement for Contractor

D
Produced Equipment
(DCC) NO. _____________________
SABP-Q-004 Spread Footings Design

N26 PE-A00002 104
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
18.6 Saudi Aramco General Instructions
KAS
G. I. 1009.006 Scaffolding
G. I. 2.100 Saudi Aramco Work Permit Instructions
ENGG CERT
SIH
G. I. 6.012 Isolation, Lockouts and Use of Hold Tags

OSM
G. I. 2.102 Pressure Testing Safety

G. I. 2.102-1 Checklist for Pressure Testing Safety
G. I. 2.710 Mechanical Completion and Performance Certificates
G. I. 2.721 Electrical Arc Flash Hazards Recognition
G. I. 401.081 Performance qualification of Welders and Welding Operators
G. I. 432.000 Street and Road Closure, Excavations, Reinstatement and
Traffic Control
G.I.7.030 Inspection and testing requirements for elevating/lifting
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
equipment
SACSM Saudi Aramco Construction Safety Manual
18.7 Industry Codes and Standards

ACI Manual of Concrete Practice
ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
ASCE 7 – 05 Minimum Design Load for Buildings and other Structures
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating & Air conditioning

Engineers.
ASME B30.10 Hooks
DATE
ASME B30.17 Overhead and Gantry Cranes (Top Running Bridge Double
girder, Under Hung Hoist)
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER ASME HST-4 Performance Standard for Overhead Electric Wire Rope Hoists
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015 BICSI Building Industry Consulting Services International

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning National Association
OSM
AUG-2015
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) 2014 Ed.
DATE:
CERTIFIED NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating
SIH
Systems.
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION IBC International Building Codes
AGENCY
AISC Specification for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
AUG-2015
DATE: Steel
OPERATIONS
AWS D1.I Structural Welding Code
DATE:
AUG-2015 API RP505 1997 American Petroleum Institute
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
19.0 PAINT/COATING
DATE:
BY:
19.1 General

D
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall include all Painting/Coating works necessary to provide

(DCC) NO. _____________________
a complete, functional facility in accordance with the drawings, Codes Standards and
Specifications as detailed in Section 18 to the satisfaction of qualified Saudi

N26 PE-A00002 105
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ARAMCO Representative.
KAS
LSTK CONTRACTOR shall provide each discipline coating related specifications

ENGG CERT
SIH
requirements in a separate Index H during detail design.

OSM
19.1.1 All Structural Steel materials except ASTM A490 or ASTM 490M bolts and
crane rails shall be galvanized. Galvanizing shall be as per 12-SAMSS-007
Section 5.2.
19.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall paint all below grade concrete surfaces with two (2)
coats coal tar epoxy paint as per APCS-3 of SAES-H-101.
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
19.1.3 CONTRACTOR shall paint all above grade concrete surfaces with APCS-
1B of SAES-H-101.
19.1.4 CONTRACTOR shall paint Structural base plate and grout on foundation
with APCS-1C of SAES-H-101.
19.1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall paint underground cable markers in accordance

with the requirements of Standard Drawing AB-036326.
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
20.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

DATE
20.1 Engineering Units

All new drawings will be in English units with the corresponding SI unit values in
NO.
REV
parentheses. All existing drawing, which needs to be revised for detail design, will
D
DISCIPLINE use their original units. The DCS operator displays, process values and local
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH display will be shown in English unit of measures.
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
20.2 As-Built Drawings
OSM The project shall verify the status of existing plant drawings and upgrade all
DATE:
AUG-2015 relevant drawings to as-built status. All new drawings shall be generated in
CERTIFIED electronic format. Available drawings for this piping system are reasonably
SIH
complete. The additional information were collected during site visits and reflected
AUG-2015
DATE: in drawings. Many of the available drawings are scanned copies made of the
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
original hand-drawn drawings.
DATE:
AUG-2015 20.3 Documentation
OPERATIONS This project will fully document the control system, new installed instrument and
auxiliary systems databases, design logic and its implementation. All key drawings,
DATE:
AUG-2015 as defined in the Saudi Aramco Drafting Manual, will be supplied in Computer
Aided Drafting and Design (CADD) format. SAPMT shall submit all design
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
drawings, including “Vendor” drawings in CADD format, updated to as-built status

EDSD
to ‘PLANTDOC’ drawing system within a maximum of one year after the approval
of the Mechanical Completion Certificate (MCC). Any drawings made void will be
DATE:
BY:
deleted from the Saudi Aramco Drawings and its database updated by this project.

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 106
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
21.0 LAND USE PERMIT
KAS
ENGG CERT
Five approved Land Use Permits for the proposed facilities are included under following
SIH
attachments:
OSM
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 6 – Land Use Permit 41248 – Proposed Office Building
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 7 – Land Use Permit 41249 – Proposed Car Parking
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 8 – Land Use Permit 41250 – Proposed Shops Building
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 9 – Land Use Permit 42569 – Proposed Shipping and
ISSUED FOR BID
DESCRIPTION
Receiving Area
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 10 – Land Use Permit 43218 – Proposed Power Line Route
JO/EWO
AUG-2015 10-01545
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
OSM
AUG-2015
DATE:
CERTIFIED
SIH
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
AUG-2015
DATE:
OPERATIONS
AUG-2015
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:

D
(DCC) NO. _____________________

N26 PE-A00002 107
of
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
EDSD REV
REVISION CERTIFICATE VERIFICATION NO. DATE JO/EWO DESCRIPTION ENGG CERT PMT OPRNS
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
D AUG-2015 10-01545 ISSUED FOR BID OSM SIH KAS
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
22.0
JU’AYMAH
22.1
APPENDICES

PROJECT PROPOSAL NARRATIVE
MAINTENANCE SHOPS NORTHERN AREA

Design Basis Scoping Paper (DBSP)
DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
A N26
Approved DBSP dated: September, 2014 is attached
PLANT NO. INDEX

BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
108
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
Approved
DESIGN BASIS SCOPING PAPER
BI-10-01545
UPGRADE JUʹAYMAH SHOPS
September 2014
FACILITIES PLANNING DEPARTMENT

INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES PLANNING DIVISION
DHAHRAN
BI-10-01545 – Upgrade Juʹaymah Shops
APPROVAL SHEET
Budget Item Number: 10-01545

Budget Item Title: Upgrade Juʹaymah Shops
Approval – Proponent
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR,
INDUSTRIAL SERVICES
Signature Date
Approval – Engineering Services

MANAGER,
FACILITIES PLANNING DEPARTMENT
Signature Date
Approval – Process & Control Systems

MANAGER,
PROCESS & CONTROL SYSTEMS DEPARTMENT
(Process and Control Scope Items) Signature Date
Approval – Environmental Protection

MANAGER,
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT
(Environmental Considerations) Signature Date
Approval – Utilities
MANAGER, UD Approval is not required. It has been confirmed that
UTILITIES DEPARTMENT non-electrical utilities shall be provided by JNGLFD.
(Utilities Considerations) Signature Date
Concurrence – Construction Agency

MANAGER,
KAPSARC & COMMUNITY PROJ. DEPARTMENT
(Project Schedule Considerations) Signature Date
BI-10-01545, Approved DBSP Page 2 of 170 September 2014

UD Approval is not required. It has been confirmed that

non-electrical utilities shall be provided by JNGLFD.







KEPT BLANK TO
INSERT SIGNED
APPROVAL
SHEET

CONTRIBUTORS IDENTIFICATION PAGE
This DBSP was developed by:
FPD Team Members
Name Responsibility Division Signature Date

Mamoun Y. Naffa’a Planning Engineer IFPD/B&ISG
Assistant Planning
Belal M. Khalaf IFPD/B&ISG
Engineer
Ashfaq Noor Non-Electrical Utilities IFPD/U&EG
Mulaihan A Al-Mulaihan Communications A&PFPD/ITG
Mohammed A. Shobaily Communications A&PFPD/ITG
Mustafa Alshamali Electrical Utilities A&PFPD/PG
Ali B. Earl Electrical Utilities A&PFPD/PG
Saad M. Jasim Process Automation A&PFPD/PAG
Members from other Departments
Name Responsibility Department

Saad H. Ghamdi Proponent Representative
Omar Mana Proponent Representative


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title Page No.
1. PURPOSE OF FACILITY ........................................................................................................................... 5
2. PRESENT SITUATION ............................................................................................................................... 5
3. LOCATION ANALYSIS .............................................................................................................................. 6
3.1 PROPOSED SITE LOCATION .............................................................................................................. 6
3.2 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ...................................................................................... 6
3.3 TOPOGRAPHY OF PROPOSED SITE .....................................................................................................7
3.4 LAND USE PERMIT ........................................................................................................................... 7
4. INTERFACES ............................................................................................................................................... 7
4.1 RELATED BUDGET ITEM .................................................................................................................. 7
4.2 PROJECT PHYSICAL INTERFACES ..................................................................................................... 8
4.3 PROJECT OPERATING INTERFACES ............................................................................................... 10
4.4 DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES .............................................................................................................. 10
5. DESIGN OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................................................. 10
6. GENERAL PROJECT DESIGN BASIS .................................................................................................. 10
7. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITIES ....................................................................................... 11
7.1 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 11
7.2 EXTERIOR REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................... 13
7.3 UTILITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................... 14
7.4 FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................. 23
7.5 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES .................................................................................... 24
7.6 DEMOLOITION ................................................................................................................................ 24
8. SCOPE EVALUATIONS TO DATE ........................................................................................................ 24
8.1 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS ............................................................ 24
8.2 SCOPE RELATED ASSESSMENTS .................................................................................................... 25
9. ADDITIONAL STUDY REQUIREMENTS DURING PROJECT PROPOSAL ................................. 26
9.1 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ...................................................................... 26
9.2 SCOPE RELATED STUDIES .............................................................................................................. 27
10. CONSTRUCTIBILITY AND LOGISTICAL ASSESSMENT ................................................................. 28
11. AS-BUILT DRAWING ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................... 29
12. VALUE ENGINEERING STUDY ............................................................................................................ 29
13. SURPLUS AND EXCESS MATERIALS ................................................................................................. 29
14. PROJECT SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................................. 29
15. APPENDICES ............................................................................................................................................. 29
15.1 EXISTING FACILITIES ..................................................................................................................... 32
15.2 PROPOSED FACILITIES ................................................................................................................... 38
15.3 BUDGETARY PROJECT SCOPE DEFINITION ................................................................................. 142

1. PURPOSE OF FACILITY
The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the Company’s specialized repair services.
The proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas production by upgrading the
existing Shops in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand.
This budget item provides for construction, furnishing and equipping a 8,800 Square Meters
(SM) shops building and a 2,500 SM office building to accommodate MSSD personnel at
Juʹaymah Shops. The proposed shops building will include four shops and 40 office spaces, and
will be equipped with overhead cranes and all the required shops equipment. The proposed
office building shall include 140 office spaces, a conference room and office support space.
Some of the operational shops equipment shall be relocated from the existing MSSD facilities in
Dhahran to the proposed shop in Ju’aymah. The MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be
demolished under BI-10-01402, EXPEC Advanced Research Center Expansion - Dhahran.
2. PRESENT SITUATION
Presently, the existing Mechanical Services Shop Department (MSSD) facilities at Dhahran are
planned to be demolished to facilitate construction of the EXPEC Advanced Research Center
(ARC) Building, in line with the Dhahran Area Master Plan. Dhahran Shops is the only facility
in Saudi Aramco, which provides the required specialized services to support repairs and testing
of critical, complex, and large rotating equipment.
The MSSD shops facility at Juʹaymah shall therefore be upgraded to accommodate these
relocated, specialized repair services. The existing machine shop, welding shop, heat exchanger
shop and assembly area at Ju’aymah are currently operational, and will continue to be
operational throughout the project execution.
The existing facilities at Ju’aymah shall remain operational throughout execution of this project.
The existing facilities at Dhahran shall remain operational till completion of:
 Construction of the new facilities at Ju’aymah.
 Relocation of the MSSD shop personnel to Ju’aymah.

Refer to:
 Appendix-15.1, Attachment 1 - Arial map and location of existing MSSD facilities at

Dhahran.
 Appendix-15.1, Attachment 2 - Arial map and location of existing MSSD facilities at

Ju’aymah.

3. LOCATION ANALYSIS
3.1 Proposed Site Location
The proposed site is approximately 500 meters to the south of Ju’aymah Bulk Plant, as
shown in the following attachments:
Appendix-15.2, Attachment 1 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah

Office Building.

Car Parking.

Shop Building.
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 4 – Location of Site For The Proposed Shipping and
Receiving Area
Appendix 15.2 Attachment 5 – Location of Site For The Proposed Power Line Route
The proposed site in Ju’aymah includes the following existing shops in operation:
 A machine shop building.
 A welding shop building.
 A heat exchanger shop building and an assembly area.
The proposed site includes metal storage racks, which shall be relocated outside the site by
MSSD before ERA date of the project.
The proposed facilities shall be located at Ju’aymah, considering the following factors:
 The proposed facilities shall provide synergy with existing facilities.
 Scope shall be optimized to minimize existing capital and utilities costs.
 The proposed facilities shall be located to provide integration with existing facilities
to streamline operation and increase efficiency and productivity.
 The proposed facilities shall not affect the operational existing shops at Ju’aymah.
3.2 Temporary Construction Facilities
Location of site for temporary construction facilities, if required, shall be determined

during Project Proposal stage.

3.3 Topography of Proposed Site
The proposed site has an approximate area of 42,600 (SM). The site is relatively flat and
partially asphalt paved. Minimal site development is required.
3.4 Land Use Permit
Three approved Land Use Permits for the proposed facilities are included under following
attachments:
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 6 – Land Use Permit 41248 – Proposed Office Building
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 7 – Land Use Permit 41249 – Proposed Car Parking
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 8 – Land Use Permit 41250 – Proposed Shops Building
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 9 – Land Use Permit 42569 – Proposed Shipping and
Receiving Area
Appendix 15.2, Attachment 10 – Land Use Permit 43218 – Proposed Power Line Route
4. INTERFACES
4.1 Related Budget Items
This budget item is supportive of the following budget item:
 BI-10-01402 EXPEC Advanced Research Center - Dhahran.

(ERA: 2/15; ERC: 12/19)
This budget item provides for constructing, furnishing and equipping a 52,100
Square Meters (SM) EXPEC ARC facilities in Dhahran. The proposed facilities
consist of 21,700 SM of laboratory space, 12,000 SM of office space, and 18,300
SM of support space. Also, a 25,500 SM open parking lot will be provided. The
existing lab space in Building No. 2291 will be utilized by R&DC. The required
lab equipment to support the new Company goal will be purchased under future
Advanced Research Center master appropriation budget items.
This budget item shall demolish the existing MSSD facilities at Dhahran. The
demolition at Dhahran and relocation of shop functions to Ju’aymah shall be
planned to eliminate/minimize disruption in providing MSSD repair services.
There are several design and construction synergy opportunities between BI-10-
01545 and BI-10-01402, related to relocation of shops equipment from existing
MSSD shops at Dhahran to the upgraded MSSD shops at Ju’aymah.

Proposed project interface schedule was developed by PMOD, and is included in

Appendix 15.2, Attachment 24.
4.2 Project Physical Interfaces
4.2.1 Non-Electrical Utilities
The existing non-electrical utilities serving Ju’aymah Shops upgrade have been
identified. The new facilities proposed under this budget item shall be directly
located adjacent to existing facilities and shall share the existing non-electrical
utilities. The following interfaces shall exist with the existing facilities:
 Raw/Irrigation Water.
 Firewater.
 Drinking Water.
 Sanitary Wastewater.
 Storm Water Drainage.
 Compressed Air.
For location of existing utilities service lines, refer to Appendix-15.1, Attachment 3a

– Existing Non-Electrical Utilities.
4.2.1.1 Raw/Irrigation Water
This budget item shall connect the new 4-inch raw water piping of the
proposed office building to the existing 4-inch raw fire water supply pipe.
This budget item shall connect the new 2-inch raw water piping of the
proposed shops building to the existing 2-inch main raw water supply pipe.
4.2.1.2 Firewater
This budget item shall connect the new 6-inch firewater piping of the
proposed office building to the existing 12-inch main fire water supply pipe.
This budget item shall connect the new 6-inch firewater piping of the
proposed shops building to the existing 6-inch main fire water supply pipe.
4.2.1.3 Drinking Water
This budget item shall connect the new 3-inch drinking water piping of the
proposed office building to the existing 3-inch main drinking water supply
pipe.

This budget item shall connect the new 2-inch drinking water supply piping of
the proposed shops building to the existing 2-inch main drinking water pipe
located south of the existing Machine shop Unit (MSU).
4.2.1.4 Wastewater
This budget item shall connect the new 4-inch wastewater piping of the
proposed office building to the existing 4-inch main wastewater supply pipe.
This budget item shall connect the new 4-inch wastewater piping of the
proposed shops building to the existing 4-inch main wastewater pipe.
4.2.1.5 Storm Water Drainage
This budget item shall connect surface water drainage to the existing storm
water open trench running along the fenced area.
4.2.1.6 Compressed Air
This budget item shall connect the new 2-inch compressed air piping of the
proposed shops building to the existing 2-inch main compressed air supply
pipe.
4.2.2 Electrical Utilities
The necessary electrical power for the proposed shop buildings shall be supplied from
an existing substation at the Ju’aymah Gas Plant via 13.8kV power distribution loops
available in the vicinity.
4.2.3 Communication
The communications equipment at the new office building, and shops building shall
be connected to the Access Layer equipment at the old Admin Building in Ju’aymah
via new Fiber Optic Cables (FOCs). The project shall upgrade existing Access Layer
equipment to allow the connectivity to the Corporate Data Network.
This project shall also provide Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) for the
communications equipment.
Refer to Appendix-15.1, Attachment 3b Existing Communication Fibers Manholes.
4.2.4 Automation Physical Interfaces
The main Fire Alarm Control Panel of the proposed facilities shall be connected to
the main Fire Station.

4.3 Project Operating Interfaces
There will be no operating interfaces between the proposed facilities at Ju’aymah and the
existing MSSD facilities at Dhahran. The proposed facilities shall be constructed and made
operational in MSSD in Ju’aymah before starting to demolish the existing buildings and
shops in Dhahran under BI-10-01402.
The new shops equipment shall be housed in the proposed shops facilities. The existing
equipment which will be relocated from MSSD Dhahran facilities shall be housed in the
proposed and existing shops facilities at Ju’yamah. The relocated equipment shall be made
operational prior to releasing the existing MSSD facility in Dhahran.
Coordination with the proponent and the construction agency is required during Project
Proposal stage to develop workable plan and schedule for connection of the primary power
supply, communication and other utilities to the existing networks, relocating the affected
users and equipment with minimal impact to the operations.
The proposed site includes metal storage racks, which shall be relocated outside the site by
MSSD before ERA date of the project.
4.4 Demolition Activities
This Budget Item shall only include demolition of the existing shaded shipping and
receiving area at Ju’aymash, to prevent obstructing construction of the proposed facilities.
The MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be demolished under BI-10-01402.
5. DESIGN OBJECTIVES
The primary objective of this budget item is to construct, furnish and equip a new shops building
and a new office building adjacent to existing MSSD shops at Ju’aymah area to enhance
capabilities of specialized repairs services and capitalize on existing repair services and utilities.
The site development shall consider locating and designing the new facilities at Ju’aymah to
allow integration and synergy with the existing operational facility in Ju’aymah.
6. GENERAL PROJECT DESIGN BASIS
The scope of this budget item is based on the total area required to construct and furnish a new
shops building and a new office building with its indoor, outdoor and associated support
facilities, adjacent to existing MSSD shops at Ju’aymah. The proposed facilities include
furnished and equipped shops building to house an electrical repair, a machine shop and two
mechanical repair shops, to provide the required specialized repair services to support repairs and
testing of critical, complex, and large rotating equipment.

The new facilities proposed to be constructed shall house the new equipment. The existing
operational at Ju’aymah shop prior to phasing-out and demolishing the existing Dhahran Shops
under BI-10-01402.
The design and construction of all facilities shall comply with all applicable Saudi Aramco and
international standards including IBC-2009, SAES-B-014, SASD-Series, SAES-K-001, SAES-
M-100, SAES-N-004, SAES-P-123, SAES-R-004, SAES-S-060, SAES-A-114, SAES-A-104,
SASC-Series, SAES-P-100, SAES-B-017, SAES-B-019, SAES-P-111, SAES-L-132 and SMG
07-005-2012. Also, the project shall employ internationally recognized electrical industry best
practices to support this project.
Targeting a specific LEED certification for buildings is not currently a Saudi Aramco
requirement and might impose additional cost. However, adhering to all Saudi Aramco
standards related to energy efficiency and following adequate construction procedures could
allow obtaining a LEED certification, which would be an added benefit.
7. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITIES
The project scope definition presented in this section is fixed, unless the Project Proposal
engineering contractor is able to successfully demonstrate to FPD that there is a more
economical (i.e., cost effective) means of achieving the project's stated purpose (i.e., Business
Objective), given the anticipated operating environment. The Project Proposal engineering
contractor shall further define the actual facilities to be built (i.e., how the required capabilities
are to be achieved), consistent with the project's stated purpose and the anticipated operating
environment.
The facilities capacities and/or ratings provided in this DBSP are for budgetary scope definition
and cost estimates, and shall be modified/adjusted as required during Project Proposal
development. Scope changes, as defined by SAEP-14, during Project Proposal development
shall be reviewed by Facilities Planning Department prior to their incorporation in the scope to
assess their justification, cost and schedule impact. The Project Proposal shall include a separate
section listing all the changes.
7.1 Building Requirements
This budget item shall provide for the construction, furnishing and equipping of a new
shops building, a new office building, and associated support facilities to enhance shops
services provided at MSSD facility in Ju’aymah.
The scope of this budget item does not include any buildings scope for the existing MSSD
shops facilities at Ju’aymah or Dhahran.

7.1.1 General
Project Proposal shall indicate on the floor plan of the proposed facilities the building
occupancy classification and the type of construction in a table format. In addition,
Project Proposal shall indicate on the same table the following information: size of
the floor/building, occupancy classification of the main use of the building, type of
construction approved for the building, and the fire protection/detection features
approved for the building. Environmental compliance function should review the
Project Proposal drawings and approve it prior to execution.
7.1.2 Architectural Design
 The proposed building is classified Tier 3, as defined in SAES-R-004.
 All interior and exterior finishes/material shall be specified and finalized in

compliance with SAES-R-004.
 All exterior appearance and finishing shall be in harmony with the existing
MSSD surrounding facilities at Ju’aymah.
7.1.3 Shops Building
The proposed shops building shall be one-story high with a total design capacity of
240 persons and a total floor area of approximately 8,800 SM.
The proposed shops building shall include all assigned shop space which consists of:
one electrical repair shop, one machine shop and two mechanical shops. For each
shop, the assigned shop space includes work bays, work benches, equipment space,
consumable material storage area, needed gas cylinders storage area, locker room,
and hand tools storage area.
The shops floor area shall be designed to:
 Structurally support the heavy equipment listed in Appendix 15.2, Attachment

16 – List of Required Shop Equipment.
 Have extended height to accommodate the required lift of the overhead

cranes.
 Consider including the appropriate acoustic noise reduction measures, at

reasonable cost and as applicable.
In addition, the Shops building shall include 40 offices, a training room, a filing
room, storage spaces, a printer room, a coffee/tea room, and circulation.
Furthermore, the office building shall include: electrical, mechanical and

communication rooms, air lock room, toilets and janitor room.

Refer to Appendix 15.2, Attachment 11 – Space Program for The Proposed

Buildings.
7.1.4 Office Building
The proposed office building shall be 2-story high with a total floor area of
approximately 2,500 SM. The building shall include a total of 140-offices, 4-
conference rooms, a training/learning/meeting room, filing rooms, storage, 3-printer
rooms, 5-coffee/ tea rooms, and provides for circulation area.
In addition, the office building shall include: an entrance/lobby, electrical, mechanical

and communication rooms, air locks, toilets and janitor room.
The office space shall be designed to consider including the appropriate acoustic
noise reduction measures, at reasonable cost and as applicable.
See Appendix 15.2, Attachment 11 – Space Program for The Proposed Buildings.
7.2 Exterior Requirements
7.2.1 Site Development
The proposed site has an approximate area of 42,600 SM. The site is relatively flat
and partially asphalt paved. Minimal site development is required.
The site shall be cleaned from debris, and suitable fill material shall then be added
and compacted as applicable. The site shall be developed for construction of the
proposed facilities. The site shall be fully asphalt paved and graded as required to
prevent storm water flooding and formation of water ponds in vicinity of the
proposed facilities. Swales shall be provided as required to facilitate storm water
drainage.
The site development shall consider locating the proposed facilities within the site in
order to allow future facility expansion within the site.
The proposed site includes metal storage racks, which shall be relocated outside the
site by MSSD before ERA date of the project.
7.2.2 Shipping And Receiving Area
A new 900 SM shipping and receiving area shall be provided adjacent to the proposed
Shops Building, within the site. The shipping and receiving area shall be shaded.
This is a replacement of the existing shipping and receiving area which shall be
demolished per Section 4.4.

7.2.3 Roads and Traffic
This budget item shall provide adequate roadway network to serve the proposed
facilities. Access to the proposed site shall be designed based on traffic analysis of
expected vehicular trips with consideration of parking and circulation. During Project
Proposal, Auto-Turn software shall be used to depict the design truck access for
loading & unloading area.
7.2.4 Landscaping
The area around the proposed facilities shall be landscaped for minimal maintenance
and low water consumption by providing landscaping materials together with the
required irrigation system.
7.2.5 Fencing
Fencing is not required around all the proposed facilities. Only the outdoor storage
yard shall be surrounded with a wire mesh fence.
The site of the proposed facilities is inside the secured existing MSSD site.
7.2.6 Parking
This budget item shall provide expansion of the existing Employee vehicle parking,
to accommodate additional shaded parking for 150 vehicles. The parking spaces shall
be located around the proposed facilities to best serve the parking users. Users of the
proposed facilities shall utilize the existing parking for MSSD, which is close to the
site of the proposed facilities. For location refer to Appendix-15.2, Attachment 7 –
Land Use Permit 41249 – Proposed Car Parking
7.2.7 Bus Stop
This budget item shall not provide any new bus stop. The existing bus stop shall
serve users of the existing and new facilities at Ju’aymah.
7.3 Utility Requirements
7.3.1.1 General
This section provides a preliminary DBSP scope to obtain a budgetary cost

estimate for the raw water, potable water, sanitary wastewater, firewater and
storm water systems and the HVAC systems for the proposed facilities. The
project proposal shall verify this preliminary scope, and adjust it as required.
It is expected that the existing drinking water, raw water, sanitary wastewater,
firewater and storm water and compressed air systems in the vicinity of the

proposed buildings sites will have the capacity to accommodate the demands
of this project. Therefore, the existing systems shall be used to serve the
proposed shop building and the office building. The project proposal shall
verify that existing non electrical utilities have the capacity to support the
additional scope requirements
All sizing and quantities provided in this section are preliminary and shall be
confirmed during the project proposal. All material of construction shall
follow the applicable Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.
The project proposal shall include designs to connect the raw and drinking
water service to the proposed building nearby or at existing valve boxes.
Refer to Appendix-15.2, Attachment 13 – Proposed Approximate Tie-ins to

Existing Non-electrical Utilities
7.3.1.2 Drinking Water System
The use of drinking water is intermittent in nature and shall be limited to as

human consumption. The existing facilities are expected to be adequate for
any additional requirements and no expansions are anticipated. However, the
existing distribution headers shall be extended to the new buildings. The
locations of the tie-in points shall ensure that fluid velocities and minimum
pressure levels required by existing facilities are maintained.
7.3.1.3 Raw Water System
The use of raw water is intermittent in nature and shall be limit to wash rooms
and other general purpose use in the new buildings. The existing facilities are
expected to be adequate for any additional requirements and no expansions
are anticipated. However, the existing distribution headers shall be extended
into new facility. The locations of the tie-in points shall ensure that the fluid
velocities and minimum pressure levels required by existing facilities are
maintained.
7.3.1.4 Sanitary Wastewater System
Sanitary wastewater generated by new building shall be routed into the

existing sanitary water distribution system. The existing sanitary wastewater
facilities are expected to be adequate for any additional requirements.
However, this project shall provide the necessary manhole and drainage
piping to gravity drain the sanitary waste to the existing system to the nearby
Office building.

7.3.1.5 Firewater System
7.3.1.5.1 Fire Protection System
The risk area of the new facility shall be covered by the existing
firewater system. The existing facilities are expected to be adequate
for any additional requirements and no expansions are anticipated.
This project shall extend the existing firewater system to provide
the firewater requirement to the new shops building and for the
office building. The locations of the tie-in points shall ensure that
the fluid velocities and minimum pressure levels required by
existing facilities are maintained.
The project shall use cement lined carbon steel for above grade
and Reinforced Thermoplastic Resin (RTR) pipe for underground
firewater piping and shall provide hydrants, hose reels and portable
fire extinguishers where required. The project shall also provide
sprinkler system based on the occupancy type and area size of the
building.
7.3.1.5.2 Fire Alarm and Detection System
The project shall provide, as a minimum, fire alarm and detections

systems for the project-provided mechanical services shop and
office building.
The buildings’ Fire Alarm Control Panels shall be connected to the

main Fire Station and the associated buildings’ HVAC system.
During project proposal, based on the Building Risk Assessment

and SAES-M-100, the final automated fire alarms and protections
requirements shall be defined and finalized.
7.3.1.6 Stormwater Drainage Systems
Stormwater and clean wash water shall be surface drained to the surrounding
area. The site shall be graded to prevent stormwater accumulation and runoff
from affecting the existing adjacent facilities Drainage structures shall be
provided as required to facilitate storm water drainage and shall be tie-in to
the existing stormwater drainage system. Stormwater runoff from the
completed facilities shall not adversely impact the surrounding areas.
Consulting Services Department and Loss Prevention Department shall be

consulted early in project proposal development to ensure that adequate
design parameters are used for the design of the wastewater collection
systems.

7.3.1.7 Compressed Air Systems
The existing compressed air facilities are adequate to provide any additional
requirements for the proposed new shop building and no expansion is
proposed. The existing compressed air headers shall be extended into new
facility areas, as required. The locations of the tie-in points shall ensure that
fluid velocities and minimum pressure levels required by existing facilities are
maintained.
7.3.1.8 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
7.3.1.8.1 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
The information in this section is for conceptual cost estimating

purposes only, the actual cooling loads and equipment selection
shall be determined during the project proposal.
The proposed facilities shall include approximately 9,800 SM of air

conditioned floor space including the following:
 Electrical Repair Unit and Test Bed Area
 Mechanical Repair Shop Unit I
 Mechanical Repair Unit II
 Machine Shop (Large Machine)
 Shop Support (including Loading / Unloading)
 Additional Shop (2area) Offices
 Two Story Office Building
It is estimated that a total of 500 tons of heating and cooling load of

depending on buildings design will be required.
The following section provides the scope for the HVAC Systems
for the proposed building.
7.3.1.8.2 Building Air-Conditioning (AC) Plant
It is recommended that the proposed facilities shall be equipped

with a dedicated, air cooled chilled water plant to be pad mounted at
a wind deflected site adjacent to the this buildings. The AC system
shall require 3 phase 480 Volt power as primary power supply and
single phase, 115 Volt power for control systems.

The following sections provide scope details:
 Chiller Design
The new AC plant design shall include two new (both

operating) 250-ton reciprocal liquid chillers producing 7.2
*C (45 *F) chilled water based on an 8-10 *F temperature
rise. Each factory assembled air-cooled water chiller unit
shall utilize HFC-134a refrigerant. Each packaged chiller
unit shall include multiple, screw compressors. And each
compressor shall have independent circuit and shall be
equipped with attenuator. The screw compressor shall be
high efficient type.
 Chilled Water
Chilled water shall be pumped to the buildings air handling

equipment via multiple (1 stand-by) centrifugal type
recirculating pumps to be installed in a new mechanical
room within the proposed building area. All chilled water
distribution piping must be PVC or cement lined carbon
steel. Chilled water piping shall be insulated in accordance
with SAES standards. A metered connection regulated by
automatic pressure control to the drinking water system is
required to provide make-up water to the closed looped
chilled water system.
 Air Handling/Temperature Control System
Air handling systems shall consist of cooling/dehumidifying

chilled water coils, fans, return and outside air ducts.
Variable air volume (VAV) air distribution system with
reheat coils for perimeter zones is specified. The
conditioned air will be routed to service areas via insulated
ducts where it will be supplied through the VAV distribution
system. Air handling units should be installed in
mechanical rooms on each floor of the new building and in
the workshop. Disposable air filters shall be provided for
each air-handling unit.
 Building Heat
Building spaces with air conditioning will have duct heaters

installed at the individual VAV air distribution boxes.
Ventilated spaces shall utilize radiant heaters.

 Design Conditions
The design conditions presented in SAES-K-001, Saudi

Aramco Mechanical (HVAC) Code, should be utilized for
the design of the proposed HVAC systems. Ambient design
conditions shall be in accordance with SAES-A-112,
Environmental and Seismic Design Criteria.
 General
The AC loads utilized in this section are estimates and are

not design values. The actual HVAC loads and equipment
sizes for the new building should be calculated and
confirmed by the BI-10-01545 project proposal team using
Saudi Aramco approved HVAC design software program.
Electrical loads supporting the AC and heating systems
should be confirmed during the project proposal study and
the existing power distribution system checked for available
capacity.
The electrical power system for the proposed consolidated shop and associated
facilities at Ju’aymah Northern Area shops shall be designed to provide a safe,
reliable, and adequate power supply under all operating conditions. Estimated power
requirement are 3.125MVA for the Shop & 10 MVA for the Motor Testing Facility.
Based upon preliminary load analysis, existing power supply sources (refer to
Appendix 15.1, Attachment 4a & 4b) in the vicinity of the proposed facilities can
provide the primary power supply for all new loads.
7.3.2.1 Electrical Distribution System
The electrical power system for the proposed MSSD Shop facilities shall
include electrical power distribution at 13.8kV, 480 V, and 400/230VAC as
indicated in Appendix 15.2, Attachment 15 – Proposed Electrical Distribution
System – One Line Diagram.
The power system configuration and all electrical equipment ratings and sizes
that may be indicated in this section and the Budgetary Estimate are
conceptual and not actual design values. The existing electrical system
capacity, total anticipated loads, service connection points, actual equipment
selection and ratings, cable routing, and other specifications for the proposed
project shall be determined and/or confirmed during the Project Proposal
Phase. The primary source of power for this facility shall be from existing
13.8 kV distribution circuits available in the vicinity of the proposed facility.
The scope includes but is not limited to the following major item:

7.3.2.2 Primary Power Supply
Utilize existing spare 13.8 kV in Substation no. 3 (Appendix 15.1 attachment

#4), switchgear SWGR-R82-P-321, breakers 6A and 6B. Two new vacuum
breakers, which are compatible with the existing switchgear, shall be installed
in the existing spaces available in the switchgear R82-P-321. The vendor
confirmation is attached in Appendix 15.2, Attachment 25. Then install 2km
of underground cables from the breakers to the 13.8kV switchgear located in
the facility Electrical Equipment Room to serve the proposed maintenance
facility.
7.3.2.3 MSSD Shop Facility
Provide an air-conditioned electrical equipment room for the power

distribution equipment. The electrical equipment room shall contain a double-
ended 13.8kV switchgear, 480V switchgear, 480V motor control gear (MCC),
480V distribution panels, 400/230V distribution, control and wiring as
required for the loads; lighting control panel, and sub distribution power
panels, control wiring; power receptacles, all required indoor/outdoor lighting,
grounding, and other equipment necessary to operate the proposed buildings
facility. The electrical equipment room shall be equipped with industrial
grade key locks on all doors and a small portal window on the doors to view
room interior prior to entry.
 Install cable bus from the power transformers to 480 V switchgear
 Install properly sized dry type distribution transformers at 480-

400/230V, 400/230V distribution panels, and wiring for small power
& lighting loads as required.
 Install power supply circuits for each HVAC unit and other auxiliary
support loads.
 Install power supply circuits for the 50 & 100 ton crane, auxiliary
cranes, and other heavy shop machinery.
 Install power supply for all instrumentation, communications, and

building monitoring systems.
 Install power supply for Life Safety systems including fire alarm and
fire detection systems and exit signs.
 Install all interior & exterior lighting systems including those

associated with but not limited to offices, conference rooms,
equipment rooms, workshops, walkway, roadways, parking, load
docks, security, and landscaping.

 Install complete grounding system for new facilities using appropriate

grounding fittings and connect to the existing ground grid.
7.3.2.4 High Power Motor Testing Equipment
Install a complete integral electric motor testing facility including all test
equipment for load and no-load testing of all types of AC and DC motors,
traction motors, synchronous motors, induction motors, shunt-wound,
compound-wound, and series-wound motors. The testing facility shall be
suitable for testing fractional up to 34,000 HP motors at voltages up to
13.8kV. The power supply source shall be from the 13.8kV switchgear.
7.3.2.5 Grounding System
Install a grounding system network and interconnect with existing system.

Including buried copper wire loops, grounding rods for perimeter grid around
skids, equipment pads, metallic storage tanks, and other equipment.
7.3.2.6 Energy Management and Conservation
Electrical equipment, apparatus, and lighting shall be energy efficient and

meet the requirements of International Energy Conservation Code (IECC).
Exterior lighting shall be controlled by photoelectric cells unless specified

otherwise.
7.3.2.7 Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting shall be provided for the proposed Shops Building and
Office Building, in accordance with Saudi Aramco standards.
7.3.3 Communications
This budget item shall provide Voice over IP (VoIP), data network connectivity, and
backup analog telephone services to the new Office Building and Shops Building in
Ju’aymah. Also, the project shall provide video-conferencing and wireless network
coverage services to the new Office Building.
7.3.3.1 Telecomm Equipment Room and Cabinets
All manned buildings shall be provided with Telecommunications Equipment

Rooms (TERs). In particular, this budget item shall provide a primary 3x4 m2
TER at the communications access point within the new Office Building and a
smaller 2x2 m2 TER in the new Office Building’s second floor and the Shops
Building. TERs shall be positioned in a way that ensures that the distance
between the TER and network outlet doesn’t exceed 100 meters. All TERs
shall be equipped with combination locks.

7.3.3.2 Outside Plant (OSP) Cabling
The budget item shall also provide approximately 100 meters, 280 meters and
380 meters of 12-strand FOCs to connect the new Office Building and Shops
Building to the old Office Building, respectively, through SMH#2.
FOCs between SMH#2 and the new Office Building and Shops Building shall
be placed in 4x4” conduit systems.
The project shall provide each of the three new buildings with 10 pairs of
copper cables to enable emergency analog telephone services.
Required maintenance holes, pedestals and duct banks shall be provided.

Splicing of the new copper cables and FOCs shall be performed at SMH#2.
Refer to Appendix 15.1, Attachment 10 - Proposed Potential Fiber Connection

Points.
7.3.3.3 Data Network Equipment
This budget item shall provide Layer 2 access switches with Multi-Protocol
Label Switching (MPLS), Quality of Service (QoS), Power over Ethernet
(PoE), SM Gigabit Ethernet uplink interface, and security supported. The
switches shall be equipped with ports that provide network connectivity to
110 and 50 at the new Office Building and Shops Building, respectively,
excluding printers, video conference devices and other networked devices.
Equipment shall be based on products supplied under ER-10-00074.
7.3.3.4 Telephony Services
The budget item shall provide telephone services, i.e. Voice over IP (VoIP)
and analog lines. The VoIP services shall be connected to the corporate data
network through existing Communications Centers in Dhahran and Abqaiq
and Line Access Gateway (LAG) in Ju’aymah. VoIP services shall be
provided to 110 and 50 users at the new Office Building and Shops Building,
respectively. Furthermore, the budget item shall provide telephone sets. The
project shall also provide one (1) emergency analog telephone line to each of
the new buildings. Equipment shall be based on products supplied under ER-
10-00246.
7.3.3.5 Structured Cable System (SCS)
Category 6 (CAT-6) Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables shall be used

between patch panels and network outlets within work areas. Each work area
(e.g., cubical, office) shall be provided with two network outlets with two
CAT-6 drops for each jack. The project shall also provide all other required
SCS components, including termination blocks, distribution conduits, outlets,
cable trays, patch panels, racks and grounding system.

7.3.3.6 Wireless LAN
This budget item shall provide 802.11 b/g/n Wireless Local Area Network
(WLAN) Access Points (APs) at the new Office Building. The WLAN APs
shall be connected to and powered by the Layer 2 access switches. Existing
WLAN controllers shall be utilized to control the new APs.
7.3.4 Building Management System
Building Management System (BMS) is not required under this BI for the proposed
facilities.
7.4 Furniture and Equipment Requirements
This budget Item shall provide all the required furniture and equipment for the proposed
facilities.
All furniture provided under this budget item shall be new. Furniture includes all chairs,
tables, conference tables, workstations, signage system, and planters. No computer
equipment will be provided under this budget item.
The new shops equipment shall be housed in the proposed shops facilities. The existing
operational prior to releasing the existing MSSD facility in Dhahran.
Also, this budget item shall install the relocated equipment in the proper location in
Ju’aymah facilities. All relocated shop equipment shall be re-commissioned at Ju’aymah to
function satisfactorily.
Any relocated shop equipment, which cannot be re-commissioned to function satisfactorily

after its relocation by the Construction Agency (PMT), shall be turned over to Mechanical
Services Shops Department for repair or replacement in kind utilizing the project funds, as
required. This will ensure that all required shop equipment shall be provided under this
budget item, without impacting the planned completion date.
Additionally, this budget item shall provide and install any additionally required new
equipment in the proposed shop facilities. Testing and pre-commissioning of all equipment
shall be part of the scope.
Proper provision for efficient and functional operation of all equipment and overhead
cranes shall be implemented in the design and in pre-commissioning of proposed facilities.
Coordination with the proponent and the construction agency is required during Project
Proposal stage to develop workable plan and schedule for connection of the primary power
supply, communication and other utilities to the existing networks, relocating the affected
users and equipment with minimal impact to the operations of MSSD in Dhahran and
Ju’aymah.

Refer to Appendix 15.2, Attachment 16 - List of Required Shops Equipment, and

Attachment 19 – List of Approved Equipment Relocation Contractors.
7.5 Temporary Construction Facilities
All temporary construction facilities, if required, including electrical and non-electrical

utilities and communications services required during construction shall be provided by this
budget item. This includes installation and removal of all temporary construction facilities
required by the construction contractor and construction agency.
All temporary facilities shall be constructed in accordance with SMG 07-005-2012

(Application of Saudi Aramco Building Code to Contractor Camps and Project Support
Buildings).
7.6 Demolition
This Budget Item shall only include demolishing the existing shaded shipping and
receiving area at Ju’aymah, to prevent obstructing construction of the proposed facilities. A
replacement shaded shipping and receiving area is included in Section 7.2.2.
This budget item does not include demolition of any existing MSSD Dhahran facilities.
These facilities shall be demolished under BI-10-1402. Refer to Section 4.4.
8. SCOPE EVALUATIONS TO DATE
The scope analysis for this budget item has been completed and the results have been
incorporated into the DBSP. The analysis findings have been reviewed and agreed to by the
proponent. The analysis includes the following evaluations:
8.1 Health, Safety, and Environmental Assessments
8.1.1 Preliminary Hazard Analysis
A preliminary hazard analysis has not been conducted but full Hazard Analysis shall
be required as part of the project proposal phase. Items to be included in hazard
analysis include:
 Hazardous waste collection and disposal.
 Hazardous chemical and gas storage, distribution and requirements for

dedicated exhaust.
 Transport, storage and use of hazardous materials.
 Emergency conditions and appropriate responses of building systems to

monitor, alarm and mitigate hazards.

 Standard Operating Procedures relative to environmental, health and safety

concerns.
8.1.2 Environmental Impact Statement
The environmental impact will result from the anticipated waste and pollutants
generated from the construction and operation of the proposed facilities. These
environmental impacts are likely to be minor, can be substantially mitigated, and will
not significantly impact areas beyond the site boundary.
8.1.3 HSE Checklist
During the development of the DBSP, a Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE)
checklist was developed. The checklist includes recommendations regarding items
that were identified during the review. The HSE checklist is provided in Appendix
15.2, Attachment 17 – Health, Safety and Environment Checklist.
8.2 Scope Related Assessments
8.2.1 Review of PMT Lessons Learned
The following relevant PMT lessons learned were reviewed during the development
of this DBSP:
 Conduct Site Survey and Geotechnical Investigation During Project Proposal

(sapd-033).
 Common Civil-Electrical Design Interface Problem - Electrical Manhole

Design (crwr-130).
 Anchor Bolt Design and Installation Problems (insp-111).
 Current Practices in Structural Steel Design (hnrp-055).
 Common Scope Definition Pitfalls when Project Interfaces with Existing

Utility Systems (crwr-267).
 Managing the Impact of other Projects on Your Project’s Utilities and

Infrastructure (napd-093).
 Empowerment of Construction Contractors Safety Personnel (manifa-203).
 Constructability Issues for a Building Project (sapd-080).
 Combine Projects with Technical Similarities and Geographical Proximity

into a Single Contract (ppd-196).

A copy of the lessons learned listed above is included in Appendix 15.2, Attachment
18 – List of lessons learned.
8.2.2 Space Program Assessment
A study of the present and future requirements was conducted to assess MSSD’s shop
and office space requirements, and equipment requirements.
Results of the study were included in the space program of the proposed facilities.
See Appendix 15.2, Attachment 11 - Space program for The Proposed Buildings.
9. ADDITIONAL STUDY REQUIREMENTS DURING PROJECT PROPOSAL
9.1 Health, Safety, and Environmental Studies
9.1.1 Preliminary Hazard Analysis
A detailed Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PrHA) shall be conducted during Project

Proposal.
9.1.2 Building Risk Assessment
The PMT with the participation of Proponent, P&CSD and Loss Prevention
Department shall conduct building risk assessments during Project Proposal, as per
SAES-B-014.
9.1.3 Vehicular Access, Circulation and Traffic Study
A detailed vehicular access, circulation and traffic study shall be completed by 30

percent Project Proposal phase. The study shall establish the basis for designing
access to the proposed site based on traffic analysis of expected car volume and
circulation pattern. Also, Auto-Turn software shall be used to depict the design truck
access for service, loading and unloading area.
9.1.4 Fire Access Requirements Assessment
An assessment in coordination with the Fire Protection Department shall be

conducted during Project Proposal phase to confirm that access and maneuverability
are appropriate for fire access requirements to the proposed facilities.
9.1.5 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
With regard to environmental impact, this project is considered to be a Category 2

project, as defined in SAEP-13.
A Category 2 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) shall be completed by the

30% Project Proposal stage and shall be treated as a primary design objective in

accordance with SAEP-13. The project EIA shall detail the ambient environmental
conditions before the project becomes operational. Waste and pollutants generated in
the construction and operation of the proposed facility shall be described in detail.
The project’s environmental impact shall be added to the ambient pollutant levels.
The control measures and monitoring programs that are needed to meet requirements;
Standards and General Instructions shall be specified and explained.
9.2 Scope Related Studies
9.2.1 Geotechnical Investigation
A geotechnical study shall be conducted during Project Proposal stage in order to

determine the soil profile and the location of the water table.
9.2.2 Acoustics Study
An acoustics study shall be performed during Project Proposal phase to determine

noise and vibration control requirements for shop and office spaces in the shops
building.
9.2.3 Non-Electrical Utilities Analysis
Flow requirements and hydraulic analysis on the piping within the proposed facilities
and utility pipeline tie-in segments shall be performed during Project Proposal phase
to confirm the capacity for all non-electrical utilities requirements, using appropriate
software, such as “WaterGEMS”. This study shall be carried out in coordination with
MSSD and support of JNGLFD.
9.2.4 Electrical System Study (ETAP)
An Electrical system load analysis and development of a complete electrical load list
in conjunction with a complete ETAP power systems analysis, including Electrical
Arc Flash Hazard Study, shall be implemented during Project Proposal.
9.2.5 Energy Optimization Study
The building in this project provides many opportunities to conserve energy. The
Project Proposal shall establish the technologies and principal design philosophies
that will enable and maximize energy savings.
The objective of this study is to determine the most cost effective means of achieving
these energy savings The Saudi Aramco Best Practices provide guidance on how this
can be achieved. This study shall consider:
 Total installed cost of equipment, instrumentation, etc.
 Reductions in power consumption, machinery running times and maintenance

costs.

 Long term maintenance benefits such as prevention of mold, microbial growth

or other damage caused by humid air, condensation and excessive moisture
within the buildings.
This study shall not alter the fundamental requirements of this DBSP to control the
internal temperature, air dew point and ventilation rates.
9.2.6 GSM and Pager Signal Accessibility Assessment
GSM and Pager Signal Accessibility assessment shall be conducted during Project
Proposal phase, as signal strength is dependent on location and construction materials
of the proposed building. Service providers should be consulted to extend the
coverage, as required.
9.2.7 Budget Items Synergy Workshop
The PMTs of BI-10-1402 shall plan a workshop at the early project proposal stages,
no later than 30% Project Proposal, to capture synergy opportunities between the
budget items. There are several design and construction synergy opportunities
between these budget items, related to Schedule/Timing, Utilities and as stated in
Section 4. The BIs synergy workshop shall identify and assess the specific synergy
opportunities, and assign follow-up activities, responsibilities and check points. FPD
will participate in this workshop.
9.2.8 Underground Surveys
The following underground surveys shall be conducted, utilizing ground penetrating

radar, during early stage of the Project Proposal:
 Underground utilities survey.
 Telecommunications survey, inclusive of Mandrel test.
9.2.9 Value Engineering Study
As recommended by PMT, a Value Engineering Study shall be conducted during

Project Proposal, with the objective of optimizing the scope, schedule and cost of the
project.
10. CONSTRUCTABILITY AND LOGISTICAL ASSESSMENT
No constructability or logistical concerns were identified during development of the DBSP. A

detailed constructability review and logistical assessment shall be performed by the construction
agency during Project Proposal development.

11. AS-BUILT DRAWING ASSESSMENT
The existing as-built drawings are partially updated. An assessment of as-built drawings for
accuracy at tie-in points and below grade locations in the construction site shall be performed
during Project Proposal phase.
12. VALUE ENGINEERING STUDY
Value Engineering (VE) study is not required nor recommended for this budget item as part of the
DBSP report.
13. SURPLUS AND EXCESS MATERIALS
Company policy states that surplus and priority use of excess materials, including “do-not-
reorder” articles on hand, shall be identified during Project Proposal and used during
construction whenever practical.
14. PROJECT SCHEDULE
Item Date
Design Basis Scoping Paper Completion September 2014
Project Proposal Start October 2014
Project Proposal Completion February 2015
Expenditure Request Approval (ERA) September 2015
Beneficial Occupancy January 2019
Expenditure Request Completion (ERC) April 2019
15. APPENDICES
15.1 Existing Facilities
Attachment 1 – Arial Map and Location of Existing MSSD Facilities at Dhahran
Attachment 2 – Arial Map and Location of Existing MSSD Facilities at Ju’aymah
Attachment 3a – Existing Non-Electrical Utilities
Attachment 3b – Existing Communication Fibers Manholes

Attachment 4a – Existing Electrical Power Distribution Diagram (Main Substation#3)
Attachment 4b – Existing Electrical Power Distribution Diagram (Equipment Layout Main

Substation)
15.2 Proposed Facilities
Attachment 1 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Office

Building
Attachment 2 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Car Parking
Attachment 3 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Shop

Building
Attachment 4 – Location of Site For The Proposed Shipping and Receiving Area
Attachment 5 – Location of Site For The Proposed Power Line Route
Attachment 6 – Land Use Permit 41248 – Proposed Office Building
Attachment 7 – Land Use Permit 41249 – Proposed Car Parking
Attachment 8 – Land Use Permit 41250 – Proposed Shops Building
Attachment 9 – Land Use Permit 42569 – Proposed Shipping and Receiving Area
Attachment 10 – Land Use Permit 43218 – Proposed Power Line Route
Attachment 11 – Space Program for The Proposed Buildings
Attachment 12 – Proposed Non-Electrical Utilities
Attachment 13 – Proposed Approximate Tie-ins to Existing Non-electrical Utilities
Attachment 14 – Proposed Potential Fiber Connection Points
Attachment 15 – Proposed Electrical Distribution System – One Line Diagram
Attachment 16 – List of Required Shop Equipment
Attachment 17 – Health, Safety And Environment Checklist
Attachment 18 – List of Lessons Learned
Attachment 19 – List of Approved Equipment Relocation Contractors
Attachment 20 – Minutes of Meeting Regarding Review Comments

Attachment 21 – DBSP Review Meeting Comments
Attachment 22 – Additional Comments on Final DBSP, Submitted on March 2, 2014 by

SAPD
Attachment 23 – Additional Comments on Final DBSP, Submitted on July 17, 2014 by

KAPSARC&CPD
Attachment 24 – Proposed Project Interface Schedule Between BI-10-01545 and BI-10-

01402
Attachment 25 – Vendor Confirmation for Two New and Compatible Vacuum breakers
15.3 Budgetary Project Scope Definition

Appendix-15.1 Existing Facilities
APPENDIX 15.1
Existing Facilities


Attachment 1 – Arial Map and Location of Existing MSSD Facilities at Dhahran


Attachment 2 – Arial Map and Location of Existing MSSD Facilities at Ju’aymah


Attachment 3a – Existing Non-Electrical Utilities


Attachment 3b - Existing Communication Fibers Manholes


Attachment 4a – Existing Electrical Power Distribution Diagram (Main Substation# 3)


Attachment 4b– Existing Electrical Power Distribution Diagram (Equipment Layout Main Substation)

Appendix-15.2 Proposed Facilities
APPENDIX 15.2
Proposed Facilities


Attachment 1 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Office Building


Attachment 2 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Car Parking


Attachment 3 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Shop Building


Attachment 4 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Shipping and Receiving Area


Attachment 5 – Location of Site For The Proposed Facilities at Ju’aymah – Power Line Route


Attachment 6 – Land Use Permit 41248 – Proposed Office Building (Page 1 of 4)








Attachment 7 – Land Use Permit 41249 – Proposed Parking (Page 1 of 4)








Attachment 8 – Land Use Permit 41250 – Proposed Shops Building (Page 1 of 4)








Attachment 9 – Land Use Permit 42569 –Shipping and Receiving Area (Page 1 of 3)


Attachment 9 – Land Use Permit 42569 – Shipping and Receiving Area (Page 2 of 3)


Attachment 9 – Land Use Permit 42569 – Shipping and Receiving Area (Page 3 of 3)


Attachment 10 – Land Use Permit 43218 – Power Line Route (Page 1 of 4)








Attachment 11 – Space Program for the Proposed Buildings (Pages 1 of 2)
Indoor Outdoor
Employees
Unit Area
Unit Area
Facilities
Count
Total Area (SM) Total Area (SM)
Count
Count
Units
Units
(SM)
(SM)
Shops Building
Shop Space
Electrical Repair Shop 60 1 941 941
Electric Motor Test Shop 1 500 500
Machine Shop 80 1 1,325 1,325
Mechanical Repair Shop 60 2 925 1,850
Loading/Unloading Area 5 120 600
Access Lanes 5 180 900
Total Shop Space Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 884
Shop Space Total 7,000
Shop Support
Tool Room 1 90 90
Storage 4 25 100
Coffee/Tea/Lunch Room 1 120 120
Total Shop Support Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 47
Shop Support Space Total 357
Office Space
Open Space Office Type-1 8 8 5 40
Closed Office Type-1 4 4 12 48
Total Office Space Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 128
Office Space Total 412
Offices Support
Training/Learning/Meeting Room 1 50 50
Filing Room 1 6 6
Storage 4 6 24
Printer/Copier/Fax Room 1 8 8
Cofee/Tea Room 1 6 6
Total Office Support Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 42
Office Support Space Total 136
Building Amenities
Electrical Room 2 75 150
Mechanical Room 3 120 360
Communication Room 2 6 12
Air locks 8 2 16
Toilets/Showers 2 50 100
Janitor Room 1 4 4
Total Building Amenities Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 225
Building Amenities Total 867
Outdoor
Parking (Shaded) 72 30 2,160
Storage Yard 1 300 300
Shipping Area (Shaded) 1 900 900
Outdoor Total 3,360
Shops Building Total 240 8,772 3,360
Office Building
Office Space
Mechanical Svcs Shops Department (30003696)


Attachment 11 – Space Program for the Proposed Buildings (Pages 2 of 2)
Indoor Outdoor
Employees
Unit Area
Unit Area
Facilities
Count
Total Area (SM) Total Area (SM)
Count
Count
Units
Units
(SM)
(SM)
Planning & Technical Svcs Division (30003705)
Northern Shops Division (30003732)
Field Shops & Services Division (30014751)
Corporate Maintenance Services (30015228)
Total Office Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 511
Office Space Total 1,648
Office Support
Conference Room Type 1 1 120 120
Conference Room Type 2 3 15 45
Filing Room 5 6 30
Storage 5 6 30
Cofee/Tea Room 5 6 30
Total Office Support Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 108
Building Amenities
Entrance/Lobby/Reception 1 50 50
Air locks 2 2 4
Toilets 4 25 100
Janitor Room 1 4 4
Total Building Amenities Circulation (Walls, Columns & Corridors) 116
Building Amenities Total 6 446
Outdoor
Parking 78 30 2,352
Landscaping 1 250 250
Outdoor Total 2,602
Office Building Total 140 2,510 2,602
Space Program Total 380 11,282 5,962
Area
Office Space Type User Classification
(SM)
Open Space Office Type-1 5 Clercks, and Adimistration/Support Personnel
Open Space Office Type-2 7 Supervising Crafts Engineers
Closed Office Type-1 12 Unit Head
Closed Office Type-2 20 Division Head
Closed Office Type-3 25 Department Head


Attachment 12 – Proposed Non-Electrical Utilities (Page 1 of 4)








Attachment 13 – Proposed Approximate Tie-ins to Existing Non-electrical Utilities


Attachment 14 – Proposed Potential Fiber Connection Points
Following is a diagram showing how Fiber Optic Cables (FOCs) will be used to connect the three new buildings to the old Admin
Building through services manhole 2 and the proposed manhole:
Pls. note that the duct bank between Service Maintenance Holes (SMHs # 1 and 2) might have been buried in the area where the new
Admin Building will be built. Area IT, the most reliable source of information about IT infrastructure at this time, is not sure if this is
the case. They were worried that this might add additional cost to the project. They have been CC’ed in case further details are
required.


Attachment 15 – Proposed Electrical Distribution System – One Line Diagram


Attachment 16 – List of Required Shop Equipment (Page 1 of 10)
BI-10-01545, JU'AYMAH SHOPS UPGRADE - EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor
Sewer/Drainage Connection (Y/N)

Water Supply Connection (Y/N)
(Safe Working Justification For New Equipment
Space)
Quantity
D: Due For Replacement
Equipment Unit Cost Total Cost
Power (KVA)
No. Equipment Manufacturer / Specifications / Notes Comments
Source (M$) (M$)
C: Cannot Be Relocated
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
A: Additional Requirement
Electrical Repair & Motor Test Shops

Vibration Monitor Asset#
A07611870000
1 New 10 N N 2 2 4 1 45 45 D
Lexeco core loss tester Asset# Lexeco, 125 KVA ,300 Amps, 460VAC/1PH/60Hz
A05808128000
2 144 N N 2 2 2 1 72 72 D
Overhead Crane 100 Ton With 25 auxilliary
3 57.6 N N 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Overhead Crane 60 Ton with 10 ton auxilliary
4 48 N N 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Jib crane 10 Ton
5 14.4 N N 0 0 0 2 75 150 A
Jib Crane 3 Ton
6 7.2 N N 0 0 0 2 30 60 A
Baking Oven Size: 7 m long X 5 m wide, 4 m Height. Temperature:

300 oF
7 7.2 N N 6 6 36 1 120 120 C/D
Burn-Out Oven size: 2.5 m X 2.5 m X 2.5 m Temperature: 800 oF
8 17.4 N N 6 5 30 1 120 120 C
Motor Testing Facility Dynamic No Load Test Induction And Synchrounus

Motors 13.8KVA/10MVA 34000 HP with HV/LV
9 switchgears N N 8 15 120 1 2,000 2,000 C/D
Test Metal Bed 7 M X7 M
10 N/A N N 5 6 30 1 300 300 C
Lube Oil System With Emergency Gravity Tank Note: should be design
and connected for both motor test facilitiy (13.8KV &
11 4160V) 14 N Y 2 3 6 1 200 200 C
Control Room With Latest Instrumentations
12 14 N N 5 5 25 1 600 600 C
Brazing Machine CAM Innovation inc. 215 Phi st. Hanover PA
13 8 N N 4 4 16 2 85 170 A
Dry ICE Blasting M/C ICE-Tech USA
14 4 N N 2 3 6 3 35 105 A
Portable Motor Oil Lubrication YANG HSUN Tech Co.

System
15 2 N N 3 3 9 1 36 36 A
Electromagnatic Core Imperf. Qualitrol Dubai

Det. (ELE CID)
16 4 N N 2 2 4 1 30 30 A
Static Motor Analyser SKF Eurotrade AB- KSA Dammam
17 3 N N 3 3 9 1 25 25 A
Coils Winding Machine Jenlor-Samatic Ltd.
18 4 N N 3 3 9 1 30 30 D



Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)

Thermal Camera EXTECH
19 New 4 N N 1 1 1 1 55 55 A
CSI 2140 Mach. Health Analyzer - The CSI 2140 Collector is the industry's only portable
Portable vibration data collector
20 2 N N 2 3 6 1 80 80 D
Hydraulic Pullers POSI LOCK 100 ton hydraulic pullers
21 4 N N 2 3 6 1 45 45 C/D
Insulation Material Large Fridge size 4 m L X 3 m W X 3 m H Temperature: -30oC
22 6 N N 6 6 36 1 120 120 C/D
Motor Rewinding Tools Equip - Martnidale -set of tools

Set.
23 3 N N 3 4 12 1 95 95 A
Oven Grieve, 46" W X 48" D X 36" H, Temp Up To 1250º F For

ERU SAP # 2773324
24 36 N N 3 3 9 1 52 52 D



Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)

Test Facility 4160 Volts SAP # 2273712
25 Relocate N N 5 15 75 1 - - -
Run-Out Table SAP # 2273748
26 9.6 N N 2 5 10 1 - - -
Bead Blast Machine 'SAP # 2273718
27 9.6 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
178-ERU ROTEX PUNCHER G14 SAP #2273745
28 N N 2 3 6 1 - - -
178-ERU STEAM CLEANER SAP # 2273762
29 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
178-SMALL TRANSFORMER TSU- SAP # 2273780

A4
30 N N 3 4 12 1 - - -
178-ERU HYDRAULIC PRESS/ F- SAP # 2273792

14B
31 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
178-ERU HYD. POULAN'S PULLER SAP # 2273795
32 N N 3 3 9 1 - - -
178-ERU HYD. POULAN'S PULLER SAP # 2274448
33 N N 3 3 9 1 - - -
Hydraulic Wrench SAP # 3351037
34 N N 2 2 4 - - -
178- CORE LOSS TESTER/ ERU SAP # 3282782
35 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -


Attachment 16 - List of Required Shop Equipment (Page 4 of 10)

Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Machine Shop
Bullard VTL 56" NSD 55" Dia Chuck X 59" Hight Range SAP# 2274416 -NSD
36 New 36 N N 5 5 25 1 800 800 D
Horiz. Boring Mach. SAP 2276201 Lucas, Conventional Vertical Travel (Y): 2000 mm,
or 2276202 Columm Long Travel : 1400 mm, Cross Travel : 3000
37 mm, Rotary Table : 1600 mm X 2500 mm 48 N N 6 7 36 1 2,500 2,500 D
Hydro Press Nugier SAP#2273700 NSD
38 10 N N 2 2 4 1 80 80 D
Horizontal Lathe Binns &Berry, 42" Dia X 240" Long X 6" Spindle Bore,
Asset# A0580817600042 SAP#2276285 DSD
39 34 N N 3 10 30 1 290 290 D
Horizontal Lathe Lodge & Shipley, 42" Dia X 240" long X 12" spindle
bore SAP#2276291 DSD
40 34 N N 3 10 30 1 330 330 D
Slotting Machine Bliss SAP# 2276283 DSD
41 14 N N 3 6 18 1 150 150 D
Lathe Le Blond, 42" Dia X 160" long X 12" Spindle Bore

SAP#2274191 NSD
42 34 N N 3 6 18 1 300 300 D
Vertical Lathe Bullard, 86" Dia Chuck X 78" Height Range

SAP#2275594 DSD
43 48 N N 7 7 49 1 1,600 1,600 D
Leopoldo Pontiggia H Lathe 42" Dia X 120" Long X 9" Spindle Bore sap#2276286
DSD
44 7 N N 3 6 15 1 300 300 A
Small Oven CIFE, 46"X48"X36" Temp Up To 1250º F SAP#2275038

NSD
45 14 N N 2 2 4 1 52 52 D
Horizontal Lathe Le Blond Regal, 26" Dia Chuck X 80" Long, Asset #
A05807764001 SAP#2276289 DSD
46 34 N N 3 6 18 1 250 250 D
Balancing Machine 40 ton, 32 ft long bed, 132" swing unversal drive
47 72 N N 4 15 60 1 95 95 A
Water Jet Machine Up To 8 Inches Depth Cutting And Accuracy Up To ±

0.002”
48 480V N N 3 5 15 1 85 85 A
Tube Pulling Air Wench NSD
49 0 N N 2 2 4 1 50 50 A
Overheade Crane 50 Ton/ 10 ton
50 29 N N 0 0 0 1 150 150 A
Overhead Crane 35 Ton
51 19 N N 0 0 0 1 100 100 A
52 19 N N 0 0 0 2 100 200 A
Jib cranes 2 Ton
53 7 N N 0 0 0 15 20 300 A


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Machine Shop
Big Horizontal Lathe Machine Le Blond, 93" Dia Chuck X 384" Long SAP #
54 New 36 N N 4 16 64 1 1,000 1,000 A
Large Drill Machine NSD
55 14 N N 3 4 12 1 185 185 A
Grinder surface Vertical. CNC Magnetic Chuck 36”

Segmented wheel. Height 20”
56 N N 3 4 12 1 120 120 C/D
Grinder Vertical CNC Chuck 50”

Height 100”
57 N N 3 4 12 1 100 100 C/D
Grinding NC Chuck 12”

Cylindrical Swing 32”
58 Saddle 120” N N 3 4 12 1 155 155 C/D
Length of bed 200”
59 Long bed 250” N N 3 4 12 1 165 165 C/D
Grinding NC Length of table 40”

Surface Height 12”
60 N N 3 4 12 2 110 220 C/D

61 N N 3 4 12 1 130 130 C/D
Milling Machine NC Table 90”x40”

Height 30”
62 N N 3 4 12 2 250 500 C/D

Height 20”
63 N N 3 4 12 3 250 750 C/D
Keyseater Slotting Table 20”x20”

Height 20”
64 N N 3 4 12 1 230 230 C/D
Keyseater Slotting NC Chuck 36”

Height 60”
65 N N 3 4 12 1 220 220 C/D
Band saw Table 25”x30”

Height 20”
66 N N 3 4 12 1 180 180 C/D
Hacksaw Heavy duty similar to Yanbu Shop

Reciprocating Bed long 40”, Blade 36”, Height 30”
67 N N 4 4 16 2 150 300 C/D
Radial Drill NC Height 60”

Length of arm 75”
68 N N 4 5 20 2 90 180 C/D
Wheel cutter. Wheel OD 30”

Cutoff wheel M/C
69 N N 4 4 16 1 70 70 C/D
Laser Bond. Welding and lathe machine

Welding Machine
70 N N 4 4 16 1 160 160 C/D


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Machine Shop
H/D Horizontal Machine Gidding & Lewis, SAP # 2275598
Retrofit Of Control Is Required
71 Relocate 48 N N 7 6 42 1 - - -
Turret Boring Machine 72" Vertical, SAP # 2276203 Foundation Ready
72 36 N N 4.5 4 18 1 - - -
Balancing Machine 12 Ton, SAP # 4105261
73 29 N N 6.5 11 72 1 - - -
Small Lathe Machine Dainichi, SAP # 2907853 Foundation Ready
74 10 N N 1.5 3.5 5 1 - - -
Lathe Machine Le Blond, SAP # 2276290
75 36 N N 3 10 30 1 - - -
Balancing Machine SAP # 3262605
76 14 N N 4 4.5 18 1 - - -
Small Balancing Machine SAP # 2276211 No foundation required
77 14 N N 3.5 4.5 16 2 - - -
Horizontal Borning Machine Morey, SAP # 3112849 Foundation Ready
78 34 N N 7 5 35 1 - - -
Vertical (boring) Turret Mill 160", SAP # 2275590
79 48 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
Dainchi lathe SAP # 2907849 Foundation Ready
80 49 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
Dainchi lathe SAP # 2907847
81 50 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
Dainchi lathe SAP # 2907844
82 51 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
Harrison Lathe SAP # 2907818
83 52 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
Harrison Lathe SAP # 2882222
84 53 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
Doall Bandasw SAP # 2277119 No foundation Required
85 54 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
Hand press SAP # 2275599 & 2276200
86 55 N N 8 8 64 2 - - -
Medding Bedestal SAP # 2276261
87 56 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -
G&L Drill SAP # 2276258
88 57 N N 8 8 64 1 - - -


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Mechanical Shops 1 and 2

89 New 48 N NN 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Auxiliary Overhead Crane 10 Ton
90 14 N N 0 0 0 1 75 75 A
Overhead Crane 20Ton
91 19 N N 0 0 0 5 100 500 A
Jib Crane Electrical, 2-3 Ton
92 7 N N 0 0 0 24 30 720 A
Jib Crane Electrical, 6 Ton
93 14 N N 0 0 0 2 45 90 A
Stacking & De-stacking Rotor Ground Hole ( Depth 4 M.X 1.3M ID,Internal pipe
Area length =2.3M X External pipe hight =0.75 M.
94 0 N N 3 3 9 2 60 120 A
Tool/Storage Room Part of offices
95 0 N N 10 20 200 1 100 100 A
Governor Room Including Test Tables Two (2) Each
96 0 N N 6 10 60 1 120 120 A
NDT Inspection Room Including all tools- Part of offices
97 0 N N 4 4 16 1 120 120 A
Re-blading And Peening Bench
98 0 N N 2 3 6 1 120 120 A
Internal Overhead Railways Between Unit Bays Along Each Roll Doors
99 0 N N 0 0 0 10 45 450 A
Yard & B/Log Area
100 0 N N 20 20 400 1 150 150 A


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)

Run-Out Table Supose to be Included with Rotation Function System 2 EA in MRU#1 & 1 EA in MRU#2 but
& Probe Track Monitors with required syestem and monitors
101 Relocate 9.6 N N 2 5 10 3 - - -
Horizontal Press Machine Including Table And Brackets SAP #2274487 /MRU#2 Advise to buy new one for MRU#1
102 9.6 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
Vertical Press Machine MRU#1 SAP#2275597 /MRU#2 SAP# 2275515
103 9.6 N N 2 3 6 2 - - -
Drill Press Machine MRU#1 has 3 EA ,SAP#2274415,

2277160,2275504 & MRU#has 3 EA
104 SAP#2275071,2275502, 9.6 N N 2 2 4 6 - - -
2275074
Bench Grinder/Brush MRU#1 has SAP#2274407,2nd one without The damage one will be sent for
SAP#.MRU#2 has 2 EA ,one EA SAP # 2275094 reclemation and advise to add 1 more
105 & other one Is 2275098, (DAMAGE) 7.2 N N 2 2 4 3 - - - for MRU#2 as new
Oven SAP #2274411 Up To 1,200 Degrees Located In MRU#1
106 33.6 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
Manual Press Machine MRU#2 has 2 EA, 1 SAP # is 2274485,other one Advise to buy addetinal 4 Manual press
without SAP #
107 0 N N 1 2 2 6 - - -
Run-Out Table H/Speed Bench SAP # 2274417 & 2274483 Advise to buy new small & Meduim HS
rotor run out check Bench & V blocks
108 9.6 N N 1.5 5 8 1 - - -
Flatness & Laser Alignment Bed In Old DH Training shop
109 0 N N 3 3 9 1 - - -
Bead Blast Machine Cabinet With Ventilation System
110 14.4 N N 2 2 4 2 - - -
Wood word Governor Tester SAP# 3191181
111 N N 2 4 8 1 - - -
Wood word Governor Tester SAP# 2275082
112 N N 3 4 12 1 - - -
Grieve Oven SAP# 2274450 Located in MRU#2
113 N N 5 5 25 1 - - -
Hydraulic press SAP# 2274407
114 N N 3 3 9 - - -
Hydraulic puller SAP# 2274413 & 2274452
115 N N 2 3 6 2 - - -
Lifting Beam 12.5 T & 25 ton SAP# 2274457 & 2274459
116 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
Hand Press SAP# 2274491 & 2275526
117 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
pedestal grinder SAP# 2275096
118 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)

impact wrench SAP# 2275509 & SAP # 3261006
119 Relocate N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
honning machine SAP# 2275522
120 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
vertical Balancer SAP# 2275570
121 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
Lapping Master SAP# 3008629
122 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -
Drill SAP# 3225446
123 N N 2 2 4 1 - - -


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
General
Rail mounted gantary Crane - Two cranes on the same rails installed outside shops Due to the changes of the propsed
Demag for loading and unloading. 80 ton and 40 ton layout of the shops. This is required for
124 New 15 N N 15 50 750 1 300 300 A shipping loading and unloading.
Tools vending machines Cromwell Tools in UK
125 3 N N 2 5 10 3 50 150 A
TrollY Series SGAM Tired Batt. 1 ton Capacity, 1500mm X 1000mm

Elect. Self-Prop. Trailer
126 N N 0 0 0 2 100 200 A

127 N N 0 0 0 2 120 240 A
TrollY Series SGAM Tired Batt. 3.5 ton Capacity, 3000mm X 1500 mm
128 N N 0 0 0 1 140 140 A
Trolly SBR 4R 70/ Ind. trailers 5ton For rotor transfering internal the shops. This
Self-prop. on rail at self-acting might be shared with ERU & MSU.
129 handl. by batteries N N 0 0 0 1 150 150 A
Trolly SERIES SGAI VSP3TIRED 100 tons, 6000mm X 2500mm For rotor, cases outside
BATTERY ELECTRONIC SELF- use.
130 PROPELLED TRAILER N N 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Chargable Hayster 3 tons
131 N N 0 0 0 3 45 135 A
Total 218 21,367


Attachment 17 – Health, Safety And Environment Checklist (Page 1 of 3)






Attachment 18 – List of Lessons Learned (Page 1 of 23)
1. Conduct Site Survey and Geotechnical Investigation During Project Proposal

 Date: 3/21/2006
 Number: sapd-033
 Background/Experience:
This lesson was originally issued 05/29/2002 and updated 12/17/2003, 07/06/2005,
03/27/2006, and 01/31/2007.
Case 1 – Soils Testing for Piles (BI-10-03503 Neat Condensate Fractionation at RT

Refinery)
670 piles were needed to provide support for vessels, pipe racks, foundations, etc. for the
Khuff Condensate Fractionation module at RT Refinery. During project proposal, a soils
test consisting of 3 bore holes was done. All holes matched the results of an older
geotechnical survey on file. Based on this information, the LSTK bid package assumed a
12-meter pile length.
Actual conditions in the field differed from the soils investigation. Approximately 220 of
the piles failed the load test, and pile extensions were required, resulting in a 2-month
schedule impact on this portion of the work and a change order over SR1 million.
Case 2 – Assumed Soil Bearing Capacity for Foundations (BI-3031 Buried Pipelines
Daylighting, Abqaiq Plants)
Per Saudi Aramco standards, if soil investigation reports are not available for an area, you
should assume a minimum soil bearing capacity of 100 kilo-Newtons per square meter to
design foundations. During the project proposal the soil bearing capacity was assumed as
100 kilo-Newtons per square meter and the foundations were designed accordingly.
During the ER estimate review, Consulting Services Department (CSD) noted that the
foundations seemed large. It was resolved that during detailed design a geotechnical
investigation would be done to find out the exact soil bearing capacity and soil
characteristics. Then the foundation design would be reviewed and modified if necessary.
Note that it is expected that the geotechnical investigation will be difficult because there
are no existing survey details, especially with regards to existing underground piping and
electrical facilities.


Case 3 – Geotechnical & Hydrological Studies for Cross Country Pipeline (BI-8233
East/West to Rabigh Crude Pipeline)
Geotechnical and Hydrological studies were not done during Project Proposal due to lack
of sufficient funds, so it was necessary to include these studies with LSTK scope.
Assigning studies such as these to be performed during detailed design phase is not the
ideal scenario for commencement of contracts, as the results could have a critical impact
on design.
The purpose of the geotechnical investigation was to explore the subsurface stratigraphy
to allow design development of pipe supports and equipment foundations of new EWRB-
1 pipeline. The geotechnical investigation had to be conducted by a contractor on
Industrial Development Unit’s list of Saudi Aramco approved Independent Civil Testing
Laboratories, with specific approval in the Geotechnical Category.
The washout protection methods and the expected locations were covered in Project
Proposal, but LSTK contractor had to verify and take the full responsibility. Even though
the results of these studies had no significant impact on the design, there was a big risk
associated with these studies, since the extent of pipeline washout protection that would
be required was not specifically defined.
Case 4 – Pipeline Erosion Control in Wadi Areas (BI-SSSP-7 Yanbu-Medina Supply

Pipeline)
SSSP-7 Yanbu-Medina Supply Pipeline project was a 161 km long, 14”Ø cross country
pipeline that passed through a mountainous wadi area. Pipeline erosion control was
required as per Scope of Work, Para 2.22.3 and SAES-L-051 Construction Requirements
for Cross-Country Pipelines, Para 4.4. [Since superseded by SAES-L-450 Construction
of On-Land and Near-Shore Pipelines]
During construction, it was noticed that the contractor did not make enough provision for
erosion prevention. When rainstorms occurred on several occasions, lots of pipeline areas
not designed for erosion control (gabion installation) were washed out. Some areas with
installed gabions for erosion control system were not touched by flood water.
After this issue was raised with the SSSP and SAPMT, they agreed to re-evaluate the
erosion control system. Several walkthroughs were conducted for the entire
pipeline. The Proponent, SAPMT, SSSP and Contractor participated together to identify
the wadis and washout areas and agreed for additional gabion installations to protect the
pipe line from flood water. It took about one year to complete installation of the
additional gabions.


Case 5 – Precautions When Selecting Site in Mountainous Wadi Areas (BI-3509 Medina
Bulk Plant)
A Bulk Plant and Receiving Station were constructed 2 km away from the Medina-Tabuk
road in a wadi area surrounded by large mountains. Due to the facilities being located
near a wadi, the design called for finished grade level to be 3 to 5 meters higher than the
existing natural ground level.
When site grading was completed, elevation discrepancies were noticed for many pipe
supports, sleepers, manholes, foundations, and tank dike walls. The tops of some
structures were lower than the finished grade level and the bottoms of some structures
were not deep enough. Much re-work was required to raise or lower the levels to comply
with standards.
After construction of a box culvert (size 8 meters x .9 meters) at the plant access road, it
was noted that this culvert seemed insufficient to handle potential floodwaters, especially
in comparison with an existing large bridge (size 35 meters x 3.6 meters) at the Medina-
Tabuk road for the same wadi.
Case 6- Equipment Surveys (BI-0181 Replace Tank Gauging at JTF and RTTN)
Part of the scope of work was to install multi-point temperature elements for three fuel oil
Tanks at JTF. During the detailed design stage, the vendor and delegated GES contractor
had made a few site visits to determine the best place to installed mentioned prop.
Unfortunately the original design to install the prop was near to running mixer. From a
physical look at the installation in the Fuel Oil Bunkering tank, it does not appear that the
installed prop will potentially be dragged by the running mixers because of the 12 kg,
bottom dead weight has been used in the installation of the prop. The force required to
move this weight would be large and not generally expected for the tank product mixers
to create such forces. To eliminate the room of doubt, totally, it was decided to relocate
the Prop to another nozzle away from the mixer
 Root Cause/Benefit:
Refinery)
1. Geotechnical report was not comprehensive. It did not contain enough specific
information covering the pile driving area.
2. LSTK contractor did not verify conditions during detailed design.
1. Geotechnical investigation was postponed from project proposal to detailed design
due to short schedule for project proposal.


1. New location for Saudi Aramco pipeline, so geotechnical and hydrological data was
not readily available
2. Mountainous area with unique hydrological conditions compared with typical Saudi
Aramco pipeline routes across desert areas
3. Remote area with limited meteorological data available
4. There is no SAES to address pipeline washout protection in rural, wadi or

mountainous areas. It would not be easy to generate a standard addressing the pipeline
washout protection since the flood analyses of wadis are different from one area to
another.

Pipeline)
1. Inadequate investigation during Project Proposal and detailed design phases to

identify locations where pipeline passed through large mountainous wadi areas requiring
washout protection measures against erosion.
2. Some wadis changed direction after construction of pipeline.
3. SAES-L-450 mainly addresses sandy and subkha areas, but it provides limited
guidance about providing washout protection in wadi areas.
Bulk Plant)
1. Existing natural ground level was 400-500 mm lower than stated in the contour
drawing used as the design basis.
Case 6 -Inadequate Attention to Existing Equipment When Planning the Location of

new Equipment (BI-0181 Replace Tank Gauging at JTF and RTTN)
1. Insufficient attention given to existing Tank appurtenance when selecting the

location for the new prop.
2. Consider enhancing SAES-L-450 to give more guidance about identifying washout

protection areas and the design basis for installing washout protection for pipelines in
wadi areas. Also consider addressing the storm category to be used as the basis for
designing washout protection.


 Recommendation:
Refinery)
1. Saudi Aramco should perform a more comprehensive soils investigation during
project proposal. Don’t rely on old surveys.
2. Reconfirm soil conditions in critical areas. LSTK contractor and Saudi Aramco to
work more closely during detailed design phase to identify critical areas.
3. Assume worst case when designing pile lengths.
Conduct site survey and geotechnical investigation during the project proposal. Request
Surveying Services Division to perform a site survey to generate plan and profile for the
existing aboveground facilities and include markers for underground facilities. After site
survey then perform geotechnical investigation for the soil properties. This will allow
more accurate design of foundations and a more accurate ER estimate.
Projects being constructed in undeveloped areas should ensure that preliminary
engineering funding is sufficient to perform hydrological and geological studies during
Project Proposal. Studies with high potential to affect project scope must be done before
the ER estimate.
Risk for unknown site conditions should not be passed on in its entirety to the LSTK
contractor.
Pipeline)
For projects with pipelines passing through wadi areas,
1. During Project Proposal phase, it is required to properly study and survey the entire
pipeline route to identify the actual wadi areas and appropriate washout control measures
to be taken to protect the pipeline. Use airplane or any suitable way to ensure a thorough
survey.


Bulk Plant)
1. Avoid site selection in mountainous wadi areas if possible. If this is unavoidable, be

sure to use appropriate data for floodwater design basis.
2. Verify contour drawing at site before starting detailed design. Do not rely solely on
contour maps supplied by other parties.
Case 6 - Conduct Site Surveys (BI-0181Replace Tank Gauging at JTF and RTTN)
1. Conduct enough site surveys to determine on-site conditions to avoid any conflict.
2. Common Civil-Electrical Design Interface Problem - Electrical Manhole Design

 Date: 6/22/2008
 Number: crwr-130
Case 1 – Overlooked Requirement (in Electrical standard) for CSD Approval of Non-
standard Manhole (Civil Work)
This case describes a common problem that arises in the interface between civil and
electrical designs – missed special electrical standard requirements that apply to civil
structures such as manholes.
In designing cable routing through a very congested area, a duct bank was provided
instead of direct buried cables. It was determined that using duct banks in a congested
area would save space and make it easier for future cable pulling. To facilitate pulling of
the cables, a two-ways manhole was provided.
After the manhole was built, Inspection noted clause 10.9 of SAES-P-104 Wiring
Methods and Materials (electrical standard) and its exception.
Manholes containing cables rated 5 kV and above shall be in accordance with Standard
Drawing AA-036025. Exception: Manholes containing cables rated 5 kV and above,
having different shape and size but equivalent structural strength to Standard Drawing
AA-036025 manholes (same wall thickness etc.) are permitted with the approval of the
Coordinator, CSD/ESD.
Therefore, we had to stop the work, send the manhole design to CSD Electrical and Civil
units and get ‘after the fact’ approval, which took quite some time. Fortunately, the
structural strength was close to the referenced standard drawing, and we have managed to
get the one time ‘after the fact’ approval.


Case 2 – Consider Alternative Designs for Low Voltage Electrical Manholes
Project design included 800 electrical manholes throughout the plant. The majority were
for low voltage cable, for which there is no specific Saudi Aramco standard. Designer
used a stringent design with cast walls, similar to manholes used for medium voltage
cable.
During construction, contractor requested a change from the cast wall design to a draw
pit constructed of blocks. There was a concrete shortage, and it was thought that
converting to the block design would save time.
After construction of the block draw pits, cracks and shifting walls were
discovered. SAPMT requested the contractor to go back to the concrete wall design to
correct the situation. The contractor refused due to the late discovery of this problem and
due to the fact that electrical and control cables were already pulled through the subject
draw pits.
Case 1 – Overlooked Requirement (in Electrical standard) for CSD Approval of Non-
standard Manhole (Civil Work)
 Civil designers normally look to civil, not electrical, standards when designing civil
structures. The requirement for special design for an electrical manhole is only mentioned
in electrical standard SAES-P-104 Wiring Methods and Materials. There is no reference
whatsoeer to this issue in any civil standard. This is usually missed because the manhole
design is done by a civil designer that is not familiar with the electrical standards.
 There is often poor coordination between various disciplines during design.
 In the overall sequence of design activities, civil design is done at an earlier phase than
electrical design, which hampers efforts at coordination between civil and electrical
designers.


Case 2 – Consider Alternative Designs for Low Voltage Electrical Manholes
 There was a concrete shortage, and it was thought that converting to the block design
manhole would save time.
 Recommendation:
1. Improve commentary in civil standards to alert designers of the need to interface with
non-civil standards.
2. Civil-related standard drawings that are referenced in electrical standards should also be
referenced clearly in civil standards.
3. During detailed design, minimize the number of electrical manholes; the more manholes
you have, the more construction time you need.
4. For low voltage cable, work with CSD to approve a simplified design for
manhole/drawpit/handhole to improve constructability and meet electrical system
functionality needs..
5. PMTs should verify that contractor design and construction managers establish working
systems to promote regular, effective coordination among all different disciplines. See
related lesson hdgp08 Ensure Continuous Coordination among All Disciplines -- Multiple
Cases of Civil-Mechanical-Electrical Discipline Interface Problems
3. Anchor Bolt Design and Installation Problems

 Date: 1/22/2008
 Number: insp-111
Anchor bolt installation is one of the most frequent sources of construction

problems. These preventable problems can be difficult, time-consuming, and expensive
to fix, resulting in schedule delays and change orders.
This lesson describes a number of typical anchor bolt problems encountered by projects
and provides recommended strategies to avoid these pitfalls. Photos are included for
some cases to enhance the description.
· too much or too little anchor bolt projection
· misalignment of anchor bolts
· tilting of anchor bolts
· failure to obtain approval from CSD to use post-installed anchor bolts


Case 1 - Too Much Anchor Bolt Projection on Pipe Support Foundations
Case 2 - Too Little Anchor Bolt Projection on Rotating Equipment Foundations
Case 3 - Severe Damage to Concrete Pedestals and Anchor Bolt Threads after Forcing
Base Plate onto Tilted, Misaligned Anchor Bolts
Case 4 - Example Method for Holding Anchor Bolts in Fixed Position to Prevent Tilting
Case 5 - Failure to Obtain CSD Approval to Use Post-installed Anchor Bolts
Case 6 - Lack of Anchor Bolt Corrosion Allowance in Corrosive Environment
Case 7 - Dethanizer Column Base Plate Anchor Bolts Mismatch Problem
Click here for consolidated lesson of anchor bolt tips including summary and all cases.
Following are common root causes that may apply to multiple cases above.
1. Not using Saudi Aramco Best Practice SABP-Q-001 Anchor Bolt Design &
Installation
2. Not using Saudi Aramco Standard Drawing AA-036322 Anchor Bolt Details
3. Inadequate coordination between civil and mechanical disciplines, especially when

there are late changes affecting anchor bolt design
4. Failure to obtain CSD approval to use post-installed anchor bolts
5. Not providing equipment manufacturer vendor data about anchor bolt design
requirements to civil designers
6. Failure to consider corrosion allowance in corrosive environment
7. Inadequate anchor bolt template
8. Not securing lower part of anchor bolt to prevent moving or tilting during concrete
placement
9. Inadequate field checking of anchor bolt position, alignment, projection, etc. prior
to concrete placement


10. The lift plan produced by manufactures, did not take into account the displaced
center of gravity due
to offset weight distribution and which therefore prevented the column from
hanging vertically under the
hook position. This offset could and should have been calculated and corrected by
strategically placed
counter weight.
11. The extreme tight tolerances advised by manufacturer between the anchor bolt holes
and anchor bolts, made it virtually impossible to allow the column to pass over the
anchor bolts without causing damage to bolts.
12. There are conformed mismatch discrepancies between the upper and lower bolts
holes in the compression and base rings at three locations.
 Recommendation:
1. During the detailed design phase, when designing anchor bolt installation, designers
should refer to Saudi Aramco Best Practice SABP-Q-001 Anchor Bolt Design &
Installation and Standard Drawing AA-036322 Anchor Bolt Details.
Excerpt from SABP-Q-001
6.2.4 Anchor Bolt Projection
Anchor bolt projection above the top of concrete is computed as follows:
Single Nuts
Thickness of grout + thickness of base plate (or height of anchor bolt chair above the top
of grout) + 1.5 x diameter of anchor bolt
Double Nuts
Thickness of grout + thickness of base plate (or height of anchor bolt chair above the top
of grout) + 2.5 x diameter of anchor bolt


6.2.5 The thread length required at the top of the anchor bolt must be sufficient to
accommodate two nuts and about ½ of the anchor bolt diameter projecting above the top
nut. Normally a thread length of about 3 bolt diameters of will be sufficient to provide
some tolerance for errors in the elevation of the anchor bolt placement in the field.
2. During design review, PMT should make sure that IFC drawings include
foundation details, including anchor bolt type, layout, and projection.
· Especially check anchor bolt layout to ensure correct match with the equipment or
structure to be installed onto the anchor bolts.
· Make sure that final vendor data from equipment manufacturers regarding anchor
bolts is provided to civil designers.
· Make sure that civil and mechanical design groups coordinate with each other on
anchor bolt design details, especially if there are late changes that will affect anchor bolt
design.
· It is essential to verify anchor bolt projection length calculations to ensure that nuts
will properly engage per the standards. [Consider using fully threaded rods, per Note 4
of Standard Drawing AA-036322 Anchor Bolt Details.]
3. During detailed design phase, make sure to consider corrosion allowance per
SABP-Q-001 Section 5.3 and SAES-Q-005 Section 4.8. Recognize that corrosive
conditions may vary within the project, especially if the project has multiple locations.
4. During design, identify any need for post-installed anchor bolts and obtain CSD
approval before finalizing design, per SAES-Q-005 Section 4.8.8. Post-installed anchor
bolts are any type of anchor bolt that is installed after the foundation concrete has
hardened. This includes expansion anchors, bolts set in pockets, adhesive anchors, etc.
5. During construction, when fixing anchor bolts into the rebar/formwork, check to
avoid four common problems:
· Misalignment - Recheck bolt layout to ensure alignment with base plate holes in
equipment or structure. Use a template as required by SAES-Q-005 Concrete
Foundations and Note 1 of Standard Drawing AB-036322-001 Anchor Bolt Details.
· Tilting - Verify that bolt is aligned vertically. Make sure that the bottom part of
anchor bolts is secured to prevent movement or tilting of the anchor bolts during concrete
placement. [However, refer to Note 3 on Standard Drawing AB-036322-001 Anchor Bolt
Details – Anchor bolts shall not be tied to or touching the rebar.]
· Too much projection or too little projection - Verify bolt projection length to ensure
that nut(s) will properly engage with bolt thread, considering thickness of grout, base
plate, washer, nut(s), etc.
6. Consider establishing an inspection hold point before pouring concrete to
check anchor bolt layout
And projection length, especially in cases involving large foundations or
multiple foundations.
7. If a third party is precasting foundations, make sure they are aware of Saudi
Aramco anchor bolt standards and best practices.


8. Refer to attached Anchor Bolt Checking Procedure Used by Hawiyah NGL
Recovery Project resulting in the successful erection of steel columns in pipe rack and fin
fan areas.
9. Refer to related lesson Do Not Relax Inspection Level for Non-typical Anchor
Bolts -- Sulfur Recover Unit (SRU) Derrick Structure Anchor Bolts (crwr-113).
10. Consider the offset weight distribution when preparing the column lift plan to
ensure column will be hooked vertically during installation.
11. Consider tolerances between the anchor bolt holes and anchor
bolts at the design phase to ensure adequate clearance to avoid potential problem
during installation.
12. Consider making the Saudi Aramco Inspection level for anchor bolts holes
verification at the manufacturing phase a Hold point in ITP instead of Monitoring the
activity.
4. Current Practices in Structural Steel Design

 Date: 1/29/2007
 Number: hnrp-055
This lesson highlights two commonly occurring problem areas concerning structural steel
design where designers are not incorporating into their designs the latest changes to Saudi
Aramco standards. Projects complete their designs using the formerly prevailing design
practice and then request waivers for items that clearly violate current Saudi Aramco
standards.
Case 1 – Use High Strength Steel for W & WT-shapes
There has been a trend in the worldwide industry to use high-strength steel (yields of 42-
65 ksi) for W & WT shapes instead of the formerly used ASTM A36 material. High-
strength steel is slightly more expensive than A36, but this premium can be more than
offset by a substantial savings in the weight of steel (order of magnitude 2 percent
premium for 20 percent savings in weight). Saudi Aramco revised 12-SAMSS-007
Fabrication of Structural and Miscellaneous Steel several years ago to reflect this trend
and requires ASTM A992/A992M or ASTM A572/A572M for W and WT structural steel
shapes.
For large orders (over 50 tons) Saudi Arabian steel suppliers typically purchase raw
materials from Out of Kingdom steel mills, which can easily supply Grade 50. However,
for project requirements under 50 tons it is more difficult to obtain Grade 50 steel; local
steel stockists currently do not carry much stock of this grade, since until now it has been
low demand item.


A project with a pipe rack at a pump station faced difficulty in finding ASTM A572
Grade 50 steel locally. The GES designer insisted that Grade A36 steel did not violate
Saudi Aramco standards. GES inquiries with local supplier found that a minimum order
of 20 to 50 tons and 5 months delivery time would be needed for Grade 50 steel. To meet
the fabrication and construction schedule, the project requested a waiver to use A36 steel
instead of Grade 50 for the pipe rack structure. Ultimately CSD approved the waiver as
an exceptional case.
Case 2 – Ensure Contract Documents Specify Hot Dip Galvanizing rather than Painting
of all Structural Steel
Previously Saudi Aramco standards required painting of structural steel. Specification

12-SAMSS-007 Fabrication of Structural and Miscellaneous Steel now requires such
steel to be hot dip galvanized.
Hot dip galvanizing of structural steel has many advantages. Galvanizing is more durable
and resistant to mechanical damage during transportation of the steel to the project
site. Galvanized steel performs well in most onshore and industrial environments. If
necessary, galvanized steel can be later maintained by applying a top coat in the field
with an APCS 26. Galvanized steel also performs well for structures that require slip-
critical connections.
Designers are familiar with the long-time practice of using ASTM A36 steel for general
purpose steel structures, including buildings and bridges.
Saudi Arabian steel suppliers currently do not carry much stock of Grade 50 steel, since
until now it has been low demand item.
Designers are familiar with the previously used Saudi Aramco standards.


 Recommendation:
Ensure that steel designers are familiar with applying current Saudi Aramco standards
that require high grade steel for W and WT shapes.
Make early investigation of availability of Grade 50 steel on the local market. Ensure
timely placement of orders. If you discover a problem with availability of Grade 50 steel,
check with CSD as soon as possible for advice about sourcing and design. Do not design
W and WT shapes using Grade A36 and then ask for a waiver.
Ensure that steel designers are familiar with applying current Saudi Aramco standards
that require hot dip galvanizing.
See related lessons:
· Constructability Issues for Structural Steel Design & Erection - Steel Column
Splicing, Pipe Rack X-Bracing Design, & Pipe Rack Temporary Construction Bracing
(hnrp-142)
· Structural Steel Column Splices Must Be Designed with Bolted Connection – Select
Column Sizes that are Possible to Splice Using Standard Details (insp-202)
· Plan to Purchase-Fabricate-Deliver-Erect Structural Steel in Batches of Erectable
Systems Prioritized by Overall Project Schedule Needs (khursan-011)
· Verify Fabrication Capabilities During Structural Steel Design (pdcd-011)
5. Common Scope Definition Pitfalls when Project Interfaces with Existing Utility Systems
 Date: 7/1/2008
Experience has shown that problems frequently arise when project scope involves
additions or modifications to existing utilities systems such as cooling water, wastewater,
power, etc. Typical examples of such problems include:
 Differing perceptions by Proponent and PMT about necessary extent of utility load
analysis – whether to perform a limited local analysis or entire network analysis. This
may lead to conflict, misunderstanding, and delays.
 Late addition to main project scope without evaluating impact on utilities. This may lead
to unexpected major cost increases and delays.


 Incomplete documentation of existing utility networks and loads. This may lead to
delays to gather information, invalid assumptions, and performance deficiencies.
See actual examples:
 Late Change in DBSP Scope Resulted in Unclear Requirements, with Proponent & PMT
Having Different Perceptions of Required Analysis for Chilled Water Utility System
(ps&cd-090, Case 1)
 Major Change to Sulfur Plant Wastewater System at 60 percent Detailed
Design (ps&cd-090, Case 8)
 Delay due to Incomplete Documentation to Evaluate Adequacy of Existing Refinery
Emergency Cooling Water Supply (crwr-267)
1. Unrealistic expectations about the amount of time and money required to analyze
complete existing network for the sake of a relatively minor upgrade
2. Incomplete awareness or consideration of other project impact on utility loads
3. Incomplete documentation of existing utility systems after original project and upgrades
4. Tendency to rush incorporation of late scope changes without full evaluation of
secondary impacts, especially on utility systems
 Recommendation:
Projects that interface with existing facility utilities must be particularly vigilant to
recognize these issues early and prevent them from becoming major problems.
1. DBSP should clearly define limits of any utility load studies to be conducted in Project
Proposal phase. Ensure alignment between PMT and Proponent regarding whether
a limited local analysis or entire network analysis will be required.
2. Project Proposal should include time and money to conduct such studies as defined in
DBSP.
3. When conducting existing utility load analysis, ensure that Proponent provides
complete, accurate, and timely input of existing utility capacities and
loads. Proponent should also fully communicate his knowledge about other ongoing
and forthcoming projects that may affect common utilities in the existing plant.
4. Do not rush late scope changes. Ensure thorough analysis of all proposed scope changes,
including impact on utilities systems such as cooling water, wastewater, power, etc.
5. Facilitate early recognition of invalid assumptions and promote Proponent/PMT
alignment by holding Project Execution Planning Workshop.


6. Managing the Impact of other Projects on Your Project’s Utilities and Infrastructure
 Date: 5/13/2007
 Number: napd-093
This lesson was originally issued 05/29/2002 and updated 06/24/2006 and 05/13/2007.
1) Examples of Harmful Impact
Case 1a – Infrastructure and Utility Scope Affected by Several Unrelated Projects (BI-
3541 Wastewater Treatment Plant Expansion, RT Refinery)
The scope of this project is to expand the existing wastewater treatment plant at Ras
Tanura Refinery. During the DBSP and Project Proposal, the infrastructure and utility
scope of this project was affected by several unrelated projects in Ras Tanura
Refinery. Protracted discussions involving many parties were required to resolve these
issues, which were necessitated mainly by planning deficiencies of previous, unrelated
projects.
· Civil Infrastructure: Added a road bridge to handle traffic to a nearby substation

and pump station built under a previous BI.
· Control Systems Infrastructure: Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system must

be designed to cover not only the wastewater plant but also a product transfer plant. Any
dependency between these two facilities is undesirable, since a problem in the wastewater
plant could potentially lead to a shutdown of revenue-generating critical service of the
product transfer plant. Preferably, these facilities should be entirely independent. Also,
other unrelated BIs are still requesting space in the wastewater plant Process Interface
Building, which will affect the UPS and may require a new building.
· Electrical Infrastructure: Constraints from other unrelated projects have resulted in

inefficient routing of additional power needed for the wastewater treatment plant
expansion.
· ETAP Study: Lack of electrical power information and proponent communication

has resulted in numerous projects inefficiently performing costly and time consuming
ETAP Studies.
Case 1b - Major Change to Increase Capacity of Sulfur Plant Wastewater System at 60

percent Detailed Design (BI-3178/79 Shedgum and Uthmaniyah Gas Plants Sulfur Plants
Upgrade, Phase I)


The DBSP did not include the installation of new wastewater stripper, since the subject of
waste water was not studied until late in the Project Proposal phase. A late change to the
Project Proposal added a wastewater stripper to process the waste water from the BTX
unit and dispose to the existing Oily Water Sewer and finally to the existing evaporation
pond.
At 60 percent detailed design, after the wastewater stripper was partially fabricated, the
Proponent said that the evaporation pond could not handle this additional
load. Alternative solutions were to expand the pond or to improve water quality through
better waste water processing.
A Project Change Request was issued (Wastewater Stripper Modification to Improve

Water Quality). Impact was $450k and 4-month schedule impact, engineering rework,
material specification change, pump and filter change.
If this idea had been discovered and decided during early phase, cost impact would have
been $40k with no schedule impact.
2) Examples of Helpful Impact
Case 2a - Utilize Existing Temporary Evaporation Pond Instead of Constructing a New

One (BI-0041; Hawiyah Gas Plant Expansion)
During the development of the Project Proposal for Site Preparation of the Hawiyah NGL
Recovery Plant (HNRP) in the fourth quarter of 2003, it was agreed to utilize and
upgrade the existing and abandoned Evaporation Pond in accordance with the applicable
Saudi Aramco Environmental Standards. This existing abandoned Temporary
Evaporation Pond was constructed and utilized for the temporary facilities during
construction of the Hawiyah Gas Plant which came on stream in 2001. This HNRP
upgraded pond is planned to be abandoned after completion of the HNRP Project by the
end of 2008.
During the detailed design stage of the Hawiyah Gas Plant Expansion Project (HGPE) in
2006, it was realized that the new scope called to construct a permanent evaporation
pond, similar to the existing one, but much smaller in size, which happened to be in close
vicinity to the existing recently upgraded one. The LSTK Contractor was instructed to
look into utilizing the existing recently built Evaporation Pond and advice PMT
accordingly. So far all his feedback is positive for utilizing this pond.


Case 1a – Infrastructure and Utility Scope Affected by Several Unrelated Projects
 Incomplete front-end planning during the DBSP, particularly related to infrastructure
utilities
 Lack of information (not knowing about subsequent BIs that may affect this project)
 Using a strategy to share infrastructure facilities for unrelated projects
Case 1b - Major Change to Sulfur Plant Wastewater System at 60 percent Detailed
Design
The root cause of the PCR was that quantity of water disposal to existing evaporation
pond from this project and other new projects was not fully considered during Project
Proposal. Benefits of improved waste water recovery include:
 Better water recovery saves 500,000 gallons per day
 Less harmful impact to environment (ground water)
 Reduces load on demin water plant
Case 2a - Utilize Existing Temporary Evaporation Pond Instead of Constructing a New
One
Benefits of using the existing pond include:
 Saving the Company time and money.
 Utilizing available resources.
 Recommendation:
1. Proponent input and participation is critical in development of infrastructure related
requirements during DBSP development and Project Proposal phases.
2. Ensure Facilities Planning Department and Proponent coordinate planning of
infrastructure/utilities requirements of all projects within a plant/area. Before signing a
DBSP, the PMT should closely question FPD and the Proponent to make sure that the
DBSP takes into account all ongoing and known future projects with the potential to
affect your project, especially with regards to infrastructure and utility requirements.


3. When planning temporary facilities for new projects in existing facilities, explore
the possibility of using existing or abandoned facilities, such as temporary evaporation
ponds. Make sure to verify capacity requirements of the new project and other possible
concurrent projects. Also confirm that the pond will meet existing Saudi Aramco
Environmental Standards.
4. Establish centralized ownership of ETAP studies within Consulting Services

Department. A single point of contact must be established and or a Department must
have ownership of particular plant's ETAP studies. Presently the studies in question are
fragmented, as no Organization is taking the responsibility for coordinating the ETAP
requirements for the numerous projects in the plants. See related lesson Strategies to
Avoid ETAP (Electrical Transient Analysis Program) Problems (pmt320-006).
5. Segregate control and power systems of unrelated plants to ensure integrity of all
plants.
6. During conceptual stage of waste water system design, consider cost saving, energy
savings and environmental impacts.
7. Considerations When Expanding Existing Circuit Breaker Panels or Motor Control

Centers
 Date: 3/20/2007
This lesson was originally published 05/29/2002 and updated 12/27/2004 and 08/02/2005
and 03/20/2007 and 7/18/2009.
Case 1 - Existing Breakers Obsolete, Had to Buy New Panel
The design called for buying and installing new breakers into an existing circuit breaker
panel, with the intention that the new breakers would be purchased to match the existing
ones. However, during construction it was determined that the existing breakers were
obsolete and that it would be cheaper and faster to buy a whole new panel and breakers.
This required a change order.


Case 2 - Panel Space Available & Reserved, But New Breaker Not Compatible with
Existing Cubicle
When the contractor was ready to install a power breaker in the existing cubicle assigned
at the substation, the contractor found that the cubicle did not have the draw-out
mechanism to install the breaker for the new feeder to the gatehouse. PMT arranged with
the plant operation for an alternative cubicle assigned for the new feeder. The project
could have been delayed if the alternative cubicle had not been available and a new
mechanism needed to be ordered.
Case 3 - Cheaper to Buy Whole New Panel than to Custom Make New Breaker to
Interface with Existing Panel
Project scope included replacement of 34.5KV breakers in existing switchgear that was
scheduled to be replaced three years after completion of this project. When LSTK
contractor evaluated costs of procuring/testing/guaranteeing a custom made breaker to
interface with the obsolescent switchgear panel, it was concluded that buying a whole
new panel would be cheaper.
Case 4 - Rework Due to Interconnection Incompatibility between New and Existing
Electrical Control Gear in Mechanical Control Center
On arrival on site of a new additional 480 V MCC to the existing 480 V MCC (R84-P-
753, R84-P-754, R-84-P-755 & R84-P-756), it was found that the new equipment
(manufactured by a manufacturer different from the existing control center) did not have
the same width as the existing control gear. The difference in dimension did not allow for
proper direct connection of the bus bars and has violated the equipment clearance space
of 900 mm, depending on the distance condition as required as specified in NEC.110.26,
table 110.26 (A) (1).
To correct this discrepancy, the new additional control gear was returned to the
manufacturer for rectification to comply with the requirement of the Scope of Work,
Section 3.5.3.4, which requires that new added MCC sections shall be supplied with the
same dimensions as the existing. The equipment had to be re-worked and modified,
which contributed to delays in project completion and construction progress.


Case 5 - Maintaining Existing Incomers Location on New Switchgear
The two incomers of 34.5kV switchgear could not reach the tie breaker. However,
the old switchgear layout was included in the information provided to the supplier, but
the two incomers of the new switchgear could not get to the tie breaker. Each incomer
ended before spare cubicles in the old switchgear. The bus ducts were run directly from
the transformers to these incomers. One of the new two cable bus of the switchgear
overlapped with the other switchgear cable bus. The overlap of the two new cable buses
with the other switchgear cable bus impacted the cutover of the two switchgears. The
cutover sequence was as follows: Bus-A of P-001, Bus-C of P-002, Bus-B of P-
001, and Bus-D of P-002
Case 1
Inadequate investigation of existing equipment and marketplace.
Case 2
Although the contractor, early in the project, did check availability of the cubicle
assigned for the project, they did not check if the cubicle is operative and the new breaker
is compatible.
Case 3
Ensuring compatibility of new parts with obsolescent equipment can be more difficult
and expensive than expected.
Case 4
Field verification of dimensions of the existing MCC was not performed prior to placing
the purchase order.
The order for the new equipment was placed with a different manufacturer than the
existing equipment.
Case 5
Proper field verification was not done.
 Recommendation:
1. When developing scope for replacement of breakers, consider replacing entire

panel. During DBSP and Project Proposal phases, check with FPD to determine plans to
replace existing panel.
2. Prepare justification to include new panel in project scope.
3. Ensure site investigation of all affected facilities and adequate investigation of
marketplace to determine potential obsolescence of compatible equipment. Primary
considerations when researching the market should be current availability, forecast
obsolescence, cost, and schedule.
4. During field verification of existing facilities, be sure to check for functionality and
compatibility between existing and new equipment/materials to be installed.


5. Ensure that supplier maintains the same layout of existing switchgear during the review
of NMR-601 in order to ensure smooth cutover plan.
8. Constructability Issues for a Building Project

 Date: 2/10/2004
 Number: sapd-080
The construction schedule for the new Surveying Services building in Dhahran was
negatively affected by site and design constraints that could have been reduced with more
constructability review and planning.
Site Access
Site access was limited. Building site was located in a very confined area next to existing
facilities.
Only one access route was provided to the work site, and the construction contractor and
Proponent had to share this access throughout construction. This situation was
inconvenient for the construction contractor and unsafe for all users. Access from only 1
side of site greatly limited the ability to start work on that side of the site.
Construction Sequence
Construction sequence was not fully analyzed. Temporary parking and site fencing could
have been done earlier by short form contract instead of included in building contractor’s
scope. This could have reduced project duration and simplified the building contractor’s
work.
Design Constraints
Scope included basement for record storage. The basement required 9-meter deep
excavation, mostly rock. This prevented other work, such as building foundations, from
starting. It took 3 ½ months to do excavation and partially build retaining wall before
building foundation work could be started.
Design of loading area ramp at basement level required more rock excavation. Also this
facility is now difficult to utilize, because the freight elevator is not at same level as
ramp.
Conflicts Between Design Disciplines
- Architectural – Structural Conflicts


· Cross bracing was located at window openings
· Missing foundation details, columns, and beams for hallway
· Missing structural steel drawing for roof staircase
- Architectural – Mechanical Conflicts
· Sewer line routed under building foundation and through communications room
1. Constructability study was not done, since project value was under $10
MM. Project was assumed to be a routine small building, and constructability difficulties
were not sufficiently recognized before construction start.
2. Existing facilities needed to continue operations until completion of new building
3. Provision of only one access route to site was due to security concerns
4. Inadequate coordination between design disciplines
 Recommendation:
1. SAPMT to ensure construction input during Project Proposal and detailed

design. Optimum timing is at 30 percent Project Proposal and 20 percent detailed
design. Contact Project Performance Optimization Division (PPOD) of Project Support
and Controls Department (PS&CD) to facilitate constructability analysis.
2. In future building designs, consider eliminating basement and replacing with

alternative storage space to suit Proponent’s needs, for example add second story to
annex building.
3. In future building designs, consider repositioning the footprint of new building to

allow a bigger work area or temporary relocation of existing facility occupants to allow
demolition of old building before construction of new one.
4. During detailed design, SAPMT to insist on regular coordination meetings between

disciplines with SAPMT present.


Attachment 19 – List of Approved Equipment Relocation Contractors (Page 1 of 3)
1. Al-Najim (NASICO)


2. Al-Ruqee


3. Ebrahim Al-Jasim Sons Trading Company


Attachment 20 – Minutes of Meeting Regarding Review Comments (Page 1 of 2)


Attachment 20 – Minutes of Meeting Regarding Review Comments (Page 2 of 2)


Attachment 21 – DBSP Review Meeting Comments (Page 1 of 22)
No. Section Organization Comment Response Status
1. 9.1.5 EPD “Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)” Disagreed. EIA is included in Closed.
title should be changed to “Environmental Section 9.1.5 and EIS is
LGU/MJD
Impact Statement (EIS)”. included in Section 8.1.2.
2. General EPD If chemicals are to be stored the following This is project proposal item. Closed.
must be considered:
LGU/MJD
 Secondary spill containment shall be
provided for and hazardous materials
 Sheltered area
 Lining and diking
 Segregation of incompatible chemicals
3. General EPD All inert construction debris generated This is a construction item. Closed.
during this project shall be disposed of in a
LGU/MJD
Class III landfill in accordance with SAES-
S-007 “Solid Waste Landfill Standard”.
Other solid wastes generated, if any, shall
be disposed of in accordance with SAES-
S-007. Hazardous waste, if any, shall be
managed in accordance with GI 430.001
and the Hazardous Waste Code.
4. General EPD All excavation and backfill activities shall Has been incorporated in Closed.
be conducted in accordance with SAES-A- DBSP Section 6. This is
LGU/MJD
114. construction item.


5. General EPD Efforts should be made to minimize waste Agreed. Closed.

generation and disposal, where feasible.
LGU/MJD
6. 3.2.3 EPD Consider using treated sanitary wastewater Disagreed. Currently, there is Closed.
for landscape irrigation if feasible provided no treated wastewater system
EED/WMU
it complies with SAES-A-104 and the for landscaping irrigation. Raw
government regulations for treated water shall be used for
wastewater to be reused. landscaping irrigation under
this BI.
7. General EPD Wastewater generated from the proposed Has been incorporated in Closed.
facility and/or temporary construction DBSP Section 6.
EED/WMU
facility should be treated in accordance
with the government regulations and
company standards SAES-A-104
"Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and
Disposal" and Saudi Aramco Sanitary
Code and SASC-S-02.
8. Attachment 7 EPD This document indicates that 4 This is a project proposal item. Closed.
toilet/showers are to be provided.
WED
In order for adequacy of facilities to be
assessed we require the specific number of
toilets, showers and hand wash basins for
the number of employees in each work area
SASC-S-12-8-8.8


9. 7.2.3 EPD What is the type of water to be used for the Raw water shall be used for Closed.
landscape irrigation? landscaping irrigation.
WED
There shall be no cross connection between Agreed. Has been incorporated
the potable water supply and any unsafe or in DBSP Section 6.
questionable water supply, sewerage
system or any source of pollution which
might contaminate or otherwise degrade
the potable water supply.SASC-S-6.6.3
10. 6 EPD SASC Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code should Has been incorporated in Closed.
be included in the standards list which DBSP Section 6.
WED
facilities will comply with.
11. General EPD All sewer pipes or drains through which This is a Detailed Design item. Closed.
rodents may pass shall be closed with a
WED
properly secured, perforated metal or iron
cover. Perforations shall not admit a
cylinder 13 millimeters(0.5 inches ) in
diameter SASC-S-08-9.4
12. Appendix PS “Double ended bus configuration. Ratings: Has been incorporated in Closed.
15.3, 3.3.2 400 A continuous, 63 kA rms symmetrical DBSP Appendix 15.3.
PSED
Electrical interruption, 63 kA peak bus bracing”.
Utilities, The above statement shall be revised since
Electrical the SA 16-SAMSS-504 does not permit the
Equipment use of 400A indoor metal clad switchgear.
Room (EER) The maximum rated symmetrical
interrupting capability is 50kA and
therefore 63kA is not acceptable


13. Appendix PS “a double-ended 15kV switchgear Has been incorporated in Closed.

15.3, 3.3.2 containing two (2) incomers circuit DBSP Appendix 15.3.
PSED
Electrical breakers, one ( I) tie Breaker, six (6) feeder
Utilities, breakers;” The above statement contradicts
Electrical the conceptual single line drawing in
Equipment Appendix 15.2 attachment 11 which shows
Room (EER) two incomer breakers, one bus tie breaker
and three feeder breakers
14. Appendix PS “The EER shall also include an outdoor 13.8 kV Circuit Breakers shall Closed.
15.3, 3.3.2 transformer yard suitable for: 13.8 kV gas be used.
PSED
Electrical insulated switchgear (GIS) substation.”
Utilities, Please clarify the above statement. Is there
Electrical going to be SF6 pad mounted switchgear in
Equipment the transformer yard? Power system prefer
Room (EER) the incomer breakers to be part of the
metal clad switchgear located in EER
15. Appendix PS The incomers breakers from Breakers 6A Shall be connected to existing Closed.
15.3 and 6B at substation # 3 shall be integrated facilities
PSED
into the SCADA system to Dhahran PCC
16. Appendix PS Please clarify the type of transformer for Specialized testing equipment Closed.
15.3 the motor testing equipment. Note that devise shall be requested to
PSED/PSPD
three winding transformers are not test for different voltages.
acceptable. See Section 5.3 of SAES-P- This is a Project Proposal item.
121 which prohibits the use of three
winding transformers.


17. Appendix PS Please verify that breakers 6A and 6B at They will be delegated feeders Closed.
15.3 Substation # 3 are on Motor bus shall be for this application.
PSED
express feeders
18. Appendix PS The new EER shall have PSA system and Shall be connected to existing Closed.
15.3 the incomers breakers shall be monitored facilities.
PSED
by PCC via the PSA SCADA system to
Dhahran
19. Appendix PS Please evaluate the constructability of This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
15.3 routing 2km of cables from substation # 3
PSED
to the proposed shop location which
heavily congested pipeline and utilities
underground
20. 7.3.2.2, PS Please check and verify the 13.8kV Spare Circuit Breakers shall be Closed.
Primary breakers 6A and 6B mentioned in section utilized.
PSED
Power supply 7.3.2.2 are spare or space. If they are spare
the installed protection scheme shall be
upgraded to the current SA standard relays
21. 7.3.2.2, PS Please check and confirm if the substation Preliminary calculations Closed.
Primary #3 transformers have the capacity to handle indicate adequate capacity,
PSED/PSPD
Power supply the additional load. final load summary shall be
implemented during project
proposal.


22. Appendix PS The 13.8kV underground cable shall have Detailed equipment shall be Closed.
15.3, 3.3.2 additional water protection feature ( Water- developed during project
PSED
Electrical blocking) as per SA SAMSS-502 CL 8.4. proposal.
Utilities, This is a requirement for the RT area
Electrical cables
Equipment
Room (EER)
23. Section 6 PS Add SAES-P-100 to the standard list Has been incorporated in Closed.
DBSP Section 6.
PSPD
24. Appendix PS “One 480V switchgear containing two (2) Noted and the comments have Closed.
15.3, 3.3.2 in comers circuit breakers, one (1) tie been be revised accordingly.
PSPD
Electrical breaker, sixteen (16) feeder breakers”
Utilities The above statement contradicts the
conceptual single line drawing in Appendix
15.2 attachment 11 which shows 22 feeder
breakers and two transformers supplying
the distribution panels
25. Appendix PS Please clarify that the (2) 480-400/230 This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
15.2 Proposed transformers will require breakers/fuses as
PSPD
Facilities opposed to only disconnect switches as
shown on attachment 11. Please see
SAES-P 116 section 9.1 [Switchgear—
General]


26. Appendix PS Update one-line to reflect two incoming Drawing has been revised Closed.
15.2 Proposed PSPD breakers into the 480 V switchgear accordingly.
Facilities
27. Appendix PS The MVA specified for the 13.8kV/480V Preliminary calculations Closed.
15.3, 3.3.2 states “rated 13.8kV/480V, 2.5/3.125 indicate adequate capacity.
PSPD
Electrical MVA.” Please confirm that the rating is Final load summary shall be
Utilities adequate since SAES-P 121 section 6 implemented during project
Table 1 states that transformers have to be proposal.
derated by 15%.
28. 7.3.1.8.3 FrPD/FSEG Requirement for automatic sprinkler Agreed. As per SAES-M-100 Closed.
system should be moved from this and IBC 2009, extent of
referenced section to 7.3.1.5, Firewater sprinkler protection will be
System. based on the final arrangement
for both the shops building and
The extent of sprinkler protection –
the office building.
whether for the Shops Building, Office
Building, or both – is to be identified.
29. 7.3.1.8.3 FrPD/FSEG After the automatic sprinkler requirement Agreed. Has been incorporated Closed.
is moved, per previous comment, this in DBSP Section 7.3.1.5.2.
referenced section shall be renamed from
“Automation Facilities” to “Fire Alarm and
Detection System”


30. Appendix FrPD/FSEG What is the basis for the number of The numbers provided are for Closed.
15.3, Item 4 hydrants, hose reels and, in particular, the cost estimation purpose
monitors identified for this project? only. The actual number for
the hydrants, hose reels and
monitors will be estimated
during the development of
Project Proposal.
31. Appendix FrPD/FSEG Where is the budgetary scope for the Has been incorporated in Closed.
15.3, Section automatic sprinkler system required in DBSP Appendix 15.3.
3.3.1, Table Section 7.3.1.8.3?
Item 4
32. Appendix FrPD/FSEG Where is the budgetary scope for the fire Has been incorporated in Closed.
15.3, Section alarm and detection system identified in DBSP Appendix 15.3.
3.3.1 Section 7.3.1.8.3? Is the first item under
Table “Budgetary Estimate – Electrical”
under Section 3.3.2 intended to address this
equipment? If so, it is a little buried in
unrelated text, and may be missed.
33. 7.1.4 FrPD/RT Area Provide fire hose cabinets on both stories, Has been incorporated in Closed.
Div per SAES-B-019, Table 1. DBSP Section 6. This is a
Project Proposal item.
34. 7.1.4 FrPD/RT Area Provide an emergency lighting system for Has been incorporated in Closed.
Div the Office Building, similar to the DBSP Section 7.3.2.
requirement in 7.3.2.3 (bullet 7) that is for
the Shops Building.


35. 7.1.4 FrPD/RT Area The intended fire extinguishers are to be This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
Div multipurpose (ABC) fire extinguishers
throughout both stories, per SAES-B-019,
Table 1.
36. 7.2.5. FrPD/RT Area Car parking area may require fire This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
Div extinguishers, fire hydrants, and non-fire
related equipment (e.g., telephones in case
of emergency).
37. 7.1.4 - 7.1.3 FrPD/RT Area The fire alarm system must be connected Connection to HVAC and Closed.
Div with HVAC system, Ju’aymah fire control Juaymah Fire Control Unit will
& industrial security. be provided as mandated by
company standards. Has been
incorporated in DBSP Section
4.
There is no company mandate
to provide the connection to
Industrial Security.
38. 3.3 MSSD Open area should be paved and traffic plan Already included in Section Closed.
should be established. 7.2.1.
39. 4.4 MSSD The shade is required for material storage Has been incorporated in Closed.
and should be relocated. Section 7.2.2.


40. 4.2.1 MSSD MSSD is recommending all existing non- This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
electrical utilities should be reviewed
carefully for their capacity, efficiency and
even for their conditions before connecting
them with the new proposed facilities.
41. 7.1.3 MSSD Appendix 15.2 – attachment 12 List of Revised shops equipment list Closed.
required maintenance Equipment has been has been provided by MSSD
revised. Copy attached. and incorporated in DBSP
Appendix 15.2.
The shops space in Appendix 15.2
attachment 7 should read Space program has been
discussed and updated based
Electrical shop is 2000SM
on revised requirements from
Machine shop 2000SM MSSD.
MRU 1 +MRU 2 3000SM Has been incorporated in
DBSP Appendix 15.2.


42. 7.4 MSSD  The electrical shop shall be Refer to response to comment Closed.
equipped with (One 100 Ton with 41.
25 ton auxiliary and one 60 Ton
with 10 ton auxiliary).
 Also (2each 10 ton, 2each 5 ton and
2each 3 ton Jib cranes)
 MSU shall be equipped with one 40
ton & 10 ton auxiliary, one 20 ton
and 15 each 2 ton jib cranes.
 MRU 2 one 50 ton and 10 ton
auxiliary, one 20 ton
 MRU 1 two 20 ton and 24 each 2-
3 tons jib cranes and two 6 ton jib
cranes (one in each unit).
Appendix 12.2, attachment 12 List of
required maintenance Equipment has been
revised. Copy attached.
43. 7.3.1.1 - MSSD Existing underground utilities system is in This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
7.3.1.2 - very poor condition and should be
7.3.1.3 - reviewed for handling the existing and new
7.3.1.4 - facilities.
7.3.1.5 -
7.3.1.6 -
7.3.1.7


44. 7.3.1.8.2 MSSD Evaluate water supply requirement for the Chilled water system is a Closed.
chilled water. closed loop system and does
not require continuous supply
of makeup water. Potable
water will be used as makeup
only in case there is loss of
chilled water from the system.
45. 7.3.1.8.2 MSSD Evaluate water supply and facility This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
requirement for sprinkler system.
46. 7.3.2 MSSD The estimated power requirement are 3.125 This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
MVA for the shops and 10MVA for the
motor testing facility as stated in the
Appendix 12.2 and the list of equipment.
“The new substation at Juaymah should be
installed with 15 KVA/800A primary
switch, 10 MVA transformer, bus ducts,
and HV/LV switchgears.
47. 7.3.2.1 MSSD What about exiting substation? Can we Double feeders are possible, Closed.
feed the facility from two sources? but single feeder is sufficient.


48. 7.3.3.2 MSSD Could the communication room at old Yes, the existing equipment at Closed.
Office building support the new facility? the admin building will be
Feedback from Communication. used to interface the new
buildings.
Also, we need to use fiber optics.
The connectivity will be via
fiber cables.
49. 6 MSSD The following standards should be added Has been incorporated in Closed.
to DBSP document:- DBSP Section 6.
SAES-M-001 Structural Design for non-
Building Structures
SAES-P-100 Design Basic Power System
50. Appendix MSSD The appendix 12.2 attachment 12 “List of Refer to response to comment Closed.
12.2, required maintenance Equipment” was 41.
Attachment revised. MSSD added new additional
12 equipment and deleted some equipment.
This appendix is part of the main scope.
51. General SAPD Proponent and FPD should secure, provide Noted. Closed.
and renew all required LUP’s before
contract award.


52. Section 1, SAPD Relocation of existing operational shops Relocation of all shops Closed.
Page 5 of 98 equipment/machines from the existing equipment from existing
MSSD facilities in Dhahran MSSD shop to MSSD facility at Dhahran to
the proposed shop in Ju’aymah shall not be proposed facility at Ju’ymah is
responsibility of this budget item due to an integral part of the scope of
liability concerns for relocation relocated BI-10-01545.
equipment/machines. The relocation shall be carried
PMT highly recommends responsibilities out by PMT utilizing approved
for equipment/machines relocation be equipment installation
through user groups (Proponent) and the contractors.
equipment vendor. The relocation shall be fully
coordinated with MSSD.
List of contractors has been
incorporated in DBSP
Appendix 15.2.
53. Section 3.1 SAPD Confirm that Site location is 500 m outside Approved LUPs are already Closed.
the plant perimeter fence of JBP as per included in DBSP Appendix
SAES-B-014. LPD shall countersign final 15.2, including all required
DBSP. reviews and approvals.
54. 4.2.1 and SAPD Project will not upgrade, modify or replace This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
9.2.3 any of existing non-electrical utilities If
such recommendation will be complied as
result of hydraulic analysis during PP
phase, project’s schedule and budget will
be adjusted accordingly


55. 7.2.1 SAPD Minimal site development is required or This is a construction item. Closed.
suitable fill materials shall be added as
applicable of SAES. please clarify
56. 7.3.1.8.3 & SAPD Please confirm that building risk Scope of a BRA includes Closed.
9.1.2 assessment (BRA) assessment is required, assessments of all risks.
however Blast-resistant Construction Already included in DBSP
assessment as per SAES-B-14 is not Section 9.1.2.
required.
57. 7.3.2.2 SAPD Confirmation from POD that mentioned Units shall be reserved for this Closed.
breakers are reserved for this project. POD project as appropriate. This is a
shall countersign final DBSP. Project Proposal item.
58. 7.3.3.2 , SAPD IT clarification is needed regarding Noted. This is Project Closed.
Appendix proposed connection points and Proposal item.
(App) 15.1 requirements to provide all services to
Att 3b, App maintenance facilities as per SOW. RT IT
15.2 Att. 10 or CE&TS Department shall countersign
& App 15.3 final DBSP
section 3.3.3
59. 7.3.3.3 SAPD Please provide status of ER-10-00074 and This is Project Proposal item. Closed.
who is in-charge from FPD & PMT
60. 7.3.3.4 SAPD Please provide status of ER-10-00246 and This is Project Proposal item. Closed.
who is in-charge from FPD & PMT


61. 9.2.4 SAPD Existing ETAP should be provided by Disagreed. ETAP power Closed.
POD to be utilized for subject project. systems analysis is an integral
Complete ETAP power systems analysis is part of the project scope.
out of project’s scope.
62. 9.2.7 SAPD BI 10-01402 ERC should be adjusted since Noted Closed.
the ERC date of this project is 07/17. Final
project’s milestone dates should be
determine after DBSP review
meetings/initial approval from members
63. 12 SAPD VE is recommended to be conducted Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.

during 90% DBSP sine the BI value is Section 12.
between $ 30-100 MM as per SAEP-14
section 4.1.1. If VE was waived in the
DBSP, please provide copy of that
64. 14 SAPD Final project’s milestone dates should be Noted. Closed.

determine after DBSP review
meetings/initial approval from members
65. 2 SAPD The DBSP document does not state the Refer to response to comment Closed.
presently used equipment and planned 41.
future equipment (if applicable) being used
in the MSSD Dhahran Shops.


66. 7.3.2 SAPD The DBSP document should clearly state Already included in the DBSP Closed.
that preliminary load analysis demonstrates Section 7.3.2.
that the upgraded Ju’aymah Shops facility
will have sufficient electrical capacity to
accommodate the present Ju’aymah shop
equipment plus the existing MSSD
Dhahran equipment to be relocated.
67. Appendix SAPD The proposed single line diagram should Double ended configuration as Closed.
15.2 clearly show that the 13.8kV & 480V shown in the single line
switchboards are both split into two. diagram.
The location of SWGR R82-P should be SWGR R82-P location is
indicated; It should also be stated whether existing.
it’s existing or new. Already included in DBSP
Section 7.3.2.2.
68. Section 4.2.1, SAPD DBSP shall include the preliminary data of Refer to DBSP Section 7.3.1.1. Closed.
Page 7 of 98 existing flow/pressure for Raw & drinking
water network. Data will be subjected for
further evaluation during project proposal
phase.
69. Sec. 7.3.1.8.2 SAPD There is no provision for a standby chiller HVAC system shall be Closed.
Page 17 of 98 in DBSP, standby chiller to be provided designed according to SA
standard.


70. Sec. 7.3.1.8.2 SAPD Cement lined steel piping specified for Chilled water piping shall be Closed.
Page 17 of 98 chilled water in DBSP is not in Aramco designed according to SA
standards. standard. Referenced Standard
has been incorporated in DBSP
( it is not specified for chilled water in the
Section 6.
piping materials selection table-1 of saes-l-
132)
71. General SAPD This statement need further clarification & Synergy opportunities are Closed.
to be clearly defined at this stage. mainly related to execution,
and shall be identified,
“There are several design and construction
clarified and planned in the
synergy opportunities between these
workshop, which is specified
budget items, related to relocation of shops
to be conducted during Project
equipment from existing MSSD shops at
Proposal. Refer to DBSP
Dhahran to the upgraded MSSD shops at
Section 9.2.7.
Ju’aymah.”
72. 4.3 SAPD Relocation of existing operational shops Refer to response to comment Closed.
equipment/machines from the existing 52.
MSSD facilities in Dhahran MSSD shop to
the proposed shop in Ju’aymah shall not be
responsibility of this budget item due to
liability concerns for relocation relocated
equipment/machines.
PMT highly recommends responsibilities
for equipment/machines relocation be
through user groups (Proponent) and the
equipment vendor.


73. 6.0 SAPD BI 10-01402 DBSP does not include Refer to response to comment Closed.
relocating any shop equipment. 52.
Relocation of existing operational shops
equipment/machines from the existing
equipment/machines.
equipment vendor.
74. 7.1 SAPD BI 10-01402 should be clearly informed to Refer to response to comment Closed.
consider relocating of equipment to 52.
Ju’aymah, as per below in section 7.1.
“The scope of this budget item does not
include any scope for the existing MSSD
facility at Dhahran”.


75. 7.1.3 SAPD Please confirm if this area of the attached Offices, which are attached to Closed.
office space part of the designated shops the shop spaces, are part of the
are of 7350 SM or added to that please Shops Building. Has been
clarify. section 7.1.3 clarified in DBSP Section
7.1.3.
“The proposed offices supporting and
attached to the proposed shops building
shall be 1-story high with a total floor area
of approximately 1,415 square meters
(SM).”
76. 7.1.3 SAPD The DBSP mentioned in section 7.1.3 that Refer to response to comment Closed.
the capacity to be considered is 200 75.
persons, while the offices provided is 40
offices (attached to the workshop) and 140
offices within the office building. Total of
180 offices, Please clarify.
77. 7.4 SAPD Relocation of existing operational shops Refer to response to comment Closed.
equipment/machines from the existing 52.
equipment/machines.
equipment vendor.


78. Section 7.6 SAPD The description of demolition in section Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.
7.6 stated “This Budget Item does not Section 4.4. and 7.6
include any demolition of facilities.” While
this contradicts what was stated in section
4.4 “This Budget Item shall only include
demolishing the existing shipping and
receiving steel shed at Ju’ayma.”
79. Appendix- SAPD Relocation of existing operational shops Refer to response to comment Closed.
15.2, equipment/machines from the existing 52.
Attachment MSSD facilities in Dhahran MSSD shop to
12 the proposed shop in Ju’aymah shall not be
equipment/machines.
equipment vendor.
80. Section 7.3.1 RTALPD The existing firewater system adequacy This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
Firewater shall be verified. The assumption that the
System existing firewater system is expected to be
adequate is not valid, since the additional
scope is huge and might require higher
demands.


81. Appendix- RTALPD The number of the fire protection Referenced Standards have Closed.
15.3, equipment (hydrants, monitor, etc.) been incorporated in DBSP
Budgetary provided to protect the new installations Section 6. This is a Project
Project Scope shall conform to SAES-B-019 and SAES- Proposal item.
Definition,No. B-017. The adequacy of the quantities of
4. Firewater new devices proposed shall be verified
during project proposal.


Attachment 22 – Additional Comments on Final DBSP, Submitted on March 2, 2014 by SAPD (Page 1 of 5)
1. 7.3.2 SAPD Obsolescence Condition of Substation #3 The power source for the Closed.
Switchboard R82_P_321: It has been propose facilities shall be
confirmed from the facility operators that supplied from Substation 3
the existing switchboard R82_P_321 in switchgear, which is not
Ju’aymah Gas Plant substation #3 electrical obsolete, as confirmed with
switchroom has officially been declared Power Systems.. Two new
obsolete and has previously been included vacuum breakers shall be
in the Obsolescence Program. SAES-P116, installed in the existing spaces
Section 5.4 does not permit the addition of available in the switchgear
obsolete spare parts to an energized R82-P-321. Has been clarified
switchboard. in DBSP section 7.3.2.2 and
Appendix 15.3.
Decision: There is a need for this
switchboard to be replaced with a new
switchboard.


2. 3.4 SAPD New LUPs for Cable Route & The requested LUPs have been Closed.
Shipping/Receiving Shed: An LUP is incorporated in DBSP
required for the electric cable route from Appendix 15.2, as follows:
JGP substation #3 to the new Ju'aymah
 LUP 42569 for the proposed
shops buildings. Also, an LUP is required
shipping & receiving area.
for the new 900 sq. metres shaded
shipping/receiving shed to be constructed  LUP 42568 for the proposed
adjacent to the proposed repair shops power line route.
building.
Decision: FPD to complete issuance of
required LUPs.


3. 7.4 SAPD Equipment Relocation from MSSD Relocation of the shops Closed.
Dhahran to Ju'aymah: Relocating equipment from existing
equipment from the existing Dhahran MSSD facilities at Dhahran to
facility to the new Ju’aymah workshops the proposed facilities at
has a potential risk of damage to these Ju’aymah is an integral part of
equipment during dismantling, transporting the project scope. Relocation
and re-installation activities. It is of the equipment by beneficial
recommended that the responsibility for occupancy of the proposed
relocation and installation of MSSD facilities is beyond MSSD’s
equipment/machines be accomplished by capability. MSSD shall work
the Proponent. closely with SAPMT in
releasing and coordinating
Decision: Relocation of existing equipment
relocation of the equipment,
to be removed from the DBSP scope.
utilizing the specialized in-
However utility connections and concrete
kingdom equipment
equipment plinths for all relocated
contractors. Any relocated
equipment will be provided as required
shop equipment, which cannot
under this project.
be re-commissioned to
function satisfactorily after its
relocation by the Construction
Agency (PMT), shall be turned
over to Mechanical Services
Department for repair or
replacement in kind utilizing
the project funds. This has
been incorporated in DBSP
Section 7.4.


4. 14 SAPD Site Ground Condition: Based on PMT Noted. Schedule impact due to Closed.
visit to the proposed site on 15 Jan 2014 potential de-watering has been
and historical ground investigation data addressed in the schedule
from past projects the water level is very review and enhancement
close to ground level. Inevitably meeting, which was conducted
dewatering and soil improvement is on March 4, 2014. Refer to
required. response to additional
Decision: Incorporate the schedule and cost comment 7.
impact of dewatering and soil improvement
activities in the DBSP.
5. 3.1 SAPD Existing Metallic Racks: The proposed The existing Metallic Racks Closed
area for the new repair shops building is shall be removed from the site
presently being occupied by several rows by MSSD, prior to approval of
of large metallic racks used to store flanges this BI. Has been incorporated
and other heavy-duty equipment spare in DBSP Sections 3.1, 4.3 and
parts. These racks have not been mentioned 7.2.1.
in the DBSP.
Decision: Determine who has
responsibility for relocation of these racks,
the relocation agent and the receiving
agent.


6. General SAPD Confirmation from Utilities Agencies: Confirmation letter from Closed.
There is a need to get a confirmatory letter JNGLFD has been
duly signed from all utilities agencies incorporated in DBSP
(electrical, communications, water) stating Appendix 15.2.
their collective agreement that this project
BI-10-01545 can tie-in to their existing
facilities.
7. General SAPD Re-evaluation of Schedule for BI-10- Schedule review and Closed.
01545: As agreed during the EXPEC ARC enhancement meeting was
(BI-10-01402) & MSSD Ju’aymah Shops conducted on March 4, 2014.
Upgrade (BI-10-01545) Project Schedule In line with the meeting
Enhancement Meeting held on 25 February discussions and letter
2014, PMOD & PMT will re-evaluate the SAPD/C&IPD/L-0138/14,
schedule for BI-10-01545 based on the dated March 25, 2014, the
current increased scope from table top recommended schedule is
review. ERA: 04/2015, BO: 10/2018
and ERC: 12/2018. These
schedule milestones were
adjusted to ERA: 07/2015 and
ERC: 03/2019, to reflect
completion of DBSP in
07/2014. This Has been
incorporated in DBSP Section
14.


Attachment 23 – Additional Comments on Final DBSP, Submitted on July 17, 2014 by KAPSARC&CPD (Page 1 of 14)
1. 2 KAPSARC& Paragraph 3 states “ The existing facilities ERA and ERC of BI-10-01402 Closed.
CPD at Dhahran and Ju’aymah shall remain have been updated in DBSP
operational till the relocation to Ju’aymah Section 4.1, based on letter
is completed.” However, 4.1 Related KAPSARC&CPD/C&IPD/L-
Budget Item for BI-10-01402 with an ERC 0062/14, dated July 17. Also,
date of 11/16, poses a concern as this has been incorporated in DBSP
budget item will demolish the existing Section 2.
MSSD facilities in Dhahran. As BI-10-
01545 ERA date is July 2015, this does not
allow a sufficient schedule timeline for
construction of the new facilities in
Ju’aymah nor for the relocation of services
from Dhahran prior to the ERC date. It is
recommended to highlight this conflict and
schedule concern to FPD asap.
2. 4.2.1 KAPSARC& Irrigation water is listed in 4.2.1.1, but not Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.
CPD listed in 4.2.1. Revise. Also, on 4.2.1.1 Section 4.2.1.
raw/fire/irrigation water are shown
together whereas the scope below the item
refers to fire water only. Revise.


3. 4.2.4 KAPSARC& Typically only the main fire alarm panel Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.
CPD from a building/facility is connected to the Section 4.2.4
main fire station and not all building fire
alarm panels. Revise or clarify the need for
all to be connected. Also, how is it
intended to send and connect the signal to
the Main Fire Station?
4. 6 KAPSARC& With reference to paragraph 3, typically a Specific standards are listed in Closed.
CPD specific list of standards are not DBSP Section 6 on non-
recommended to be shown in the DBSP. exclusive basis. This is based
Refer to SAEP-1350 paragraph 5.3.2.4. on requests from the DBSP
Revise. Also, the statement to “comply reviewers to emphasize
with all applicable Saudi Aramco and importance of the listed
international standards” is very general, standards.
confusing and not recommended as stated.
Revise.
5. 7.3.1.1 KAPSARC& Paragraph 1 and 3 should not refer to Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.
CPD detailed engineering, but to Project Section 7.3.1.1.
Proposal instead. Revise. Paragraph 2
should be revised to specifically state that
the Project Proposal shall verify that
existing non electrical utilities have the
capacity to support the additional scope
requirements.


6. 7.3.2.7 KAPSARC& Emergency lighting systems scope for Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.
CPD battery operated is not specifically in Section 7.3.2.7.
accordance with SAES-P-123, Lighting as
referenced by the Saudi Aramco Building
Code, SASE-M-100. It is recommended to
delete this statement and instead indicate
that emergency lighting shall be provided
for the new facilities in accordance with
Saudi Aramco standards.
7. 7.4 KAPSARC& Paragraph 6 and 7 refer to testing and Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.
CPD commissioning of all equipment to be part Section 7.4.
of the scope of work. GI 2.710 specifically
states testing and pre-commissioning is
part of the Construction Agency
responsibility to achieve Mechanical
Completion. Normally, commissioning of
the facilities is the Proponent
responsibility. Revise.
8. 9 KAPSARC& Refer to GI 2.721, Electrical Arc Flash Has been emphasized in DBSP Closed.
CPD Mitigation which states all new projects are Section 9.2.4.
required to conduct an arc flash hazard
analysis for electrical equipment. It is
recommended this be added to the list of
study requirements for Project Proposal.


9. General KAPSARC& Confirm a documented site investigation Locations of the proposed Closed.
CPD team visit took place to determine actual facilities are feasible and all
locations proposed for the new facilities required approved LUPs are
are feasible. If not, this should take place already included in DBSP
before DBSP approval. Appendix 15.2.
10. General KAPSARC& Confirm a Project Execution Plan (PEP) This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
CPD has been prepared for review and approval.
11. 4.1 KAPSARC& In the related Budget Item of BI-10-01402, Refer to response to comment Closed.
CPD the shown ERA and ERC dates are wrong. 1.
This should be revised in accordance with
PMOD schedule to show the correct dates
i.e. ERA of 02/15 & ERC of 12/19.
12. 4.2.4 KAPSARC& Paragraph 1 states “The Fire Alarm Refer to response to comment Closed.
CPD Control Panels of the proposed facilities 6.
shall be connected to the main Fire
Station”. In practice, only the main fire
alarm panel of a building (usually located
in the lobby area) is connected to the main
fire station and not all building fire alarm
panels.
FPD to revise this as contractor could
claim a change order on this item.


13. General KAPSARC& FPD to Clarify The metal storage racks shall Closed.
CPD During previous PMT site visits, PMT did not be relocated outside the project
observe any existing shaded shipping and site by MSSD before ERA date
receiving shed; however existing shaded of the project, as already
metallic storage racks were observed, as stated included in DBSP Section 4.3.
in PMT letter (Ref: SAPD/C&IPD/L-0101/14)
The project scope includes
to FPD dated 2 March 2014.
demolition of the existing
Section 4.3 (Project Operating Interfaces) shaded shipping and receiving
Paragraph 4 states “The proposed site includes area, and construction of a
metal storage racks, which shall be relocated replacement shaded shipping
outside the site by MSSD before ERA date of
and receiving area at
the project”.
Ju’aymah, as already included
Section 4.4 (Demolition Activities) Paragraph in DBSP Sections 4.4, 7.6 and
1 states “This Budget Item shall only include 7.2.2.
demolition of the existing shaded shipping and
receiving steel shed at Ju’aymah, to prevent
obstructing construction of the proposed
facilities”.
Section 7.6 (Demolition) Paragraph 1 states
“This Budget Item shall only include
demolishing the existing shaded shipping and
receiving steel area at Ju’aymah, to prevent
obstructing construction of the proposed
facilities. A replacement shaded shipping and
receiving area is included in Section 7.2.2”.
FPD to clarify whether existing shaded
shipping and receiving steel shed & existing
metal storage racks are the same item.


14. 7.2.2 KAPSARC& From Comment 13 above, in the event that Refer to response to comment Closed.
CPD shaded shipping and receiving steel shed & 13.
existing metal storage racks are different
items.
Paragraph 1 states “A new 900 SM
shipping and receiving area shall be
provided adjacent to the proposed Shops
Building, within the site. The shipping and
receiving area shall be shaded. This is a
replacement of the existing shipping and
receiving area which shall be demolished
per Section 4.4”.
PMT advises that Final DBSP is to clearly
state who has responsibility for demolition
and relocation of existing shipping and
receiving shed, as well as responsibility for
construction of the new 900 SM
replacement shed.
It is imperative that demolition activities be
carried out by others to ensure that the site
is cleared before contractor & PMT
mobilization to site, under the auspices and
control of the proponent.


15. 6 KAPSARC& The last sentence of Paragraph 3 states Has been clarified in DBSP Closed.
CPD “Also the project shall employ current Section 6.
electrical industry practices to support this
project”.
This sentence is ambiguous to application
and thus should be rephrased to state the
following “Also the project shall employ
internationally recognized electrical
industry best practices to support this
project”.
16. 7.3.1.1 KAPSARC& Paragraph 2 states “It is expected that the This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
CPD existing drinking water, raw water, sanitary Refer to DBSP Section 9.2.3.
wastewater, firewater and storm water and Refer to response to comment
compressed air systems in the vicinity of 5.
the proposed buildings sites will have the
capacity to accommodate the demands of
this project. Therefore, the existing systems
shall be used to serve the proposed shop
building and the office building”.
FPD to provide documentation verifying
that existing drinking water, raw water,
sanitary wastewater, firewater and storm
water and compressed air systems have the
spare capacity to serve the proposed shop
building and the office building.


17. 7.3.1.7 KAPSARC& Paragraph 1 states “The existing Refer to response to comment Closed.
CPD compressed air facilities are adequate to 16.
provide any additional
requirements for the proposed new shop
building and no expansion is proposed”.
FPD to provide documentation verifying
that existing system has spare capacity to
serve the proposed shop building.
18. 7.3.2.2 KAPSARC& Paragraph 1 states “Utilize existing spare The power source for the Closed.
CPD 13.8 kV in Substation No. 3, switchgear proposed facilities shall be
SWGR-R82-P-321, breakers 6A and 6B. supplied from Substation 3
Two new vacuum breakers shall be switchgear, which is not
installed in the existing spaces available in obsolete. Two new vacuum
the switchgear R82-P-321”. breakers shall be installed in
the existing spaces available in
PMT hereby highlights the risk that the
the switchgear R82-P-321.
proposed new vacuum breakers might
possibly be incompatible with the existing
cubicle in switchgear SWGR-R82-P-321.
This could require a change order and
cause a negative schedule impact.
Generally it is cheaper to buy a whole new
panel than to custom-make a new circuit
breaker to interface with an existing panel.


19. 7.5 KAPSARC& PMT advises that a new paragraph should Has been incorporated in Closed.
CPD be added stating the following “All DBSP Sections 6 and 7.5.
temporary facilities shall be constructed in
accordance with SMG 07-005-2012
(Application of Saudi Aramco Building
Code to Contractor Camps and Project
Support Buildings)”.
20. 9 KAPSARC& Additional Study Requirements during Has been incorporated in Closed.
CPD Project Proposal DBSP Section 9.2.
PMT advises that two additional surveys
(both utilizing ground penetrating radar) be
included under this section, for accurate
determination of location of underground
utilities. These surveys are:
 Underground utilities survey
 Telecommunications survey inclusive
of Mandrel test


21. 9.1.1 KAPSARC& Paragraph 1 states “A detailed Preliminary This issue will be addressed as Closed.
CPD Hazard Analysis (PrHA) shall be conducted part of the Building Risk
during Project Proposal”. Assessment, which is already
A new paragraph should be added stating the included in DBSP Section 9.2.
following “This team shall consist of but not
limited to the following participants: Proponent
Representative, LPD Representative, PMT
Engineering Representative, PMT Safety
Representative and Fire Department
Representative. An over-pressurisation hazard
analysis should be provided by the Proponent
to PMT for inclusion into Preliminary Hazard
analysis, as necessary”.
The photo below taken during PMT site visit of
15 January 2014 shows this explosion risk
(hydrocarbon storage tank) reflective of the
close proximity of the tank (circa 60 Meters) to
proposed construction site. This further
highlights the need for an over-pressurisation
hazard analysis to be carried out.


22. 14 KAPSARC& Project Schedule Table is to be revised in ERA and ERC of BI-10-01402 Closed.
CPD accordance with PMOD schedule with have been updated in DBSP
milestone dates of ERA: 09/15 & ERC: Section 14, based on letter
04/19. KAPSARC&CPD/C&IPD/L-
0062/14, dated July 17.
23. Appendix KAPSARC& The above letter as included in the DBSP This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
15.2 CPD (page 66 of 153) states inter alia “however Refer to DBSP Section 9.2.3.
the project must conduct a feasibility study Refer to response to comment
and perform the hydraulic calculations to 5.
ensure that additional capacity in these
utilities can be handled without affecting
JNGLF processes and equipment”.
The above statement implies that PMT
must provide flow demand of non-elect
utilities (raw water, drinking water, fire
water and sanitary waste water) for this BI
as well as the flow demand for JNGLF
operations, which is not feasible for PMT
to determine.
PMT advises that the following statement
be added to the DBSP “JNGLF should
provide to PMT their existing capacity and
flow requirements in order for PMT
contractor to determine whether JNGLF
existing system has spare capacity to serve
the flow requirements of this BI-10-
01545”.


24. 15 KAPSARC& Final DBSP does not include a letter The power supply for this Closed.
CPD (similar to letter referenced in Comment 12 project was planned in full
above) from JNGLF stating concurrence to coordination with Power
tie-in to the existing electrical system. Systems.
However an email dated 11 May 2014 was
sent from JNGLF to PMT with the last
sentence stating “In principle from JNGLF
there is no issues to use the spare cubicles
as long as the design in accordance with
SA standard and approve by all parties “.
A copy of the referenced email is attached
to this comments sheet. PMT advises that
this email be included in the final DBSP.
25. Appendix KAPSARC& The above referenced table shows the list This is a Project Proposal item. Closed.
15.2 CPD of required shop equipment. Refer to DBSP Section 10.
PMT advises that this table should include
a column stating where each equipment
will be located, whether in the existing
shop or the proposed shop in Ju’aymah.
This would aid space planning activities.


26. General KAPSARC& It is observed that the final DBSP does not An oily water sewer drain is Closed.
CPD mention requirement of an oily water not included in the project
sewer/drain. scope. This is a Project
Proposal item.
PMT observes that the proposed shop
building will require an oily water
sewer/drain for shop lube oil equipment.
PMT shall make appropriate arrangements
during project proposal stage for the
collection and disposal of oily water
residue.
27. 7.4 KAPSARC& Furniture and Equipment Requirements The business case of this Closed.
CPD project is based on fulfilling
Paragraph 5 states “Any relocated shop
the objective of maintaining
equipment, which cannot be re-
the specialized repair service
commissioned to function satisfactorily
in the Company. Accordingly,
after its relocation by the Construction
this project shall fund and
Agency (PMT), shall be turned over to
provide all the required shop
Mechanical Services Department for repair
equipment.
or replacement in kind utilizing the project
funds.”
PMT advises to delete the verbiage
“utilizing the project funds.”


28. 12 KAPSARC& Paragraph 1 states “Value Engineering Has been incorporated in Closed.
CPD (VE) study is not required nor Section 9.2, based on PMT’s
recommended for this budget item as part request.
of the DBSP report.”
FPD to confirm if VE is to be conducted
during Project Proposal or not
recommended?

Attachment 24 – Proposed Project Interface Schedule between BI-10-01545 & BI-10-01402

Attachment 25 – Vendor Confirmation for Two New and Compatible Vacuum breakers

BI-10-01545– Upgrade Juʹaymah Shops
Appendix-15.3 Budgetary Project Scope Definition
APPENDIX 15.3
Budgetary Project
Scope Definition

1. GENERAL
The project scope definition in the body of the DBSP takes precedence over this Budgetary
Project Scope Definition. This Scope Definition is provided only as a starting point for Project
Proposal development. The Construction Agency and Project Proposal engineering contractor
shall ensure that this Scope Definition is validated during Project Proposal development, as a
means of economically achieving the project’s stated Business Objective in the anticipated
operating environment.
The description and attached documents provided in this Appendix 15.3 are for information
purposes only. The Construction Agency and its designated Contractor(s) shall be responsible
for providing the detailed scope and design for this Budget Item.
2. GENERAL SCOPE DEFINITION
This budget item shall provide for the construction, furnishing and equipping of a new 7,350 SM
Shops Building (shop and office building), additional 4,500SM outdoor parking and storage yard
and 2,450 SM Office Building with 1,750 SM Outdoor parking and 550 SM landscaping area.
3. DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FACILITIES
3.1 Building Requirements
Shops building and office building close to existing at Juʹaymah Shops to accommodate
relocated MSSD personnel from Dhahran. The Shops Building shall have a shop space,
shop support space, office space and building amenities with a total floor area of
approximately 9,800 square meters (SM). The office building shall be 2-story high with a
total floor area of approximately 2,450 square meters (SM).
The building shall include a total of 140 office spaces, a main hall/lobby, 3 conference
rooms, 2 meeting rooms, 5 filing rooms, 8 storage rooms, the communication, electrical
and mechanical rooms, toilets and janitor rooms, air lock spaces, staircase areas, and
circulation.
Details on the building spaces are provided in the Appendix-15.2, Attachment 7- Space
Program for The Proposed Building.
3.2 Exterior Requirements
3.2.1 Site Development
 The site shall be asphalt paved and graded as required to prevent storm water
flooding and formation of water ponds in vicinity of the proposed facilities.


 The estimated minimum area to be developed is 12,000 SM.
3.2.2 Roads and Traffic
 This budget item shall provide an adequate 200 M long access roadway to
serve the proposed facilities.
3.2.3 Landscaping
 The area around the proposed facilities shall be landscaped for minimal
maintenance and low water consumption by providing landscaping materials
together with the required irrigation system. Estimate landscaping areas is
250 SM
3.2.4 Parking
 This budget item shall provide expansion of the existing Employee vehicle
parking, to accommodate additional 150 vehicles.
3.2.5 Bus Stop
 This budget item shall use existing bus stop with an open-air bus shelter.
3.2.6 Demolition
 This Budget Item does not include any demolition of facilities.
3.2.7 Fencing
 Only the outdoor storage yard shall be surrounded with a 100M long wire
mesh fence.
3.3 Utility Requirements
No Type of Locatio Description Quantities

. Scope n
1 Drinkin Ju’ayma Provide drinking water piping to extend the existing
g h headers to the new facility as follows:
Water Shop
 2”diameter; CS X-60 500 ft
2 Raw Ju’ayma Provide utility water piping to extend the existing headers
Water h Shop to the new facility as follows:



No Type of Locatio Description Quantities
. Scope n
3 Sanitary Ju’ayma Provide under/above ground sewer water piping to the
Wastew h Shop new facility as follows:
ater
 6”diameter; RTR 100 ft
 8”diameter; RTR 100 ft

4 Firewat Ju’ayma Provide 8 fire hydrants 4 monitors and 6 hose reels
er h shop
Provide under/above ground firewater piping to extend
the existing headers to the new facility as follows:
 8” diameter; RTR buried 1,000 ft

 6” diameter; CS X-60 500 ft
Provide Sprinkler system for the new office building and

the maintenance workshop
5 HVAC Ju’ayma Provide two (2) 250 ton air cooled chilled water chillers to 2 Nos.
h Shop serve the new office building and maintenance workshop.
HVAC system shall include, refrigerant piping, chilled
water piping, insulation, all duct work, duct hangers,
diffusers, grilles, thermostats, and equipment pads. New
chiller shall be equipped with electronic expansion valves
and microprocessor controller to permit automatic chiller
operations at low pressure differentials, and accurately
control refrigerant superheat during start-up and load
swings.
Provide six (6) new high efficiency factory assembled air

handling units with a heat load 1,000,000 btu/hr each with 6 Nos.
microprocessor based electronic control system for better
performance and energy saving.
Provide three (3) 1000 gpm chilled water circulation pumps

two operating one standby @ 80 psi, equipped with 100 hp 3 Nos.
electric motor, service chilled water, with a design pressure
of 150 psig and design temperature of 160 ºF.
Provide chilled water piping for the new chiller as follows: 500 ft
 2”diameter; CS X-60 (cement lined) 500 ft
 4” diameter CS X-60 (cement lined) 500 ft
 6” diameter CS X-60 (cement lined) 500 ft
 4” diameter PVC

This project shall provide a safe and adequate electrical power distribution system to
serve the relocation of the Dhahran Electric Motor Shop to Ju’aymah in order to
maintain effective repair services to support Company crude oil and gas production.
BUDGETARY ESTIMATE - ELECTRICAL
CONSTRUCT & INSTALL THE FOLLOWING MAJOR UNIT QTY.

EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATIONS:
Construct an air-conditioned Electrical Equipment Room (EER),

10m X 10m.
Double ended bus configuration. Ratings: 600 A continuous, 50 kA

rms symmetrical interruption. Two incoming and one bus-tie
power circuit breakers; three outgoing circuit breaker and two
spare circuit breakers and two spaces. Fully functional with
protective, metering, control, interlocking, monitoring and alarm
systems. Also, two (2) transformers (rated 13.8kV/480V,
2.5/3.125MVA). The EER shall include one duty on standby OX
Type Packaged HVAC system each with 5 tons capacity, complete
with all necessary refrigerant piping, duct work, duct hangers,
diffusers, grilles, air handling units, and thermostats. One 480V
Lot 1
switchgear containing two (2) in comers circuit breakers, one ( I )
tiebreaker, sixteen (16) feeder breakers; battery room, fire alarm
and detection system, annunciation panel, control wiring, DC
Power system & distribution panels rated for (2) 100AF/ 100AT
main breaker, 100A bus, 400/230 V, 3ph, 4w, 60hz, Indoor; (2)
Transformer, Distribution, 75kVA, 480 - 400/230 V, 3 ph.
equipment pads, supports, all required indoor/outdoor lighting,
grounding and other equipment necessary to support the
proposed electrical switchgear, MCCs, battery banks, and other
associated equipment.
Space shall also be provided for a 10MVA specialized indoor multi-

tapped - Motor Testing Transformer.
INSTALL UNDERGROUND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Cable, Power, two circuits, each 3-1/C – 400mm², 15KV, AL
1. Conductor, Concentric Neutral, EPR. Distance 2000m = 2 x 3 x 2000 = M 12000
12000 m
EXCAVATIONS
 DIRECT BURIAL CABLE TRENCH – QTY 2000M
2.  DUCT BANKS – 1 TOTAL - 20M (1-ROAD CROSSINGS) LOT 1
INCLUDING DIGGING, BACKFILLING, COMPACTION, AND CABLE
MARKING FOR POWER DISTRIBUTION CIRCUITS.
3. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING LOT 1


CONSTRUCT & INSTALL THE FOLLOWING MAJOR UNIT QTY.
EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATIONS:
4. CIRCUIT BREAKER 600 AMP CONTINUOUS 50KA RMS SYMMETRICAL EA 2

INTERRUPTION
3.3.3 Communications
Facility TER/ Lockable FOC 24-port Pairs of Analog VoIP WLAN

Cabinet Access copper Telephon
Switches cables e Line
New  A primary  100 meters of 5 access- 10 1 110 Yes
Office 3x4 m2 TER 12-strand FOC layer
Building at the placed in a new switches to
communicat 4x4” conduit provide
ions access system to network
point connect this connectivit
 A smaller building to y to up to
2x2 m2 TER SMH#2. 110.
in the
second floor
 All TERs
shall be
equipped
with
Combination
Locks
Shops A smaller 2x2 280 meters of 3 access- 10 1 50 No
Building m2 TER 12-strand SM layer
equipped with FOC placed in a switches to
Combination new 4x4” conduit provide
Locks system to network
connect this connectivit
building to y to up to
SMH#2. 50 users,
excluding
printers
and other
networked
equipment


Power Lockable 380 meters of 1 access- 10 1 1 No
Substatio Cabinet 12-strand SM layer
n FOC placed in a switch to
new 4x4” conduit provide
system to network
connect this connectivit
building to y to up to 1
SMH#2. commuting
user.
3.3.4 Process Automation and Control

Type of Equipment Count
Ionization Smoke Detector 154
Heat Detector 4
Manual Pull Station 58
High Sensitivity Smoke Detector 33
Output Module 65
Strobe 48
Bell 48
Reflector for Linear Beam Smoke Detector 17
Linear Beam Smoke Detector 27
Conventional zone module 27
Fire Alarm Horn with Strobe 26
FACP 1

3.3.5 Shop Equipment Requirements
List of Required New Shop Equipment:

Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)

Vibration Monitor Asset#
A07611870000
1 New 10 N N 2 2 4 1 45 45 D
Lexeco core loss tester Asset# Lexeco, 125 KVA ,300 Amps, 460VAC/1PH/60Hz
A05808128000
2 144 N N 2 2 2 1 72 72 D
Overhead Crane 100 Ton With 25 auxilliary
3 57.6 N N 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Overhead Crane 60 Ton with 10 ton auxilliary
4 48 N N 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Jib crane 10 Ton
5 14.4 N N 0 0 0 2 75 150 A
Jib Crane 3 Ton
6 7.2 N N 0 0 0 2 30 60 A
Baking Oven Size: 7 m long X 5 m wide, 4 m Height. Temperature:

300 oF
7 7.2 N N 6 6 36 1 120 120 C/D
Burn-Out Oven size: 2.5 m X 2.5 m X 2.5 m Temperature: 800 oF
8 17.4 N N 6 5 30 1 120 120 C
Motor Testing Facility Dynamic No Load Test Induction And Synchrounus

Motors 13.8KVA/10MVA 34000 HP with HV/LV
9 switchgears N N 8 15 120 1 2,000 2,000 C/D
Test Metal Bed 7 M X7 M
10 N/A N N 5 6 30 1 300 300 C
Lube Oil System With Emergency Gravity Tank Note: should be design
and connected for both motor test facilitiy (13.8KV &
11 4160V) 14 N Y 2 3 6 1 200 200 C
Control Room With Latest Instrumentations
12 14 N N 5 5 25 1 600 600 C
Brazing Machine CAM Innovation inc. 215 Phi st. Hanover PA
13 8 N N 4 4 16 2 85 170 A
Dry ICE Blasting M/C ICE-Tech USA
14 4 N N 2 3 6 3 35 105 A
Portable Motor Oil Lubrication YANG HSUN Tech Co.

System
15 2 N N 3 3 9 1 36 36 A
Electromagnatic Core Imperf. Qualitrol Dubai

Det. (ELE CID)
16 4 N N 2 2 4 1 30 30 A
Static Motor Analyser SKF Eurotrade AB- KSA Dammam
17 3 N N 3 3 9 1 25 25 A
Coils Winding Machine Jenlor-Samatic Ltd.
18 4 N N 3 3 9 1 30 30 D


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)

Thermal Camera EXTECH
19 New 4 N N 1 1 1 1 55 55 A
CSI 2140 Mach. Health Analyzer - The CSI 2140 Collector is the industry's only portable
Portable vibration data collector
20 2 N N 2 3 6 1 80 80 D
Hydraulic Pullers POSI LOCK 100 ton hydraulic pullers
21 4 N N 2 3 6 1 45 45 C/D
Insulation Material Large Fridge size 4 m L X 3 m W X 3 m H Temperature: -30oC
22 6 N N 6 6 36 1 120 120 C/D
Motor Rewinding Tools Equip - Martnidale -set of tools

Set.
23 3 N N 3 4 12 1 95 95 A
Oven Grieve, 46" W X 48" D X 36" H, Temp Up To 1250º F For

ERU SAP # 2773324
24 36 N N 3 3 9 1 52 52 D


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Machine Shop
Bullard VTL 56" NSD 55" Dia Chuck X 59" Hight Range SAP# 2274416 -NSD
25 New 36 N N 5 5 25 1 800 800 D
Horiz. Boring Mach. SAP 2276201 Lucas, Conventional Vertical Travel (Y): 2000 mm,
or 2276202 Columm Long Travel : 1400 mm, Cross Travel : 3000
26 mm, Rotary Table : 1600 mm X 2500 mm 48 N N 6 7 36 1 2,500 2,500 D
Hydro Press Nugier SAP#2273700 NSD
27 10 N N 2 2 4 1 80 80 D
Horizontal Lathe Binns &Berry, 42" Dia X 240" Long X 6" Spindle Bore,
Asset# A0580817600042 SAP#2276285 DSD
28 34 N N 3 10 30 1 290 290 D
Horizontal Lathe Lodge & Shipley, 42" Dia X 240" long X 12" spindle
29 34 N N 3 10 30 1 330 330 D
Slotting Machine Bliss SAP# 2276283 DSD
30 14 N N 3 6 18 1 150 150 D
Lathe Le Blond, 42" Dia X 160" long X 12" Spindle Bore

SAP#2274191 NSD
31 34 N N 3 6 18 1 300 300 D
Vertical Lathe Bullard, 86" Dia Chuck X 78" Height Range

SAP#2275594 DSD
32 48 N N 7 7 49 1 1,600 1,600 D
Leopoldo Pontiggia H Lathe 42" Dia X 120" Long X 9" Spindle Bore sap#2276286
DSD
33 7 N N 3 6 15 1 300 300 A
Small Oven CIFE, 46"X48"X36" Temp Up To 1250º F SAP#2275038

NSD
34 14 N N 2 2 4 1 52 52 D
Horizontal Lathe Le Blond Regal, 26" Dia Chuck X 80" Long, Asset #
A05807764001 SAP#2276289 DSD
35 34 N N 3 6 18 1 250 250 D
Balancing Machine 40 ton, 32 ft long bed, 132" swing unversal drive
36 72 N N 4 15 60 1 95 95 A
Water Jet Machine Up To 8 Inches Depth Cutting And Accuracy Up To ±

0.002”
37 480V N N 3 5 15 1 85 85 A
Tube Pulling Air Wench NSD
38 0 N N 2 2 4 1 50 50 A
Overheade Crane 50 Ton/ 10 ton
39 29 N N 0 0 0 1 150 150 A
40 19 N N 0 0 0 1 100 100 A
41 19 N N 0 0 0 2 100 200 A
Jib cranes 2 Ton
42 7 N N 0 0 0 15 20 300 A


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Machine Shop
Big Horizontal Lathe Machine Le Blond, 93" Dia Chuck X 384" Long SAP #
43 New 36 N N 4 16 64 1 1,000 1,000 A
Large Drill Machine NSD
44 14 N N 3 4 12 1 185 185 A
Grinder surface Vertical. CNC Magnetic Chuck 36”

Segmented wheel. Height 20”
45 N N 3 4 12 1 120 120 C/D
Grinder Vertical CNC Chuck 50”

Height 100”
46 N N 3 4 12 1 100 100 C/D

47 Saddle 120” N N 3 4 12 1 155 155 C/D
48 Long bed 250” N N 3 4 12 1 165 165 C/D

49 N N 3 4 12 2 110 220 C/D

50 N N 3 4 12 1 130 130 C/D

Height 30”
51 N N 3 4 12 2 250 500 C/D

Height 20”
52 N N 3 4 12 3 250 750 C/D
Keyseater Slotting Table 20”x20”

Height 20”
53 N N 3 4 12 1 230 230 C/D
Keyseater Slotting NC Chuck 36”

Height 60”
54 N N 3 4 12 1 220 220 C/D
Band saw Table 25”x30”

Height 20”
55 N N 3 4 12 1 180 180 C/D
Hacksaw Heavy duty similar to Yanbu Shop

Reciprocating Bed long 40”, Blade 36”, Height 30”
56 N N 4 4 16 2 150 300 C/D
Radial Drill NC Height 60”

Length of arm 75”
57 N N 4 5 20 2 90 180 C/D
Wheel cutter. Wheel OD 30”

Cutoff wheel M/C
58 N N 4 4 16 1 70 70 C/D
Laser Bond. Welding and lathe machine

Welding Machine
59 N N 4 4 16 1 160 160 C/D


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)

60 New 48 N NN 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Auxiliary Overhead Crane 10 Ton
61 14 N N 0 0 0 1 75 75 A
Overhead Crane 20Ton
62 19 N N 0 0 0 5 100 500 A
Jib Crane Electrical, 2-3 Ton
63 7 N N 0 0 0 24 30 720 A
Jib Crane Electrical, 6 Ton
64 14 N N 0 0 0 2 45 90 A
Stacking & De-stacking Rotor Ground Hole ( Depth 4 M.X 1.3M ID,Internal pipe
Area length =2.3M X External pipe hight =0.75 M.
65 0 N N 3 3 9 2 60 120 A
Tool/Storage Room Part of offices
66 0 N N 10 20 200 1 100 100 A
Governor Room Including Test Tables Two (2) Each
67 0 N N 6 10 60 1 120 120 A
NDT Inspection Room Including all tools- Part of offices
68 0 N N 4 4 16 1 120 120 A
Re-blading And Peening Bench
69 0 N N 2 3 6 1 120 120 A
Internal Overhead Railways Between Unit Bays Along Each Roll Doors
70 0 N N 0 0 0 10 45 450 A
Yard & B/Log Area
71 0 N N 20 20 400 1 150 150 A


Requirements
(Utilities & Space)
Shop Floor

Space)
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Source (M$) (M$)
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
General
Rail mounted gantary Crane - Two cranes on the same rails installed outside shops Due to the changes of the propsed
Demag for loading and unloading. 80 ton and 40 ton layout of the shops. This is required for
72 New 15 N N 15 50 750 1 300 300 A shipping loading and unloading.
Tools vending machines Cromwell Tools in UK
73 3 N N 2 5 10 3 50 150 A

74 N N 0 0 0 2 100 200 A

75 N N 0 0 0 2 120 240 A
TrollY Series SGAM Tired Batt. 3.5 ton Capacity, 3000mm X 1500 mm
76 N N 0 0 0 1 140 140 A
Trolly SBR 4R 70/ Ind. trailers 5ton For rotor transfering internal the shops. This
Self-prop. on rail at self-acting might be shared with ERU & MSU.
77 handl. by batteries N N 0 0 0 1 150 150 A
Trolly SERIES SGAI VSP3TIRED 100 tons, 6000mm X 2500mm For rotor, cases outside
BATTERY ELECTRONIC SELF- use.
78 PROPELLED TRAILER N N 0 0 0 1 170 170 A
Chargable Hayster 3 tons
79 N N 0 0 0 3 45 135 A
Total 149 21,367


3.3.6 Furniture and Office Equipment Requirements
This budget Item shall provide all the required furniture and office equipment for the
proposed facilities.
Indoor
Space
Count
Units
Open Space Office Type-1 14
Open Space Office Type-2 137
Closed Office Type-1 24
Conference Room Type 2 1

Training/Learning/Meeting Room 2
Filing Room 1
Storage 4
Printer/Copier/Fax Room 4
Cofee/Tea Room 2
4
Entrance/Lobby 1
Air locks 2
Toilets 2
Janitor Room 1

EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.2


DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
Project Planning & Team Alignment (PPTA)
A N26
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
109
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
VALUE MANAGEMENT AND PROJECT SUPPORT CORPORATION KBR-AMCDE
PROJECT PLANNING & TEAM ALINGMENT WORKSHOP
FOR
“UPGRADE JUʹAYMAH SHOPS”
BI-10-01545
PREPARED BY
VALUE MANAGEMENT & PROJECT SUPPORT CO.
PREPARED FOR
KBR-AMCDE
NOVEMBER 27, 2014
BI-10-01545 UPGRADE JUʹAYMAH SHOPS PAGE 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 – PROJECT SUMMARY .......................................................................................... 4
PROPOSED FACILITIES: ......................................................................................................... 10
3. DEMOLITION OF SHIPPING & RECEIVING. ....................................................................... 10
4. FOURTEEN DIFFERENT KIND OF STUDIES & ASSESSMENTS. ..................................... 10
........................................................... 10
SCOPE OF WORK ARCHITECTURE: ...................................................................................... 11
SCOPE OF WORK CIVIL & STRUCTURE: .............................................................................. 12
 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS, RISK ASSESSMENT & DESIGN OF SHOPS, OFFICE AND
PARKING SHEDS ......................................................................................................... 12
 EVALUATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES, SOIL CONDITION, TRAFFIC VOLUME 12
 SITE GRADING ............................................................................................................. 12
 EVALUATION OF EXISTING TRAFFIC VOLUME AND ACCESS ROAD LAYOUT BY
CONDUCTING TRAFFIC ANALYSIS ........................................................................... 12
 EVALUATION OF SANITARY LINES OUTSIDE THE BUILDINGS............................. 12
 SWITCHGEAR BUILDING ............................................................................................ 12

SCOPE OF WORK HVAC: ........................................................................................................ 13

SCOPE OF WORK ELECTRICAL: ........................................................................................... 14
SAFETY/SHIFT .......................................................................................................................... 20
ORGANIZATION CHART: ......................................................................................................... 21
MILESTONES: ........................................................................................................................... 22
SECTION 2 - EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..................................................................................... 23
SECTION 3 - PPTA SESSION ATTENDEES ............................................................................ 44
SECTION 4 - PROJECT ALIGNMENT THERMOMETER ......................................................... 46
AFTER 48
82 48
AVERAGE VALUES .................................................................................................................. 49

SECTION 1 – PROJECT SUMMARY
PROJECT SUMMARY - The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the Company’s specialized
repair services. The proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas production by upgrading
the existing Shops in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand.

SITE PLAN
SITE PLAN:


GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK / PROJECT OBJECTIVE
Purpose
 To Relocate existing Dhahran Mechanical Service Shop Department (MSSD), upgrade

Ju’aymah (MSSD) and merge the two facilities
 Admin/ Office building. Tier 3 classification
 Both facilities will remain operational during transition
 Demolish existing Ju’aymah Shipping and Receiving Shed to prevent obstructing

construction of proposed facilities
 Extend the existing parking facility to 140 covered parking spaces
 Built New Switchgear Building
 Connect all new buildings to the existing services

PROPOSED FACILITIES:
1. Administration Building 2500 Sq. M
 2 Story office building with all amenities
 140 offices furnished
 All services connected to existing, only

tie-ins are required

2. Four Shops 8800 Sq. M

 Single story with 40 offices spread in all
four shops
 240 people working in shops + offices
 Relocate equipment from existing shops

to the new shops
 Existing shops at Ju’aymah: machine

shop, welding shop, heat exchanger shop
and assembly area
 All services connected to existing,

drinking, raw, fire, sanitary waste &
compressed Air
 Total number of equipment 131


3. Demolition of shipping & receiving.

4. Fourteen different kind of studies &
assessments.

SCOPE OF WORK ARCHITECTURE:
 Site visit / Client program review
 Prepare two schematic design options for layout of shop buildings, office buildings, parking &
receiving sheds. Sign off from SA
 As built drawing review & preparation of demolition plan
 Design documents, plan section. elev. details, finishes, MTO, specifications, interdisciplinary
coordination
 Weekly report, narrative, progress reports, QA/QC vendor meetings
 Switchgear Building
 Landscaping

SCOPE OF WORK CIVIL & STRUCTURE:
 Structural analysis, risk assessment & design of Shops, office and parking sheds
 Evaluation of underground utilities, soil condition, traffic volume
 Site grading
 Evaluation of existing traffic volume and access road layout by conducting traffic analysis
 Evaluation of sanitary lines outside the buildings
 Switchgear Building

SCOPE OF WORK HVAC:
 Energy optimization study
 Equipment, ducting, exhaust fan, exhaust duct, heat recovery unit layout for shops and office
buildings
 Heating cooling load calculations
 Equipment, grill, louver selection
 Specification and MTO

SCOPE OF WORK ELECTRICAL:
 Verify site condition and existing drawings, eg. HV LV underground cable, grounding,
 Data collection for ETAP study
 Prepare all proposed engineering drawings, equipment sizing, calculations, HV, LV, UPS Lighting
layout, power grounding, equipment, cable routing, conduit layout, Hazard area classification,
reports and studies.
 Review vendors drawings/documents for bid evaluation
 Provide estimate, project support during bidding
 MTO, data sheets & specifications

SCOPE OF WORK PLUMBING & FIRE FIGHTING:
 Design basis, No. of zones
 Sprinkler piping, fire extinguisher lay out, water riser diagram
 MTO, Specification, hydraulic calculations
 Water supply, drainage layout inside buildings
 External layout for raw, drinking and fire water layout
 Site survey for tie-ins, QA QC and technical support

SCOPE OF WORK TELECOM:
 Design Telecom equipment room, out side plant cabling, data and wire less network, telephone,
structure cabling and video conferencing

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT:
 Prepare package and technical evaluation for Overhead, Jib, Rail mounted & Gantry Cranes
 Procurement Support for the shop equipment

PROCUREMENT:
 Get quotations to support ER Estimate for major materials
 Saudi Aramco would like to place PO for all long lead materials (Jib Crane & other mechanical
machines for the shops) at the end of proposal stage
 Placing Purchase order (PO), preparing Purchase Requisition (PR), Technical Bid Evaluation (TBE)

SAFETY: S. ARAMCO CONSTRUCTION SAFETY MANUAL
VOL. 1 Contractor safety admin requirements section General Requirements sub section C.
Safety/Loss Prevention Plan: contract # 6600028156 already in place
• Corporate QHS&E Policy
• Vicinity map and key plan
• Hazard identification plan (card)
• HSE Risk Registry (Single Data Base)
• Safety Policy and assignment of responsibilities
• Safety Inspections (Fire Warden) tool box meetings
• Site visit Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
• Transportation
• KBR-AMCDE Training Plan
• Fire Extinguisher Monthly Inspection LOG
• First Day HSE Induction Form
• KBR Incident Reporting Form
• First Aid Register
• New Building HSE Checklist Template
• Staying Healthy & Incident Free Today” (SHIFT)
• First Aid Box Content and Deviation LOG checklist
• SHIFT Observation Checklist
• KBR HSE Monthly Summary

SAFETY/SHIFT

ORGANIZATION CHART:

MILESTONES:

SECTION 2 - EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Saudi Aramco Project Management Team (SAPMT) for BI-10-01545 Upgrade Juʹaymah Shops conducted
a Project Planning and Team Alignment Workshop (PPTA) session on November 27, 2014.
The following project stakeholders participated in PPTA Session.
 Saudi Aramco Project Management Team.

 KBR-AMCDE
 MSSD
The objective of the session was to create common understanding and commitment to project objectives
and execution strategies between internal Saudi Aramco Stakeholders and to provide sound basis for
developing the Project Execution Plan. The session helped to facilitate early recognition of misalignments
and invalid assumptions.
Construction Industry Institute (CII) research has concluded that establishing well-defined, achievable and
measurable project objectives early in the planning of a construction project is critical to project success.
However, developing good project objectives alone is not enough to ensure a successful project. The
members of the project team, whose needs and priorities often conflict, must become aligned with the
project objectives and remain aligned throughout the project.
Alignment is defined as “the condition where appropriate project participants are working within acceptable
tolerances to develop and meet a uniformly defined and understood set of project objectives.”
This ALIGNMENT increases efficiency and productivity by focusing on the defined project objectives. It
also reduces cost by eliminating unnecessary rework. Saudi Aramco Best Practice “Project Planning &
Team Alignment (PPTA)” is same as CII Best Practice “ALIGNMENT”.

According to CII research, the following ten (10) critical alignment issues have greatest effect on team
alignment and ultimate project success.
I. Stakeholders are appropriately represented on the Project Team
The project team should include representatives from all significant project stakeholders. The team
needs to include representatives from proponent (Operations and Maintenance), Construction, Loss
Prevention, and other stakeholder groups such as Power Operation Department (POD) as well as
project management and Engineering. All project stakeholders should be sufficiently represented on
the team and interact on regular basis so that their priorities and expertise are included in the
project planning process to achieve the optimum results.
II. Project leadership is defined, effective, and accountable
The Project leadership must be knowledgeable of the project planning process and technically
proficient. It should have defined responsibilities, be accountable for results, and remain focused.
III. The priority between cost, schedule and required project features is clear
Clearly stated priorities between cost, schedule, and project quality features will assist all team
members in making more uniform and correct decisions regarding the project and its objectives.
IV. Communication within the team and with stakeholders is open and effective
Establishing open and effective communications between all members of the project team is
essential. This involves breaking down barriers to communication and utilizing advanced
communications technologies to improve communication. The weekly/biweekly project coordination
meeting among all project stakeholders will provide effective communication during project design
stage and will avoid rework and delay in implementing agreed changes.
V. Team meetings are timely and productive
The Project management team should conduct frequent and productive project meetings both to
inform the team and obtain input from the team members.
VI. The team culture fosters trust, honesty, and shared values
Team leadership should develop a team culture of trust and honesty so that team members can
maintain open, synergistic relationships.
VII. The Planning process includes sufficient funding, schedule and scope to meet our
objectives
A comprehensive Pre-project planning process includes a well-defined Design Basis Scoping Paper
(DBSP) outlining proper pre-project studies, budget, schedule, and objectives .The project planning
process (Project Proposal) should be given adequate funding and time.

VIII. Reward and recognition systems promote meeting project objective
Management should develop and implement a reward and recognition system for team members
and outside contractors that supports the overall project objectives.
IX. Teamwork and team building programs are effective
It is important that teamwork is developed through both formal and informal team-building
programs. Proper alignment requires that a group of diverse individuals from different functional
groups (Project Management Team (PMT), Facilities Planning Department (FPD), Proponent, Oil
Supply Planning & Scheduling (OSPAS), and Loss Prevention Department (LPD)) is able to work
together as a team.
X. Planning tools are effectively used
Tools (Check list, simulation, etc.) should be used to develop and manage project organization,
scope, schedule, estimate, and work processes during project planning to foster uniform and
correct decisions regarding the project alignment.
The details for above alignment issues specific to this project are in Section 3.0.

CRITICAL ISSUES
The Project scope was discussed during the PPTA session with detailed discussion on issues which
require alignment among all Stakeholders.
The following critical issues were discussed and identified as challenges which need to be resolved at early
stage to ensure comfortable road towards project success which can meet agreed schedule and cost.
See attached table
 Project Business Drivers
 The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the Company’s specialized repair services. The
proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas production by upgrading
the existing MSSD shops facility at Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand.
 Economically driven Project:
 This project is economically driven project

QUESTIONS:
 What other driving forces are causing Saudi Aramco to undertake this project?
 The needs for car parking space for EXPEC Advanced Research Center Expansion – Dhahran,,
centralizing the central maintenance at Juʹaymah and maintaining Dhahran for core business
 What other Business Goals may impact the project?
 EXPEC Advanced Research Center Expansion – Dhahran if decision will be made by SA

management to defer it then this project might be affected. Also if the cost of the project raise up, it
might have an impact on business goal
 What other projects may impact the project?
 EXPEC Advanced Research Center Expansion – Dhahran may impact this project
 Project Interfaces:
 New musallah which is under construction at MSSD shops facility at Juʹaymah
 Project Location and Layout:
 Facilities will be constructed within the fence limits of MSSD shops facility at Juʹaymah

QUESTIONS:
 What effects will the new facilities have on the existing facilities?
 It will limit the truck & trailers accessibility due to small turning radius of the existing roads.
However, traffic study will be conducted to come up with recommendation to increase turning radius
of the roads
 Will there be temporary facilities and if yes, where?
 There will be a PMT and construction Contractors site office with Warehouses and workshops
inside the LUP’s. However Lay down area will be located at proposed parking
 Where do major site and underground uncertainties exist?
 At proposed locations there are existing underground cables and pipes. However, GRP will be
conducted along with the expiatory trenching, if required to verify location of the underground
utilities & pipes. However, water table is very shallow which will required dewatering system during
constructions
 Have all As-built drawings been identified and located? Are they up to date?
 There are as-built drawings and they need to be updated. However physical verifications and
scanning will be used to verify the locations of existing underground cables and pipes
 Define Interface Matrix?
 Interface Matrix (Multidiscipline Tie-in schedule) will be prepared. However inter-management

matrix to be developed

PROJECT SCOPE:
 Has the Land Use Permit been obtained?
 LUPs provided by SA is considered the final LUP; however DBSP does not specify the location of
switch gear. The final location will be decided after the completion of the topographical survey,
GRP, geotechnical survey however the location and spacing required for the machines will be
determined after the completion of the study conducted by machine specialist
 Are there shutdowns and T&I’s planned during the execution of the project that could impact
the work?
 There is no T&I are planned but minimum shut downs are required to tie-in the utilities which will be
determined during project proposal phase and reflected in the project schedule.
 What commercially proven/unproven technologies are to be used?
 Only proven technology will be used, however PMT & proponent will investigate new technologies
for new machines if applicable
 What are the critical/long lead items and why?
 JIB crane, Overhead crane, transformers and teleconferencing equipment are the long lead items
with two years procurement time. However SA might consider procuring the workshop machines.

PROJECT DELIVERABLES:
 All deliverables / Project Proposal Documents will be prepared in accordance with Saudi
Aramco Standards
 Deliverables are agreeable
 Drawing Control List (DCL) has been prepared and approved
 Project Proposal Documents
 56D Estimate (+/-10%)
 Drawings incorporating field survey data
 Team to define and agree on all the deliverables

PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN:
 Project Execution Plan (PEP) to be developed, updated & followed
 Abbreviated Project Execution Plan (PEP) is already approved in August 2014. However detailed
PEP will be developed, updated & followed
 Establish open and timely communication with all project stakeholders and contractors
 It is ongoing
 Capitalize on previous permitting & construction experience at this location
 Ongoing
 Develop an aggressive start/up driven schedule
 Preliminary schedule has been developed and submitted in Nov. 13, 2014. However first detailed
schedule will be prepared on Dec 18, 2014 taking in consideration the existing machine shop,
welding shop, heat exchanger shop and assembly area at Ju’aymah are currently operational, and
will continue to be operational throughout the project execution. The existing facilities at Ju’aymah
shall remain operational throughout execution of this project. The existing facilities at Dhahran shall
remain operational till completion of:
Construction of the new facilities at Ju’aymah..
Relocation of the MSSD shop personnel to Ju’aymah
 Control costs effectively and be innovative
 Cost Engineer will be assigned to the project
 Minimize and control changes
 Project Team will minimize and control changes and try to freeze whole Scope or partially and
implement Scope Control & Change Management
 Implement Best practices
 Project Planning & Team Alignment (PPTA) and Lesson Learn & Implementation (LLI), has been
conducted, Value Engineering (VE), Constructability study (CS), studies are scheduled. Other
studies such Topographical Survey, Geotechnical Investigation, Hazardous & Operability Studies
(HAZOP), Project Risk Management (PRM), Environmental Impact Assessment (Category 3) will
also be performed during Project Proposal

PROJECT SCHEDULE:
 Design Basis Scoping Paper Completion July 2014
 Project Proposal Start September 2014
 Project Proposal Completion February 2015
 Expenditure Request Approval (ERA) September 2015
 Beneficial Occupancy January 2019
 Expenditure Request Completion (ERC) April 2019

QUESTIONS:
 What other detailed schedule will be prepared for the project and when?
 Preliminary schedule has been developed and submitted in Nov 13 2014. However first detailed
schedule will be prepared on Dec 18, 2014, however EPC schedule will be prepared as Level IV
 What are the critical equipment lead items?
 GIB crane, Overhead crane, transformers and teleconferencing are the long lead items with two
years procurement time. However SA might consider procuring the workshop machine
 Development of level III schedule
 Level III schedule integrated with other schedules will be developed
 What Milestones and dates are critical to business objective?
 ER Approval Sep 2015
 ER Completion April 2019
 Beneficial dates are critical milestone to the business objectives
 What schedule milestone dates are critical to the Proponent?
 Project Proposal (PP) Package, awarding of LSTK contract and ERC
 When are planned T&I shutdown schedule?
 No T&I shutdown for Tie-inns is scheduled

CONTRACTING PLAN MATRIX:
 In kingdom Project Proposal design by GES+ and LSTK construction
EXECUTION STRATEGY:
LSTK will be the contracting method for this project
 Operating Interfaces, Shutdown period and demolition will be closely monitored
 Prepare Demolishing Plan
 Demolition drawings to be done during PP
 System should allow for future upgrades and reduce maintenance costs
 Additional scope evaluation
 Assessment of the availability of surplus materials and salvage materials by PMT
 Pre-commissioning, shutdown, commissioning and start-up procedures shall be

implemented
 Proponent will be consulted on all field findings
 SAPMT/FPD will be advised on all DBSP deviations and a formal approval will be obtained
 All required waivers and concurrence letters will be identified and submitted to SA for
approval
 Extensive site visits will be conducted to verify the site condition
 Consider vendor selection prior to ERA

PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN:
 Have stakeholder buy-in on design schedule, deliverables and milestones
 Agree on safety requirements
 PEP to be developed, updated & followed
 Establish open and timely communication with all project stakeholders and contractors
 Capitalize on previous permitting & construction experience at this location
 Develop an aggressive start/up driven schedule
 Control costs effectively and be innovative
 Minimize and control changes
 Implement Best practices
 Implement on time Design Reviews: Project Management Reviews
ENGINEERING PLAN:
 No process licensors are required
 Make 3-D software model available during project proposal.
 Standard DD Deliverable as per SAEP-1

PROCUREMENT PLAN:
 Purchase on worldwide basis
 Use only RVL vendors, however for some of the machine might not have RVL vendor,
therefore PMT will process one time approval for purchasing those machines
 Maximize use of blanket purchase orders for pipes, valves & bulks materials
 Expedite long lead equipment vendors
 Ensure vendor inspections & deliverables satisfy Saudi Aramco standards
CONSTRUCTION STRATEGY:
 Conduct constructability studies early in Project Proposal phase. Constructability study is

tentatively schedule on Dec 2014
 Evaluate the feasibility of using separate Construction Contractor for certain portion of the
work
SYSTEM TURNOVER STRATEGY:
 Follow latest revision of G.I. 2.710
 Define turnover systems and their sequence during Project Proposal
 Turnover system to support commissioning
 Accommodate pre-commissioning activities
 Contractor to do continuity (point-to-point) checking
 Conduct loop (function) checks by a joint PMT and start up team prior to turnover

FUNDING & COST:
 BI estimated value is $?
 88 MM
 What are the milestone dates in the funding authorization process?
 ERA Sep 2015
 What are the costs that are not included in the project budget?
 For risk item cost is not included such as cost of upgrading the JNGL-F
 What is the contingency? How is it based?
 10% of ERA estimates, however as per SA instructions is to cut down 10% of the project cost

ORGANIZATIONAL ROLES:
 Who are the key members?
 From PMT Mauaki, Proponent Operation Engineering Mishaal AL Shammri and FPD Mamoun
Maffa-A,
 What is their reporting relationship?
 PMT lead the project, co-ordination the activities & Proponent role is supporting SAPMT & provide
data and facilitate excess, however FPD evaluate and approve changes on scope
 What are the Proponent roles in the project execution?
 Support SAPMT & provide data and facilitate excess
 Will the Proponent assign a full time representative(s) to work with PMT?
 No full time
 What other organizations need to be involved in executing the project?
 Facilities Planning Department (FPD), Loss Prevention Department (LPD), Vendor Inspection
Department (VID), Consulting Service Department (CSD), Power Operations Department (POD), ,
Project Management Office Department (PMOD), Environmental Protection Department (EPD),
Contracting, Law Department, Cost Review & Cost Compliance Department (CR&CCD) Power
System Planning Department, Power System Engineering etc

QA/QC PLAN:
 Design reviews
 Project management
 Technical quality
 Peer Review
 Develop Quality Management Plan
 KBR-AMCDE has submitted Quality Plan
 Quality Planning (Assignment of checkers and scheduled reviews)
 Design Verification (Discipline check, IDR, QA/QC review)
 Internal Quality Auditing
CRITICAL ISSUES & CHALLENGES:
PMT INDICATED …
 Obtaining final LUP approval
 Equipment transfer
 Crossing of the existing pipeline
 Assessment capacity of all utilities
 Tracing off H2S within the facility
 Automation of the equipment
 Obtaining one time approval for some equipment without RVL
 Tie-inn to the existing utilities
 Traffic management during construction
 Dewatering for underground table
 Soil replacement if required

WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETING:
 There will be weekly progress report which will be shared by the Project Manager at the end of the
weekly progress meeting.
 Planning & Reporting.
 Critical path schedules will be produced on Primavera software to all discipline activities. The
deliverables will be grouped into a set of activities for ease of tracking and reporting.
 Level 3 schedules will show the plan and actual program on each deliverable.

STUDIES & BEST PRACTICES:
 Topographic survey
 Geotechnical Investigation
 Building Risk Assessment
 Ground Penetrating Radar GPR
 Energy Optimization in-house
 ETAP Study
 AQUASTIC
 Fire Protection
BEST PRACTICES:
 Project Planning and Team Alignment (PPTA) completed
 Lessons Learned Implementation (LLI) completed
 Value Engineering (VE)
 Project Risk Management (PRM)
 Constructability and logistical Assessment

Action Items:
AREAS OF
RECOMMENDATION ACTION BY CURRENT DESIGN ACTION
CONCERN
PMT/ KBR-AMCDE to
scope and estimate the
PMT/KBR-AMCDE to determine the cost
cost of the risk item that PMT/ KBR-
A Risk Item of the risk item that is not included in the
not included in the overall AMCDE
overall cost of the project.
cost of the project such as
upgrade of NJGL-F
Finalize the location of the
Location of PMT/ KBR-AMCDE has to consider and
switch gear room and PMT/ KBR-
B the switch finalize the location of the switch gear
evaluate the impact on AMCDE
gear room room
the approved LUP
Tag the reserved space
Tie-inn for the
for the breakers required PMT/ KBR-
main feeder
C for the tie-inn of the main AMCDE/Prop
of the switch
feeder of the switch gear onent
gear
room
physically marked plot
plans to show the
Space
reservations of the new
reservation PMT/ KBR-
D facility and obtain written
for the project AMCDE
approval from proponent
facilities
to avoid conflict with other
facility or BI
Impact of this Evaluate the impact if any
PMT/ KBR-
projects to delay in this project on the
E AMCDE/Prop
the expat arc Expat Arc project with
onent
project ERC 2020
Evaluate the needs for
expletory trenching after
Expletory PMT/ KBR-
F completion of GRP that
trenching AMCDE
might create a change
order for this project
Verify the type of soil and
its bearing capacity after
completion of the
geotechnical investigate
Soil report and specify if soil PMT/ KBR-
G
investigations replacement or AMCDE
improvements is required
also specify the type of
the suitable building
foundations

AREAS OF
RECOMMENDATION ACTION BY CURRENT DESIGN ACTION
CONCERN
Verify the depth of the
water table after
completion of the soil
investigations and specify
Under ground the requirement for de- PMT/ KBR-
H
water table watering system and AMCDE
location and disposal of
the water and specify it on
the LSTK project
document

SECTION 3 - PPTA SESSION ATTENDEES
See Attachment on next page


SECTION 4 - PROJECT ALIGNMENT THERMOMETER
The poll was conducted prior to and after PPTA session among all attendees on Ten (10) alignment issues
given in Section 1 in accordance with Construction industry Institute (CII) Alignment Thermometer tool.
“0” average scores means Strong Disagreement among

Attendess.”10” average scores mean Strong Agreement.
Results of Poll conducted "Before" Session
Average
ALIGNMENT ISSUES
Score
1 Stakeholders are appropriately represented on the Project Team. 7
2 Project leadership is defined, effective, and accountable. 7
The priority between cost, schedule and required project features

3
is clear. 7
Communication within the team and with stakeholders is open

4
and effective. 8
5 Team meetings are timely and productive. 8
6 Our team culture fosters trust, honesty, and shared values. 8
The DBSP process includes sufficient funding, schedule and

7
scope to meet our objectives. 6
Reward and recognition systems promote meeting project

8
objectives. 6
9 Teamwork and team building programs are effective. 7
10 Planning tools are effectively used. 7
Total 71

Results of Poll conducted "After" Session
ALIGNMENT ISSUES Average
Score
1 Stakeholders are appropriately represented on the Project Team. 10
2 Project leadership is defined, effective, and accountable. 10
The priority between cost, schedule and required project features

3
is clear. 9
Communication within the team and with stakeholders is open

4
and effective. 9
5 Team meetings are timely and productive. 8
6 Our team culture fosters trust, honesty, and shared values. 8
The PEPW process includes sufficient funding, schedule and

7
scope to meet our objectives. 7
Reward and recognition systems promote meeting project

8
objectives. 6
9 Teamwork and team building programs are effective. 7
10 Planning tools are effectively used. 8
Total 82

PROJECT PLANNING & TEAM ALIGNMENT

WORKSHOP (PPTA)
ALIGNMENT THERMOMETER
100
After Comfortable
82
Road to Success
Before
71
70
Discomfort on the
Road to Mediocrity
40
Stressful Road
to Failure

AVERAGE VALUES
The Alignment thermometer result shows some issues were resolved with some improvement in alignment
after PPTA session based on average among PPTA session attendees. The higher calculated range
(Difference between minimum score and maximum score among attendees) on some of the critical issues
can be reduced by early agreement on some the critical issues specific to the Project.

EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.3

Constructability Report

DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
A N26
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
110
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
BI-10-01545
Upgrade Ju’aymah Shops
2015
Constructability Review Workshop
Russ Johnson, PMOD/PEOD/VPU
1/21/2015
Saudi Aramco: Company General Use
Table of Contents
1.0 Executive Summary .................................................................................................................. 1
2.0 Constructability Review Workshop Agenda .......................................................................................... 2
3.0 Constructability Review Overview Presentation .................................................................................. 4
4.0 Constructability Review Checklist ....................................................................................................... 24
SECTION 1 – GENERAL ENGINEERING ........................................................................................... 25
SECTION 2 – SAFETY & SECURITY ................................................................................................. 25
SECTION 3 – MATERIALS MANAGEMENT .................................................................................... 26
SECTION 4 – SCHEDULING ............................................................................................................ 26
SECTION 5 – CIVIL WORKS ............................................................................................................ 26
SECTION 7 – EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 26
SECTION 8 – PIPING ...................................................................................................................... 27
SECTION 11 - PROJECT SPECIFIC ................................................................................................... 27
5.0 Workshop Attendance Sheet ............................................................................................................... 28

i
1.0 Executive Summary
Overview
A 30% project proposal phase constructability review workshop session was conducted for
one day on January 21st at Al Khobar Movenpick Hotel, 2nd floor conference room, for BI-10-
01545 Upgrade Ju’aymah Shops. Presentations were made on constructability and scope of
work. Up to twenty five (25) participants and stakeholders were involved in a review of the
project proposal phase constructability review checklist and the development of project
specific constructability action items. Constructability champion was identified as Project
Engineer Mr. Mayaki Onaivi, for constructability action items implementation, tracking and
follow-up through completion (closure) of all open action items.
Key constructability review findings are :

 Electrical power supply cable crossing pipeline corridor and security fencing. Extra bends on
cable route in corridor. Thrust boring feasibility including pit locations and horizontal bends.
Equipment setup and staging areas.
 Layout and geotechnical report needed to finalize design of workshop building and equipment
foundations.
 Verify capacity of existing utilities to accommodate additional loads or flows.
 Continuation of electrical routing plan.
 Identify existing underground utilities and potential interference/obstructions using existing as-
builts and ground penetrating radar technology.
 Verify grounding grid interference with various equipment and building footings and
foundations.
 Decision on optimal structure design; full precast vs. cast in place with pre-stressed precast
slab construction methods for structure.
Business Purpose
The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the company’s specialized repair services.
Recommendations
 Constructability Champion to develop and maintain a Constructability Logbook utilizing

constructability review checklist as a starting point; and for each issue identified, assign
responsibility, research input, and seek recommendations and solutions. Review and
update Constructability Logbook during project progress review meetings or special
constructability study meetings as may be required to resolve complex issues before the start
of construction phase.
 Implement and complete fourteen (14) accepted project specific constructability action
items, by due dates specified.
 Implement and complete twenty-seven (27) accepted of forty-two (42) reviewed general
engineering, safety & security, materials management, scheduling, civil & equipment
constructability action items by their specified due dates.

Page 1 of 29

2.0 Constructability Review Workshop Agenda
Page 2 of 29

CONSTRUCTABILITY REVIEW WORKSHOP AGENDA
Project BI No.: BI‐10‐01545
Project Title: UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS
Date: January 21, 2015
Location: Mövenpick Hotel, Al‐Khobar, KSA
Agenda Item Planned Time
 ‘Constructability Review’ Overview Presentation [30 min.] 8:00am‐8:30am
o Introduce Team
o Assign Constructability Champion

 Scope of Work & Site Plans Overview [by GES+ Contractor] [60 min.] 8:30am‐9:30am

COFFEE/SNACK BREAK [20 min] 9:30am‐9:50am

 Constructability Review Workshop [2 hr., 10 min.] 9:50am‐12:00pm
o Review Scope/Drawings, Plot Plans, Equipment Layouts
o Identify Project Specific Constructability Issues/Challenges
o Assign Action Items and Responsibility

LUNCH BREAK [1 hr.] 12:00pm‐1:00pm

 Constructability Review Workshop [1 hr.] 1:00pm‐2:00pm
o Identify Project Specific Constructability Issues/Challenges
o Review PP Phase Constructability Checklist Items by Discipline

COFFEE/SNACK BREAK [20 min.] 2:00pm‐2:20pm

 Constructability Review Workshop [40 min.] 2:20pm‐3:00pm
o Review PP Phase Constructability Checklist Items by Discipline
o Identify Trailing Constructability Issues/Challenges
o Open Discussion Items and Wrap‐up

Page 3 of 29

3.0 Constructability Review Overview Presentation
Page 4 of 29
Facilitator: Russ Johnson 01/21/2015
Constructability Review
BI-10-01545
January 21, 2015
•Saudi Aramco: Company General Use
Agenda
• Project constructability review team introduction

• Constructability concept definition and objectives
• Timing, implementation & benefits
• General constructability checklist
• Project specific issues & challenges > CR checklist
• Conclusion and recommendations
2
BI-10-01545 Constructability •Saudi Aramco:Page 5 of 29

Company General Use 1
Project Constructability Review Team
• Facilitator
• Project Constructability Coordinator
• Project Management Team (PMT) Members
• Proponent Representatives
• Discipline Leads / Safety / Environmental
• Design Contractor Team Members
• Subject Matter Experts/Vendor Reps/Tech Specialists
• Inspection Department
3
Constructability Facilitator
 Russ Johnson, MBA, MSCE, PE

Masters Business Administration
Masters Science Civil Engineering, Structures
Professional Engineer, Civil Engineer
PMOD / PEOD/ VPU
Phone # 3.880.9173
E-mail russell.johnson@aramco.com
4

Constructability Concept Defined
• CII definition: The effective and timely integration of

construction knowledge into the conceptual planning,
design, construction, and field operations of a project
to achieve the overall project objectives in the best
possible time and accuracy at the most cost-effective
levels.
• Effective and timely integration of construction
knowledge and experience into all phases of a project,
to gain improvements in project cost, schedule, quality
and safety.
• The extent to which a design of a facility provides for
ease of construction, yet meets the overall
requirements of that facility.
5
Objectives
• Constructability focuses on the early identification of
 Integration of individual functions involved in capital
projects
 Opportunities to improve the construction process
 Corrective actions to avoid unfavorable situations
that could cause problems, inefficiencies, excessive
construction costs
 Lower costs, improved productivity, earlier project
completion.
Remove obstacles to construction
6

Timing for Best Practices

Project Lifecycle for Saudi Aramco
ERA
DBSP Project Proposal Detail Design/Procurement

MC OS
VE
PRM
90% PDRI Start
PRM Construction
PPTA VE SO Up
90% LL-C PFSU
LL-I CONST SCCM 100%
60% CONST
0% PFSU
20%
PRM PPTA
30% LL-I PRM
SCCM 30% PFSU LL-C
0% LL-l PRM 100%
0% 10%
CONST Constructability PPTA Project Planning & Team Alignment

LL-I Lessons Learned Implementation PFSU Planning for Start-Up
LL-C Lessons Learned Collection SCCM Scope Control & Change Management
PDRI Project Definition Rating Index SO Scheduling Optimization
VE Value Engineering
PRM Project Risk Management
7
Cost and Influence curves
HIGH HIGH
DBSP
Proposal
Design
Optimum Time
Procurement
for Best Practices
Construction
Start-Up
LOW
LOW
8

Implementation
• The fundamental process is the integration of

Construction thinking with the Engineering planning
and design.
• Utilize suggestion forms for Constructability input.
• Getting designers and constructors to work together
9
Implementation
• Maintain a Constructability Logbook and for each

issue identified, assign responsibility, research input,
and seek recommendations.
Constructability Logbook
No. Construction Issue/Challenge Resolution Action By Completion Status

Date
1 Do we have enough space for the Confined space, need to modify original Constr
Crane to erect the tower? plot plan/equip layout and give tower Supt.
contractor priority.
2
3
4
10

Implementation
• A successful constructability implementation

requires changes
• Constructability efforts have a proven ROI
11
Benefits
• Construction planning made easier

• Design and Construction costs can be reduced
• Construction schedule may be shortened
• Better quality can be required and expected
• Earlier owner occupation
• Increased innovation in both design and construction
• Constructors better understand design intent &vice versa
• Building a collaborative team committed to project goals
12

General Constructability Checklist
 Provide work areas when

practical
 Verify Utility Locations
 Assure Utility construction
coordination with other
Agencies
 Verify that pay items in bid
tabulation are covered by the
specifications
 Verify all required work
covered by pay items
13
 Provide access to work

areas
 Consider access for
routine maintenance in
design
 Consider construction
methods that drive the
design
 Weather impact
 Material availability
14

 Keep design simple and flexible

 Standardize design elements
 Consider specifications which allow work efficiency
 Use clear specifications which conform with current
practices
 Check local Agency requirements for environmental
issues
 Consider most economical materials
15

 Consider material type available during staged
construction
 Consider construction feasibility of access to remote
locations
 Minimize restricted areas that eliminate normal
equipment use
 Minimize low production or hand work areas
 Verify that special provisions fit the job
 Simplicity in design/minimize architectural details
16

 Consider working areas needs around structures

 Check for overhead utility conflicts
 Consider access to structure site
 Seek to reduce traffic conflicts where they exist
 Size work zones to allow for equipment access
 Prevent delay to emergency vehicle travel
17
Project Specific
Construction Issues &
Challenges
18

General and
Engineering Discipline
Construction Issues &
Challenges
19
Issue 01- General
• Assign a constructability coordinator (champion) to

manage constructability issues.
20

Conclusion and Recommendations

• Constructability programs integral part of Project
Execution Plans
• Early project feasibility planning takes advantage of
construction knowledge & experience
• Construction and startup sensitive project schedules
• Construction methods considered in design approach
• Permanent and temporary site layouts promote efficient
construction
• Advanced information technologies are applied to
facilitate efficient construction
21
• Design & procurement schedules construction sensitive

• Designs configured to enable efficient construction and
use of efficient technologies
• Design elements standardized
• Procurement, construction and startup efficiency
considered in development of contract documents
• Module/preassembly designs facilitate fabrication,
transport & field installation
• Designs promote construction accessibility of personnel,
material and equipment
22

• Development of project contracting strategy involves

construction knowledge and experience
• Project plans enhance security during construction
• Innovative construction management and field methods
are applied to increase construction efficiency
• Important, early design decisions consider
modularization/preassembly, construction automation,
and other major construction method options
• Designs facilitate construction and field productivity in
adverse weather conditions
23
Thank you
24

BI 10-01545 Scope Overview 01/21/2015
KBR-AMCDE Proposal – UPGRADE JU’AMAH

SHOPS
Date: September, 2014
Site plan
2
Page 17 of 29
By GES+ / PMT Saudi Aramco: Company General Use 1
Site plan
3
GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK / PROJECT OBJECTIVE
1. Purpose
 To Relocate existing Dhahran Mechanical service shop, by adding new workshop

building, upgrade Ju’aymah (MSSD).
 Admin/ office building to accommodate 140 new employees. Tier 3 classification
 Both facilities will stay operational during transition.
 Demolish existing Ju’aymah shipping and receiving shed and construct new shaded
structure for receiving & shipping area.
 Extend the existing parking facility adding new 140 covered parking spaces.
 Build new substation, install power feeder cable connected to existing substation #3.
 Connect all new buildings to the existing utility services.
4
Page 18 of 29
Proposed Facilities
1. Administration Building 2500 Sq. M.
 2 Story office building with all amenities.
 140 offices furnished
 All services connected to existing, only tie-ins are required.
2. Four Shops 8800 Sq. M.

 Single story with 40 offices spread in all four shops
 240 people working in shops + offices
 Move equipment from existing to new
 Existing shops at Ju’aymah, welding shop, heat exchanger shop and assembly area
 All services connected to existing, Drinking, raw, fire, sanitary waste & compressed
Air.
 Total number of equipment 131
3. Temporary construction facility if required

4. Demolition and relocation of shipping & receiving
5. 14 different kind of studies & assessments.
5
Scope of work Architecture
• Site visit / client space program review

• Prepare two schematic design options for layout of
shops, office buildings & parking. Sign off from SA
• As built drawing review & preparation of demolition plan
• Design documents, plan section. elev. details, finishes,
MTO, specifications, interdisciplinary coordination.
• Weekly report, narrative, progress reports, QA/QC
vender meetings.
6
Page 19 of 29
Scope of work Civil & Structure
• Structural analysis, risk assessment & design of Shop,

office, parking and receiving sheds.
• Evaluation of underground utilities, soil condition, traffic
volume
• Site grading
• Evaluation of existing traffic volume and access road
layout by conducting traffic analysis
• Evaluation of plumbing and sanitary lines
7
Scope of work HVAC
• Energy optimization evaluation.

• Equipment, ducting, exhaust fan, exhaust duct, heat
recovery unit layout for shops and Office buildings
• Heating cooling load calculations
• Equipment, grill, louver selection .
• Specification and MTO
8
Page 20 of 29
Scope of work Electrical
• Verify site condition and existing drawings, eg. HV LV

underground cable, grounding,
• Data collection for ETAP study
• Prepare all proposed engineering drawings, equipment
sizing, calculations, HV, LV, UPS Lighting layout, power
grounding, equipment, cable routing, conduit layout,
Hazard area classification, reports and studies.
• Review vendors drawings/documents for bid evaluation
• Provide estimate, project support during bidding
• MTO, data sheets & specifications
9
Scope of work Plumbing & Fire Fighting
• Design basis, No. Of zones.

• Sprinkler piping, fire extinguisher lay out, water riser
diagram.
• MTO, Specification, hydraulic calculations.
• Water supply, drainage layout
• External layout for Raw, drinking, fire water and drainage
layout.
• Site survey for tie ins, QA QC and technical support
10
Page 21 of 29
Scope of work Telecom
• Design Telecom equipment room, out side plant cabling,

data and wire less network, telephone, structure cabling
and video conferencing.
11
Mechanical Equipment support
• Prepare package and technical evaluation for Overhead,

Jib and Rail mounted gantry Cranes
• Procurement Support for the shop equipment.
• Prepare one final list of equipment with detailed
specification & data sheet.
12
Page 22 of 29
Procurement
• To get the quotation to support ER Estimate for the

major material.
• Saudi Armco would like to place PO for all long lead
materials (Jib Crane & other mechanical machines for
the shops) in the end of proposal stage. Placing PO
involve preparing PR, TBE which is not mentioned in the
DBSP. Question has been raised to whether these
activities are under GES+ scope.
13
SCHEDULE
Major Milestones
Project Proposal Start : SEP 14
Project Proposal Complete: June 15
ER Approval : Sep. 15
MCC : Jan. 19
ERC : April 19
14
Page 23 of 29

4.0 Constructability Review Checklist
Page 24 of 29
BI-10-01545 FEL 3 PROJECT PROPOSAL PHASE CONSTRUCTABILITY REVIEW CHECKLIST
UPGRADE JU'AYMAH SHOPS
Item Initial Review Action Sheet

Category Action By Item
No. Accepted Rejected Assigned to: Due Date
SECTION 1 - GENERAL ENGINEERING
General Arrange permanent plant facilities so that access required for
1-1
Enginr'ng
PMT
construction will not be blocked or restricted. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Check for proper equipment location to minimize later
General revisions during design. Incorporate an appropriate level of pre
1-2
Enginr'ng
PMT
assembly and include work areas for the pre-assembly √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
activities in the site layout.
General
1-3
Enginr'ng
PMT Visit to the site to identify all special site conditions √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Keep construction access in mind when planning layout for

General major equipment. Good access lowers rigging costs and
1-4
Enginr'ng
PMT
provides future maintenance access. An open construction √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
layout leaves work areas for future turnarounds/maintenance.
Size the width of roads and gates to accommodate the largest
General
1-5
Enginr'ng
PMT cranes and pieces of equipment that will be used or placed on
the project.
√ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
General Plan access ways for cranes to be used in both construction

1-6
Enginr'ng
PMT
and maintenance. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Make sure that the plot plan provides material and equipment
General
1-7
Enginr'ng
PMT laydown areas, and easy access to lay-down areas. Identify
areas on plot plans.
√ PMT / KBR AMCDE Apr-15
When working in or adjacent to operating facilities, review

access ways to and from installation areas, prefabrication
General
1-8
Enginr'ng
PMT shops, storage areas and parking areas with operating
facilities people so that traffic patterns that minimize
interferences and facilitate construction can be established.
General Plan locations of temporary barricades, fences and gates to

1-9
Enginr'ng
PMT
ensure the protection and security of the construction site. √ PMT / LSTK Apr-16
General
1-10
Enginr'ng
PMT Locate fabrication shops adjacent to storage area. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
General Establish isolated storage locations for highly combustible

1-11
Enginr'ng
PMT
items as cad-weld materials, painting, cleaning fluids, etc. √ PMT / LSTK Apr-16
General Consider the need for emergency access and evacuation in

1-12
Enginr'ng
PMT
the planning process. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Determine whether any of the permanent plant utilities can be

General
1-13
Enginr'ng
PMT made available for use during construction. If they can, and if
a new facility is being constructed, provide for early design.
√
Preplan lay-down areas such that stored items are easy to
General
1-14
Enginr'ng
PMT find, maintain (if required) and remove. Provide suitable
working surface (such as gravel) and adequate drainage.
√ PMT / LSTK
Develop a temporary power one-line diagram showing source,

requirements and points of service; show routing on the plot
General
1-15
Enginr'ng
PMT plan with installation details and point of service; and
determine the above ground distributions system
√ PMT / LSTK
requirements.
Verify and confirm that there is enough temporary power at the
start of construction for peak construction needs. Ensure that
General
1-16
Enginr'ng
PMT there is enough temporary power available for checkout and
startup or that permanent power will be available when
√ PMT / LSTK
primary stages of startup begin.

General Water management for hydro testing and leak testing of
1-17
Enginr'ng
PMT
pressure and gravity piping. √ PMT / LSTK
SECTION 2 - SAFETY AND SECURITY

Safety Provide for good escape routes in case of fire or other
2-1
Security
PMT
emergencies on site. √ PMT / LSTK
Safety Consider area drainage during construction when developing

2-2
Security
PMT
the plot plan. Temporary ditching may be appropriate. √ PMT / LSTK
Safety If possible, erect permanent fencing for job site and/or lay-
2-3
Security
PMT
down area security during construction. √ PMT / LSTK Apr-16
Page 25 of 29
Saudi Aramco: Company General Use Page 1 of 3

SECTION 3 - MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

3-1 Mat'ls PMT Minimize the number of materials used on the project. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Develop materials specifications as early as possible. These

3-2 Mat'ls PMT specifications must take into consideration the true availability
of materials in the market place.
Develop a plan, a tracking program and procedures for

material and equipment maintenance during storage, pre
3-3 Mat'ls PMT
reservation and installation prior to startup. There can be √
considerable cost involved in this activity.
Select the suppliers for long lead equipment as early as
possible and obtain commitments for delivery of long lead
3-4 Mat'ls PMT
items. Use the suppliers to assist in timing of purchase, √ KBR AMCDE May-15
particularly valves.
SECTION 4 - SCHEDULING
See to it that the project schedule incorporates all the pre-
4-1 Schedule PMT
assembly and modularization plans for the project. √ KBR AMCDE May-15
optimize sequence of MEP installation works from schedule

4-2 Schedule PMT
standpoint. √ KBR AMCDE May-15
SECTION 5 - CIVIL WORKS

Civil
5-1
Works
PMT Standardize foundation sizes. √
Civil Strive for early identification of road crossing structures for
5-2
Works
PMT
U.G. utilities. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Civil Maximize use of site materials for backfill instead of imported

5-3
Works
PMT
select materials wherever possible. √
Construction and Engineering must thoroughly review the soil
Civil
5-4
Works
PMT study at the proposed jobsite to establish the optimum
Design/Construct method given alternatives.
Civil Storm drainage systems should be developed as early as

5-5
Works
PMT
possible in order to facilitate usage during construction. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Civil Roads should be designed early so that road bases can be

5-6
Works
PMT
installed and utilized during the construction phase. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Civil Repair existing fence where damaged to aid with security

5-7
Works
PMT
measures. √
Access roads should be designed to facilitate the movement
Civil
5-8
Works
PMT of major equipment during and after construction. This should
be incorporated into permanent road design when possible.
Civil
5-9
Works
PMT Avoid construction below water table whenever possible. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Civil Underground drawings must show existing utilities, as much

5-10
Works
PMT
as possible. Have backup plan. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Prior to the start of the project construction, select and test

Civil various sources of backfill material. The initial soils
5-11
Works
PMT
investigation should cover pits in the area of the jobsite. √
Include quantity survey as part of the investigation.
Civil Early grading and paving sub base will facilitate efficient
5-12
Works
PMT
construction, drainage, and effective housekeeping. √
SECTION 6 - STRUCTURAL
SECTION 7 - EQUIPMENT
Provide grounding lugs on all tanks and equipment for field
installation of grounding cables, most particularly anything with
7-1 Equipment PMT
a lining. Arrange equipment and lugs for embedded √ KBR AMCDE May-15
grounding termination.
long lead items; consider placing on order early. New

7-2 Equipment PMT
Workshop Equipment, Pumps, transformers, specialty valves. √ KBR AMCDE May-15
Page 26 of 29

SECTION 8 - PIPING
Provide specifications for preventative maintenance and
8-1 Piping PMT
storage requirements of specialty items. √
Where pipe borings cross permanent roads, assure design
8-2 Piping PMT incorporates structural protection to support the heaviest
transportation loads expected.
√
SECTION 9 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 10 - INSTRUMENTATION
SECTION 11 - PROJECT SPECIFIC ISSUES-CHALLENGES-CONCERNS
staging areas and working space for cranes, materials storage
Project
11-1
Specific
PMT and other lifting equipment identify on plot plans/layout
drawings.
√ KBR AMCDE Mar-15
consider spread footings to avoid need for pilings for

Project
11-2
Specific
PMT foundation design. Base footing designs on recommendations
in geotechnical report keeping piling as the last resort option.
Project layout and geotechnical report needed to finalize design of

11-3
Specific
PMT
workshop building and equipment foundations. √ KBR AMCDE Apr-15
Project verify capacity of existing utilities to accommodate additional
11-4
Specific
PMT
loads or flows. √ KBR AMCDE Mar-15
Project 5 meter depth below grade vertical test pit for shaft balancing.
11-5
Specific
PMT
Missing from DBSP. √ KBR AMCDE / PMT Mar-15
electrical power supply cable crossing pipeline corridor and
Project security fencing. Extra bends on cable route in corridor. Thrust
11-6
Specific
PMT
boring feasibility including pit locations and horizontal bends, √ KBR AMCDE Mar-15
equipment setup and staging areas.
Project
11-7
Specific
PMT continuation of electrical cable routing plan. √ KBR AMCDE Mar-15
Project verify grounding grid interference with various equipment and
11-8
Specific
PMT
building footings and foundations. √ KBR AMCDE Mar-15
identify existing underground utilities and potential
Project
11-9
Specific
PMT interference/obstructions using existing as builts and ground
penetrating radar mapping technology.
decision on optimal structure design; full precast vs cast in

Project
11-10
Specific
PMT place pre-stressed precast slab construction methods for
structure.
add note to drawings sequence construction for HVAC

Project
11-11
Specific
PMT equipment to leave building envelope open for HVAC
equipment installation.
add removable louvers to first floor mechanical room for

Project
11-12
Specific
PMT maintenance. Confirm door height and width for replacement
of equipment during maintenance.
Project verify equipment installation and removal strategy for

11-13
Specific
PMT
workshop area, for maintenance purposes. √ KBR AMCDE Mar-15
temporary dirty oily water holding tank concrete vs fiberglass
Project
11-14
Specific
PMT design. Design of tank should be double walled with leak
detection monitoring system.
Page 27 of 29

5.0 Workshop Attendance Sheet
Page 28 of 29
Attendance Sheet
Value Practice Workshop/Session: Constructability____________________ Date: January 21, 2015_______________
Project Budget Item: BI 10‐01545 UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS_ Facilitator: Russ Johnson____________________
No Name Aramco Login ID Company/Dept Phone No. Email

1 Russ Johnson Johnrs0a PMOD/VPU 13 880‐9173 russell.johnson@aramco.com
2 Onaivi Mayaki Onayaki SAPMT 13 851‐6747 onaivi.mayaki@aramco.com
3 Naif s. Alkhaldi Khalns0n FrPD / SA 13 872‐0394 naif.khaldi.8@aramco.com
4 Montu Das Dasml FrPD / SA 13 872‐4371 montu.das@aramco.com
5 Faisal M. Al‐Aiban Aibanfm SAPMT 13 851‐6746 faisal.aiban@aramco.com
6 Mohammed Alalami Alalamms KAPSARC 0530 055 309 alalamms@aramco.com
7 Mohammed Khattak Khattamn KAPSARC 13 862‐1428 khattamn@aramco.com
8 Faisal Shareef Sharfa0s SAPMT 0555407744 faisal.shareef.2@aramco.com
9 Subramanian Damodaran Subramdt SAPMT 0552 272 363 subramu@aramco.com
10 Aseel Mahfoodh Mahfoodh SAPMT 13 862‐1523 aseelmahfoodh@aramco.com
11 Munir Ahmad Ahmamh0c SAPMT 0532915946 munir.ahmad@aramco.com
12 Tanveer Ahmad Tanweeqa SAPMT 13 862‐2390 ahmed.tanveer@aramco.com
13 Hayan Chikhali Chikalhx SAPMT 13 898‐9900 chikalhx@aramco.com
14 Woiwech Minshi Mirskiwt PSED 13 872‐7450 mirskiwt@aramco.com
15 Nayif Al‐Theeb Deelona SA/MSSD 13 678‐9286 nayef.theeb@aramco.com
16 Hussain Al Rashdi Rashdihs SA/NSD/MSSD 13 678‐9223 rashdihs@aramco.com
17 Mishal Al Shammari Shammk0n SA/MSSD 13 876‐2925 mishaal.shammari@aramco.com
18 Farhan Syed Mukhtyfs SAPID 0552 173 919 farhan.mukhtyaar@aramco.com
19 ElSayed Hegazy ‐ KBR‐AMCDE 0503 226 105 alsayed.hegazy@kbr.com
20 Ghulam M. Chughtai ‐ KBR‐AMCDE 0595 955 970 ghulam.chughtai@kbr.com
21 Edgardo Ramos ‐ KBR‐AMCDE 013 851‐6622 edgardo.ramos@kbr.com
22 Faruque Azam ‐ KBR‐AMCDE 013 851‐6251 faruque.azam@kbr.com
23 Manuel Zuneiga II ‐ KBR‐AMCDE 013 851‐6607 manuel.zuneiga@kbr.com
24 Benny Frias ‐ KBR‐AMCDE 013 854‐6335 benny.frias@kbr.com
25 Arnold Beriawel ‐ KBR‐AMCDE 013 851‐6260 arnold.beriawel@kbr.com

 Project Constructability Champion(s)

Page 29 of 29
EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.4

Value Engineering Study

DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
A N26
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
111
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
VALUE ENGINEERING STUDY
FINAL EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

REPORT
BI-10-01545
UPGRADE JUʹA Y MA H SHOPS
PREPARED BY – VALUE MANAGEMENT & PROJECT

SUPPORT CORPORATION
PREPAED FOR – KBR-AMCDE
BI-10-01545 UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS PAGE 1

TABLE OF CONTENT
SECTION SUBJECT PAGE
ACRONYMS ……………………………………………………………… 3
1 VE STUDY DETAILS………………………………………………….. 4
VE SESSION INFORMATION
VE SESSION AGENDA
VE SESSION IDEAS COUNT
VE SESSION TEAM MEMBERS
BASE CASE DESIGN
PROPOSALS ACCEPTANCE STATUS SUMMARY
2 VALUE ENGINEERING PROPOSALS (VEPS)………………………. 12
3 VALUE ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS (VERS)…………… 15
4 EVALUATION PHASE PROCESS DIAGRAM………………………. 17
5 VALUE ENGINEERING OVERVIEW………………………………….. 18
6 VE PROPOSALS (VEPS) DEVELOPMENT WORKSHEETS………. 25
APPENDIX A SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS

ACRONYMS
A - Accepted
AD - Additional Cost
AFS - Accepted for Further Study
BC - Base Case (already in current project scope)
CAPEX - Capital Expenditures
DBSP - Design Basis Scoping Paper
DEL - Deleted (nor practical application in the process)
FAST - Function Analysis System Technique
LCC - Life Cycle Cost
NA - Not Accepted
PEOD - Project Execution Optimization Division
OPEX - Operational Expenditure
PMOD - Project Management Office Department
PMT - Project Management Team
PP - Project Proposal
SA - Saudi Aramco
SAVE - Society of American Value Engineers
TBD To be determined
VE - Value Engineering
VEI - Value Engineering Idea
VEP - Value Engineering Proposal
VER - Value Engineering Recommendation
VP - Value Practice
VPU - Value Practices Unit
VIP - Value Improvement Practice
VPS - Value Practices Session
VPMS - Value Practices Management System

SECTION 1 - VE STUDY DETAILS
VE Session Information:
FACILITATOR - MR. ABDUL MAJEED AL- MOUMEN COMPANY- KBR-AMCDE

MEETING MANAGER – MR. OSSAMA MANSOOR
LOCATION - KBR- AMCDE TAWUNIYA TOWER CONFERENCE ROOM NO. 190, 1ST FLOOR
STUDY DATE – FEB 1-2, 2015
VE Session Agenda
Day Topics Duration

Feb 01, 1. Welcome & VE Session Participants Introduction 08:00 AM
2015
Feb 01, 2. Value Engineering Introduction & Overview 08:30 AM

2015
Feb 01, 3. Information Phase 10:00 AM

2015 Project Overview
Facilities Description
Estimate Overview
Feb 01, 4. Function Analysis Phase 11:45 AM

2015 Identify Functions
Classify Functions
Develop Functions
Feb 01, 5. Creative Phase 8:00 AM

2015 Brain Storming
Feb 02, 6. Evaluation Phase 10:00 AM

2015 Rank and rate alternate ideas
Select ideas for full development
Feb 02, 7. Development Phase 11:30 AM

2015 VE Proposals Development
Feb 02, 8. Group Presentations 04:00 PM

2015 Implementation Strategy
Wrap up

PROJECT SUMMARY - The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the Company’s
specialized repair services. The proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas
production by upgrading the existing Shops in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand.

VALUE ENGINEERING SESSION ATTENDEES
SeeAttachmentonnextpage





VALUE ENGINEERING IMPLEMENTATION MEETING ATTENDEES
The implementation meeting was held on???, 2015 in KBR-AMCDE conference room, Khobar at
10.00 AM, the result of this meeting is recorded below each VE proposal.
SECTION 2 - VALUE ENGINEERING PROPOSALS (VEPS)

Value Engineering Proposals (VEPs) are ideas discussed, evaluated and quantified during the VE
Workshop. The table below summarizes all the VE Proposals (VEPs) Developed by the VE team
during the VE session.
Notes:-
1. The VEP estimate is + 40% accurate. Detailed estimate is required in the design phase.
2. Mutually inclusive and exclusive proposals are not counted in the total cost avoidance.
3. The Status of Accepted (A), Not Accepted (NA), or Accepted for Further Study (AFS) of
each proposal reflects the decisions reached during the implementation meeting between
stakeholders/decision makers.
4. Accept Implementation Status- the concept is agreed to by key decision makers (PMT, FPD,
and the Proponents) as a cost effective idea or method for executing the project. To accept
any idea, PMT, FPD, and the Proponents representatives should unanimously agree on
accepting this idea.
5. (AFS) Accepted for Further Study Implementation Status- the concept represents an idea
whose merit requires analysis. The effect of the concept on all disciplines (i.e., Engineering,
Procurement, and Construction) must be evaluated to determine its overall benefit to the
project prior to acceptance and implementation. Justification will be required to document
the reason for deciding to conduct further studies on this idea.
6. (NA) Not Accepted Implementation Status- The concept is documented as adding no value
for this project. Reason(s) for not accepting the proposal needed to be documented in the
comments section during the implementation meeting. Justification will be required to
document the reason for deciding to not accept this idea. If any of the key decision makers
(PMT, FPD, and the Proponents) decided not to accept an idea, the idea will be categorized
as (NA); however, proper justification should be documented in the minutes of the
implementation meeting to state why this idea got rejected.
7. Team Member # shown below is a unique number located on the third column of the VEPs
and VERs tables and it represents the idea champion, the name and contact information
associated with this initial is included in Section 2.
8. The items below are identified as per the target functional area they belong to within the
compound

VE PROPOSAL SUMMARY:
This table summarizes the Twenty two (22) VE proposals and the Cost Avoidance associated
with them which have been developed by the VE team.
Notes:
1- Mutually inclusive and exclusive proposals are not counted in the total cost avoidance.
2- The VEP estimate is + 40% accurate. Detailed estimate is required in the design phase.
Legend:
A: Accepted
AFS: Accepted For Further Study
NA: Not Accepted
BS: Base Case
ESTIMATED COST AVOIDANCE

(IN $MM)
VEP DESCRIPTION CAPITAL* O&M TOTAL STATUS
LOCATION $ $
(A) GENERAL
AD 0.179 AD 0.179
1A Use precast concrete external walls A
MM MM
Change the flooring finishing from Granite to epoxy AD 0.029 AD 0.029
3A NA
concrete for emergency exit stair case MM MM
Eliminate the AC ducting in the rooms and provide $ 0.01198 $ 0.01198
15A NA
opening on the sides from AC MM MM
$ 0.06136 $ 0.06136
16A Use solar powered water heating system NA
MM MM
$ 0.05616 $ 0.05616
18A Delete the HVAC heating system NA
MM MM
Reduce the number of parking space from 140 to $ 0.3 MM $ 0.3MM
22A A
120
Eliminate the thrust boring to cross the pipeline $ 9.931 MM $ 9.931 MM
27A corridor and use cable bridge NA
VEP-27A is mutually exclusive with VEP-28A
Eliminate the thrust boring to cross the pipeline $ 0.562 MM $ 0.562 MM
28A corridor and use hand excavation with duct bank NA
32A Proponent to relocate the equipment from Dhahran $ 0.185 MM $ 0.185 MM A
33A Proponent to buy the new equipment $ 0.303 MM $ 0.303 MM A

Use soil improvements (stone columns) instead of $ 11.548 $ 11.548

36A NA
pile foundation MM MM
Use precast beams and columns instead of cast in $ 0.306 MM $ 0.306 MM
37A NA
situ
Hollow Core Slab has a lot of advantage than CIP AD $ 0.039 AD $ 0.039
38A A
slab MM MM
Use precast concrete stair for the emergency stair $ 0.035 MM $ 0.035 MM
39A NA
case
$ 0.78558 $ 0.78558
43A Delete the sprinkler system in the admin building NA
MM MM
46A Use hardscape instead of landscape $ 0.005 MM $ 0.005 MM NA
10B Delete one receiving area and keep one $ 0.039 MM $ 0.039 MM NA
Reduce internal shipping and receiving area as $ 0.039 MM $ 0.039 MM
14B NA
operation need.
Eliminate the heating system in the HVAC system $ 0.02633 $ 0.02633
25B A
for workshops (exclude workshop offices) MM MM
Evaluate connecting to the existing oily drainage $ 0.052 MM $ 0.052 MM
30B NA
tank or provide new one
Elevate the building foundation above water table $ 0.589 MM $ 0.589 MM
1F level to eliminate the dewatering of the site during A
construction
Change cable routing at the pipeline corridor $ 0.01053 $ 0.01053
3F crossing to eliminate the bends and shorten the MM MM NA
length
$ 13.69622 $ 13.69622
TOTAL PROPOSED
MM MM
$ 0.96033 $ 0.96033
TOTAL ACCEPTED (A)
MM MM
ACCEPTED FOR FURTHER STUDY (AFS)
$ 12.73589 $ 12.73589
TOTAL NOT ACCEPTED (NA)
MM MM
• Refers to the capital cost avoidance if the base case was revised to incorporate the VE
proposals. Figures between parenthesis are additional cost

SECTION 3 - VALUE ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS (VERS)
Value Engineering Recommendations (VERs) are ideas that were discussed during the VE team
session but cannot be quantified, or too difficult given the VE workshop time constraints, for
development as proposals. Typically, these are ideas that were discussed during the VE session
but were either too general, given the VE study time constraints for development as VE proposals
The table below summarizes all the VE Recommendations (VERs) developed by the VE team
during the implementation meeting; those items are identified as per the target functional area
they belong to:
VEP NO. RECOMMENDATIONS

2A Increase the width of the corridors opposite to the services
4A Recess the fire hose cabinets and extinguishers
5A Centralize the mechanical rooms in one floor or the roof
6A Reduce the number of drainage points
7A Provide two sources of water for fire and raw water
8A Reduce number of communication rooms
9A Relocate the chillers to be away from management offices
11A Revisit the access roads width for fire trucks access
14A Use LEED approved plumbing fixtures for the toilet
20A Use energy saving equipments and lighting fixtures
34A Admin building area need to be enlarged to suit proponent requirements
35A Add court yard and sky light and coffee shop and smoking area
42A Reduce the foot print admin building by introducing third floor
45A Enhance using natural light by adding windows or sky light
48A Resize the HVAC system for the substation based on reduced size and equipment
Remove the door and wall on the printer room of admin building and leave one side
54A
open
57A Use 150 KG/cm2 instead of 100KG/cm2 for foundation design
58A Allocate parking for handicap and Aramco management
62A Reduce the admin building height
65A Use modularized work stations
68A Rotate the admin building by 90 for energy optimization

Provide tools to transfer large equipment brought in for repair from one end to
4B
another end
5B Move the shipping and receiving shed close to workshop operation
7B Consider adding air lock for the workshops
Obtain equipments foot prints with the safe working space with the sequence of
8B
operation to come up with the total space requirements for the workshops.
9B Provide more tracks and access with the minimum of two
13B Add parking for shop area to be considered from the total 140 parking
15B Optimize the spacing between equipment for safety and operations
18B Optimize the size of the electrical and mechanical rooms in the workshops
19B Provide two telecom room (3X3m)
20B Enhance the isolation and noise system for offices
21B Provide double columns for overhead cranes
22B KBR to contact the vendors to obtain data sheets for equipments to load design
23B Locate the dispatch area outside the workshops
Proponent will provide list of existing equipments that might not be required for the
24B
new workshops
28B Add spare parts and tools store
29B Evaluate the location of the mechanical room
33B evaluate the height of the workshop
34B Eliminate foundations for small equipments
36B Minimize the vibration in the workshop
Stack office spaces in machine shop ( Mezzanine level) to take advantage of the
38B
double height of the shop
Isolate the construction site with separate access from outside to eliminate security
5F
control
64 - TOTAL NUMBER OF IDEAS (VERS + VEPS)

22 - TOTAL NUMBER OF IDEAS THAT TURNED TO BE VE PROPOSALS (VEPS)
42 - TOTAL NUMBER OF IDEAS THAT TURNED TO BE VE RECOMMENDATIONS (VERS)

SECTION 4 - VE IDEAS EVALUATION PROCESS
SECTION 5 - VALUE ENGINEERING OVERVIEW

An Overview of the Process:
Introduction:
Saudi Aramco uses Value Engineering (VE) studies to significantly improve project value. During
the period from 1997 till now, VE studies conducted on selected projects have resulted in
projected savings of hundreds of millions of dollars.
Given the significant benefits of VE studies, and in light of an expanding capital program, the
Company initiated a formal practice to conduct VE studies on every new project with an
Expenditure Request (ER) value of $30 MM or more. SAEP-14, Project Proposals, highlights this
requirement.
One of the Company’s Business Plan objectives is to maximize profitability by focusing on

achieving maximum returns from Company assets. Value Engineering is a Value Improvement
Practice (VIP) Project Management is using to achieve this objective, and will be exercised in
conjunction with other Capital Program Process Improvement tools.
Defining Value Engineering

“Value Engineering is a function oriented multidisciplinary team approach for optimizing project
execution and eliminating unnecessary costs without sacrificing total project performance, quality,
and reliability. Value is defined as the lowest cost to perform a function reliably without
compromising performance requirements.” 1 Within the context of Value Engineering, the term
Value is often depicted by the following equation:
Value = Function/Cost
Where: Value is the appropriate balance between performance and cost, Function is the specific
work that a design or process must perform, and Cost refers to life cycle cost (initial and follow-on
or operating costs).
The equation demonstrates that value is improved by holding cost constant while increasing
Function, or by decreasing cost while holding Function constant. It is important to note that VE
differs from standard Cost Reduction or Technical Review procedures. The former is generally
focused solely on removing cost, sometimes at the sacrifice of function or quality, and the latter is
primarily a process of checking a design package for compliance with established standards,
codes, and practices. In addition to construction projects, Value Engineering can be applied to
management systems, manufacturing processes, operating procedures, and almost anywhere
cost or performance improvement is desired.
How does VE work?

Value Engineering uses a systematic process that attempts to answer six fundamental questions:
1) What is it? 2) What does it do? 3) What must it do? 4) What does it cost? 5) What other
material or method can be used to provide the same function? 6) What would an alternate
material or method cost? These questions are answered though the use of the Value
Methodology Plan depicted in Figure 1 on the following page.
During the VE study sessions, a multi-disciplined team systematically identifies and evaluates
alternatives, using cost data and other criteria, and then selects the best alternatives for
improving value. The study findings are compiled in a final report and presented to management
for review and implementation.
The benefits of Value Engineering are achieved through the combined energy and talents of
concerned stakeholders working together in an organized weeklong effort to meet the project’s
functional requirements.
The Value Methodology Job Plan:

The value methodology is a systematic process that follows the Job Plan. A value methodology is
applied by a multidisciplinary team to improve the value of a project through the analysis of
functions. The Job Plan consists of the following sequential phases.
Information Phase: The team reviews and defines the current conditions of the project and
identifies the goals of the study
Function Analysis Phase: The team defines the project functions using a two-word active
verb/measurable noun context. The team reviews and analyzes these functions to determine
which need improvement, elimination, or creation to meet the project’s goals.
Creative Phase: The team employs creative techniques to identify other ways to perform the
project’s function(s).
Evaluation Phase: The team follows a structured evaluation process to select those ideas that
offer the potential for value improvement while delivering the project’s function(s) and considering
performance requirements and resource limits.
Development Phase: The team develops the selected ideas into alternatives (or proposals) with
a sufficient level of documentation to allow decision makers to determine if the alternative should
be implemented.
Presentation Phase: The team leader develops a report and/or presentation that documents and
conveys the adequacy of the alternative(s) developed by the team and the associated value
improvement opportunity.
Job Plan Techniques:

The value methodology is a structured, disciplined procedure aimed at improving value. That
procedure is called the Job Plan. The Job Plan outlines sequential phases to be followed which
support team synergy within a structured process, as opposed to a collection of individual
opinions. The activities conducted during each phase of the Job Plan will stimulate the team to
identify ideas and develop them into alternatives to the original concept or design.
VALUE IMPROVEMENT STUDY SCHEDULE

The VE “Job Plan”
Value Engineering is a well defined, well established methodology that can be applied at projects,
manufactured products and standards and procedures to avoid unnecessary costs provide better
alternatives, minimize wastes while still satisfying the basic functions. On this project, the VE
Methodology will be implemented in the following way:
PERIOD ACTIVITY
(Pre- PREPARATION PHASE:
Study) Coordinate Value study requirements including information, venue, and
team member participation. Prepare cost and capacity models and
function diagrams.
Feb 01, INFORMATION PHASE & FUNCTION ANALYSIS PHASE:

2015 Establish VE objectives with brief description of facility and project
objectives by the FPD Engineer, project engineers and proponent.
Review project plans and other documents and review project cost
estimate. Identify functional requirements and evaluate any available
cost.
Feb 02, CREATIVITY PHASE & EVALUATION PHASE:

2015 Start the creativity phase for functional alternatives in each target area
and its basic function. After the creativity phase, start the evaluation
phase. Select specific value improvement ideas for further development
as value improvement proposals.
Feb 02, DEVELOPMENT PHASE/ PRESENTATION PHASE:

2015 Start the development phase by defining proposals details, estimate
costs and summarize key benefits and concerns offered by each Value
improvement Proposal. For the presentation phase, each group of the
VE team would present their VE Proposals in details, which they have
developed during the development phase.
(Post- DECISION PHASE:

Study) Prepare a VE Report to document ideas and options for Value
Improvement. Coordinate Draft report for team comments. Review panel
evaluates Value improvement options and drafts implementation
summary for Executive Action
(Post- IMPLEMENTATION & FOLLOW-UP: Additional investigations as

Study) required. Monitor status of change proposals accepted for
implementation. Provide feedback to VE team.
KEY DEFINITIONS

Life Cycle Cost: The sum of all development acquisition, production or construction, operation,
maintenance, use, and disposal costs for a product or project over a specified period of time.
Job Plan: A sequential approach for conducting a value study, consisting of steps or phases
used to manage the focus of a team’s thinking so that they innovate collectively rather than as
uncoordinated individuals.
Performance: The capacity of a product to fulfill its intended function. Factors such as reliability,
maintainability, quality and appearance are some examples.
Scope: The portion of the overall project that is selected for the value study. The analysis
accepts everything within the defined scope in order to focus attention on the functions within
those limits.
Value: An expression of the relationship between function and resources where function is
measured by the performance requirements of the customer and resources are measured in
materials, labor, price, time, etc. required to accomplish that function.
Value Engineering: The application of a value methodology to a planned or conceptual project

or service to achieve value improvement.
Value Methodology: A systematic process used by a multidisciplinary team to improve the value
of projects through the analysis of functions. See Value Engineering, Value Analysis and Value
Management.
Value Study: The application of a value methodology by SAVE International certified

professionals using the Value Job Plan.
SECTION 6 - VEPS DEVELOPMENT WORKSHEETS

DESCRIPTION OF THE VE PROPOSALS
The Monetary Value associated with each of the following proposals represents the estimated
Cost Avoidance (CA) attained, when compared with the draft Project Proposal scope, if these
proposals were implemented.
1A USE PRECAST CONCRETE EXTERNAL WALLS

Present Situation:
Precast wall is less expensive in terms of constructability
Although initial cost of Precast is more expensive than the CMU wall. Savings can be
achieved through less construction time & the amount of manpower cost against the CMU
wall because of the need to plaster & cure in addition to finishing touches involve as a
standard finishing method in block laying wall construction methodology
Value Engineering Proposal:

Change the current scheduled CHB finishing of the wall to Precast Concrete Elements
Proposal is to speed up the method of construction

CA: CAPITAL: $ AD 0.179 MM O&M: TOTAL: $ AD 0.179 MM
STATUS: ACCEPTED
CHANGE THE FLOORING FINISHING FROM GRANITE TO EPOXY CONCRETE FOR

3A
EMERGENCY EXIT STAIR CASE
Present Situation:
Granite is more expensive than epoxy paint finish flooring
Finishing schedule for the emergency stair case

Change the finishing material from Granite to epoxy paint
Proposal is to reduce the cost of material & associated cost of installation

CA: CAPITAL: $ 0.029 MM O&M: TOTAL: $ 0.029 MM
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO LOWER QUALITY AND HIGHER COST STAIR FINISH
ELIMINATE THE AC DUCTING IN THE ROOMS AND PROVIDE OPENING ON THE

15A
SIDES FROM AC

Present Situation:
Conditioned air is supplied to each Office with the help of Supply & Return air duct
All Managers cabin has supply and return air through duct. Approximate size of each duct
is 250mm X 250mm. Total length of duct inside each cabin is 4 meter. Total number of
rooms - 32

Eliminate the AC ducting in the rooms and provide opening on the sides from AC
Proposal is to reduce supply and return duct quantity

STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO LIMITED WIDTH OF THE CORRIDOR RELATIVE TO
THE REQUIRED DUCT SIZE AND CONNECTION FOR SIDE ENTRY
16A USE SOLAR POWERED WATER HEATING SYSTEM

Present Situation:
Local electric water heater for service water heating is used in each toilet (4 numbers)
The current design approach of water heating shall be accomplished using local electric
water heater. Each wet areas has a dedicated electric water heater. Ground floor has two
electric water heaters and the first floor has two electric water heater. Each heater shall be
rated 4 kW power input

Install solar power heating system at roof for domestic water heating
Alternative option of water heating is providing solar heating panels assembly located on
the roof. This option is one of the green building ideas now which considers a renewable
energy
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED, THE POWER CONSUMPTION FOR 4 WH IS 18KW ONLY AND
THIS SYSTEM WILL REQUIRE FREQUENT MAINTENANCE

18A DELETE THE HVAC HEATING SYSTEM

Present Situation:
Currently heated air with help of duct heater is supplied to each zone of the Office
Each zone is served by dedicated duct heater. Total no of duct heater is Approximately 64

Delete the HVAC heating system
Proposal is to eliminate heater

STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO STANDARD REQUIREMENT FOR OFFICE BUILDING
SAES-K-001
22A REDUCE THE NUMBER OF PARKING SPACE FROM 140 TO 120

Present Situation:
Reducing the number of Parking will entail cost saving
Reduction means saving when it’s actually necessary to cut the numbers thereby reducing
all the associated cost like lighting, signage & road marking

Reduce the number of access lamps
STATUS: ACCEPTED

ELIMINATE THE THRUST BORING TO CROSS THE PIPELINE CORRIDOR AND USE
27A
CABLE BRIDGE
Present Situation:
An assumption to use the thrust boring on pipeline corridor to lay the Electrical cable duct
below existing pipeline
The existing LUP on pipeline corridor with 6m width is approx. 360m long

Provide a structural steel cable bridge above the pipeline corridor
Proposal is to reduce the cost on thrust boring and to avoid a safety issue on accidentally
hitting the existing utilities by providing new Cable bridge 12m high x 6m wide x 360m long
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED BY PIPELINE DIVISION
ELIMINATE THE THRUST BORING TO CROSS THE PIPELINE CORRIDOR AND USE
28A
HAND EXCAVATION WITH DUCT BANK
Present Situation:
An assumption to use the thrust boring on pipeline corridor to lay the Electrical cable duct
below existing pipeline
The existing LUP on pipeline corridor with 6m width is approx. 360m long

Hand excavation on the pipeline corridor with the duct bank
Proposal is to reduce the cost on thrust boring and to avoid a safety issue on accidentally
hitting the existing utilities by manual excavation over the pipeline corridor
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO DEEP EXCAVATION AND HIGH WATER TABLE
32A PROPONENT TO RELOCATE THE EQUIPMENT FROM DHAHRAN

Present Situation:
SAPMT will relocate the equipment from Dhahran through LSTK contractor
SAPMT will relocate the equipment from Dhahran through LSTK contractor

Proponent to relocate the equipment from Dhahran


STATUS: ACCEPTED
33A PROPONENT TO BUY THE NEW EQUIPMENT
Present Situation:
SAPMT will buy the new equipment through LSTK contractor
SAPMT will buy the equipment through LSTK contractor

Proponent to buy the equipment
Proponent to purchase the equipment utilizing their accumulated experience with

equipment suppliers and familiarity with suitable vendors will introduce a synergy in the
procurement process. As end-users of these equipment, MSSD is in the position to better
define options and alternatives to be embedded in the procurement agreements to further
enhance functionalities
STATUS: ACCEPTED
36A USE SOIL IMPROVEMENTS (STONE COLUMNS) INSTEAD OF PILE FOUNDATION

Present Situation:
Assumption that Pile Foundation might be required to support the heavy equipment
foundation and overhead crane support
The Soil Investigation is not available at present.
The assumption that Concrete pile of 900mm dia x 12m long is required on some
foundation of the heavy equipment and overhead crane support foundation.
Total number of Bored piles - 100

Use Stone column for Soil Stabilization and Improvements
Proposal is to use stone column 900mm dia x 12m deep at every 3meter regular interval
all over the MSSD shop. No. of Stone columns = 1900
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED, GEOTECHNICAL REPORT RECOMMENDATION SHALL BE
FOLLOWED

37A USE PRECAST BEAMS AND COLUMNS INSTEAD OF CAST IN SITU

Present Situation:
Assumption that Cast-In-Situ beams and columns and Hollow core slab
The Cast in place columns and beams are to be used for admin bldg. and hollow core
slab.
A total volume of concrete column =

A total volume of concrete beam =
Total volume of concrete =

Use precast columns and beams for admin building
Proposal is to use the precast columns and beams on admin bldg

STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO CONSTRUCTABILITY AND COST ISSUES
38A USE OF HOLLOW CORE SLAB FOR THE SUBSTATION ROOF SLAB
Present Situation:
Hollow Core Slab has a lot of advantage than CIP slab
Hollow Core slab uses tendons in place of rebar while the concrete is zero slumps leaving
a hollow circular place in between the tendons. This method makes the hollow core
lightweight, easy to install & economical. Unnecessary column in the middle can be
avoided with the use of long span slab which can be achieved up to 20 meters. Normal
concrete curing for CIP is also a thing of the past for the hollow core since curing is done
in the factory by steam. Another cost saving advantage is the size of beam & column can
be reduced by the significant reduction in the dead load of slab

Change the CIP slab to Hollow Core Slab
Proposal is to reduce the cost of material & associated cost of construction while speeding
up the method of construction
CA: CAPITAL: AD $ 0.039 MM O&M: TOTAL: AD $ 0.039 MM
STATUS: ACCEPTED

39A USE PRECAST CONCRETE STAIR FOR THE EMERGENCY STAIR CASE
Present Situation:
Precast stair case is less expensive in terms of constructability
Although initial cost of Precast is more expensive than the CIP concrete slab. Savings can
be achieved through less construction time & the amount of manpower cost against the
cast-in-place construction method

Change the CIP stairs to Precast stairs

STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO CONSTRUCTABILITY AND COST ISSUES
43A DELETE THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE ADMIN BUILDING

Present Situation:
DBSP says to provide sprinkler system based on the occupancy type and size of the
building
The design approach based on DBSP is to provide sprinkler system, fire hose cabinets
and portable fire extinguishers

Sprinkler system shall be eliminated in Administration Building
As per IBC 2009 Building Code and SAES-M-100 analysis, sprinkler system is not
required in the Administration building. However, fire hose cabinets and portable fire
extinguishersshall be provided
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENT

46A USE HARDSCAPE INSTEAD OF LANDSCAPE

Present Situation:
Hardscape is less expensive in the long term
Although initial cost of Hardscape is more expensive than the landscape. Manifested
savings can be felt in the long run against the landscaping that needs a lot of attention
which include pruning, cutting off dry leaves & cleaning not to mention the water
consumption & fertilizer

Replace Landscape to Hardscape
CA: CAPITAL: TBD O&M: TOTAL: TBD
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED
10B DELETE ONE RECEIVING AREA AND KEEP ONE

Present Situation:
Deleting the other if unnecessary will be a cost saving
Having one receiving area will practically reduce the cost as other associated cost will be
impacted by the reduction

Keeps one receiving area instead of two
Cost saving & less maintenance


14B REDUCE INTERNAL SHIPPING AND RECEIVING AREA AS OPERATION NEED.

Present Situation:
Reducing the area will significantly reduce the cost
Maximizing the area usage & it’s function as per the operational requirements will not only
satisfy the need of the end users but also saving vital resources that could somehow
diverted into other resources in dire needs of additional funding

Reduce the area to reduce cost
Cost saving & less maintenance

ELIMINATE THE HEATING SYSTEM IN THE HVAC SYSTEM FOR WORKSHOPS

25B
(EXCLUDE WORKSHOP OFFICES)
Present Situation:
Currently heated air with help of duct heater is supplied to each zone

Delete the HVAC heating system
Proposal is to eliminate heater

STATUS: ACCEPTED

EVALUATE CONNECTING TO THE EXISTING OILY DRAINAGE TANK OR PROVIDE

30B
NEW ONE
Present Situation:
Oily Drainage Tank shall be provided
The design approach shall be providing new Oily Drainage Holding Tank

To connect to the existing Juʹaymah Oily Drainage Holding Tank
Project proposal shall evaluate the possibility of connecting the oily drainage of new shops
to the existing Oily Drainage Holding Tank in Juʹaymah
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED AS THERE IS NO SPARE CAPACITY AVAILABLE
ELEVATE THE BUILDING FOUNDATION ABOVE WATER TABLE LEVEL TO

1F
ELIMINATE THE DEWATERING OF THE SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION
Present Situation:
The assumption that the water table is too shallow around 2m deep from ground level as
per existing Geotechnical Survey report on existing Backlog Building
The Geotechnical Soil Investigation is currently on going. The MSSD shops requires an
area of 8800 sq m. for building at the dewatering well deep of 5m below the ground water
table to satisfactory control the ground water table.
For MSSD Workshop Vol = 8800m² x 5m = 44000 m³.

For Admin bldg. Vol = 2500m² x 5m = 12500m³
For Shipping/Receiving Shelter Vol = 900m² x 5m = 4500 m³

Eliminate the Dewatering and elevating the foundation
Proposal is to eliminate the dewatering cost by providing foundation above water table
STATUS: ACCPETED

CHANGE CABLE ROUTING AT THE PIPELINE CORRIDOR CROSSING TO

3F
ELIMINATE THE BENDS AND SHORTEN THE LENGTH
Present Situation:
The main cable routing will be install along the pipeline corridor as per the DBSP
The current proposal as per the approved DBSP the cable routing from the existing
substation #3 to new substation building at Juʹaymah shop area will crossing along the
pipeline with require more bends

Change cable routing on the opposite side at the pipeline corridor crossing to eliminate
some bends of cables and shorten lengths
Project engineering proposal currently on going and we’re consider some feasible study in
general how this main cable routing will minimize some bends, reduce lengths and ease
installations during construction
STATUS: NOT ACCEPTED DUE TO LUP CONSTRAINT

APPENDIX A - SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS
SeeAttachmentonnextpage

VEP: 1A USE PRECAST CONCRETE EXTERNAL WALL.
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case Precast wall is less expensive in terms of constructability.
Description of current approach. Include types, sizes, and locations
Although initial cost of Precast is more expensive than the CMU wall. Savings can be achieved
through less construction time & the amount of manpower cost against the CMU wall because of
the need to plaster & cure in addition to finishing touches involve as a standard finishing method
in block laying wall construction methodology.
Change the current scheduled CHB finishing of the wall to Precast Concrete
VE Proposal Elements
Description of alternative approach. Include types, sizes, and locations
ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
1. 50 % saving
2. Cost saving on materials .
Justification for Change
Explain why change from the current way or approach.

Target Basic
Zone
Rectangular box Function
1 Estimate: Base Case Quantity Unit Unit Cost $000's

CMU Wall 1,375 M2 $ 350 481.25
Subtotal 481.25
Engr. & Const Supportr Cost 144.38
Prorates
Estimated Initial Cost 625.63
2 Estimate: VE Proposal Quantity Unit Unit Cost $000's
Reinforced Pre-cast Panels 1,375 M2 $ 600 825.00
Subtotal 825.00
Prorates
Estimated Initial Cost 1,072.50
3 Summarize
Initial Cost Savings -447

VEP: 3A CHANGE THE FLOORING FIN. FROM GRANITE TO EPOXY CONC. FIN. FLOORING FOR EMERGENCY EXIT STAIR
CASE
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case Granite is more expensive than epoxy paint finish flooring
Finishing schedule for the emergency stair case.
VE Proposal Change the finishing material from Granite to epoxy paint.

Proposal is to reduce the cost of material & associated cost of installation.
1. 1.
2. .


Target Basic
Zone

Granite Tiles 220 m2 $ 200 44.00
Subtotal 44.00
Prorates
Replaced by epoxy paint 220 m2 $ 100 22.00
Subtotal 22.00
Prorates
3 Summarize
Initial Cost Savings 29

VEP: 15A ELIMINATE THE AC DUCTING IN THE ROOMS AND PROVIDE OPENING ON THE SIDES FROM AC
Target Basic
General
Zone Function
Conditioned air is supplied to each Office with the help of Supply & Return air
Base Case duct.
All Managers cabin has supply and return air through duct. Approximate size of each duct is
250mm X 250mm. Total length of duct inside each cabin is 4 meter. Total number of rooms - 32
Eliminate the AC ducting in the rooms and provide opening on the sides from
VE Proposal AC.
Proposal is to reduce supply and return duct quantity.
Interior look will not be

1. Less cost 1.
aesthetic.

Explain why change from the current way or approach
Although interior look will not be aesthetic but eliminating interior ducting will save some cost.

Target Basic
Zone
Office Cabins Function
Air Recirculation

Supply and Return Air duct (inside the Office Cabins) 24 2
128 M 27 3.46
Guage
Insulation over Supply Air duct (inside the Office Cabins) 64 2 90 5.76
M
Subtotal 9.22
Prorates

Supply and Return Air duct (inside the Office Cabins) 24 2
M
Guage 0
Insulation over Supply Air duct (inside the Office Cabins) 0 M2
Subtotal
Engr. & Const Supportr Cost
Prorates
Estimated Initial Cost
3 Summarize
Initial Cost Savings $ 11.98

VEP: 16A USE SOLAR POWERED WATER HEATING SYSTEM
Target Basic
General
Zone Function
Local electric water heater for service water heating is used in each toilet (4
Base Case numbers).
The current design approach of water heating shall be accomplished using local electric water
heater. Each wet areas has a dedicated electric water heater. Ground floor has two electric water
heater and the first floor has two electric water heater. Each heater shall be rated 4 kW power
input.
VE Proposal Install solar power heating system at roof for domestic water heating.
Alternative option of water heating is providing solar heating panels assembly located on the roof.
This option is one of the green building ideas now which considers a renewable energy.
1. Reduce electricity consumption High initial cost
System needs skilled

2. maintenance
3. Occupies space on the roof

Adopt renewable energy design

Target Basic
Zone Function

Local Electric Water Heater (80 Liters at 4KW power input) 4 EA 1,300 5
Subtotal 5.20
Prorates

Solar Panel Assembly including necessary appurtenances
for Domestic Water Heating 1 Set $ 50,000 50.00
Additional Centralized Piping:
CPVC Pipe 1.5" 24 M $ 75 1.80
CPVC Pipe 1.0" 12 M $ 50 0.60
Subtotal 52.40
Prorates
3 Summarize
Initial Cost Savings $ (61.36)

VEP: 18A DELETE THE HVAC HEATING SYSTEM
Target Basic
General
Zone Function
Currently heated air with help of duct heater is supplied to each zone of the
Base Case Office.
VE Proposal Delete the HVAC heating system.

Proposal is to eliminate heater.
Employee will feel cold during

1. Less cost 1.
winter season.
Un-comfortable interior
2. environment will affect
productivity of employee.

Although people will feel cold during winter season but eliminating heater will save some cost.

Target Basic
Zone
Office Cabins Function
Heating Air

Duct heater of 1.5 KW capacity 4 EA 675 2.70
Subtotal 43.20
Prorates

Duct heater of 1.5 KW capacity 0 EA $ 450
Subtotal
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 22A REDUCE THE NUMBER OF PARKING 140 TO 120.
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case Reducing the number of Parking will entail cost saving
Reduction means saving when it’s actually necessary to cut the numbers thereby reducing all the
associated cost like lighting, signage & road marking
VE
Reduce the number of access lamps.
Proposal
Identify the advantages and disadvantages of the alternative approach.
1. 50 % saving 1.


Target Basic
Zone
Parking Area 2,016 M2 $ 800 1,612.80
Subtotal 1,612.80
Prorates
Parking Area 1,728 M2 $ 800 1,382.40
Subtotal 1,382.40
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 27A ELIMINATE THE THRUST BORING TO CROSS THE PIPELINE CORRIDOR AND USE THE CABLE BRIDGE
Target Basic
Pipeline Corridor U/G Electrical Cable Duct
Zone Function
An assumption to use the thrust boring on pipeline corridor to lay the Electrical
Base Case cable duct below existing pipeline.
The existing LUP on pipeline corridor with 6m width is approx. 360m long.
VE Proposal Provide a structural steel cable bridge above the pipeline corridor
Proposal is to reduce the cost on thrust boring and to avoid a safety issue on accidentally hitting
the existing utilities by providing new Cable Bridge 12m high x 6 m wide x 360 m long.
Safety and security concern

1. No ground water table problem 1. near the double fence and
crash rated fence.
Low risk for hitting underground Need permits for other land
2. utilities 2. parties
Induce current is very high for
3. Cost savings 3. above ground cable installation.
The 360m long thrust boring might not be possible considering security restrictions and safety.

Target Basic Electrical Cable support

Zone
Pipeline Corridor Function above pipeline corridor
1 Thrust boring at pipeline corridor 360 M $ 2,000 720.00
Subtotal 720.00
Prorates
1 Electrical Cable bridge - Structural steel 2,362 tons $ 3,500 8,267.00

2 Foundation of Cable bridge, 4ksi concrete 168 cu.m $ 550 92.40
3 Reinforcement Bars for foundation 13 tons
(REBAR COST INCLUDED IN CONCRETE RATE)
Subtotal 8,359.40
Engr. & Const Supportr Cost 2,507.82
Prorates
3 Summarize
Initial Cost Savings -9,931

VEP: 28A ELIMINATE THE THRUST BORING TO CROSS THE PIPELINE CORRIDOR AND USE THE HAND EXCAVATION
WITH DUCT BANK
Target Basic
Pipeline Corridor U/G Electrical Cable Duct
Zone Function
An assumption to use the thrust boring on pipeline corridor to lay the Electrical
Base Case cable duct below existing pipeline.
The existing LUP on pipeline corridor with 6m width is approx. 360m long.
VE Proposal Hand excavation on the pipeline corridor with the duct bank.
Proposal is to reduce the cost on thrust boring and to avoid a safety issue on accidentally hitting the
existing utilities by manual excavation over the pipeline corridor.
Safety and security concern

1. 50 % saving 1. near the double fence and
crash rated fence.
Need permits for other land
2. Cost saving on materials 2. parties

The 360m long thrust boring might not be possible considering security restrictions and safety.

Target Basic
Zone
Pipeline corridor Function
Electrical cable duct
1 Thrust boring at pipeline corridor 360 m $ 2,000 720.00
Subtotal 720.00
Prorates
1 Manual Excavation of cable trench 4.5m wide 360 m $ 800 288.00

x 2.0m deep (12 CABLES)
Subtotal 288.00
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: A32 PROPONENT TO RELOCATE THE EQUIPMENT FROM DHAHRAN
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case SAPMT will relocate the equipment from Dhahran through LSTK contractor
SAPMT will relocate the equipment from Dhahran through LSTK contractor.
VE
Proponent to relocate the equipment from Dhahran
Proposal
Identify the advantages and disadvantages of the alternative approach.
1. Cost saving 1.
2. Schedule improvement .


Target Basic
Zone
PROJECT TOTAL INSTALLED COST (SA ESTIMATE) 1 LOT $ 9,766,000 9,766.00
Subtotal 9,766.00
Prorates
PROJECT TOTAL INSTALLED COST (SA ESTIMATE) 1 LOT $ 8,301,100 8,301.10

(Reduction in number by 15%)
Subtotal 8,301.10
Prorates
3 Summarize
Initial Cost Savings 1,904

VEP: A33 PROPONENT TO BUY THE NEW EQUIPMENT
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case SAPMT will buy the new equipment through LSTK contractor
SAPMT will buy the equipment through LSTK contractor.
VE Proposal Proponent to buy the equipment

Proponent to purchase the equipment utilizing their accumulated experience with equipment
suppliers and familiarity with suitable vendors will introduce a synergy in the procurement
process. As end-users of this equipment, MSSD is in the position to better define options and
alternatives to be embedded in the procurement agreements to further enhance functionalities.
1. Cost saving 1.
2. Schedule improvement .
proper selection of new
3. equipment


Target Basic
Zone
EQUIPMENT COST 1 LOT $ 23,310,000 23,310.00
Subtotal 23,310.00
Prorates
EQUIPMENT COST 1 LOT $ 19,813,500 19,813.50

(Reduction in number by 15%)
Subtotal 19,813.50
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 36A USE SOIL IMPROVEMENTS (STONE COLUMNS) INSTEAD OF PILE FOUNDATION
Target Basic
Zone Function
Assumption that Pile Foundation might be required to support the heavy
Base Case equipment foundation and overhead crane support
The Soil Investigation is not available at present

.
The assumption that Concrete pile of 900mm dia x 12m long is required on some foundation of
the heavy equipment and overhead crane support foundation.
Total number of Bored piles - 100
VE Proposal Use Stone column for Soil Stabilization and Improvements

Proposal is to use stone column 900mm dia x 12m deep at every 3meter regular interval all over
the MSSD shop. No. of Stone columns = 1900
1. 50 % saving 1. Schedule impact is high

Vibro vibration might an issued
2. Cost saving on materials 2. on existing sensitive equipment

Cost savings on Foundation

Target Basic Equipment and Overhead

Zone
MSSD Workshop Function crane Foundation

1 Bored Pile, 900mm dia x 12m deep 100 pcs $ 96,427 9,642.70
Subtotal 9,642.70
Prorates
1 Stone Columns with 900mm dia x 12m deep 1,900 pcs $ 400 760.00
with stone/gravel size 20mm
Subtotal 760.00
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 37A USE THE PRECAST BEAMS AND COLUMNS INSTEAD OF CAST-IN-SITU
Target Basic
New Administration Building Structural Framing
Zone Function
Base Case Assumption that Cast-In-Situ beams and columns and Hollow core slab.
The Cast in place columns and beams are to be used for admin bldg. and hollow core slab.
A total volume of concrete column =

A total volume of concrete beam =
Total volume of concrete =
VE Proposal Use precast columns and beams for admin building.

Proposal is to use the precast columns and beams on admin bldg.
Requires many shop drawings, reviews and

1. Time saving 1. approval. Errors are found mostly during
construction, and repairs are expensive.
Good quality control compare to
Precast joints needs maintenance after 4-5
2. cast-in-site esp. during extreme 2. years. More joints more maintenance.
weather pouring.
Prone to accident during construction.
Requires tall cranes and spaces for
3. erections. Guys wires for alignment needs
spaces.
Expensive than conventional concrete since
4. the Min. Concrete compressive strength for
precast is 5000psi.

To fast track the construction works.

Target Basic
Zone
Administration Building Function
Structural Framing
1 Cast in place concrete column, 4ksi concrete 150 cu.m $ 550 82.50
2 Cast in place concrete beam, 4ksi concrete 39 cu.m $ 550 21.45
3 Formworks for columns, 4.2m high 1,536 sq.m.
4 Formworks for beams, 4.2m high 1,074 sq.m.
(FORMWORK COST INCLUDED IN CONCRETE RATE)
Subtotal 103.95
Prorates
1 Precast columns, 5ksi comp. strength 94 pcs $ 1,600 150.40

400mm x 400mm x 10m long
2 Precast beams, 5ksi comp. strength
300mm x 600mm x 7m long 34 pcs $ 1,260 42.84
400mm x 800mm x 8m long 8 pcs $ 2,560 20.48
300mm x 500mm x 6.5m long 26 pcs $ 975 25.35
400mm x 800mm x 6.5m long 34 pcs $ 2,080 70.72
200mm x 400mm x 6.5m long 36 pcs $ 520 18.72
200mm x 400mm x 4m long 34 pcs $ 320 10.88
Subtotal 339.39
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 38A USE OF HOLLOW CORE SLAB FOR THE SUBSTATION ROOF SLAB.
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case Hollow Core Slab has a lot of advantage than CIP slab
Hollow Core slab uses tendons in place of rebar while the concrete is zero slumps leaving a
hollow circular place in between the tendons. This method makes the hollow core lightweight,
easy to install & economical. Unnecessary column in the middle can be avoided with the use of
long span slab which can be achieved up to 20 meters. Normal concrete curing for CIP is also a
thing of the past for the hollow core since curing is done in the factory by steam. Another cost
saving advantage is the size of beam & column can be reduced by the significant reduction in the
dead load of slab
VE Proposal Change the CIP slab to Hollow Core Slab

Proposal is to reduce the cost of material & associated cost of construction while speeding up the
method of construction
1. 50 % saving


Target Basic
Zone

Cast in place roof slab 300 m2 $ 500 150.00
Subtotal 150.00
Prorates
Hollow core slab 300 m2 $ 800 240.00
Subtotal 240.00
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 39A USE PRECAST CONCRETE STAIR FOR THE EMERGENCY STAIR CASE.
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case Precast stair case is less expensive in terms of constructability
Although initial cost of Precast is more expensive than the CIP concrete slab. Savings can be
achieved through less construction time & the amount of manpower cost against the cast-in-place
construction method
VE Proposal Change the CIP stairs to precast stairs

Proposal is to speed up the method of construction.
1. 50 % saving 1.


Target Basic
Zone

Cast in place stairs 90 m2 $ 800 72.00
Subtotal 72.00
Prorates
concrete pre-cast panels 90 m3 $ 500 45.00
Subtotal 45.00
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 43A DELETE THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE ADMIN BUILDING
Target Basic
General
Zone Function
DBSP says to provide sprinkler system based on the occupancy type and size
Base Case of the building.
The design approach based on DBSP is to provide sprinkler system, fire hose cabinets and
portable fire extinguishers.
VE Proposal Sprinkler system shall be eliminated in Administration Building.

As per IBC 2009 Building Code and SAES-M-100 analysis, sprinkler system is not required in the
Administration building. However, fire hose cabinets and portable fire extinguisher shall be
provided.
1. Reduce first cost.
2. Reduce construction time.
Free up ceiling space for

3. coordination

Reduce Cost and comply as per IBC standard.

Target Basic
Zone Function
Sprinkler Piping AG- Cement Lined Carbon Steel: 1 LOT 604,500 605
(ACCE Output based from 45M x 50M area, 2 levels,)
Subtotal 604.50
Prorates
Subtotal
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 10B DELETE ONE RECEIVING AREA & KEEP ONE.
Target Basic
Zone Function
Base Case Deleting the other if unnecessary will be a cost saving
Having one receiving area will practically reduce the cost as other associated cost will be
impacted by the reduction
VE Proposal Keeps one receiving area instead of two

Cost saving & less maintenance.
1. 50 % saving 1.


Target Basic
Zone

Shaded shipping and receiving area
6 bays @ 150m2 =900M 900 M2 $ 100 90.00
Subtotal 90.00
Prorates
Shaded shipping and receiving area 600 M2 $ 100 60.00

2
bays @ 150m =900M
Subtotal 60.00
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 14B REDUCE INTERNAL SHIPPING & RECEIVING AREA AS OPERATION NEEDED.
Basic
Target
Functi
Zone
on
Base Case Reducing the area will significantly reduce the cost
Maximizing the area usage & it’s function as per the operational requirements will not only satisfy
the need of the end users but also saving vital resources that could somehow diverted into other
resources in dire needs of additional funding.
VE Proposal Reduce the area to reduce cost.

Cost saving & less maintenance.
1. 50 % saving 1.


Target Basic
Zone
6 bays @ 150 sq.m. /bay=900 m2 900 m2 $ 100 90.00
Subtotal 90.00
Prorates
4 bays @ 150 sq.m. /bay=600 m2 600 m2 $ 100 60.00
Subtotal 60.00
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 25B DELETE THE HVAC HEATING SYSTEM
Target Basic
General
Zone Function
Base Case Currently heated air with help of duct heater is supplied to each zone.
VE Proposal Delete the HVAC heating system.

Proposal is to eliminate heater.
Employee will feel cold during

1. Less cost 1.
winter season.
Un-comfortable interior
2. environment will affect
productivity of employee.

Although people will feel cold during winter season but eliminating heater will save some cost.

Target Basic
Zone
Workshop Area Function
Heating Air

Subtotal 20.25
Prorates

Subtotal
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 30 B EVALUATE CONNECTING TO THE EXISTING OILY DRAINAGE TANK OR PROVIDE NEW ONE
Target Basic
General
Zone Function
Base Case Oily Drainage Tank shall be provided.
The design approach shall be providing new Oily Drainage Holding Tank.
VE Proposal To connect to the existing Ju’aymah Oily Drainage Holding Tank.

Project proposal shall evaluate the possibility of connecting the oily drainage of new shops to the
existing Oily Drainage Holding Tank in Juʹaymah.
Resulting invert level of new

1. Reduce first cost. line might be too deep which
may lead to not feasible.
2. Reduce construction time.
3. Free up space for coordination

Reduce initial cost and to centralize collection of the oily water.

Target Basic
Zone Function

Steel Tank 6mm thick , 6 cu. Meter volume 1 set 40,000 40
Subtotal 40.00
Prorates
None
Subtotal
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 1F ELEVATE THE BUILDING FOUNDATION ABOVE THE WATER TABLE TO ELIMINATE THE DEWATERING OF THE
SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION
Target Workshop/Admin and Basic

Building Foundation
Zone Receiving/Shipping Shelter Bldgs Function
The assumption that the water table is too shallow around 2m deep from
Base Case ground level as per existing Geotechnical Survey report on existing Backlog
Building.
The Geotechnical Soil Investigation is currently on going. The MSSD shops requires an area of
8800 sq m. for building at the dewatering well deep of 5m below the ground water table to
satisfactory control the ground water table.
For MSSD Workshop Vol = 8800m² x 5m = 44000 m³.

For Admin bldg. Vol = 2500m² x 5m = 12500m³
For Shipping/Receiving Shelter Vol = 900m² x 5m = 4500 m³
VE Proposal Eliminate the Dewatering and elevating the foundation.

Proposal is to eliminate the dewatering cost by providing foundation above water table.
Groundwater levels may vary due to

1. 100 % saving 1. variations in seasonal rainfall and
surface evaporation rates.
The final Geotechnical Investigation
2. Cost saving on foundation materials 2. report and recommendation is needed
to close this idea.
The dewatering works is messy and
requires drainage line to dump their
3. water coming for the wells in
continuous basis during foundation
works.

100% saving during foundation construction. Safety and Environmental Impact is high.

Target Basic
Zone
All Building Foundation Function
Dewatering
1 New MSSD Workshop Building Dewatering 44,000 cu.m. $ 4.2 184.80

2 New Admin Building Dewatering 12,500 cu.m. $ 4.2 52.50
3 New Shipping/Receiving Shelter 4,500 cu.m. $ 4.2 18.90
Subtotal 256.20
Prorates
100% elimination of the dewatering cost above 61,000 cu.m.
Subtotal
Prorates
3 Summarize

VEP: 3F CHANGE CABLE ROUTING AT THE PIPELINE CORRIDOR CROSSING TO ELIMINATE THE BENDS AND SHORTEN
THE LENGTHS
Target Basic
General
Zone Function
The main cable routing will be installalong the pipelinecorridor as per the
Base Case DBSP.
The current proposal as per the approved DBSP the cable routing from the existing substation #3
to new substation building at Juʹaymah shop area will crossing along the pipeline withrequire
more bends
Change cable routing on the opposite side at the pipeline corridor crossing to
VE Proposal eliminate some bends of cables and shorten lenghts
Project engineering proposal currently on going and we’re consider some feasible study in
general how this main cable routing will minimize some bends, reduce lengths and ease
installations during construction.
Diagonally install the cables

along the middle of pipeline
corridor which are not a normal
1. Less bends of cable
practice and that will generate
more obstruction from any
future project development.
2. Easy to lay and install the cables Outside the approved LUP
3. Save few lengths of cables
Simplicity the design

Reduce cost
Simplicity construction

EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.5


DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
N26
Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA)
A
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
112
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
EDSD REV
REVISIONCERTIFICATION VERIFICATION NO. DATE JO/EWO DESCRIPTION ENGG CERT PMT OPRNS
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
B BI-10-01545 Issued as a Draft EIA Report
12/02/15
CONTROL NUMBER
APPROVAL/CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS, C 08/03/15 BI-10-01545 Issued as a Draft EIA Report
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
BI-10-01545
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ D 13/05/15 Issued as a Final EIA Report
DATE:
JU'AYMAH

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
Doc
DWG.TYPE
Al-Khobar
Al-Khobar
SAUDI ARABIA
13 May 2015
Prepared By:
Prepared For:
KBR – AMCDE
BI-10-01545
PLANT NO.
PROJECT PROPOSAL
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
BI- 10-01545
Arabian Environmental Science Ltd. Company
DRAWING NO.
Environmental Impact Assessment Report
1
of
86
SHT.NO.
D
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report
Revision Control Table
Reviewed & Sign.

Nr. Revision Date Prepared by Sign. Approved
Issued as a Final EIA Report
Issued as a Draft EIA Report
by
AR 14 397
1 06/01/2015 Dr. Alok Singh Alam Nizami
DESCRIPTION
Rev. A
AR 14 397
Rev. B
AR 14 397
Rev. C
AR 14 397
Rev. D
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
This EIA report has been prepared by Arabian Environmental Science Ltd. Company (Arensco)
on behalf of KBR-AMCDE for Saudi Aramco with all reasonable skill, care and diligence. The
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
information contained in this report is to the best of our knowledge, correct at the time of
DATE
writing/printing. The interpretations and recommendations are based on our experience, using
reasonable professional skill and judgment and based upon the information that was available to
NO.
REV
D
B
us. This report is confidential to the client and we accept no responsibility whatsoever to third
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER parties to whom this report, or any part thereof, is made known. Any such party relies on the
report at their own risk.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER Arensco acknowledge the assistance of SAPMT and KBR-AMCDE team members.
DATE: Contact Info:

CERTIFIED
Arensco
DATE: P.O. Box 820
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Al-Khobar - 31952
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
DATE:
OPERATIONS TEL: +966 3 8961590 – Ext - 213
FAX: +966 3 8961591
E-MAIL: info@arensco.com / alok@arensco.com
DATE:
WEB: www.arensco.com
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
REVISIONCERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT DWG.TYPE PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. SHT.NO. REV.NO.
UPGRADE JU'AYMAH SHOPS 2

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
SAUDI ARABIA BI- 10-01545
H
ai EDSD/2616-0399.doc
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATION
ARC Advanced Research Center

BI Budget items
CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
CH4 Methane
CO carbon monoxide
CO2 carbon dioxide
DESCRIPTION
dB Decibel
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EPD Environmental Protection Department
EPC Engineering Procurement and Construction
ESM Environmental Site Manager
EXPEC Exploration and Petroleum Engineering Center
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
FOCs Fiber Optic Cables

GER General Environmental Regulations and Rules
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
HP Horsepower
KSA Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
NO.
REV
D
B
kV Kilo Volt
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER MCE Ministerial Committee on Environment
MOWE Ministry of Water and Electricity
DATE:
PROJECT MSSD Mechanical Services Shop Department
ENGINEER
MVA Mega Volt Ampere
DATE: NNW North North West
CERTIFIED
NOX Nitrogen oxides
DATE:
NWCD National Commission for Wildlife Conservation and Development
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
PME Presidency for Meteorology and Environment
PPE personal protective equipment
DATE:
SAEP Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures
OPERATIONS
SASC's Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code
DATE:
SM Square Meters
CONTROL NUMBER
SO2 Sulphur dioxide

VERIFICATION
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply

EDSD
USEPA US Environmental Protection Agency

DATE:
BY:
VOC Volatile organic compound

VoIP Voice over IP

CERTIFICATE
WMP Waste Management Plan

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Environmental Impact Assessment for

Category 2 Project
PROJECT DATA
Name of the project: Upgrade Shops – Ju'aymah

Site: Ju‟aymah, Eastern Province, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

DESCRIPTION
Contact information: Ossama Mansour, B.Sc, M.Sc, P.Eng

Project Manager – Engineering, KBR – AMCDE,
Tawuniya Tower, Prince Turky Bin Abdulaziz Road
7th Floor, Room no. 760, P.O.Box 2959, Al-Khobar 31952
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Office Ph. no. (966) 13 851 6219
GENERAL INFORMATION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Type of project:
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
New installation: ( ) Expansion of Existing Facility: ()

DATE
DESCRIPTION OF THE ACTIVITY

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Location:
DATE: The proposed site is approximately 500 meters to the south of Ju‟aymah Bulk Plant.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Name of industrial City or park: Ju'aymah
DATE:
CERTIFIED Estimated number of residents within 250 meters around the project: None
DATE: Area of the project site: Approximately 42,600 square meters

CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE: CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

OPERATIONS
Date of commencement and duration Refer to Table 3.2, Chapter 3

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
The area to be developed and graded

VERIFICATION
EDSD
 8,800 m2 for shops building;

 2,500 m2 for office building
DATE:
BY:
 4,500 m2 outdoor parking and storage yard


550 m2 landscaping area.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Description of the roads to be constructed inside and outside the facility:
No new roads will be constructed. Existing operational roads are already in place.
Description of the construction works and methods of construction used:
Construction work includes the shops building consisting four shops and 40 office spaces and
office building consisting 140 office, a conference room and office support space. Construction
shall involve excavations, laying foundations, compaction and other activities. Equipment
DESCRIPTION
expected on site includes earthmoving equipment such as excavators and loaders etc and lifting
equipment such as cranes and hoists etc.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
Key characteristics of the project: Refer to Chapter 3: Project Description
Objectives of the project:
The objective of the project is to upgrade MSSD facilities at Ju'aymah to accommodate relocated
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
existing equipment from MSSD Dhahran facility. This facility will made operational for specialized
repair services as well as allow integration and synergy with the existing operational facility in
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
Ju‟aymah.
DATE
Justifications of the project:

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Mechanical Services Shop Department (MSSD) facilities at Dhahran is the only facility in Saudi
Aramco, which provides the required specialized services to support repairs and testing of
DATE: critical, complex, and large rotating equipment. Since this facility is not fulfilling the requirement
PROJECT
ENGINEER and there is demonstrated needs therefore Facilities Planning Department (FPD) has decided to
demolish the existing MSSD facility at Dhahran. Prior to phasing-out and demolishing the
DATE: existing Dhahran Shops, the MSSD facilities at Ju'aymah will be upgraded to accommodate
CERTIFIED
relocated existing equipment from MSSD Dhahran facility and made operational for specialized
repair services.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Major components of the project:
DATE: The major components of the project are construction, furnishing and equipping of a new
OPERATIONS
services provided at MSSD facility in Ju‟aymah.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
Technologies used (Please attach copies of the descriptive technical reports and
VERIFICATION
catalogs): N/A
EDSD
DATE:
Volumes of inputs and consumables during construction and operation:

BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Construction (cubic meter per Operation (cubic meter per

Inputs
day) day
Assumption:
For 380 person: Approx 80
• Potable water consumption is
litres / person /day [Table 4 of
Water for sanitary approx 150 liters / person /
SAES-A-104] so for 380
purposes day.
persons it will be approx 30.4
 For 200 persons this is 30 m3
m3/day.
per day.
DESCRIPTION
Water for industrial

N/A N/A
purposes
Approx. 30 m3 / day for
Water for other uses N/A
construction purposes
Limited amounts for construction
Energy (fuel) N/A
vehicles and equipment.
Raw materials
(producing projects), HDPE Pipe, ready-mix concrete
N/A
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
types and quantities in and sand etc

detail
08/03/15
12/02/15
Other - -
13/05/15
DATE
Volumes of outputs, emissions and wastes

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Outputs and In construction In operations
emissions
DATE: Minor from construction
PROJECT Aerial SO2 N/A
ENGINEER machinery
Insignificant Fugitive dusts –
DATE: Aerial(suspended Local sand disturbance which
N/A
CERTIFIED particles) will be minimized by dust
suppression.
DATE: Minor from construction
CONSTRUCTION Aerial NOx N/A
AGENCY machinery
Aerial (other N/A N/A
DATE: Approx 125 liters /person /day. For 380 person: Approx 80 litres
OPERATIONS
Sanitary drainage For 200 persons, approx 25,000 / person /day [Table 4 of SAES-
water liters /day, (25.0m3 / day at A-104] so for 380 persons it will
DATE: peak) [Table 4 of SAES-A-104] be approx 30.4 m3/day.
CONTROL NUMBER
Industrial drainage
VERIFICATION
N/A N/A
water
EDSD
Domestic waste from

Domestic waste from operational
DATE:
construction workers. To be
BY:
Domestic solid wastes staff. To be disposed to SA/PME

disposed to SA/PME approved
approved disposal facility

disposal facility
CERTIFICATE
Industrial solid wastes N/A N/A

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Outputs and In construction In operations

emissions
Minor in quantity, to be disposed Minor in quantity, to be disposed
Hazardous solid
to SA/PME approved disposal to SA/PME approved disposal
wastes
facility. facility.
Structural steel, pipe, cable off
cuts and scrap. Also redundant
wooden crates and general

Construction material
packaging used for the supply of None envisaged
wastes
DESCRIPTION
equipment, insulation material

and insulation cladding off cuts
and scrap. Quantities etc.
This section is to be completed for industrial and agricultural projects:

 Brief description of the products and their production rates:
 Brief description of the raw materials, their quantities, sources and state (liquid,
powder, solid):
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Number of workers: production hours: shifts:

 Brief description of the preparation and production phases (attach additional papers,
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
drawings, technical catalogs and reports, if any):

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Specifications of the stacks: N/A
Height: Diameter:
DATE: o
PROJECT
Gas emission rate: cubic meter/hour, temperature: C
ENGINEER
velocity: meter/second
Water vapor content: %
DATE:
CERTIFIED Drainage outlet specifications:
Flow amount:
DATE: Discharge conduit diameter: Temperature: N/A
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Description of the ambient environment:

DATE:
OPERATIONS Refer to Chapter 4 (Baseline Conditions)
DATE: Most significant biological properties of the area, notably sensitive areas (including
CONTROL NUMBER
fauna, flora, sanctuaries, antiquities, agricultural areas- please provide details in

VERIFICATION
other attachments as needed):

EDSD
DATE:
Initial analysis of the environmental impacts (illustrate the important impacts with
BY:
details in attached appendices:

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Affected Air pollution Water pollution Pollution by Soil pollution and

environment wastes other impacts
Site due to Low Impact Low Impact Low Impacts Low impact
construction work Fugitive dust Wastewater Solid waste Maintenance
emissions and generated from generated during activities of
exhaust construction construction construction
emission from activities. activities. machinery.
construction
activities. Effluent will be Waste will be Noise impacts from
DESCRIPTION
treated and disposed as per construction

disposed as per SA/PME activities
SA/PME requirement.
requirement.
Surrounding areas Negligible Low Impact None None
due to Fugitive dust Possible
construction work and exhaust contamination of
emission will be nearby sea water
limited to the due to construction
work site only. phase from
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
contaminated and
possible oil and fuel
spills from
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
machinery
Surrounding areas No Impact No Impact No Impact None
due to operations Project Wastewater will be Solid waste will be
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
operations does handled as per handled as per
ENGINEER not involved any Saud Aramco Saud Aramco
air emission guidelines guidelines
DATE: Across the site None None None None
PROJECT
ENGINEER boundaries
Sanitary and None None None None
DATE:
public services
CERTIFIED Fauna resources None None None None
Flora resources Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible
DATE: Fisheries and Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
CONSTRUCTION marine resources
AGENCY
Tourism and Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
recreation
DATE:
OPERATIONS Antiquities Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Protectorates Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
Others Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
Description of control and mitigation procedures and technology to meet various impacts
VERIFICATION
EDSD
Impact Control, mitigation procedures and technologies used

DATE:
BY:
Air pollution Refer to Mitigation Measure in Chapter 5 of this report

CERTIFICATE
Water pollution Refer to Mitigation Measure in Chapter 5 of this report

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Impact Control, mitigation procedures and technologies used

Pollution by wastes Refer to Mitigation Measure in Chapter 5 of this report
Soil pollution Refer to Mitigation Measure in Chapter 5 of this report
Emergency and safety Hearing protection will be needed if working in high noise
cases zone and wearing of appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE).
Other cases None

DESCRIPTION
Permits: (List and attach copies of all licenses and approvals obtained from the agencies
concerned to construct the project)
The project site is within the existing security fence of Ju`aymah administration. The land use
permits are enclosed in Appendix C.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 14
1 INTRODUCTION 20
DESCRIPTION
1.1 Project Background 20

1.2 Project Proponent and EIA Consultant 20
1.3 Objective 21
1.4 Scope of Assessment 21
1.5 Structure of EIA 22
2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 24
2.1 Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) 24
2.2 Saudi Aramco Policy 25
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
2.3 International Treaties and Conventions 27

3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 28
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
3.1 Purpose of the Project 28

3.2 Justification of the Project 28
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE 3.3 Project Location 28

ENGINEER
3.4 Design Objectives 30
DATE: 3.5 Description of Existing Facilities 30
PROJECT
ENGINEER 3.6 Description of Proposed Facilities 30
3.6.1 Building Requirements 31
DATE: 3.6.2 Exterior Requirements 33
CERTIFIED
3.7 Non-Electrical Utilities 36
DATE:
3.7.1 Raw/Irrigation Water 36
CONSTRUCTION 3.7.2 Firewater 36
AGENCY
3.7.3 Drinking Water 37
3.7.4 Wastewater 37
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.7.5 Storm Water Drainage 38
3.7.6 Compressed Air 38
3.7.7 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) 39
DATE:
3.8 Electrical Utilities 39
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.9 Communication 40
EDSD
3.10 Furniture and Equipment Requirements 41

DATE:
3.11 Temporary Construction Facilities (TCF) 41

BY:
3.12 Land Use Permit 42

CERTIFICATE
3.13 Project Schedule 42

(DCC) NO. _____________________
3.14 Commissioning 42

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
3.15 Operations 43
3.16 Construction Waste and Emission 43
3.16.1 Demolition Activities 43
3.16.2 Construction phase waste generation 43
3.16.3 Aqueous Wastes 44
3.16.4 Gaseous Emissions and Discharges 44
3.17 Operational Phase Emissions 44
3.18 Project Alternatives 45

DESCRIPTION
4 BASELINE CONDITIONS 46
4.1 Geology and Topography 46
4.2 Climatology 47
4.2.1 Wind Patterns 48
4.3 Meteorology Design Data 48
4.4 Noise Conditions 50
4.4.1 Noise monitoring result 50
4.5 Terrestrial Ecology 52
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
4.6 Contaminated Land 52

4.7 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage 52
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
5 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURE 53

5.1 Assessment Objectives 53
NO.
REV
D
B
5.2 Air Quality 54

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
5.2.1 Construction Phase Impacts 54
5.2.2 Operational Phase Impacts 56
DATE: 5.2.3 Mitigation Measures 56
PROJECT
ENGINEER 5.3 Soil and Groundwater 58
5.3.1 Construction Phase Impact 58
DATE: 5.3.2 Operational Phase Impact 58
CERTIFIED
5.3.3 Mitigation Measures 59
DATE:
5.4 Environmental Noise 59
CONSTRUCTION 5.4.1 Construction phase Impacts 59
AGENCY
5.4.2 Operational phase impacts 61
5.4.3 Mitigation Measure 61
DATE:
OPERATIONS 5.5 Water Resources 61
DATE:
5.5.2 Operation Phase Impact 62
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
5.6 Traffic and Transportation 63

EDSD

DATE:
BY:

5.7 Waste 64
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________
5.7.2 Operation Phase Impacts 65


REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
5.7.3 Mitigation Measures 65

5.8 Socio-Economic 67
5.9 Residual Effects 68
6 WASTE MANAGEMENT 69
6.1 Introduction 69
DESCRIPTION
6.2 Waste Management Plan 70

6.3 General objectives 70
6.4 Responsibilities 71
6.5 Waste Management Approach 71
6.5.1 Waste Minimization Strategy 72
6.5.2 Waste handling and temporary storage 74
6.5.3 Waste transport 74
6.5.4 Waste training 74
6.5.5 Waste monitoring 74
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
6.5.6 Waste auditing 74

6.5.7 Waste Inventory 74
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
6.5.8 Waste Disposal 75

7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 76
NO.
REV
D
B
7.1 Environmental Monitoring 77

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 7.1.1 Construction Phase Monitoring 77
7.1.2 Operating Phase Monitoring 78
DATE:
PROJECT
7.2 Environmental Training 79
ENGINEER
7.3 Environmental Reporting 79
DATE:
7.4 Environmental Audit and Corrective Action 79
CERTIFIED
8 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 81
DATE:
8.1 Recommendations 82
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Appendices
DATE:
Appendix A – Space Program of Proposed Shops and Office Buildings
CONTROL NUMBER
Appendix B – Shops Equipment

VERIFICATION
EDSD
Appendix C – Land Use Permit

DATE:
Appendix D - Phase 1 Preliminary Risk Assessment Report

BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
LIST OF TABLES
Table ‎2.1: Saudi Aramco Applicable Standards ......................................................................... 25

Table ‎3.1: Proposed Project Schedule ....................................................................................... 42
Table ‎3.2:Summary of Manpower .............................................................................................. 45
Table ‎4.1: Meteorology Design Data .......................................................................................... 49

Table ‎4.2: Results of Noise Survey Data ................................................................................... 51

DESCRIPTION
Table ‎4.3: Maximum permissible free-field noise levels .............................................................. 51

Table ‎5.1: Summary of likely construction activities and their potential impacts ......................... 53
Table ‎5.2: Emission factors for typical construction equipment................................................... 56
Table 5.3: General Construction maximum permissible facade noise levels............................... 60
Table 5.4: Typical Construction Phase Waste Origins ................................................................ 65
Table 6.1: Measures to Reduce the Waste of on-site Materials .................................................. 73
Table 6.2: Waste Inventory Table............................................................................................... 75
Table 7.1: Proposed Monitoring − Site Preparation and Construction Phases ............................ 77
Table 7.2: Proposed Monitoring – Operating Phase ................................................................... 78
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
LIST OF FIGURES
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Figure 3.1: Location of project site in Saudi Arabia (National context) ........................................ 29
Figure 3.2: Location of project site in Ju‟aymah (Local context).................................................. 29
DATE:
Figure 3.3 : Location of the proposed Shop Building at Ju‟aymah .............................................. 32
CERTIFIED Figure 3.4: Location of the proposed Office Building at Ju‟aymah .............................................. 33
Figure 3.5 : Location of the proposed Shipping and Receiving Area at Ju‟aymah ...................... 34
DATE: Figure 3.6: Location of the proposed location for car parking at Ju‟aymah ................................. 35
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Figure 3.7: Location of the proposed Power Line Route at Ju‟aymah ......................................... 40
Figure 4.1: Broad Geological Divisions of Saudi Arabia ............................................................. 47
DATE: Figure 4.2: Wind Pattern in Arabian Gulf .................................................................................... 48
OPERATIONS Figure 4.3: Noise Monitoring Location ........................................................................................ 50
Figure ‎6.1: Project Waste Hierarchy ........................................................................................... 72
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Executive Summary
This document comprises the result of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of
“Upgrade Ju'aymah Shop project “BI-10-01545” located in the Ju‟aymah in the Eastern
Province of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The objective of the budget item (BI-10-01545)
is to construct, furnish and equip a new shops building and a new office building adjacent
to existing Mechanical Services Shop Department (MSSD) at Ju‟aymah area to enhance

DESCRIPTION
capabilities of specialized repairs services and capitalize on existing repair services and
utilities. The designing of the new facilities at Ju‟aymah will also allow integration and
synergy with the existing operational facility in Ju‟aymah
Project Proponent and EIA consultant
Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco) has commissioned KBR - AMCDE to
prepare the detailed engineering package for the project “Upgrade Ju‟aymah Shops”.
Before the proposed activities can commence, authorization must be obtained in terms of
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
the environmental permit. Saudi Aramco requires a comprehensive Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) to be undertaken for the Project to determine in advance the
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
environmental impacts and the identification of appropriate mitigation measures during

construction, commissioning and operational phases of the project. This project is also
NO.
REV
D
B
required to safeguard the health of the construction and operation staffs in line with the
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Corporate Objective of conducting activities in an environmentally and sustainable
responsible manner.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
KBR - AMCDE has appointed Arabian Environmental Science Ltd. Company (Arensco)
as an independent environmental sub-consultant to undertake Environmental Impact
DATE:
CERTIFIED Assessment (EIA) study to the Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops Project. Arensco on behalf of
KBR - AMCDE has prepared this EIA report for Saudi Aramco. The EIA has been
DATE:
conducted in accordance with the requirements of Saudi Aramco engineering procedure
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY (SAEP-13)a and PME General Environmental Regulation (GER)b.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
As per SAEP-13 and PME_GER the project has been determined to be a Category 2
EIA project and accordingly an EIA pursuant to the Saudi Aramco standards (SAEP-13)
DATE:
and national legislation has been conducted. The EIA report is to be completed at the
project proposal stage and will be treated as a primary project objective.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
a
Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedure – 13 Projects Environmental Impact Assessments (July 2012)
b
PME – General Environmental Regulations and Rules for Implementation in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (2001)
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Objectives
The objectives of this EIA study are to identify in advance any environmental impacts
expected from the limited demolition, construction and operational phases of the
proposed project and thereby determine appropriate monitoring, control and/or mitigation
measures. This report is also meant to support Saudi Aramco's application for approval to
conduct the necessary work from government organizations such as the Ministry of
Petroleum and Mineral Resources.

DESCRIPTION
Project Background
Dhahran Shops is the only facility in Saudi Aramco, which provides the required
specialized services to support repairs and testing of critical, complex, and large rotating
equipment. The existing Mechanical Services Shop Department (MSSD) facilities at
Dhahran are not fulfilling the requirements of ongoing operation demand; therefore Saudi
Aramco Facility Planning Department has planned to demolish the Dhahran Shops in
order to facilitate construction of the EXPEC Advanced Research Center (ARC) Building,
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
in line with the Dhahran Area Master Plan. The MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be
demolished under separate BI-10-01402.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
To eliminate/minimize disruption in providing MSSD repair services at Dhahran, the

NO.
REV
MSSD shops facility at Ju'aymah will be upgraded to accommodate the relocated

D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
existing equipment from MSSD Dhahran facilities. The relocated equipment shall be
made operational for specialized repair services at Ju‟aymah shop prior to phasing-out
DATE:
PROJECT
and demolishing the existing Dhahran Shops.
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
 Construction of the new facilities at Ju‟aymah; and
DATE:  Relocation of the MSSD shop personnel to Ju‟aymah.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
Results of Assessments
OPERATIONS
The EIA program has included characterization of the existing environmental and social
DATE:
conditions at and adjacent to areas affected by the project. Site visit was undertaken
CONTROL NUMBER
during December 2014 to assess site conditions and collect data on environmental
VERIFICATION
conditions as well as to better understand the project.

EDSD
DATE:
Based on the findings of EIA, the environmental concerns associated with the proposed
BY:
project are dust and exhaust emission, ambient noise, soil and groundwater
CERTIFICATE
contamination, traffic and transport, socio-economic and solid and liquid waste etc.
However, appropriate mitigation measures are proposed for identified impacts. Based on
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
these mitigation measures being implemented, it is anticipated that there will be no

significant residual effects from the project.
The EIA has indicated that the major risk of significant environmental effects will occur
during the construction phase of the project. The results of impact assessment are
summarized below
Air Quality
DESCRIPTION
Potential impacts to air quality during the construction phase include dust emission and
exhaust emission from construction equipment. Operation of equipment and vehicles
during construction will result in the emissions of carbon dioxide (CO 2), carbon monoxide
(CO), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx) and particulate matter. To address
construction emissions, it is recommended that contractors take all feasible steps to
reduce dust and unnecessary engine emissions. Mitigation measures are provided in
Chapter 5 and these include application of dust suppressants, limiting traffic speed, wheel
cleaning facility etc. In addition, emission of other pollutants from construction machinery
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
will be controlled by proper maintenance. There are no operational phase impacts

envisaged on air quality due to the proposed project.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Noise
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE Site preparation and construction works at the project site will inevitably result in
ENGINEER
temporary transient noise impacts, which may exceed the Saudi Aramco allowable noise
DATE: levels limit. With the implementation of noise mitigation measures described in Chapter 5
PROJECT
ENGINEER are expected to minimize impacts.
DATE: Taking into consideration the nature and scope of the proposed project, the operations
CERTIFIED
phase is not expected to contribute to the noise levels in the area and cannot to be
considered a significant impact. Workers assigned to jobs with high prolonged exposure
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION to highly pitched noise will be provided with personal protective gear such as ear plugs or
AGENCY
mufflers as appropriate.
DATE:
OPERATIONS Soil and groundwater
DATE: The key issues pertinent to the soil and groundwater pollution include site run-off,
CONTROL NUMBER
discharge of contaminated wastewater, sewage effluents from on-site workforce during

VERIFICATION
the construction phase. There is a high risk of groundwater contamination surrounding

EDSD
the project site due to site location near to Arabian Gulf. However, adherence to
DATE:
appropriate mitigation measures and good site practices as explained in Chapter 5, are
BY:
expected to minimize impacts to soil and groundwater during the construction phase.
CERTIFICATE
To minimize adverse impact on the soil and groundwater, care shall be taken to prevent
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
accidental spillage of any oil from construction equipment. Wastes shall be disposed-off
by adopting environmentally compatible methodology. The project areas should be clearly
demarcated and must be restricted to within the project site boundary and with minimum
disturbance to the surrounding areas. The hazardous and non-hazardous material during
construction phase shall be stored, transported, treated and disposed as per the Saudi
Aramco guidelines.
The project element will be set upon hard standing therefore no adverse soil and ground
DESCRIPTION
water quality impacts are anticipated during the operation phase.
Water Resources
Saudi Arabia is an arid and water deficit country, with limited fresh water-supplies. An
adequate quantity of water will be utilized during construction phase so it is expected that
the contractor would implement Construction Environment Management Plan (CEMP)
with the development of the preliminary forecast concept of avoidance of un-renewable
water source and the optimization of the reuse of existing source of water. During the
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
construction, given the provision of CEMP for effective conservation of water it is not
considered that the project will have significant impacts during construction and
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
operational phases upon Saudi Arabia's water resources.
Ecological Resources
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
During site visit, no terrestrial ecological resources were recorded at project site while
DATE: very limited terrestrial ecological resources were noticed in the surrounding area of the
PROJECT
ENGINEER project site. The receptors present are not considered significant.
DATE: Waste
CERTIFIED
An adequate quantity of waste will be generated during the construction phase of the
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
project. These wastes are not anticipated to create adverse environmental impacts during
AGENCY
construction phase as long as good construction practices are followed proper
DATE:
implementation of waste management plan as well as management of wastes in
OPERATIONS accordance with appropriate Saudi Aramco and national legislation. Waste should be
disposed as follows:
DATE:
 All inert construction debris generated during this project shall be disposed of in
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
a Class III landfill in accordance with SAES-S- 007 “Solid Waste Landfill
EDSD
Standard”;
DATE:
 All wastewater generated during the construction phase should be disposed as

BY:
per SAES-A-104 “Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and Disposal”;

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 Construction and demolition wastes should be disposed of in accordance with

ENGG CERT
GI – 430.001 “Implementing the Saudi Aramco Hazardous Waste Code”; and

 All excavation and backfill activities shall be conducted in accordance with
SAES-A- 114.
Additionally, all personnel employed for the project will receive formal waste management
awareness training, particularly regarding the correct waste segregation, storage and
labeling procedures and potential recycling of wastes.

DESCRIPTION
No impacts are anticipated during the construction and operational phase of the project
as long as good construction practices are followed; proper implementation of waste
management plan as well as management of wastes in accordance with appropriate
Saudi Aramco and national legislation.
Archeology and Cultural Heritage
The project site is located on an area of reclaimed land and industrial in nature. The field
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
survey did not indicate any features of archeology, cultural or historical interest within the
area of the proposed works. No significant effects are therefore predicted.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Traffic and Transport

NO.
REV
During the construction phase there will be considerable vehicular traffic movement to
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
and from the proposed sites. The flow of traffic will peak during morning and evening
hours. The project will require limited quantity of material and manpower; therefore, it is
DATE: considered that the traffic impacts will not be significant.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Socio-Economics
DATE:
CERTIFIED The proposed project will have significant economic benefits as a result of employment
creation. In addition, the project will create considerable potential for local enterprises to
DATE: secure contracts for the provision of goods and services during the construction phase.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Throughout the operational lifetime of the Project will provide specialized employment
and training for local workforce. This will feed into the local economy, thereby providing a
DATE: long term sustained benefit for the local community.
OPERATIONS
Conclusion and Recommendation

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
The majority of the potential impacts will occur during the construction phase of the
VERIFICATION
proposed project. As part of the overall project management and mitigation a

EDSD
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) will be developed and

implemented by the project contractor.
DATE:
BY:
The use of an Environmental Site Manager (ESM) is recommended to ensure that the
CERTIFICATE
appropriate measures are taken in the construction work at site in order to certify that
work will be conducted in a environmentally sustainably manner, with limited
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
environmental affect. Appropriate mitigation measures have been proposed for all
identified significant effects or which would enhance the environmental performance of
the project. Based on these mitigation measures being implemented there are no
significant residual effects to report.
Monitoring of dust and construction noise is recommended to check compliance with

relevant statutory criteria and to ensure the effectiveness of the mitigation measures. Site
inspections are also recommended to ensure that the recommended mitigation measures
are in place and operating effectively during construction phase.

DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
1 Introduction
1.1 Project Background
Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco) intends to upgrade Shops in Ju'aymah to
support Company‟s crude oil and gas production facility and to maintain the specialized
repair services in the Eastern Province of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

DESCRIPTION
Dhahran are not fulfilling the requirements of ongoing operation demand and there are
demonstrated needs, therefore Saudi Aramco Facility Planning Department has planned
to demolish the Dhahran Shops in order to facilitate construction of the EXPEC Advanced
Research Center (ARC) Building, in line with the Dhahran Area Master Plan. The MSSD
facilities in Dhahran shall be demolished under separate BI-10-01402.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545

08/03/15
12/02/15
MSSD shops facility at Ju'aymah will be upgraded to accommodate the relocated

13/05/15
DATE
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
and demolishing the existing Dhahran Shops. The existing machine shop, welding shop,
ENGINEER
heat exchanger shop and assembly area at Ju‟aymah are currently operational, and will
DATE:
continue to be operational throughout the project execution.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED  Construction of the new facilities at Ju‟aymah; and
 Relocation of the MSSD shop personnel to Ju‟aymah.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
1.2 Project Proponent and EIA Consultant
DATE:
OPERATIONS Saudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco) has commissioned KBR - AMCDE to
prepare the detailed engineering package to Upgrade Ju‟aymah Shops project located in
DATE: the Eastern Province of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. Before the proposed activities can
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
commence, authorization must be obtained in terms of the environmental permit.

EDSD
Saudi Aramco requires a comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) to be

DATE:
undertaken for the proposed Project to determine in advance the environmental impacts
BY:
and the identification of appropriate mitigation measures during construction,

CERTIFICATE
commissioning and operational phases of the project. This project is also required to
safeguard the health of the construction and operation staff in line with the Corporate
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Objective of conducting activities in an environmentally and sustainable responsible

manner
KBR - AMCDE has appointed Arabian Environmental Science Ltd. Company (Arensco)
as an independent environmental sub-consultant to undertake Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) of upgrade Ju'aymah Shops Project. Arensco on behalf of KBR -
AMCDE has prepared this EIA report for Saudi Aramco. The EIA has been conducted in
accordance with the requirements of Saudi Aramco engineering procedure (SAEP-13)c

and PME General Environmental Regulationd. The proposed project has been
DESCRIPTION
determined to be a Category 2 EIA project and accordingly an EIA pursuant to the Saudi
Aramco standards (SAEP-13) and national legislation has been conducted. The EIA
report is to be completed at the project proposal stage and will be treated as a primary
project objective.
1.3 Objective
The main goal of this EIA is to provide Saudi Aramco with the basis for ensuring that the
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
project will be designed and operated in accordance with the company‟s environmental
and social objectives and meets the Saudi Aramco and PME Environmental
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Regulations.
In keeping with SAEP-13, the objectives of the EIA are to verify that the Project:
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 Meets the national and corporate environmental objectives;
DATE:  Complies with environmental standards in the preliminary project design;
PROJECT
ENGINEER
 Adopts the most cost-effective energy efficiency and resource conservation
measures;
DATE:
CERTIFIED  Identifies and implements appropriate environmental mitigation measures; and
DATE:
 Establish a monitoring programme to ensure that the mitigation measures are
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY implemented effectively and efficiently.
DATE: 1.4 Scope of Assessment

OPERATIONS
As the proposed project facility is located within the existing facility so there are no
DATE: environmental concerns with regard to geology and soil, hydrology, flora and fauna, land
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
use, population and archaeology.

EDSD
The scope of EIA studies proposed for the project is prepared on the basis of preliminary
DATE:
site investigations, characterization of primary project emissions, wastes and discharges,

BY:
CERTIFICATE
c
Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedure – 13 Projects Environmental Impact Assessments (July 2012)
d
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
to enable an assessment of environmental and social aspects relevant to the project

area.
A field visit to the proposed project was undertaken in December 2014 to assess site
conditions, to collect environmental data and better understand the project. During
Arensco‟s site visit, it was determined that following elements could lead to significant
environmental effects:
 Site preparation activities;

DESCRIPTION
 Dust emissions during construction;

 Air emission from diesel powered equipment such as generator and
construction equipment;
 Disposal of construction and demolition debris and excavated soil;
 Spill and other non-routine releases;
 Disposal of solid and hazardous / non-hazardous waste; and
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Treatment and disposal of sanitary wastes;

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
1.5 Structure of EIA
The EIA Report is comprised of the following chapters:

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Executive Summary
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER The executive Summary presents in simple terms the key findings of the EIA process.
DATE: Chapter 1 – Introduction

CERTIFIED
DATE:
This chapter sets the project background, EIA objective and scope of assessment.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Chapter 2 – Environmental and Social Policy and Regulatory Review
DATE:
OPERATIONS
This chapter identifies the policy and regulatory framework related to the project.
DATE: Chapter 3 - Project Description

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
This chapter provides a description of the project in its geographic, environmental and
temporal context, and identifies those activities that may have the potential to cause
DATE:
BY:
detrimental environmental effects.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
Chapter 4 – Environment Baseline

ENGG CERT
This chapter provides information on the existing environmental conditions within the
proposed project location and within the project‟s wider zone of influence.
Chapter 5 – Assessment of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter describes potential environmental impacts measures for the control and
DESCRIPTION
mitigation of identified impacts.
Chapter 6 – Waste Management
The chapter summarizes waste management approach, procedure to reduce or

eliminate waste generation for the construction phase and for normal operations.
Chapter 7 – Environmental Management Plan

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
This chapter presents the framework for a project environmental management plan that
08/03/15
12/02/15
can be used to control and mitigate adverse impacts arising from the project during
13/05/15
DATE
construction and operation phase. It serves as a project control tool to ensure that the
mitigation measures are carried out in the most effective and efficient manner possible
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
and they are shown to be effective.
ENGINEER
Chapter 8 – Conclusion and Recommendation

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
This chapter presents the conclusion and recommendation of the project
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
2 Policy, Legal and Administrative framework

This chapter of the EIA Report describes the environmental and social policy and legal
framework that applies to the proposed Project and summarizes the environmental and
social standards and guidelines with which the project is required to comply.
2.1 Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME)

DESCRIPTION
The Ministerial Committee on Environment (MCE) is the Apex Body issuing policies and
decisions in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The principle National Environmental
Regulatory body within Saudi Arabia is the Presidency for Meteorology and Environment
(PME). The Public Environmental Law was enacted by Royal Decree No. M/34 on the
16th October 2001, and was published in the Official Gazette number 3868 dated 9th
November 2001. The Public Environmental Law created a general regulatory framework
for the development and enforcement of environmental rules and regulations, and
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
assigns general responsibility to the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment.

08/03/15
12/02/15
The Implementation Regulations to the Public Environmental Law were issued by the
13/05/15
DATE
Minister of Defense and Aviation Resolution No. 1/1/4/5/1/924 dated 30th September
2001 (the "Implementing Regulations") and published in the Official Gazette No. 3964 on
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
25th October 2001. These are generally referred to as the General Environmental
ENGINEER Regulations and Rules for Implementatione (GER). The General Environmental
DATE:
Regulations and Rules for Implementation were enacted in October 2001 outline the
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Environmental Protection Standards relevant to facilities in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
In 2012, PME issued a revised set of Environmental Protection Standards to replace
DATE: those previously referred to within the GER (2001). The results of this assessment have
CERTIFIED
therefore been compared against the provisions set out within these updated set of
legislative requirements.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
By Royal Decree, PME is the final environmental regulatory authority responsible for
DATE:
preparing, issuing and enforcing environmental regulations (and standards) and for
OPERATIONS undertaking environmental monitoring programs and studies in the Kingdom.
Additionally, various other ministries and government agencies work in association with
DATE: the PME to develop relevant policies, strategies, regulations, and standards and include
CONTROL NUMBER
the following:
VERIFICATION
EDSD
 Ministry of Agriculture (for the Agricultural Sector, Fisheries, Land Management,

DATE:
Range Land, Wildlife and National Parks);

BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________
e

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 Ministry of Water and Electricity (for the Management of Water Resources,

ENGG CERT
Sewerage and Water Networks and Power);

 Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources (for the Mining and Petroleum
Industries);
 Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs (Management and Disposal of Wastes,
Urban Planning);
 Ministry of Commerce and Industry (for the Development of Industries);
 Saudi Commission for Wildlife (SCW); and

DESCRIPTION
 Other governmental agencies involved with PME include the Ministries of

Health, Finance and National Economy and Planning.
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia‟s environmental standards are set by the PME in
coordination with the concerned agencies. Article 4 and 5 of the GER require the Public
and Licensing Agencies to implement the GER and its implementing laws on companies
and projects under their jurisdiction. The Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources
(MinPet) is the Licensing Agency for Saudi Aramco. All the Environmental Impact
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
Assessments (EIA) for Saudi Aramco projects should therefore be sent to MinPet for
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
acquiring the necessary approval.

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
2.2 Saudi Aramco Policy

NO.
REV
Saudi Aramco has a wide range of standards and general instructions relating to
C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
environmental issues. Where appropriate these are discussed in the relevant chapters
below. However, of particular relevance is the Saudi Aramco‟s Engineering Procedure
DATE: SAEP-13, relates to the production of required Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
PROJECT
ENGINEER for major projects with a significant environmental impact. A list of other applicable
standards specific to Project is provided in below Table 2.1:
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Table ‎2.1: Saudi Aramco Applicable Standards
DATE: Standards Description
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures (SAEP)
SAEP-12 Project Execution Plan
DATE:
OPERATIONS SAEP-14 Project Proposal
SAEP-32 Environmental Performance Assessment Program Project
DATE: SAEP-1661 Waste Minimization Statement
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards (SAES)

EDSD
SAES-A -104 Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and Disposal

SAES-A -105 Noise Control
DATE:
BY:
SAES-A -112 Meteorological and Seismic Design Data

SAES-A -113 Geotechnical Engineering Requirement

CERTIFICATE
SAES-A -114 Excavation and Backfill

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Standards Description
SAES-A-120 Regulated Vendors List for Wastewater Treatment Equipment
SAES-B-068 Electrical Area Classification
SAES-O-100 General Requirements Safety and Security
SAES-S-007 Solid Waste Landfill Standard
SAES-S-010 Sanitary Sewer
SAES-B-014 Safety Requirements for Plant and Operations Support Building

SAES-K-001 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
DESCRIPTION
SAES-M-100 Structural Design Criteria for Non-Building Structures

SAES-N-004 Design and Installation of Building Thermal Insulation
SAES-P-123 Lighting Code
SAES-S-060 Plumbing Code
SAES-P-100 Basic Power System Design Criteria
SAES-B-017 Fire Water System Design
SAES-B-019 Portable, Mobile and Special Fixed Firefighting Equipment
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
SAES-L-132 Material Selection for Piping Systems

Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code (SASC)
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
SASC -S-01 Water

SASC-S-02 Sanitary Wastewater and Sewerage Systems
NO.
REV
D
B
SASC-S-03 Solid Waste Management

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER SASC-S-07 Camps and Communal Living Facilities
SASC-S-12 Places of Employment
DATE:
PROJECT Saudi Aramco General Instructions (GI)
ENGINEER
GI-0002.100 Work Permit System
DATE: GI-0002.714 Environmental Protection Policy Implementation
CERTIFIED
GI-0150.001 Asbestos Hazard Management
GI-0151.006 Implementing the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Standards Description
GI-0430.001 Implementing the Saudi Aramco Hazardous Waste Code
Chapter 1: Saudi Aramco Hazardous Waste Code
Chapter 2: Applicability
Chapter 3: Definitions
Chapter 4: Classification of Hazardous Waste
Chapter 5: Acutely Hazardous Substances

Chapter 6: Generators of Hazardous Waste

DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7: Transporters of Hazardous Waste

Chapter 8: Requirements for Treatment / Storage / Disposal Sites
Chapter 9: Storage of Hazardous Waste
Chapter 10: Inspection, Recordkeeping, Reporting
Chapter 11: Additional TSD Facility Requirements
Chapter 12: Reportable Quantity for Hazardous Substances
Saudi Aramco Materials Instructions
CU 22.03 Processing & Handling of Hazardous Materials
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Other Saudi Aramco Standard

SMG-07-005- Saudi Aramco Building Code to Contractor Camps and Project Support
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
2012 Buildings
DATE
SASD-Series Saudi Aramco Standard Drawings

International Standard
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE IBC-2009 International Building Code

ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
2.3 International Treaties and Conventions
ENGINEER
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia adopted Agenda 21 of the United Nations Division for
DATE:
CERTIFIED Sustainable Development and its policies on the environment and development based
on principles of Islam which have ordained people to thrive and inhabit the earth as the
DATE: primary function of humankind. Accordingly, utilization of the natural and environmental
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY resources of the Kingdom has been ascertained with the purpose of satisfying
requirements without tampering with the capabilities and rights of future generations.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Within this framework, Saudi Arabia adopted the principle of preventive measures;
hence, the principle of environmental impact assessment within feasibility studies of
DATE:
proposed projects was adopted.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
3 Project Description
3.1 Purpose of the Project
The purpose of the Project is to support Saudi Aramco„s crude oil and gas production by
upgrading the existing Shops in Ju‟aymah in an environmentally responsible manner to

meet ongoing operations demand. The up-gradation consists construction, furnishing
DESCRIPTION
and equipping of a new 7,350 m2 Shops Building (shop and office building), additional
4,500 m2 outdoor parking and storage yard and 2,450 m2 Office Building with 1,750 m2
Outdoor parking and 550 m2 landscaping area to support required specialized repairs
services and testing of critical, complex, and large rotating equipment.
3.2 Justification of the Project

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15

13/05/15
DATE
Dhahran are not fulfilling the requirements of ongoing operation demand; therefore Saudi
Aramco Facility Planning Department has planned to demolish the Dhahran Shops in
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
order to facilitate construction of the EXPEC Advanced Research Center (ARC) Building,
ENGINEER
in line with the Dhahran Area Master Plan. The MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be
DATE: demolished under separate BI-10-01402.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE: MSSD shops facility at Ju'aymah will be upgraded to accommodate the relocated
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION and demolishing the existing Dhahran Shops.
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.3 Project Location
DATE:
The proposed project location is situated in the Eastern Province of the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia. Figure 3.1 and 3.2 show the contextual location of project component
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
within Saudi Arabia and Ju‟aymah. The proposed site location is 26°47'26.3"N,
EDSD
49°59'26.5"E in close proximity to the Arabian Gulf shoreline. The proposed project site
DATE:
is flat, partially developed and concreted and is currently an open area.

BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
EDSD REV
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
12/02/15
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
BI-10-01545
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
JU'AYMAH

Doc
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
BI- 10-01545
Project Location
DRAWING NO.
Figure 3.2: Location of project site in Ju’aymah (Local context)
Figure 3.1: Location of project site in Saudi Arabia (National context)
of
86
29
SHT.NO.
D
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
3.4 Design Objectives
The design objective of this budget item is to construct, furnish and equip a new shops
building and a new office building adjacent to existing MSSD shops at Ju‟aymah area to
enhance capabilities of specialized repairs services and capitalize on existing repair
services and utilities. The location and designing of the new facilities at Ju‟aymah will
also allow integration and synergy with the existing operational facility in Ju‟aymah.
DESCRIPTION
3.5 Description of Existing Facilities
The proposed site in Ju‟aymah includes the following existing shops in operation:
 A machine shop building.

 A welding shop building.
 A heat exchanger shop building and an assembly area.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
These existing facilities at Ju‟aymah shall remain operational throughout execution of

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
this project. The proposed site includes metal storage rack that shall be relocated
DATE
outside the site by MSSD before Expenditure Request Approval (ERA) date of the
project i.e. September 2015.
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER The existing facilities at Dhahran shall also remain operational till completion of:
DATE:
PROJECT  Construction of the new facilities at Ju‟aymah; and
ENGINEER
 Relocation of the MSSD shop personnel to Ju‟aymah.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.6 Description of Proposed Facilities
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY The proposed facilities shall be located at Ju‟aymah, considering the following factors:
DATE:
OPERATIONS  The proposed facilities shall provide synergy with existing facilities;
 Project scope will be optimized to minimize existing capital and utilities costs;
DATE:
 The proposed facilities shall be located to provide integration with existing
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
facilities to streamline operation and increase efficiency and productivity; and

EDSD
 The proposed facilities shall not affect the operational existing shops at
Ju‟aymah.
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
The area of proposed project site is approximate 42,600 square meters (SM). The
proposed project includes construction, furnishing and equipping a 8,800 SM shops

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
building and a 2,500 SM office building to accommodate MSSD personnel at Ju‟aymah

ENGG CERT
Shops. The proposed shops building will include four shops and 40 office and will be
equipped with overhead cranes and all the required shops equipment. The proposed
office building shall include 140 office, a conference room and office support space.
3.6.1 Building Requirements

DESCRIPTION
services provided at MSSD facility in Ju‟aymah. The building requirement includes the
following:
 Architectural Design;
 Shops Building; and
 Office Building.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
3.6.1.1 Architectural Design

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Architectural design of proposed buildings includes the following:
 The proposed building is classified as Tier 3, as defined in SAES-R-004;

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 All interior and exterior finishes/material shall be specified and finalized in
compliance with SAES-R-004; and
DATE:
PROJECT
 All exterior appearance and finishing shall be in harmony with the existing
ENGINEER MSSD surrounding facilities at Ju‟aymah.
DATE: 3.6.1.2 Shops Building

CERTIFIED
The proposed shops building shall be one-story high with a total design capacity of 240
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION persons and a total floor area of approximately 8,800 m2. The shops building shall
AGENCY
include all assigned shop space which consists of one electrical repair shop, one
DATE: machine shop and two mechanical shops. For each shop, the assigned shop space
OPERATIONS includes work bays, work benches, equipment space and consumable material storage
area, needed gas cylinders storage area, locker room, and hand tools storage area.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
The shops floor area design includes the following but not limited to:
VERIFICATION
EDSD
 Structurally support the heavy equipment;

DATE:
 Extended height to accommodate the required lift of the overhead cranes; and
BY:
 Consider including the appropriate acoustic noise reduction measures.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________
The Shops building will include 40 offices, a training room, a filing room, storage spaces,

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
a printer room, a coffee/tea room, and circulation. Furthermore, the Shops building shall
also include electrical, mechanical and communication rooms, air lock room, toilets and
janitor room. The proposed location of Shop Building at Ju‟aymah is shown in Figure 3.3.
DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Figure 3.3 : Location of the proposed Shop Building at Ju’aymah

DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.6.1.3 Office Building
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
The proposed office building shall be two-story high with a total floor area of
approximately 2,500 SM. The building shall include a total of 140-offices, 4-conference
DATE: rooms, a training/learning/meeting room, filing rooms, storage, 3-printer rooms, 5-coffee/
OPERATIONS
tea rooms, and provides for circulation area. The proposed location of office building at
Ju‟aymah is shown in Figure 3.4. The office building will include: an entrance/lobby,
DATE:
electrical, mechanical and communication rooms, air locks, toilets and janitor room. The
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
office space shall be designed to consider including the appropriate acoustic noise
EDSD
reduction measures as applicable.

DATE:
BY:
The space program of proposed shops and office buildings are attached in Appendix A.
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT

DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE Figure 3.4: Location of the proposed Office Building at Ju’aymah

ENGINEER
DATE: 3.6.2 Exterior Requirements

PROJECT
ENGINEER
The exterior requirement of the building includes the following:
DATE:
CERTIFIED  Site Development;
 Shipping And Receiving Area;
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
 Roads and Traffic;
 Landscaping;
DATE:
OPERATIONS  Fencing;
 Parking; and
DATE:
 Bus Stop.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.6.2.1 Site Development

DATE:
BY:
The proposed site has an approximate area of 42,600 square meters will be developed
for construction of the proposed facilities. The site will be fully asphalt paved and graded
CERTIFICATE
to prevent storm water flooding and formation of water ponds in vicinity of the proposed
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
facilities. Swales shall be provided as required to facilitate storm water drainage.
The site development shall also consider locating the proposed facilities within the site in
order to allow future facility expansion within the site. The proposed site includes metal
storage racks that shall be relocated outside the site by MSSD before September 15,
2015.
3.6.2.2 Shipping And Receiving Area

DESCRIPTION
The existing shaded shipping and receiving area at Ju‟aymah will be demolished to
prevent obstructing construction of the proposed facilities. As a replacement, new 900
SM shipping and receiving area shall be constructed adjacent to the proposed Shops
Building, within the site. The shipping and receiving area shall be shaded. The location
of shipping and receiving is shown in Figure 3.5.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Figure 3.5 : Location of the proposed Shipping and Receiving Area at Ju’aymah
EDSD
3.6.2.3 Roads and Traffic

DATE:
BY:
The proposed project shall provide adequate roadway network to serve the proposed
CERTIFICATE
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
expected vehicular trips with consideration of parking and circulation. During project
proposal, Auto-Turn software shall be used to depict the design truck access for loading
& unloading area.
3.6.2.4 Fencing
The proposed site is well inside the secured existing MSSD Fencing. Only the outdoor
storage yard shall be surrounded with a wire mesh fence.

DESCRIPTION
3.6.2.5 Parking
This budget item shall provide expansion of the existing employees vehicle parking,
to accommodate additional shaded parking for 150 vehicles. The parking spaces
shall be located around the proposed facilities to best serve the parking users. Users
of the proposed facilities shall utilize the existing parking for MSSD, which is close to
the site of the proposed facilities The location of parking area is shown in Figure 3.6.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
Figure 3.6: Location of the proposed location for car parking at Ju’aymah
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
3.6.2.6 Landscaping
The area around the proposed facilities shall be landscaped for minimal maintenance
and low water consumption by providing landscaping materials together with the
required irrigation system.
3.6.2.7 Bus Stop

No new Bus Stop proposed for new facility. The existing bus stop shall serve users of
DESCRIPTION
the existing and new facilities at Ju‟aymah.
3.7 Non-Electrical Utilities
The non-electrical utilities of proposed project will be located adjacent to existing

facilities and shall share the existing non-electrical utilities. The following interfaces shall
exist with the existing facilities:
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
• Raw/Irrigation Water.
08/03/15
12/02/15
•
13/05/15
DATE
Firewater.
• Drinking Water.
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE • Sanitary Wastewater.

•
ENGINEER
Storm Water Drainage.
DATE:
PROJECT • Compressed Air.
ENGINEER
• Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
DATE:
CERTIFIED
3.7.1 Raw/Irrigation Water
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION This budget items will connect the new 4-inch raw water piping of the proposed office
AGENCY
building to the existing 4-inch raw fire water supply pipe and 2-inch raw water piping of
DATE: the proposed shops building to the existing 2-inch main raw water supply pipe.
OPERATIONS
The existing facilities are expected to be adequate for any additional requirements and
DATE: no expansions are anticipated. However, the existing distribution headers shall be
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
extended into new facility.

EDSD
3.7.2 Firewater
DATE:
BY:
This budget items will connect the new 6-inch firewater piping of the proposed office
CERTIFICATE
building to the existing 12-inch main fire water supply pipe and new 6-inch firewater
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
piping of the proposed shops building to the existing 6-inch main fire water supply pipe.
The fire water generated from the new project will be approximately 8 m 3 and existing
capacity of firewater will be determined after flow test. The existing firewater system
facilities are expected to be adequate for any additional requirements and no expansions
are anticipated. This project shall extend the existing firewater system to provide the
firewater requirement to the new shops building and for the office building. Firewater will
be disposed to the nearest floor drain of wet areas such as toilet etc and 8 m 3 of
DESCRIPTION
firewater will be disposed through gravity type disposal.
The project shall use cement lined carbon steel for above grade and Reinforced
Thermoplastic Resin (RTR) pipe for underground firewater piping and shall provide
hydrants, hose reels and portable fire extinguishers where required. The project shall
also provide sprinkler system based on the occupancy type and area size of the building.
The project will also provide, as a minimum, fire alarm and detections systems for the
project-provided mechanical services shop and office building. The buildings‟ Fire Alarm
Control Panels shall be connected to the main Fire Station and the associated buildings‟
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
HVAC system.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Based on the Building Risk Assessment and SAES-M-100, the final automated fire
alarms and protections requirements shall be defined and finalized during project
NO.
REV
proposal.
C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
3.7.3 Drinking Water

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
This budget items will connect the new 3-inch drinking water piping of the proposed
office building to the existing 3-inch main drinking water supply pipe and new 2-inch
DATE:
CERTIFIED drinking water supply piping of the proposed shops building to the existing 2-inch main
drinking water pipe located south of the existing Machine shop Unit (MSU).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Expected drinking water consumption for new facilities will be approximately 18 m3 and
capacity of existing drinking water system will be determined after flow test. The existing
DATE:
facilities are expected to be adequate for any additional requirements and no expansions
OPERATIONS
are anticipated. However, the existing distribution headers shall be extended to the new
buildings.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
3.7.4 Wastewater
EDSD
DATE:
This budget items will connect the new 4-inch wastewater piping of the proposed office
BY:
building to the existing 4-inch main wastewater supply pipe and new 4-inch wastewater
CERTIFICATE
piping of the proposed shops building to the existing 4-inch main wastewater pipe.

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
According to Ju‟aymah NGL Fractionation Department, Operation Engineering Unit, the

ENGG CERT
existing wastewater treatment system has capacity of 35 GPM for sanitary wastewater
and 377 GPM for industrial wastewater. The treatment type of existing wastewater
system is Membrane Biological Reactors (MBRs). Treatment plant is receiving sanitary
waste approx. 25 GPM from NGL and associated existing facilities. During operation
stage, the new facility will add up approx. 16 GPM which slightly exceeds the design
capacity of treatment plant by 6 GPM. Due to small increase in flow rate to the existing
STP, FPD‟s has planned not to expand the STP, but rather, the Proponent should adjust
DESCRIPTION
the flow rate so that no expansion need to be done.
Sanitary wastewater generated by new building shall be routed into the existing sanitary
water distribution system. The sanitary drainage shall be collected to new lift station with
duplex pumps approximately 135 gpm and to be discharged to existing 4" force main line
to wastewater treatment facility by a new force main pipe. The existing sanitary
wastewater facilities are expected to be adequate for any additional requirements.
However, this project shall provide the necessary manhole and drainage piping to gravity
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
drain the sanitary waste to the existing system to the nearby office building.
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
3.7.5 Storm Water Drainage

DATE
This budget items will connect the new surface water drainage shall connect to the
NO.
REV
D
B
existing storm water open trench running along the fenced area.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
The new project will be at the same footprints of existing network so storm water so as
DATE:
PROJECT
per DBSP storm water and clean wash water shall be surface drained to the surrounding
ENGINEER
area through gravity type of disposal. The site shall be graded to prevent storm water
DATE:
accumulation and runoff from affecting the existing adjacent facilities. Drainage
CERTIFIED structures shall be provided as required to facilitate storm water drainage and shall be
tie-in to the existing storm water drainage system. Storm water runoff from the
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
completed facilities shall not adversely impact the surrounding areas.
AGENCY
DATE: 3.7.6 Compressed Air

OPERATIONS
This budget items will connect the new 2-inch compressed air piping of the proposed
DATE: shops building to the existing 2-inch main compressed air supply pipe.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
The existing compressed air facilities are adequate to provide any additional
EDSD
requirements for the proposed new shop building and no expansion is proposed. The
DATE:
existing compressed air headers shall be extended into new facility areas, as required.
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
3.7.7 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
The proposed facilities shall include approximately 9,800 SM of air conditioned floor
space including the following:
 Electrical Repair Unit and Test Bed Area;

 Mechanical Repair Shop Unit I;
 Mechanical Repair Unit II;

DESCRIPTION
 Machine Shop (Large Machine);

 Shop Support (including Loading / Unloading);
 Additional Shop Offices; and
 Two Story Office Building.
Two (2) 250 ton air cooled chilled water chillers system will be provided to serve the new
office building and maintenance workshop. HVAC system shall include, refrigerant
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
piping, chilled water piping, insulation, all duct work, duct hangers, diffusers, grilles,
thermostats, and equipment pads. New chiller shall be equipped with electronic
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
expansion valves and microprocessor controller to permit automatic chiller operations at

low pressure differentials, and accurately control refrigerant superheat during start-up
NO.
REV
and load swings. The AC system shall require 3 phase 480 Volt power as primary power
C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
supply and single phase, 115 Volt power for control systems.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
3.8 Electrical Utilities
DATE: The electrical power system for the proposed consolidated shop and associated facilities
CERTIFIED
at Ju‟aymah Northern Area shops shall be designed to provide a safe, reliable, and
DATE:
adequate power supply under all operating conditions. Estimated power requirement are
CONSTRUCTION 3.125MVA for the Shop & 10 MVA for the Motor Testing Facility. The necessary
AGENCY
electrical power for the proposed shop buildings shall be supplied from an existing
DATE: substation at the Ju‟aymah Gas Plant via 13.8kV power distribution loops available in the
OPERATIONS
vicinity. The location of proposed Power Line Route at Ju‟aymah is shown in Figure 3.7.
DATE: Grounding system network will be installed and interconnect with existing system.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Including buried copper wire loops, grounding rods for perimeter grid around skids,
EDSD
equipment pads, metallic storage tanks, and other equipment.

DATE:
BY:
Electrical equipment, apparatus, and lighting shall be energy efficient and meet the
requirements of International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). Emergency lighting

CERTIFICATE
shall be provided for the proposed Shops Building and Office Building, in accordance
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
with Saudi Aramco standards.

DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Figure 3.7: Location of the proposed Power Line Route at Ju’aymah
DATE: 3.9 Communication

CERTIFIED
DATE:
The communications equipment at the new office building and shops building shall be
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
connected to the Access Layer equipment at the old Admin Building in Ju‟aymah via new
Fiber Optic Cables (FOCs) along with Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS). The project
DATE: shall upgrade existing Access Layer equipment to allow the connectivity to the Corporate
OPERATIONS
Data Network.
DATE:
This budget item shall provide Voice over IP (VoIP), data network connectivity, and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
backup analog telephone services to the new Office Building and Shops Building in
EDSD
Ju‟aymah. Also, the project shall provide video-conferencing and wireless network
coverage services to the new Office Building. This budget items will provide following:
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 Telecomm Equipment Room and Cabinets;

ENGG CERT
 Outside Plant (OSP) Cabling;

 Data Network Equipment;
 Telephony Services;
 Structured Cable System (SCS); and
 Wireless LAN.
DESCRIPTION
3.10 Furniture and Equipment Requirements
This budget Item shall provide all the required new furniture and equipment for the
proposed facilities. Furniture includes all chairs, tables, conference tables, workstations,
signage system, and planters. No computer equipment will be provided under this
budget item.
The existing equipment which will be relocated from MSSD Dhahran facilities shall be
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
housed in the proposed and existing shops facilities at Ju‟aymah. The relocated
equipment shall be made operational prior to releasing the existing MSSD facility in
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Dhahran. All relocated shop equipment shall be re-commissioned at Ju‟aymah to

function satisfactorily. Any relocated shop equipment, which cannot be re-commissioned
NO.
REV
D
B
to function satisfactorily after its relocation shall be turned over to Mechanical Services
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Shops Department for repair or replacement.
DATE:
PROJECT
Additionally, this budget item shall provide and install any additionally required new
ENGINEER
equipment in the proposed shop facilities. Proper provision for efficient and functional
operation of all equipment and overhead cranes shall be implemented in the design and
DATE:
CERTIFIED in pre-commissioning of proposed facilities. List of required shops equipment are
attached in Appendix B.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
3.11 Temporary Construction Facilities (TCF)
DATE:
OPERATIONS
All temporary facilities shall be constructed in accordance with SMG 07-005-2012
(Application of Saudi Aramco Building Code to Contractor Camps and Project Support
DATE:
Buildings). This will also include electrical and non-electrical utilities and communications
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
services required during construction. This includes installation and removal of all
EDSD
temporary construction facilities required by the construction contractor and construction

agency. Construction activities will also bring different outdoor machinery and equipment
DATE:
BY:
that are required for the construction process.

CERTIFICATE
The project will require approximately 200 workers on site at the peak of the construction
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
effort. Most workers will be largely expatriates sourced through local contractors. Buses
will be used to transport workers daily to the project site from worker camp. Since labor
will be transported locally so no temporary construction camp will be constructed as
workforce residence.
The locations of the temporary construction facilities and lay down areas are yet to be
decided while it is anticipated that during the construction works, these facilities will be
constructed near to the project site.

DESCRIPTION
3.12 Land Use Permit
The proposed project site falls within the fence of existing Ju‟aymah area, however land
use permits of the following proposed facilities are obtained and attached in Appendix C.
 Land Use Permit 41248 – Proposed Office Building;

 Land Use Permit 41249 – Proposed Car Parking;
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Land Use Permit 41250 – Proposed Shops Building;

08/03/15
12/02/15
 Land Use Permit 42569 – Proposed Shipping and Receiving Area; and
13/05/15
DATE
 Land Use Permit 43218 – Proposed Power Line Route.

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 3.13 Project Schedule
DATE:
PROJECT The project schedules are presented in Table 3.3.
ENGINEER
DATE: Table ‎3.1: Proposed Project Schedule

CERTIFIED
Description Month Year

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Design Basis Scoping Paper Completion September 2014
AGENCY
Project Proposal Start October 2014
DATE:
Project Proposal Completion February 2015
OPERATIONS Expenditure Request Approval (ERA) September 2015
Beneficial Occupancy January 2019
DATE: Expenditure Request Completion (ERC) April 2019
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
3.14 Commissioning
DATE:
BY:
Commissioning of the project will ensure that all systems have been constructed and
CERTIFICATE
installed in accordance with approved design and ready for operation.

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
3.15 Operations
The design of the proposed Project will comply with all applicable KSA and Saudi
Aramco regulatory requirements. The proposed Project would be operated, maintained,
monitored, and inspected in accordance with Saudi Aramco guidelines.
3.16 Construction Waste and Emission

DESCRIPTION
3.16.1 Demolition Activities
Existing shaded shipping and receiving area at Ju‟aymah will be demolished to prevent
obstruction during construction of the proposed facilities.
3.16.2 Construction phase waste generation
A number of waste streams will be generated during construction phase. Waste streams
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
generated during construction include:

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
 Non-hazardous combustible solid waste such as waste paper, wood and

cardboard;
NO.
REV
 Non-hazardous, non-combustible waste such as scrap metal, concrete waste;

D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 Hazardous solid waste such as paint cans and empty chemical containers; and
DATE:  Hazardous liquid wastes such as liquid oily wastes.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Effective and responsible handling and disposal of wastes are key elements in
DATE: environmental management system. Waste management for the project shall be carried
CERTIFIED
out in consultation and in line with Saudi Aramco and all government waste
management guidelines including PME and Ministry of Water and Electricity (MOWE).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
All wastes will be disposed of using licensed and Saudi Aramco approved waste
DATE:
management contractors in accordance with PME/Saudi Aramco guidelines. The project
OPERATIONS contractors and proponents must ensure that waste is being disposed of in PME
approved facilities. Disposal of waste should be disposed as follows:
DATE:
 All inert construction/demolition debris generated during this project shall be

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
disposed of in a Class III landfill in accordance with SAES-S- 007 “Solid Waste
EDSD
Landfill Standard”;
DATE:
 Other solid wastes generated, if any, shall be disposed of in accordance with

BY:
SAES-S- 007. Hazardous waste, if any, shall be managed in accordance with GI

CERTIFICATE
430.001 and the Hazardous Waste Code; and


(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS

ENGG CERT
SAES-A- 114.
All hazardous waste generated from this project during construction or operation must
be manifested in SAP EH&S waste management module and sent to one of the Saudi
Aramco‟s list of approved waste management contractors. A system of waste manifests
will be implemented so that all waste transits and final disposal locations are known and
recorded.
DESCRIPTION
3.16.3 Aqueous Wastes
Aqueous wastes and discharges will be generated throughout the duration of the project
construction activities, and will include sanitary waste water, wastewater generated from
cleaning activities. All sanitary wastewater generated during the construction on site
shall be managed in accordance with SAES-A-104.
As per SAES-A -104, sanitary wastewater generation rate of small facility is 125
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
L/capita/day. The maximum number of work force during construction phase at project
site will be hundred (200) in numbers in peak hours. Accordingly, the daily wastewater
generated by work force on site is estimated 25.0m3/day (200 x 125 = 30,000 liter/day).
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Sanitary wastewater generated during construction phase shall be routed into the
NO.
REV
D
B
existing sanitary water distribution system. The existing sanitary wastewater facilities are
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER expected to be adequate for any additional requirement. As an alternative option,
packaged wastewater treatment plant will be rented for the treatment of sanitary
DATE:
PROJECT wastewater during construction phase.
ENGINEER
DATE: 3.16.4 Gaseous Emissions and Discharges

CERTIFIED
The atmospheric emissions principally associated with gaseous discharges such as CO,
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION CO2, CH4, NOx and SO2 and fugitive dust during construction activities.
AGENCY
DATE: 3.17 Operational Phase Emissions

OPERATIONS
DATE:
As defined in DBSP, three hundred eighty (380) persons will require during operation
phase. Based on the assumption of an additional 380 operational staff daily waste water
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
generation during the operational stage is estimated to be 30.4 m³ /day (SAES-A-104,

EDSD
Table 4, for office 80 liters/capita/day). Sanitary wastewater generated by new building

DATE:
shall be routed into the existing sanitary water distribution system. The existing sanitary
BY:
wastewater facilities are expected to be adequate for any additional requirements.

CERTIFICATE
However, this project shall provide the necessary manhole and drainage piping to gravity

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
drain the sanitary waste to the existing system to the nearby office building.
The summary of manpower is presented in below Table 3.2 and details are provided in
appendix C.
Table ‎3.2:Summary of Manpower

Description No of Employees
Shops Building 200
DESCRIPTION
Office Space 40
Mechanical Services Shops Department 8
Planning & Technical Services Division 34
Northern Shops & Service Division 34
Field Shops & Service Division 1
Field Shops & Service Division 33
Corporate Maintenance Service 30
Grand Total 380
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
3.18 Project Alternatives

NO.
REV
D
B
As part of any effective EIA process, the substantive alternatives considered during the
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER project development and design phases should be recorded along with any
environmental influences for the choice or rejection of alternatives considered.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER The EIA should consider project alternatives that would better protect the environment.
The project proposal is accepted as appropriate to fulfill in the project objectives and
DATE:
CERTIFIED therefore no alternatives to the project proposal were considered during the time of the
EIA.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
4 Baseline Conditions
The environmental baseline data acquisition for the EIA of the proposed project was
undertaken by means of literature search, site visit, field measurements, observations
etc.
The establishment of an ambient environment of the proposed project area is an integral

part of the EIA process. Such data provide information on the characteristics and
DESCRIPTION
features of the proposed project environment. The environmental baseline data

acquisition for the EIA of this project was undertaken by means of literature search, site
visit and observations.
4.1 Geology and Topography
The geological formations of Saudi Arabia range in age from the Precambrian to the
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
present day, forming part of a larger unit, known as the Arabian Plate, which includes the
Arabian Peninsula.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
The Saudi Arabia landscape can be divided into physiographic provinces that contain
similar features and reflect a unified geomorphologic history. The Arabian Peninsula can
NO.
REV
D
B
be grouped into five broad geomorphologic categories shown in Figure 4.1 and one of
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER which apply to the site area i.e. Al-Hassa Plain.
DATE:
PROJECT
1. The Coastland comprises the coastal plains and low hills bordering the Red
ENGINEER Sea, Gulf of Aden, and the Arabian Gulf;
DATE:
2. The Harrat are regions covered by Cenozoic flood basalt forming flat areas of
CERTIFIED bouldery, incised terrain difficult to traverse;
3. Sand Seas consist of large areas of wind-blown sand, the most famous of
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
which, of course, is the Ar Rub al Khali (the Empty Quarter);
AGENCY
4. Mountains exist around the margin of the Arabian Peninsula, including those
DATE: that rise up to the lip of the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden escarpment at
OPERATIONS elevations of 2,000-3,600 m, mountains farther inland in Asir and Yemen, and
mountains in Oman; and
DATE: 5. Much of the Peninsula consists of vast regions of nearly flat Plateaus and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Plains (pediments) covered by an irregular veneer of weathered rock, sand,

and gravel, that are interrupted by hills and ridges remaining from incomplete
EDSD
erosion and leveling of the underlying bedrock by wind and water.

DATE:
BY:
The topographical variation within the coastal plain is limited, with many areas of flat
CERTIFICATE
sands, with localized variations in the form of low sand dunes, and sabkha (salt flats)
with virtually no variation in topography. The project site is currently vacant and the
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
general topography of the project site is relatively flat and partially asphalt paved.
DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Figure 4.1: Broad Geological Divisions of Saudi Arabia
DATE:
PROJECT 4.2 Climatology
ENGINEER
DATE: The climate of Saudi Arabia is described as aridf. The climate of Eastern Saudi Arabia is
CERTIFIED
typified by low rainfall for much of the year with high temperatures. Saudi Arabia is
experiencing a trend in rising maximum and minimum temperatures based on
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION evaluations of data from 1950 to 2003g.
AGENCY
DATE:
Ju‟aymah climate is also influenced by the close proximity to the sea, with the Arabian
OPERATIONS Gulf causing peak temperatures to be ameliorated. However, the temperature reduction
is matched with high humidity levels, often up to 100% for the coastal region. This
DATE: presence of the Arabian Sea can also cause fog to form in August when cooler humid air
CONTROL NUMBER
mixes with warm air off the sea.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
f
Schyfsma, E. 1978, Climate – in Quaternary Period in Saudi Arabia 1: Sedimentological, Hydrogeological,
BY:
Hydrogeochemical, Geomorphological and Climatalogical Investigations in Central and Eastern. Pages 31 – 44 Eds,
Al-Sayari, S.S. and Zötl, J.G.

CERTIFICATE
g
Zhang, X., et al. (2005), Trends in Middle East climate extreme indices from 1950 to 2003, J. Geophys. Res., 110.
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
4.2.1 Wind Patterns
The close proximity of the Arabian Gulf is likely to strongly influence the strength and
direction of local winds. As a whole, the Eastern province of Saudi Arabia tends to have
a predominant wind blowing from the north or north-west. There are however seasonal
variations in this direction of wind and the coastal areas are cooled during the summer
months. During the winter, southerly winds, when they occur, are referred to as a “kauf”,
and generally bring an increase in temperature and humidity. Strong northwesterly

winds in late spring and early summer create “Shamals”. These wind storms can be
DESCRIPTION
particularly severe in the eastern province and may occur over a period of several
months. During a Shamal, wind speeds can range from 40-50 km/hr with gusts up to
100 km/hr. Strongest Shamal winds typically occur in February. Prevailing winds in the
eastern province of Saudi Arabia are from a northerly (north-northwest through north-
northeast) direction. The wind pattern in Arabian Gulf is shown in Figure 4.2.
The prominent wind pattern at proposed site is NNW (North North West) direction.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE: Figure 4.2: Wind Pattern in Arabian Gulf

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.3 Meteorology Design Data

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
The meteorology design data recorded at the proposed project site are summarized in
the below Table 4.1.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
Table ‎4.1: Meteorology Design Data

ENGG CERT
Data Categories Ju’aymah

Elevation Above Sea Level, m 5
Station Coordinates: Latitude North 26°47'
Longitude East 49°56'
Ambient Air & Soil Temperatures, (°C)
Average Annual Temperature 25

DESCRIPTION
Average Daily Max. Temp. (hottest month) 34

Monthly Normal Max. Temp. (hottest month) 41
Average Daily Soil Temp. (1 m below grade) 31
Mo. Normal Max. Soil Temp. (1 m below grade) 31
Lowest One-Day Mean Temperature 8
Highest One-Day Mean Temperature 40
Lowest Recorded Temperature 2
Highest Recorded Temperature 48
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Summer Design Dry Bulb Temp. @ 1% 42

Mean Coincident Wet Bulb Temp. @ 1% 28
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Summer Design Dry Bulb Temp. @ 2.5% 39

Mean Coincident Wet Bulb Temp. @ 2.5% 24
NO.
REV
Summer Design Wet Bulb Temp. @ 1% 31

D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Mean Coincident Dry Bulb Temp. @ 1% 36
Summer Design Wet Bulb Temp. @ 2.5% 31
DATE:
PROJECT Mean Coincident Dry Bulb Temp. @ 2.5% 35
ENGINEER
Summer Design Dry Bulb Temp. @ 5% 40
DATE: Mean Daily Range 9
CERTIFIED
Winter Design Dry Bulb Temp. @ 99% 7
DATE:
Wind
CONSTRUCTION Basic Wind Speed, 3-sec gust, (Km/hr) 50 Yr 145
AGENCY
Exposure Category (Note 1) C

DATE:
Prevailing Direction NNW
OPERATIONS
Earthquake Data
Short Period Acceleration (SS) in %g 8.9
DATE:
3.2
CONTROL NUMBER
1-Sec Period Acceleration (S1) in %g

VERIFICATION
Peak Ground Acceleration in %g (Note 5) 2.00

EDSD
Precipitation, inches
DATE:
89
BY:
Rainfall, Average Annual

66
Rainfall Maximum in 24 hours

CERTIFICATE
Isokeraunic Levels (days lightning/year) 24

(DCC) NO. _____________________
(Source: SAES-A-112, Meteorological and Seismic Design Data, issue date: Dec, 07, 2011)

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
4.4 Noise Conditions
The objective of the baseline noise analysis was to establish the existing sound levels at
the project site. Baseline noise monitoring was carried out in December 10, 2014 using a
Rion NA28 Type 1 Precision Sound Level Meter. Five locations were selected for the
noise monitoring shown in Figure 4.3. The noise levels were measured over a 10
minutes period with ten second interval at each point. The sound level meter was
calibrated before and after measurements using a Rion Type NC74 acoustic calibrator.
DESCRIPTION
The Leq, L5, L10, L50, L90, L95, Lmin, and Lmax noise descriptors were recorded for
each location.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
Figure 4.3: Noise Monitoring Location
OPERATIONS
4.4.1 Noise monitoring result

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
The results of the noise level recorded at Project site are presented in Table 4.2 which
VERIFICATION
shows the average recorded values for the main factorsh.

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
h LAeq = Equivalent continuous A-weighted sound level

LAe = A-weighted sound exposure level

CERTIFICATE
LAmax = Maximum A-weighted sound level

LAmin = Minimum A-weighted sound level
(DCC) NO. _____________________
LA05, LA10, LA50, LA90, LA95 = Percentile A- A-weighted sound level

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
Table ‎4.2: Results of Noise Survey Data

ENGG CERT
Loc Coordinates Time Leq LE Lmax Lmin L05 L10 L50 L90 L95
26°47'26.30"N 09:10 -
N1
49°59'26.55"E
54.72 64.72 58.72 52.00 56.95 56.32 54.22 52.91 52.63
09:20
26°47'27.80"N 09:30 -
N2
49°59'28.24"E
70.46 80.22 73.86 67.55 72.79 72.2 70.01 68.44 68.15
09:40
DESCRIPTION
26°47'24.51"N 09:55 -
N3
49°59'28.43"E
56.27 66.27 60.56 52.82 58.77 58.09 55.85 53.93 53.54
10:04
26°47'21.50"N 11:31 –
N4
49°59'31.41"E
50.65 60.65 56.54 46.7 53.41 52.2 49.67 47.97 47.62
11:40
26°47'25.59"N 12:03 -
N5 53.03 63.03 56.37 51.32 54.69 54.09 52.71 51.97 51.81
49°59'32.02"E 12:12
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
The PME permitted free field noise levels are presented in Table 4.3.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
Table ‎4.3: Maximum permissible free-field noise levels

DATE
Daytime Evening Night time

NO.
REV
Site Description
C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
LAeq,T (dB) LAeq,T (dB) LAeq,T (dB)
ENGINEER
Retail 55 50 45
DATE: Warehousing 55 50 45
PROJECT
ENGINEER Light industrial (in residential areas) 55 50 45
Medium density industry 65 50 50
DATE:
CERTIFIED
High density industry 75 65 55
DATE: The results from the noise monitoring are compared to the noise criteria provided in
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Table 4.3. LAeq noise data at project site varied from 50.65 to 70.46 dB(A). The
recorded noise levels were significantly under the noise limits of less than 65 dB(A)
DATE: “medium density industry” where the project site is located except location N2. The high
OPERATIONS
noise data i.e. 70.46 dB(A) at location N2 was due to the crane operation which were
lifting steel pipe to the truck.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
This is baseline value that is set to increase during construction and operational phase
EDSD
of the project. If the noise exposure of an employee exceeds 85 dB(A), wearing hearing
protection is mandatory.
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
4.5 Terrestrial Ecology
A site inspection was conducted by Arensco in December, 2014 to investigate existing

biological species in the vicinity of the project site. The site is relatively flat and partially
asphalt paved. During the field survey, no vegetation, birds, reptiles or mammals were
observed within the project area while minor vegetation noticed in surrounding area of
the project site. As such the project will have no impact on terrestrial ecology within the
project site.
DESCRIPTION
4.6 Contaminated Land
During the site visits (conducted on December 10, 2014) no evidence of visual
contamination was recorded at project site. The project site, in general is paved with
asphalt, however small portion (where shipping & receiving shade will be constructed) is
bare soil. A piece of land within Juaiymah Shop was used for diesel storage. Phase 1
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
preliminary risk assessment report has been prepared attached in Appendix D. Risk
assessment study conclude that no potentially contaminative sources have been
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
identified at or in the surrounding area of exiting Juaiymah shops except above ground
DATE
storage tanks. These storage tanks were abandoned and no more in use since 10 years.
These tanks are approximately 200 - 300 meter away from proposed project site.
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
However the conceptual model of this piece of land within Juaiymah shops used in past
ENGINEER
demonstrates that all potentially significant pollutant linkages have been considered and
DATE:
are generally of low risk to human health and to the natural environment.
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Proposed project site is empty and are located within the existing Juaiymah shops. No
DATE: historical activities were reported at the proposed project site. All possible sources
CERTIFIED
considered in model to be unlikely to be present or do not have a linkage and therefore
have no risk. Therefore it is recommended that no further work is required in relation to
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION possible contaminants on site.
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
4.7 Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
DATE:
There are no known cultural heritage(s) or archaeological sites within the location of the
project. The proposed locations are within industrialized areas and are already
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
significantly disturbed. It is therefore considered that the risk of encountering any

EDSD
unknown archaeological artifacts or features is very low.

DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
5 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURE
5.1 Assessment Objectives
The environmental impact assessment is a project objective and milestone for all Saudi
Aramco projects and is carried out to comply with regulatory requirements and company
policies for project approval. The main objectives of the assessment are to identify in
DESCRIPTION
advance during the project proposal stage, the potential impacts from the construction
and operational phases and determine mitigation and monitoring requirements for
incorporation into the project specifications.
The proposed project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:
 Construction phase; and

 Operational phase.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
The constructional and operational phases of the proposed project comprise various
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
activities, each of which will have an impact on some or other environmental parameters.
DATE
A description of the impacts which can be expected to arise as a result of construction

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
and operation phase activities associated with the proposed project is presented below.
ENGINEER Table 5.1 summaries the construction activities and their associated potential
DATE:
environmental impacts:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Table ‎5.1: Summary of likely construction activities and their potential impacts
DATE:
CERTIFIED Activity: Construction Aspect / Impact
Excavation, backfilling Dust, exhaust fumes, noise
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
Heavy traffic movements Dust, exhaust fumes, noise
AGENCY
Excavation Risk of opening pathways to ground water
Transportation of personnel, equipment
DATE: Exhaust fumes, noise
OPERATIONS and materials
Operation of equipment Noise
DATE: Wetting of roads and excavations Use of water resources
CONTROL NUMBER
Redundant equipment Waste / storage

VERIFICATION
EDSD
Construction of Building Use of material resources

DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
5.2 Air Quality
5.2.1 Construction Phase Impacts
The main potential impacts during construction phase would be associated with the
following:
 Particulate matter emission (Fugitive dust);

DESCRIPTION
 Exhaust emissions from the movement of on-site machinery and associated

vehicular traffic within the construction site.
5.2.1.1 Particulate Matter Emissions (Fugitive Dust)
Dust is defined in BS 6069 (1994)i as particulate matter in the size range 1 – 75 µm in

diameter, and is produced through the action of abrasive forces on materials. In general,
the majority of construction dust is larger in diameter than 10 µm. Particles larger than
10 µm are not associated with adverse effects on human health but can cause nuisance
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
to local residents.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Research has shown that, whilst small particles (10µm) can travel distances in excess of
1 km, the majority of large dust particles (greater than 30µm) are deposited within 100m
NO.
REV
of sources; intermediate sized particles (10-30µm) are likely to travel up to 200-500m.

C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Therefore, it is considered that the potential for dust to cause nuisance is likely to be
limited to around 100m from construction works with dust generation potential. A study
DATE: conducted by the USEPA suggest that up to 90% of the dust generated in construction
PROJECT
ENGINEER activities settles by gravitational settling within 200 to 500 meters of the source. .
DATE: During construction, the main sources of fugitive dust and exhaust emission can be
CERTIFIED
attributed to construction following activities but not limited to:
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION  Site clearance, grading and preparation;
AGENCY
 Vehicle and mobile plant movements on paved, unpaved roads, haulage routes
DATE: and other work areas;
OPERATIONS
 Handling, transfer and storage of materials and equipment;
DATE:  Wind blow across disturbed site surfaces and materials; and
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
 Construction and use of site access roads.

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
i
BS 6069 Part 2 (1004), Characterization of Air Quality – Glossary, British standards Institution
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
The dust emissions resulting from construction activities are difficult to quantify. Typical
construction activities such as earthwork, excavation, backfilling, foundation work etc
and operation of heavy equipment will generate significant dust. The amount of dust
generated will be a function of construction activities, soil type, moisture content, wind
speed, frequency of precipitation, vehicle traffic, vehicle types and roadway
characteristics. The USEPA AP 42 Compilation of Emission Factors estimates around
1.2 Tons/Acre/Month or 2.97*10-4 Tons/m²/month of dust are generated from heavy
from heavy construction workj. This project will involve approximately 42,600 square
DESCRIPTION
meter area of land. Dust emission from the construction activities would be 12.65
Tons/month approximately. Obviously, the conditions that generate dust are more
prevalent in Saudi Arabia than in the United States. However, the estimated dust
emissions can be significantly reduced by applying dust control measures on site.
Dust emissions often vary substantially from day to day, depending on the level of
activity, the specific operations, and the prevailing meteorological conditions, but it is
expected that these particulate levels would drop significantly with distance. A large
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
portion of the emissions results from equipment traffic over temporary roads at the
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
construction site. During unfavorable meteorological conditions, such as dry and windy
conditions, particulate emissions may be higher and would require specific management
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
measures. The development and implementation of a Construction Environmental

Management Plan (CEMP), incorporating an Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
NO.
REV
D
B
would identify triggers and procedures for dealing with these conditions.
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
5.2.1.2 Vehicular (Exhaust) emissions

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER The principle source of engines emissions during construction would be heavy
equipment, trucks and other vehicles used during equipment transport and construction
DATE:
CERTIFIED activities. Emissions are likely to be associated with the combustion of diesel fuel and
petrol. The operation of on-site machinery during the construction works and general site
DATE: operations will generate CO, CO2, NOx, SO2 and trace amounts of non-combustible
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY hydrocarbon (CxHy) and VOC emissions.
DATE: Exhaust emissions associated with the construction activities can be estimated on the
OPERATIONS
basis of type and number of construction equipment, fuel used, quality of traffic road as
well as construction period. Emission factors for various construction equipments can be
DATE:
obtained from the USEPA Office of Transportation and Air Quality as implemented in the
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
non-road model for mobile source emissionsk.

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE
j
USEPA, (1995). AP-42, Fifth Edition, Volume I, Chapter 13: Miscellaneous Sources.
k
USPEA, (1995). AP-42, Volume II for Emission factors for Non-road Sources
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
The number, types, and hours of operation of construction equipments are not available
at current project stage and therefore precluded the quantitative estimation of
combustion emissions during construction phase. However, AP-42 emission factors for
estimating hydrocarbons, NOx, CO, and PM emissions from typical construction
equipments are summarized in Table 5.2. These emission factors are expressed in units
of grams per brake horsepower hour (g/bhp-hr).
Table ‎5.2: Emission factors for typical construction equipment

DESCRIPTION
Emission Factors =
Horse
Equipment g/hr/hp * 10-6
power
HC CO NOx PM
Water truck 260 0.31 0.75 5.58 0.25
Buses 370 0.2 1.31 6.02 0.2
Flat bed high boy trailer w/
260 0.31 0.75 5.58 0.25
truck
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
200 ton crawler crane 750 0.29 0.76 6.15 0.19

45ton rough terrain crane 194 0.31 0.75 5.58 0.25
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
Electric generator (diesel) 1200 0.29 0.76 6.15 0.19

DATE
Welding machines (diesel) 80 0.52 2.37 5.6 0.47

Private automobiles
NO.
REV
265 0.31 0.75 5.58 0.25

C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Loader/backhoe 98 0.52 2.37 5.6 0.47
Dump trucks 300 0.31 0.75 5.58 0.25
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Although exhaust emissions will be released close to ground level (i.e. close to the
breathing zone of receptors), these emissions will generally be released in open areas
DATE:
CERTIFIED where rapid dispersion and dilution will occur. Thus the maximum concentrations are
expected at or near the project boundary. In addition, such emissions will be limited to
DATE: the duration of the construction phase.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
5.2.2 Operational Phase Impacts
OPERATIONS
The upgrade shops will be the part of existing site. Therefore operational phase activities
DATE: are not expected to impact ambient air quality as the nature and type of the proposed
CONTROL NUMBER
project are already existed in the vicinity of project site.

VERIFICATION
EDSD
5.2.3 Mitigation Measures

DATE:
BY:
A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is recommended to be

CERTIFICATE
established prior to commencing any construction activities.


(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Saudi Aramco and PME standards governing dust and exhaust emissions should be
complied during the construction phase of the project. In order to minimize the air quality
impact during the construction phase, the following mitigation measures are
recommended for projects and should be adopted which are summarized as follows:
 Application of suitable dust suppressants (e.g. water, chemicals) on project

corridors and stockpiles or during loading / unloading and transfer operation;
 According to USEPA AP-42; twice daily water at work site with active operation
DESCRIPTION
in dry weather, dust emissions from materials handling can be reduced by 50%
Water spraying during excavation and material handling; this can reduce the
emission by 85%;
 Controlled traffic movement (including enforcing speed limits, and restricting
overtaking of vehicles);
 Dust creating activities shall be reprogrammed to avoid periods of high winds;
 Provision of vehicles wheel and body washing facilities at the exit points of the
site, combined with cleaning of road where necessary;
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Tarpaulin covering of all dusty vehicles loads transported to, from and between
site locations;
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
 All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction will be regularly
maintained to ensure that the emission levels conform to the national norms;
NO.
REV
D
B
 To the extent possible reduce idling time of vehicles onsite;

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 Provide awareness training sessions for safety and minimize the dust.
DATE:
PROJECT Dust emissions should be monitored by the Environmental Site Manager (ESM) and if
ENGINEER
likely to give rise to impacts or nuisance, sources of dust should be suppressed.
DATE:
CERTIFIED Although no specific mitigation measures are proposed for vehicle emissions. All
vehicles and equipment shall undergo regular maintenance, equipment shall be
DATE:
operated to manufacturers‟ guidelines, and where appropriate, idling of engines shall be
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY avoided. Where black smoke is observed, the equipment or vehicle shall be safely shut
down and maintenance measures undertaken.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
The environmental impact of dust and of emissions from vehicles and machinery
DATE:
generated during the construction phase of the project are considered to be low and
unlikely to cause deterioration in ambient air quality levels in the project area or
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
surrounding region, assuming that the identified good practice measures are rigorously
EDSD
implemented.
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
5.3 Soil and Groundwater
5.3.1 Construction Phase Impact
The main environmental concerns for soil and groundwater quality from the construction
phase of the proposed project may occur due to following activities:
 Site preparation and construction activities such as foundation works;

DESCRIPTION
 Accidental leaks or spills from inappropriate storage, handling and disposal of

hazardous materials and general construction waste;
 Minor oil and chemical leaks are expected from construction vehicle movement
and machinery/equipment use at the site;
 Sewage generation on-site workforce;
 Groundwater generated from the excavation activities; and
 Inappropriate disposal of sanitary wastewater.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
The construction phase of this project will involve civil works which includes site
preparation excavation and backfilling etc. The excavations at the site will disturb the soil
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
profiles. Soil erosion is typically a concern when excavations lead to movement of soil
from the sites to the neighboring areas, water bodies or sensitive habitats. The removal
NO.
REV
D
B
of soil could also result to soil erosion by wind action.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Contamination can occur as a result of spillages of fuel and oil during maintenance of
DATE:
PROJECT
plant and equipment; and inappropriate storage of hazardous wastes such as waste oils,
ENGINEER
lubricants, hydraulic fuels. Where foundation excavations require dewatering, the
DATE:
resulting water can potentially result in a contaminative impact to soil if not handled and
CERTIFIED disposed of correctly.
DATE: However, sufficient control measures are expected to be in place to prevent any
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY construction phase spills or leaks. Further, adherence to the waste management plan
and proper storage and use of materials will minimize the occurrence of such
DATE:
OPERATIONS
accidental/spill events, minimizing the impact on soil and groundwater.
DATE: 5.3.2 Operational Phase Impact

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
The proposed project is related with required specialized repairs services and testing of
EDSD
critical, complex, and large rotating equipment. These elements will be set upon hard
DATE:
standing therefore no adverse soil and ground water quality impacts are anticipated
BY:
during the operation phase.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Following measures are recommended in construction and operation phase to prevent

any impact on soil and groundwater resources:
 Design activities to consider minimizing earthmoving, excavations and

earthworks to the extent possible. Where feasible, re-use excavated soils;
 Material laydown yards should be lined with an impervious surface such as

concrete to prevent contamination of groundwater;
DESCRIPTION
 In case of spill or leak of oil from construction equipment, the spill should be
controlled as quickly as possible at the source. Contain the spill to prevent it
from spreading, contaminating soil and groundwater;
 Cover the spill with absorbing material, then place the material in compatible
storage containers for appropriate disposal;
 Any dewatering of shallow groundwater, if encountered, during excavations will
be collected for treatment before discharge to meet the relevant local standards;
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Vehicles operating on site will undergo routine maintenance and regular

inspection to minimize the potential for leakage of oil and other fluids; and
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
 Appropriate protocols will be established for the transfer and disposal of

DATE
contaminated soil in accordance with Saudi Aramco and PME requirements.

NO.
REV
 If chemicals are to be stored the following must be considered:

C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER o Secondary spill containment shall be provided for and hazardous materials;
DATE: o Sheltered area;
PROJECT
ENGINEER o Lining and diking; and
DATE:
o Segregation of incompatible chemicals.
CERTIFIED
With the implementation of mitigation measures, no adverse soil and ground water
DATE: quality impacts are anticipated during the construction phase of the project.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
5.4 Environmental Noise
OPERATIONS
5.4.1 Construction phase Impacts

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
Construction of any development will inevitably lead to the generation of noise. However,
VERIFICATION
construction noise cannot be assessed in the same way as operational noise due to the
EDSD
short-term duration of the noisy activities and the impulsive noise characteristics. The
DATE:
public‟s perception of construction noise may also be different to that of operational

BY:
noise, with many people willing to accept higher noise levels if they know it is for only a
CERTIFICATE
short duration.
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
The primary construction noise sources will be engine noise from earth moving
equipment and transport vehicles for materials and personnel. There are many different
noise sources such as background noise, idling noise, impact noise, rotating noise,
intermittent noise, howling, screeches and squeals at construction worksite that need to
be controlled.
During the construction phase, noise levels will fluctuate as the intensity of activities
change. All construction activities must be in compliance with the Presidency of

Meteorology and Environment (PME) 2012, “Standards for Environmental Noise”.
DESCRIPTION
The National Environmental Standard sets out general construction maximum

permissible façade noise limits depending on the designated area type in Article VI –
Noise from construction activities. The permissible noise levels are presented in Table
5.3.
Table 5.3: General Construction maximum permissible facade noise levels

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Area Daytime LAeq, 12h Evening LAeq, 12h dB Night-time

Classification dB 5m 5m LAeq,12h dB 5m
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
A, B, C 75 65 45
D 80 80 80
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER The area classification is as follows:
DATE:
PROJECT  A: Quiet areas – These areas are designated quiet areas as they hold value in
ENGINEER
terms of being places of worship, important tourist attractions, recreational park
land and those areas surrounding hospitals, schools and noise sensitive natural
DATE:
CERTIFIED habitats;
 B: Sensitive – Areas designated in this category will typically be dominated by
DATE: residential properties (including hostels and hotels) and may range from sparse
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY population densities to suburban districts of cities;
DATE:
 C: Mixed – This designation applies to mixed areas often within cities where
OPERATIONS there is a mix of residential and commercial activities. This designation will also
apply to retail and financial districts; and
DATE:  D: Non-Sensitive – The final classification of district is a predominantly industrial
CONTROL NUMBER
area where there are few residential properties and commercial premises. This
VERIFICATION
classification also applies to industrial cities and land that is generally

EDSD
unpopulated.
DATE:
BY:
The project site area is classified as non-sensitive (D) area. The impact from noise that
is expected to be localized and temporary. In addition, the project site is located in a

CERTIFICATE
remote and flat area. Thus, the impact of noise during construction and commissioning
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
of the facility is expected to be insignificant.
5.4.2 Operational phase impacts
According to SAES-A-105, the noise level from Saudi Aramco facilities and operations
shall not exceed 65 dB(A) during daytime hours (0600-2200) or 55 dB(A) during night-
time hours (2200-0600), as measured at the property line of any residential area. Taking
into consideration the nature and scope of the proposed project, the operation phase is
DESCRIPTION
not expected to contribute to the noise levels in the area. Therefore, the impact on noise
levels from the operational phase of this project is not considered to be a significant
impact.
5.4.3 Mitigation Measure
The following recommendations during the construction and operational phase of the
project should be considered as minimization and prevention measure:
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Use of quieter construction equipment;

08/03/15
12/02/15
 Installing acoustic enclosures for equipment casing radiating noise;

13/05/15
DATE
 Adoption of movable noise barriers

NO.
REV
 Limiting the hours of operation for specific pieces of equipment;

B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 Silencers or mufflers on construction equipment should be utilized and should
be properly maintained during the construction program to keep construction
DATE:
PROJECT noise levels to minimum;
ENGINEER
 Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery;
DATE:
CERTIFIED
 Workers in the vicinity of high noise levels will be provided personal protective
equipment , earplugs, helmets and will be engaged in diversified activities to
DATE:
prevent prolonged exposure to noise levels of more than 85dB(A) per 8 hour
CONSTRUCTION shift; and
AGENCY
 Turning engines off or reducing to idle when not in use.
DATE:
OPERATIONS It is envisaged that the noise generated during the construction and operational phase is
not expected to cause any adverse impact if practical solution of minimizing noise are
DATE: implemented.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
5.5 Water Resources

DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE
Water within Saudi Arabia is a valuable resource which has limited natural water
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
supplies; these are in the form of groundwater aquifers, some of which provide potable
water but which mostly require further treatment before being drinkable. The other major
source of water is desalination either through flash evaporation or reverse osmosis.
Flash evaporation in particular requires high levels of energy input to produce drinking
water.
The major water consumption in construction phase is anticipated to be domestic water

use which includes water used for flushing toilet, bath/shower, drinking, washing, and
DESCRIPTION
others. The maximum number of work force during peak construction phase at project
site will be two hundred (200) in numbers. Accordingly, the daily wastewater generated
by work force shall be 25 m3/day (200 x 125 L/day = 250,000L/day). An estimate of an
average of 30 m3/day has been made for construction activities such as concerting,
cleaning, cooling and washing facilities. Total water demand during construction phase
will be approximately 55 m3/day and assumed that all water needs during construction
would be met from local sources.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
5.5.2 Operation Phase Impact
Three hundred eighty (380) personnel will work during operation phase. Approximately
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
30 cubic meter /day water will require during operation phase therefore it is considered
that overall water usage during the operation phase will be not significant and would be
NO.
REV
D
B
met from local sources.

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE: 5.5.3 Mitigation Measure

PROJECT
ENGINEER
The minimization of water usage will reduce the magnitude of the significance of the
DATE: effect of the construction period water demands. Water use minimization measures (to
CERTIFIED
reduce, reuse and recycle water wherever possible), providing such measures are in
accordance with Saudi Aramco Standards, should be implemented by the contractor as
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION part of the overall Construction Environmental Management Plan. Such measures
AGENCY
should include:
DATE:
OPERATIONS  Awareness program regarding water usage;
 Provide tertiary treatment of wastewater for water reuse for dust suppression
DATE: and irrigation.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
 Rational use and reuse of hydrotest water;

EDSD
 Use of low water usage toilets, showers and other facilities; and
DATE:
 Development of a detailed water conservation plan.

BY:
CERTIFICATE
Tertiary treatment is the process of the treatment of wastewater beyond the secondary
or biological stage to raise the treated water quality to such a level to make wastewater
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
suitable for reuse. This step removes different types of pollutants such as organic
matter, suspended solids, nutrients, pathogens, and heavy metals etc. Tertiary treated
wastewater must comply the system meets the California Title 22 design as well as to
meet the water quality requirements specified in SAES-A-104, “Table 1 – Effluent
Discharge Limitations, Wastewater for Reuse” criterion prior to reuse for landscape
irrigation.
Water-saving technologies can provide important benefits to facility located in dry areas.
DESCRIPTION
Domestic water use can be significantly reduced by installing water-saving technologies

such as faucet aerators, low flow or censored faucets, low flow showerheads, low-flush
urinals, and water-efficient clothes washers and dishwashers. New faucet products that
meet USEPA water efficiency guidelines operate by means of either laminar flow or
aeration. In laminar-flow faucets, water flows in clear, parallel streams and is not mixed
with air. Aerated faucets are suitable for many other applications, especially residential
and office building lavatories.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
5.6 Traffic and Transportation

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
The project will not require any additional transportation infrastructure during
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE construction phase. Therefore the existing road network and access roads are
ENGINEER
considered to be adequate for the needs of the project.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
Early phase construction activities will include a variety of civil works required to support
the project. Specifically, temporary construction facility (TCF) will be constructed near
DATE: the project site. At the peak, it is anticipated that approximately 200 workers will be
CERTIFIED
involved in the construction activities. The flow of traffic will peak during morning and
DATE:
evening hours. The project will require limited quantity of material and manpower;
CONSTRUCTION therefore, it is considered that the traffic impacts will not be significant.
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
This budget item shall provide adequate roadway network to serve the proposed
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
expected vehicular trips with consideration of parking and circulation. During Project
EDSD
Proposal, Auto-Turn software shall be used to depict the design truck access for loading
& unloading area.
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
5.6.3 Mitigation Measure
Following measures are recommended to prevent any impact on local traffic and
transport:
 Traffic flow and site access will be managed such that tail-backs onto public
roads will be avoided;
 Delivery of heavy loads will be timed to avoid peak traffic flows;

DESCRIPTION
 Drivers will be fully trained in road safety and a transport management plan has
been prepared for the construction phase;
 All national and industrial city speed limits will be observed; and
 Where vehicles accessing site operate within the site on unpaved roads that are
watered, appropriate wheel cleaning facilities will be provided prior to the vehicle
returning to a public road.
5.7 Waste
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
The construction of the facility is likely to generate significant quantities of solid and
NO.
REV
liquid waste; Table 5.4 below outlines the waste types and sources expected during the
C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
construction phase. The wastes will be generated over time during the entire
construction project and will be expected to result in varying quantities commensurate
DATE: with the scale of the construction force at any given point in time. Thus at this stage, it is
PROJECT
ENGINEER not possible to fully quantify the amounts of wastes produced.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Effective and responsible handling and disposal of wastes are key elements in
environmental management system. All wastes will be disposed of using licensed and
DATE: Saudi Aramco approved waste management contractors in accordance with PME/Saudi
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Aramco guidelines. The project contractors and proponents must ensure that waste is
being disposed of in PME approved facilities. Disposal of waste should be disposed as
DATE: follows:
OPERATIONS
 All inert construction/demolition debris generated during this project shall be

DATE: disposed of in a Class III landfill in accordance with SAES-S- 007 “Solid Waste
CONTROL NUMBER
Landfill Standard”;
VERIFICATION
EDSD
 Other solid wastes generated, if any, shall be disposed of in accordance with

SAES-S- 007. Hazardous waste, if any, shall be managed in accordance with GI
DATE:
BY:

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS

ENGG CERT
SAES-A- 114.
Table 5.4: Typical Construction Phase Waste Origins
Excavation and Demolition Waste Other Solid Wastes

 Spoil;  Residual general waste

 Demolition waste Hazardous wastes
DESCRIPTION
Construction wastes  Oil both liquid and sludge

 Paint, thinners contaminated painting
 Concrete and cement equipment
 Brick / Block/ Ceramics  Chemicals
 Metals including steels from
fabrication, iron aluminium etc.
 Glass and Cladding
 Timber and plaster board
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Insulation materials including

fibreglass
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15

DATE
Plastics from packaging and

construction materials
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER SAP EH&S Waste Management manifest will be implemented for hazardous waste so
that all waste transits and final disposal locations are known and recorded. A system of
DATE:
PROJECT waste manifests will be implemented so that all waste transits and final disposal
ENGINEER
locations are known and recorded.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
5.7.2 Operation Phase Impacts
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
It is assumed that 380 manpower will require during operational phase. Based on the
AGENCY
assumption of an additional 380 operational staff daily waste water generation during the
DATE:
operational stage is estimated to be 30.4 m³ /day. Sanitary wastewater generated by
OPERATIONS new building shall be routed into the existing sanitary water distribution system. The
existing sanitary wastewater facilities are expected to be adequate for any additional
DATE: requirements thus no impacts are anticipated.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD

DATE:
In accordance with PME Environmental Standard 8 – Waste Acceptance Criteria, a

BY:
waste generator must undertake a detailed audit of waste to establish whether the
CERTIFICATE
waste:
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 is prohibited from disposal to landfill;

ENGG CERT
 is hazardous and suitable for landfill in its current condition;

 is hazardous and would meet the Waste Acceptance Criteria (WAC) for
dedicated hazardous landfill;
 is hazardous and regarded as stable and non-reactive;
 will be classified as inert, appears on the WAC lists and does not require testing;
 requires testing prior to being certain as to which class of landfill it can go to; or
DESCRIPTION
 has, or may be subject to treatment of some sort.
Details of the waste classification process are set out in Environmental Standard 9 –
Waste Classification. In addition, the measures to reduce impacts of waste disposal are
the responsibility of everyone at the facility. The most effective mitigation measures
involve waste minimization and waste reduction at the source. The overall approach to
waste management during construction and operations will be to apply the principles of
the „waste hierarchy‟. These principles are underpinned by reduce, reuse and recycle,
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
which classify waste management strategies according to their desirability. Key

requirements of this measure will include the following but not limited to:
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
 Details of a secure, dedicated waste storage area that provides bunding for
liquid hazardous waste, segregation for waste types and appropriate signage;
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE  Development of a programme to minimise, re-use and recycle (to the maximum
ENGINEER
extent possible) the different waste streams generated during construction. The
DATE:
programme will identify a collection, storage, treatment, re-use, and disposal
PROJECT route for each waste stream and identify potential third party re-users (where
ENGINEER
such waste cannot be reused);
DATE:  Description of the Saudi Aramco‟s commitment to good site practice and
CERTIFIED
identification of waste management personnel, including centres of
responsibilities and the reporting structure;
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION  Identification of all third party waste haulage contractors, waste management
AGENCY
contractors, locations of landfill and other waste management/disposal sites and
DATE:
their applicability for the waste types to be transferred; and
OPERATIONS
 Details of the Saudi Aramco‟s waste management system (i.e. training, storing,
containerising, labelling, transporting, disposing).
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
Much of the construction debris can be recycled. Specifically, the scrap steel generated
VERIFICATION
in new construction can be sent to nearby steel plants in Saudi Arabia for recycling.
EDSD
Plastics can be segregated and recycled. Scrap wood can be chipped and used to
DATE:
produce chip board and other building materials. Waste chemicals, solvents and spent
BY:
coating materials should be sent to approved reclamation handling facilities. Efforts

CERTIFICATE
should be made to minimize waste generation and disposal, where feasible.

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
With the implementation of the proposed waste management practices as described in

Chapter 6 as well as depicted in above section, no adverse environmental impacts are
envisaged for the handling, collection and disposal of waste during the construction
phase of the project.
5.8 Socio-Economic

DESCRIPTION
During construction of the Project, it is expected that the local and national economies
will be beneficially impacted, primarily through increased employment opportunities and
diversification of skill base within the existing workforce. The project will create
considerable potential for local enterprises to secure contracts for the provision of goods
and services. During the construction phase, local firms will be considered for contracts
to provide food, building materials, earthmoving equipment, etc.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
The Project may have both positive and negative effects on the local socio-economic
patterns of the area. The operational stage will require an additional 380 full time staff.
NO.
REV
The additional 380 staff will increase pressure on existing facilities within the Dammam /
C
D
B
DISCIPLINE Jubail / Ras Tanura and its surrounding area. Throughout the operational lifetime of the
ENGINEER
Project will provide specialized employment and training for local workforce. This will
DATE: feed into the local economy, thereby providing a long term sustained benefit for the local
PROJECT
ENGINEER community.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 5.8.3 Mitigation Measure
DATE: The following will be required of all Contractors to protect the welfare, health and safety
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY of the construction workforce:
DATE:  Expatriate work force must be sensitized to local customs, cultural and religious
OPERATIONS
sensitivities. Saudi Arabia is an Islamic country and therefore Islamic traditions
must be respected at all times. The expatriate work force must ensure work is
DATE: carried out in utmost respect of local customs and religious practices;
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
 Workers directly handle machineries and equipments must be trained as to

EDSD
avoid accidents;
 Adherence to Saudi Aramco standards for safe working environment;
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 All contractors will be required to uphold the requirements of the 2005 Saudi
ENGG CERT
Labour Law which regulates the relations between employers and workers;
 Ensure first aid kit provision at site in case of health trouble of workers.
 Arrangement of signs, indicators, warnings at construction areas;
 Provide personal safety equipments such as clothing, rubber boots; and
 Additionally the Project workforce must comply with Saudi Aramco standards for
health and safety including requirements for use of personal protective

DESCRIPTION
equipment (PPE).
5.9 Residual Effects
With the full implementation of the recommended mitigation measures for the
construction phases of the project, no unacceptable residual impacts are expected.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
6 WASTE MANAGEMENT
6.1 Introduction
The GER, 2001 makes specific reference to the control of solid waste materials and, in
particular, waste materials which are classified as hazardous in terms of their impacts on
DESCRIPTION
the environment. The following are of particular note:
 Article 14 (Hazardous Waste Management) identifies the Presidency of

Meteorology and the Environment (PME) as the responsible authority for the
regulation of waste materials; and
 GER Appendix 4 “Hazardous Waste Control Rules and Procedures” provides
details regarding the classifications of waste and the obligations placed on
producers, transporters and waste disposal authorities to ensure environmental
pollution is avoided. Prior to shipping any hazardous waste outside the facility,
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
the generator of hazardous waste shall comply with the requirements for
packaging, record keeping and duty of care obligations.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Further, the revised PME environmental standards issued in 2012 include the following,
which are of relevance to this assessment:
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 Environmental Standard 8 - Waste Acceptance Criteria;
DATE:  Environmental Standards 9 - Waste Classification;
PROJECT
ENGINEER
 Environmental Standard 12 - Waste Control;
DATE:  Environmental Standard 13 – Waste Handling and Storage;
CERTIFIED
 Environmental Standard 14 – Waste Training and Operators; and
DATE:  Environmental Standard 15 – Waste Transport.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME) and Saudi Aramco requires EPC
OPERATIONS contractors to use only approved waste management contractors for the management of
waste generated from the construction and operation associated with the Project.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
A comprehensive Waste Management Plan (WMP) would be developed for the

VERIFICATION
proposed project to be incorporated in the overall CEMP prior to construction of project

EDSD
to maximize the reduction, recycling and reuse of waste materials during the project. The
DATE:
WMP would set out methods for managing waste in accordance with the principles of the
BY:
PME/Saudi Aramco guidelines.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
6.2 Waste Management Plan
The Waste Management Plan (WMP) defines the waste management approach,
structure and related roles and responsibilities to ensure appropriate waste management
practices at the proposed project. A Waste Management Plan (WMP) must be
established early in the project execution separately for the construction and operational
phases of the project.

DESCRIPTION
The WMP must at a minimum address the following:
 List of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes that will be generated during the
project in line with Saudi Aramco and regulatory requirements;
 Disposal options for the construction wastes, hazardous and non hazardous
wastes;
 Identify Saudi Aramco Waste Management contractors authorized to collect and
dispose or treat the wastes;
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Waste Management Reporting requirements as agreed upon with Saudi Aramco

prior to start of construction activities;
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
 Summarize scope of construction work and services provided and describe the
camp to be constructed;
NO.
REV
D
B
 Provide 24-hour contacts for those responsible for implementing this plan;
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
 State that all Saudi Aramco hazardous wastes must be manifested using forms
DATE:
generated by the SAP EH&S system;
PROJECT
ENGINEER  State that all hazardous waste will be disposed of to Saudi Aramco-approved
waste management contractors;
DATE:
CERTIFIED
 State that waste containing free liquids shall not be disposed of to landfills;
 State that hazardous waste will not be stored on-site for more than three
DATE: months; and
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
 Identify reporting requirements for an environmental incident or spill.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
6.3 General objectives
DATE:
Waste management objectives applying to all EPC contractors are:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
 Improve the quality of the waste segregation;

 Minimize the generation of waste at source;
DATE:
BY:
 Maximize the re-use of waste;

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 Maximize recycling and recovery of waste products;

ENGG CERT
 Replace every type of environmentally unfriendly materials whenever technically

possible and at a lower cost;
 Set up the new waste monitoring system by implementing the Waste Manifest;
and
 Training to all employees about the WMP.
DESCRIPTION
6.4 Responsibilities
The Environmental Site Manager and HSE Manager have the “Duty of Care” to ensure
that all wastes generated on site are properly handled and sensibly disposed. The
Environmental site manager is responsible for developing, maintaining, checking the
implementation of, and updating the WMP.
Specifically, the managers have the following responsibilities:

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
 Ensure that the responsibilities of all employees under each WMP are clearly
defined and that all employees, contractors and sub-contractors are aware of
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
their responsibilities and are adequately trained and motivated to carry them
DATE
out;
 Monitor developments in environment legislation and standards, including
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
liaison with relevant external agencies, with respect to standards, license
ENGINEER requirements etc. and update the WMP;
DATE:  Developing waste management policy, handling / disposal procedures and
PROJECT
ENGINEER
flowcharts;
 Auditing waste records, tracking system and treatment and disposal methods;
DATE: and
CERTIFIED
 Ensures implementation of audit finding / results.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
6.5 Waste Management Approach
DATE:
OPERATIONS The overall approach to waste management plan (WMP) for the proposed project will be
to apply the principles of the „waste hierarchy‟. This refers to the „3Rs‟ of reduce, reuse
DATE:
and recycle, which classify waste management strategies according to their desirability.
CONTROL NUMBER
The overall aim of this waste hierarchy is to extract the maximum practical benefits from
VERIFICATION
materials and to generate the minimum amount of waste. Therefore, waste management
EDSD
practices at the Project site should involve consideration of the following:

DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 Ensuring compliance with national and international best practice guidance;

ENGG CERT
 Encouraging opportunities to minimize waste;

 Providing good on-site storage practices;
 Providing suitable waste receptacles for the segregation of waste streams for
recycling and general waste for disposal to landfill;
 Providing fully covered waste storage areas; and
 Appointing dedicated personnel responsible for waste management issues

DESCRIPTION
6.5.1 Waste Minimization Strategy
The international best practice advocates the need to operate sustainable waste
management practices for major industrial developments. Such guidance sets out
scenarios for dealing with waste in a preferential order from waste prevention and
reduction through to re-use, recovery (energy and materials) and disposal via landfill.
The waste hierarchy can be expressed as in Figure 6.1.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Figure ‎6.1: Project Waste Hierarchy

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Waste minimization is an important consideration in development projects. Potential

EDSD
benefits of identifying and implementing waste minimization opportunities include

DATE:
reduction in costs of construction materials and waste disposal, minimizing

BY:
environmental impact and reducing potential liabilities.

CERTIFICATE
The EPC contractor will be required to identify the types and quantities of waste that can
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
be minimized or effectively segregated for recycling/re-use and the materials that require
disposal to landfill. As part of this process, clearly labeled waste skips should be
provided for the separation of specific waste materials such as metal, wood, cardboard
and polythene for recycling. Separate skips or containers will also be provided for
residual waste streams generated during the construction phase which cannot be reused
or recycled.
In addition, and in accordance with the IFC EHS Guidelines (Waste Management),
DESCRIPTION
waste minimization should be encouraged among suppliers. This is likely to involve

suppliers committing to reducing surplus packaging associated with any construction
materials; particularly common packaging materials such as plastics (shrink wrap and
bubble wrap), cardboard and wooden pallets. This may also involve improved
procurement and consultation with selected suppliers regarding commitments to waste
minimization, recycling and the emphasis on continual improvements in environmental
performance. Table 6.1 below, summarizes the most important measures that will be
implemented to minimize the potential waste of on-site materials during construction.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Table 6.1: Measures to Reduce the Waste of on-site Materials

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Ordering Delivery
Avoid: Avoid:
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE  Over ordering (order „just in time‟);  Damage during unloading;

ENGINEER
 Delivery to inappropriate areas of the
 Ordering standard lengths rather than
DATE:
site;
PROJECT
ENGINEER
lengths required;  Accepting incorrect deliveries,
 Ordering for delivery at the wrong time specifications, or quantities.
DATE:
CERTIFIED (update programme regularly).
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Storage Handling
Avoid: Avoid:
DATE:  Damage to materials from incorrect  Damage or spillage through incorrect
OPERATIONS
storage; or repetitive handling.
 Loss, theft, or vandalism through secure
DATE:
storage and on-site security.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
Additionally, in order to ensure that such a system of reuse and recycling is effective a
DATE:
set of measures should be set out which encourages a programme of auditing at each
BY:
stage of the construction process. This will assist in achieving appropriate on-site waste
CERTIFICATE
targets and focus upon:


(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 Quantifying raw material wastage;

ENGG CERT
 Quantifying the generation of each waste stream;

 Methods by which the waste streams are being handled and stored;
 Quantifying the material disposed of off-site to landfill facilities; and,
 Identifying responsibilities.
6.5.2 Waste handling and temporary storage

DESCRIPTION
All waste generated during construction must be temporally stored in colored and
labeled drums / boxes / bins prior to disposal. The facility should have a designated and
signposted disposal point where waste is stored prior to its transfer to an appropriate
disposal facility.
6.5.3 Waste transport

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Only waste management companies with proper local registration and permits to collect
and dispose of waste shall be used.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
6.5.4 Waste training

NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
Training on waste management segregation and waste management plan must be
ENGINEER
presented by the Environmental Site Manager to all personnel.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 6.5.5 Waste monitoring
DATE: Waste monitoring is ensured by the implementation of the Waste Manifest. A waste
CERTIFIED
register must be developed on a monthly basis and compiled to reflect a calendar year.
DATE:
A system of waste manifests will be implemented using Saudi Aramco manifest system
CONSTRUCTION so that all waste transits and final disposal locations are known and recorded.
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
6.5.6 Waste auditing
Waste auditing must be undertaking as part of the quarterly general inspection by the
DATE:
Environmental Site Manager.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
6.5.7 Waste Inventory

DATE:
BY:
A waste inventory must be compiled every month. A typical waste inventory table is
presented in Table 6.2.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Table 6.2: Waste Inventory Table
Waste Operation/ Generation Waste Frequency of Waste

Equipment Location Quantity Generation Classification
Generating
Waste
DESCRIPTION
All expired and redundant chemicals, batteries, paints, thinner should be sent to
Reclamation storage and handling facilities for recycling purposes by using SA-112H
form through SAP
6.5.8 Waste Disposal
EPC contractor will be allowed to practice final disposal but only in accordance with the
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
requirements of the PME/ Saudi Aramco. Disposal of waste should be disposed as

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
follows:
DATE
 All inert construction debris generated during this project shall be disposed of in
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE a Class III landfill in accordance with SAES-S- 007 “Solid Waste Landfill
ENGINEER
Standard”;
DATE:  Other solid wastes generated, if any, shall be disposed of in accordance with
PROJECT
ENGINEER SAES-S- 007. Hazardous waste, if any, shall be managed in accordance with GI
DATE:
CERTIFIED  All excavation and backfill activities shall be conducted in accordance with
SAES-A- 114.
DATE: SAP EH&S Waste Management manifest will be implemented for hazardous waste so
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY that all waste transits and final disposal locations are known and recorded.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
7 Environmental Management plan

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is a procedural document that outlines the
environmental goals of the project, the measures to be implemented, the timing of the
implementation in relation to the progress of the project, responsibilities for
implementation and management, and a review process.
The EMP will focus on the implementation of the Construction Environmental

DESCRIPTION
Management Plan (CEMP) in order to guide the implementation of the proposed project
in an environmentally friendly and socially acceptable manner. The CEMP will form the
part of the contract documents and will be used as monitoring tool for compliance.
An Environmental Site Manager (ESM) should be appointed for the duration of the
construction period. He will be responsible for the implementation of the CEMP as well
to track the health and safety. They will be able to call upon additional specialist
resources to conduct specific monitoring if required, for example noise levels and air
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
quality (dust particulate) during the construction process. The ESM will update Saudi
Aramco on the project‟s overall environmental performance and any issues which may
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
require corrective action as a result from any of the proposed construction activities.
DATE
The key objectives of the EMP would include the following but not limited to:
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER  Ensuring that works are carried out in accordance with relevant environmental
statutory requirements;
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
 Ensuring that works are carried out in accordance with the goals and
requirements presented in this EIA;
DATE:  Ensuring that works are carried out in such a way as to minimise the likelihood
CERTIFIED
of environmental degradation;
DATE:  Ensuring that works are carried out in such a way as to manage the impact of
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
the works (e.g. noise, traffic) on neighbouring properties;
 Ensuring that all employees engaged in the works comply with the terms and
DATE:
conditions of the EMP;
OPERATIONS
 Providing clear procedures for management of environmental impacts, including
DATE:
corrective actions; and
CONTROL NUMBER
 Identifying management responsibilities and reporting requirements to ensure

VERIFICATION
compliance with the EMP.

EDSD
DATE:
The proposed project should be constructed and operated in accordance with the
BY:
applicable environmental laws and standards. In order to ensure compliance with

CERTIFICATE
environmental legislation, a comprehensive Construction Environmental Management

Plan (CEMP) should be developed by EPC contractor to manage environmental risks

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
during construction phase of project.
7.1 Environmental Monitoring
Environmental monitoring would be a fundamental component of both the construction

and operational phase for the Project. An outline of the proposed monitoring methods,
locations, frequency, criteria and responsibilities would be detailed in the relevant EMP.
DESCRIPTION
7.1.1 Construction Phase Monitoring
The proposed monitoring requirements associated with the management strategies to be

implemented during construction are outlined in Table 7.1.
Table 7.1: Proposed Monitoring − Site Preparation and Construction Phases
Monitoring requirement Frequency Implementation Responsibility

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Inspect the condition of areas affected Weekly Construction EPC contractor

by construction activities.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
Monitor compliance of the construction Weekly Construction EPC contractor

activities with the national guidelines.
Inspect areas adjacent to individual Weekly Site Preparation EPC contractor
NO.
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
construction areas to ensure that site and Construction
ENGINEER preparation and construction activities
are not having an adverse impact on
DATE: adjoining land.
PROJECT
ENGINEER Soil
DATE:
Inspect heavy vehicles before they As Site Preparation EPC contractor
CERTIFIED leave the sites, to ensure that soil is not necessary and Construction
adhering to the undercarriage of
DATE:
vehicles.
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Inspect construction zones to ensure Weekly Construction EPC contractor
that erosion is not occurring.
DATE: Testing of soils or other site materials As Site Preparation EPC contractor
OPERATIONS should be carried out prior to any necessary and Construction
disposal or reuse
DATE: Groundwater
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Inspect excavated areas (foundations, As Construction EPC contractor

trenches) and implement appropriate necessary
EDSD
management for discharge/disposal of

DATE:
groundwater
BY:
Noise
CERTIFICATE
Conduct investigative noise monitoring As required Site Preparation EPC contractor /

in response to specific complaints. and Construction Saudi Aramco
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT

Air Quality
Visually monitor dust generation from Daily Site Preparation EPC contractor
work zones to ensure that excessive and Construction
dust is not being produced.
Traffic and Transport
Visual inspection of construction zones Weekly Site Preparation EPC contractor

to ensure construction vehicles are and Construction
DESCRIPTION
using defined roads and access points.

Check that trucks are not overloaded, Daily Site Preparation EPC contractor
adhere to speed limits, trays are and Construction
covered and materials are loaded and
unloaded carefully.
Hazards and Safety
Inspect construction machinery to Monthly Construction EPC contractor
ensure that it is in a good state and is
not leaking oil or fuel.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Waste
Inspect waste receptacles to ensure Weekly Site Preparation EPC contractor
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
that they are not being overfilled and and Construction

being collected on a regular basis.
Inspect the construction site to evaluate Weekly Construction EPC contractor /
NO.
REV
D
B
the effectiveness of waste storage and Saudi Aramco

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER collection practices.
Monitor waste recycling and disposal Weekly Construction EPC contractor /
DATE:
PROJECT
procedures to ensure they are being Saudi Aramco
ENGINEER complied with national regulation.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
7.1.2 Operating Phase Monitoring

DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY The proposed monitoring requirements associated with the management strategies to be
implemented during operation are outlined in Table 7.2
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Table 7.2: Proposed Monitoring – Operating Phase
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Establish a preventive maintenance (PM) Monthly Operation Saudi Aramco

plan that includes routine inspections of
EDSD
the Shops and Office buildings.

DATE:
Inspect and maintain HVAC system, Monthly Operation Saudi Aramco

BY:
electrical system to ensure that they are in

a good state of repair and are operating as

CERTIFICATE
per specification.
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
All hard-standing will be inspected, cracks Frequently Operation Saudi Aramco

reported and repaired.
Noise monitoring on site boundary Yearly Operation Saudi Aramco
7.2 Environmental Training

An environmental training program is recommended prior to the start of construction

activities. The objectives of the training program would be to familiarize project
DESCRIPTION
personnel with the environmental regulatory requirements, Saudi Aramco standards,

environmental impacts and mitigation measures recommended in this report. The ESM
will provide this training and training program should involve personnel involved in the
construction phase of the project.
7.3 Environmental Reporting

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Environmental performance reporting is a key decision support tool that provides

management with the information to make meaningful and positive change.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
Environmental performance periodic reports would be prepared by EPC contractor

DATE
during the construction phase and by Saudi Aramco during the operations phase.
NO.
REV
D
B
If the reports identify any shortcomings in the way that the construction activities or the
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER operations are being conducted, or in the performance of environmental control
structures, the necessary changes would be made and the management plan would be
DATE:
PROJECT updated to reflect these changes.
ENGINEER
DATE:
Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department would receive all reports and
CERTIFIED prompt notification of any incidents or deviations in performance, and could inspect
monitoring performance data at any time.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
7.4 Environmental Audit and Corrective Action
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Environmental audits would be carried out during the construction and operational
phases of the Project. An independent accredited auditor would conduct environmental
DATE:
audits in accordance with a schedule nominated in the EMP.
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
The information contained in the EIA would be assessed to ensure that the construction
and operation phases of the Project meet acceptable environmental standards. The
DATE:
BY:
audit would be based on available information and observations, and would not include
additional sampling or data collection.

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
The internal auditing scheme will be developed to assure that the implementation of the
EMP is successful. Quarterly audits will be conducted at the worksites to determine
contractor compliance with the CEMP.
Depending on the findings of the audit, Environmental Site Manager will propose
measures to take the necessary corrective actions by defining measures, responsibilities
and deadlines where the schedule of the EMP is not met.
DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
8 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

This EIA was carried out during the project proposal stage to upgrade shops project (BI-
10- 01545). The EIA was carried out in line with PME and SAEP-13 standard procedures
and therefore involved review of project specifications, regulatory requirements,
determining existing environmental conditions through field surveys, identification and
evaluation of impacts and providing recommendations for mitigation measures.

DESCRIPTION
The objective of the assessment was to determine in advance the environmental

impacts from the construction and operational phases and in turn to identify and
recommend appropriate mitigation, monitoring and control measures.
The majority of the potential impacts will occur during the construction phase of the
proposed project. As part of the overall project mitigation a Construction Environmental
Management Plan (CEMP) should be developed and implemented. It is recommended
that an Environmental Site Manager (ESM) is appointed to the project. He would be
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
responsible for project environmental performance.

08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
The main impacts predicted if the project proceeds are summarized below:
DATE
 In the construction phase, dust and exhaust emissions is a major concern in

NO.
REV
D
B
respect of air quality. Emissions would be generated during site preparation

DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER activities and movement of construction equipment. No major impacts on air
quality would be anticipated during the operational phases of the project;
DATE:
PROJECT  Noise emissions from the project could impact the project workforce during the
ENGINEER
construction and operational phases. It is envisaged that the noise generated
during the construction and operational phases is not expected to cause any
DATE:
CERTIFIED
adverse impact if practical solution of minimizing noise are implemented;
 No significant impact on soil and groundwater is expected from the construction
DATE: phase of the project if mitigation measures described in EIA are implemented. In
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY the operational phase, no impacts are predicted except accidental spillage etc.
 Considerable amounts of solid waste will be generated during construction and
DATE:
OPERATIONS demolition. These wastes are not anticipated to create serious environmental
impacts as long as good construction practices are followed and wastes are
managed in accordance with Saudi Aramco General Instructions “Implementing
the Saudi Aramco Hazardous Waste Code (GI-0430.001)”as well as national
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
legislation. No waste impacts are anticipated during operation of the project.

EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 The proposed site assigned for the construction has approved land use permit.
ENGG CERT
It is expected that the workforce will be sourced locally and they will be
accustomed to the local traditions and cultural practices. Health and Safety of
workers, including contractor‟s employees shall be ensured by strict adherence
to Saudi Aramco‟s protocols.
This EIA has concluded that the significant environmental impacts are mainly in the
construction phase of the project and can be mitigated and controlled by implementing
the various recommendations provided in this report.

DESCRIPTION
8.1 Recommendations
With regard to the potential dust and noise impact arising from the construction activities,
it is recommended that environmental monitoring and auditing shall be undertaken
during the construction phase of the Project to monitor compliance with permissible
levels.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
BI-10-01545
BI-10-01545
Site inspections are recommended to ensure that mitigation measures are in place and
operating effectively during the construction phase.
08/03/15
12/02/15
13/05/15
DATE
The existing wastewater treatment system has capacity of 35 GPM for sanitary
NO.
REV
wastewater and 377 GPM for industrial wastewater. Treatment plant is receiving sanitary
C
D
B
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
waste approx. 25 GPM from NGL and associated existing facilities. During operation
stage, the new facility will add up approx. 16 GPM which ultimately exceeds the design
DATE: capacity of treatment plant. Therefore it is recommended that a study to be conducted
PROJECT
ENGINEER to evaluate options to upgrade the existing sewage system (including the STP) to
accommodate the additional demand due to the new facilities of BI-10-01545.
DATE:
CERTIFIED
The project site, in general is paved with asphalt, however small portion (where shipping
DATE: & receiving shade will be constructed) is bare soil. Project site is a Brownfield site
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
therefore it is recommended that soil contamination study should be conducted in non-
paved area only.
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of D
86
H
l
EDSD REV
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
12/02/15
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
BI-10-01545
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
JU'AYMAH

Doc
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
Appendix - A
Space Program of
PLANT NO.
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
BI- 10-01545
Proposed Shops and Office Buildings
DRAWING NO.
of
86
83
SHT.NO.
D
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
SPACE PROGRAM FOR THE PROPOSED
SHOPS AND OFFICE BUILDING

Indoor Outdoor
Employees
Count
Facility
Count
Count
(SM)
(SM)
Area
Area
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Total Area Total Area (SM)
Shops Building
Shop Space
Electrical Repair Shop 60 1 941 941
Electric Motor test Shop 1 500 500
Machine Shop 80 1 1325 1325
Machine Repair Shop 60 2 925 1850
Loading/Unloading Area 5 120 600
Access Lanes 5 180 900
Total Shop Space Circulation 884
Shop Space Total 7000
Shop Support
Tool Room 1 90 90
Storage 4 25 100
Coffee/Tea/ Lunch Room 1 120 120
Total Shop Support Circulation 47
Shop Support Space Total 357
Office Space
Office Space Office Type 1 8 8 5 40
Total Office Space Circulation 128
Office Support
Training/Learn/Meeting Room 1 50 50
Filing Room 1 6 6
Storage 4 6 24
Coffee/Tea Room 1 6 6
Total Office Support Circulation 42
Office Support Total 136
Building Amenities
Air Locks 8 2 16
Toilets/Showers 2 50 100
Janitor Room 1 4 4
Total Building Amenities Circulation 225
Outdoor
Parking (Shaded) 72 30
Storage Yard 1 300
Shipping Area (Shaded) 1 900
Outdoor Total 3360
Shops Building Total 240 8772
Office Building
Mechanical Svcs Shops Department
(30003696)
Indoor Outdoor
Employees
Count
Facility
Count
Count
(SM)
(SM)
Area
Area
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Office Space Office Type 1 2 2 5

Office Space Office Type 2 5 5 7
Closed Office Type-1 0 0 12
Printing & Technical Svcs Division
(30003705)
Northern Shops Svcs Division
(30003732)
Field Shop Service Division (300014751)
Corporate Maintenance Services
(30015228)
Total Office Circulation 511
Office Support
Conference Room Type-1 1 120 120
Conference Room Type-1 3 15 45
Filling Room 5 6 30
Storage 5 6 30
Coffee/Tea Room 5 6 30
Total Office Support Circulation 108
Building Amenities
Entrance/Lobby/Reception 1 50 50
Air Locks 2 2 4
Toilets 4 25 100
Janitor Room 1 4 4
Total Building Amentias Circulation 116
Outdoor
Parking 78 30 2352
Landscaping 1 250 250
Indoor Outdoor
Employees
Count
Facility
Count
Count
(SM)
(SM)
Area
Area
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Outdoor Total 2602

Office Building Total 140 2510 2602
Space Program Total 380 11282 5962
EDSD REV
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
12/02/15
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
BI-10-01545
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
JU'AYMAH

Doc
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
Appendix - B
PLANT NO.
Shops Equipment
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
BI- 10-01545
DRAWING NO.
of
86
84
SHT.NO.
D
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
Requirements
Manufacture/Specification/N
(Utilities & Space

Justification For New
Equipment Source
Shop Floor
(Safe Working
Equipment
Equipment
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Space)
otes
No. Comments
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Electrical Repair and Motor Test Shops
Vibration
1 Monitor Asset# 10 2 2 4 1 D
A07611870000
Lexeco core loss
Lexeco, 125 KVA ,300
2 tester Asset#
Amps, 460VAC/1PH/60Hz 144 2 2 2 1 D
A05808128000
3 Overhead Crane 100 Ton With 25 auxiliary 57.6 0 0 0 1 A
60 Ton with 10 ton
4 Overhead Crane 48 0 0 0 1 A
auxiliary
5 Jib crane 10 Ton 14.4 0 0 0 2 A
6 Jib Crane 3 Ton 7.2 0 0 0 2 A
Size: 7 m long X 5 m wide,
7 Baking Oven 4 m Height. Temperature: 7.2 6 6 36 1 C/D
300 oF
size: 2.5 m X 2.5 m X 2.5
8 Burn-Out Oven 17.4 6 5 30 1 C
m Temperature: 800 oF
Dynamic No Load Test
Induction And
New Motor Testing Synchronous Motors
9 8 15 120 1 C/D
Facility 13.8KVA/10MVA 34000
HP with HV/LV
switchgears
10 Test Metal Bed 7 M X7 M N/A 5 6 30 1 C
With Emergency Gravity
Tank Note: should be
11 Lube Oil System design and connected for 14 2 3 6 1 C
both motor test facility
(13.8KV & 4160V)
With Latest
12 Control Room 14 5 5 25 1 C
Instrumentations
CAM Innovation inc. 215
13 Brazing Machine 8 4 4 16 2 A
Phi st. Hanover PA
Dry ICE Blasting
14 ICE-Tech USA 4 2 3 6 3 A
M/C
Portable Motor
15 Oil Lubrication YANG HSUN Tech Co. 2 3 3 9 1 A
System
Electromagnetic
16 Core Imperf. Qualitrol Dubai 4 2 2 4 1 A
Det. (ELE CID)
Static Motor SKF Eurotrade AB- KSA
17 3 3 3 9 1 A
Analyser Dammam
Coils Winding
18 Jenlor-Samatic Ltd. 4 3 3 9 D
Machine 1
19 Thermal Camera EXTECH 4 1 1 1 1 A
CSI 2140 Mach. The CSI 2140 Collector is
20 Health Analyzer the industry's only portable 2 2 3 6 1 D
- Portable vibration data collector
POSI LOCK 100 ton
21 Hydraulic Pullers 4 2 3 6 1 C/D
hydraulic pullers
Requirements
(Utilities & Space

Equipment Source
Shop Floor
(Safe Working
Equipment
Equipment
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Space)
otes
No. Comments
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Insulation
size 4 m L X 3 m W X 3 m
22 Material Large 6 6 6 36 1 C/D
H Temperature: -30oC
Fridge
Motor
23 Rewinding Tools Martnidale -set of tools 3 3 4 12 1 A
Equip - Set.
Grieve, 46" W X 48" D X
36" H, Temp Up To 1250º
24 Oven 36 3 3 9 1 D
F For ERU SAP #
2773324
25 Test Facility 4160 Volts SAP # 2273712 5 15 75 1 -
26 Run-Out Table SAP # 2273748 9.6 2 5 10 1 -
Bead Blast
27 'SAP # 2273718 9.6 2 2 4 1 -
Machine
178-ERU
28 ROTEX SAP #2273745 2 3 6 1 -
PUNCHER G14
178-ERU
29 STEAM SAP # 2273762 2 2 4 1 -
CLEANER
178-SMALL
30 TRANSFORME SAP # 2273780 3 4 12 1 -
R TSU- A4
Relocate 178-ERU
31 HYDRAULIC SAP # 2273792 2 2 4 1 -
PRESS/ F-14B
178-ERU HYD.
32 POULAN'S SAP # 2273795 3 3 9 1 -
PULLER
178-ERU HYD.
33 POULAN'S SAP # 2274448 3 3 9 1 -
PULLER
Hydraulic
34 SAP # 3351037 2 2 4 -
Wrench
178- CORE
35 LOSS TESTER/ SAP # 3282782 2 2 4 1 -
ERU
Machine Shop
55" Dia Chuck X 59"
Bullard VTL 56"
1 Hight Range SAP# 36 5 5 25 1 D
NSD
2274416 -NSD
Lucas, Conventional
Horiz. Boring Vertical Travel (Y): 2000
Mach. SAP mm, Columm Long Travel
2 48 6 7 36 1 D
2276201 or : 1400 mm, Cross Travel :
2276202 3000 mm, Rotary Table :
New 1600 mm X 2500 mm
Nugier SAP#2273700
3 Hydro Press 10 2 2 4 1 D
NSD
Binns &Berry, 42" Dia X
240" Long X 6" Spindle
4 Horizontal Lathe Bore, Asset# 34 3 10 30 1 D
A0580817600042
SAP#2276285 DSD
5 Horizontal Lathe Lodge & Shipley, 42" Dia 34 3 10 30 1 D
Requirements
(Utilities & Space

Equipment Source
Shop Floor
(Safe Working
Equipment
Equipment
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Space)
otes
No. Comments
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
X 240" long X 12" spindle
6 Slotting Machine Bliss SAP# 2276283 DSD 14 3 6 18 1 D
Le Blond, 42" Dia X 160"
7 Lathe long X 12" Spindle Bore 34 3 6 18 1 D
SAP#2274191 NSD
Bullard, 86" Dia Chuck X
8 Vertical Lathe 78" Height Range 48 7 7 49 1 D
SAP#2275594 DSD
Leopoldo 42" Dia X 120" Long X 9"
9 Pontiggia H Spindle Bore sap#2276286 7 3 6 15 1 A
Lathe DSD
CIFE, 46"X48"X36" Temp
10 Small Oven Up To 1250º F 14 2 2 4 1 D
SAP#2275038 NSD
Le Blond Regal, 26" Dia
Chuck X 80" Long, Asset
11 Horizontal Lathe 34 3 6 18 1 D
# A05807764001
SAP#2276289 DSD
Balancing 40 ton, 32 ft long bed, 132"
12 72 4 15 60 1 A
Machine swing universal drive
Up To 8 Inches Depth
Water Jet
13 Cutting And Accuracy Up 480V 3 5 15 1 A
Machine
To ± 0.002”
Tube Pulling Air
14 NSD 0 2 2 4 1 A
Wench
15 Overhead Crane 50 Ton/ 10 ton 29 0 0 0 1 A
16 Overhead Crane 35 Ton 19 0 0 0 1 A
18 Jib cranes 2 Ton 7 0 0 0 15 A
Big Horizontal Le Blond, 93" Dia Chuck
19 36 4 16 64 1 A
Lathe Machine X 384" Long SAP #
Large Drill
20 NSD 14 3 4 12 1 A
Machine
Grinder surface
Vertical. CNC Magnetic Chuck 36”
21 3 4 12 1 C/D
Segmented Height 20”
wheel.
CNC Chuck 50”
22 Grinder Vertical 3 4 12 1 C/D
Height 100”
NC Chuck 12”
Grinding Swing 32”
23 3 4 12 1 C/D
Cylindrical Saddle 120”
NC Chuck 18”
Grinding
24 Swing 40” 3 4 12 1 C/D
Cylindrical
Long bed 250”
NC Length of table 40”
25 Grinding Surface 3 4 12 2 C/D
Height 12”
NC Length of table 60”
26 Grinding Surface 3 4 12 1 C/D
Height 12”
NC Table 90”x40”
27 Milling Machine 3 4 12 2 C/D
Height 30”
NC Table 60”x15”
28 Milling Machine 3 4 12 3 C/D
Height 20”
Requirements
(Utilities & Space

Equipment Source
Shop Floor
(Safe Working
Equipment
Equipment
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Space)
otes
No. Comments
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Keyseater Table 20”x20” Height
29 3 4 12 1 C/D
Slotting 20”
Keyseater NC Chuck 36” Height
30 3 4 12 1 C/D
Slotting 60”
Table 25”x30” Height
31 Band saw 3 4 12 1 C/D
20”
Heavy duty similar to
Hacksaw Yanbu Shop Bed long
32 4 4 16 2 C/D
Reciprocating 40”, Blade 36”, Height
30”
NC Height 60”
33 Radial Drill 4 5 20 2 C/D
Length of arm 75”
Wheel cutter.
34 Cutoff wheel Wheel OD 30” 4 4 16 1 C/D
M/C
Laser Bond.
35 Welding Welding and lathe machine 4 4 16 1 C/D
Machine
H/D Horizontal
Machine Retrofit Gidding & Lewis, SAP # Foundation
36 48 7 6 42 1 -
Of Control Is 2275598 Ready
Required
Turret Boring 72" Vertical, SAP #
37 36 4.5 4 18 1 -
Machine 2276203
Balancing
38 12 Ton, SAP # 4105261 29 6.5 11 72 1 -
Machine
Small Lathe Foundation
39 Dainichi, SAP # 2907853 10 1.5 3.5 5 1 -
Machine Ready
40 Lathe Machine Le Blond, SAP # 2276290 36 3 10 30 1 -
Balancing
41 SAP # 3262605 14 4 4.5 18 1 -
Machine
No
Small Balancing
42 SAP # 2276211 14 3.5 4.5 16 2 - foundation
Machine
required
Horizontal
43 Relocate Morey, SAP # 3112849 34 7 5 35 1 -
Borning Machine
Vertical (boring)
44 160", SAP # 2275590 48 8 8 64 1 -
Turret Mill
Foundation
45 Dainchi lathe SAP # 2907849 49 8 8 64 1 -
Ready
48 Harrison Lathe SAP # 2907818 52 8 8 64 1 -
49 Harrison Lathe SAP # 2882222 53 8 8 64 1 -
SAP # 2277119 No
50 Doall Bandasw 54 8 8 64 1 -
foundation Required
SAP # 2275599 &
51 Hand press 55 8 8 64 2 -
2276200
Medding
52 SAP # 2276261 56 8 8 64 1 -
Bedestal
53 G&L Drill SAP # 2276258 57 8 8 64 1 -

New
2 Auxiliary 10 Ton 14 0 0 0 1 A
Requirements
(Utilities & Space

Equipment Source
Shop Floor
(Safe Working
Equipment
Equipment
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Space)
otes
No. Comments
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
Overhead Crane
3 Overhead Crane 20Ton 19 0 0 0 5 A
4 Jib Crane Electrical, 2-3 Ton 7 0 0 0 24 A
5 Jib Crane Electrical, 6 Ton 14 0 0 0 2 A
Ground Hole ( Depth 4
Stacking & De- M.X 1.3M ID, Internal
6 stacking Rotor pipe length =2.3M X 0 3 3 9 2 A
Area External pipe hight =0.75
M.
Tool/Storage
7 Part of offices 0 10 20 200 1 A
Room
Including Test Tables Two
8 Governor Room 0 6 10 60 1 A
(2) Each
NDT Inspection Including all tools- Part of
9 0 4 4 16 1 A
Room offices
Re-blading And
10 0 2 3 6 1 A
Peening Bench
Internal
Between Unit Bays Along
11 Overhead 0 0 0 0 10 A
Each Roll Doors
Railways
Yard & B/Log
12 0 20 20 400 1 A
Area
2 EA in
MRU#1 & 1
Supose to be Included with
EA in
Rotation Function
13 Run-Out Table 9.6 2 5 10 3 - MRU#2 but
System& Probe Track
with required
Monitors
system and
monitors
Including Table And Advise to buy
Horizontal Press
14 Brackets SAP #2274487 9.6 2 2 4 1 - new one for
Machine
/MRU#2 MRU#1
Vertical Press MRU#1 SAP#2275597
15 9.6 2 3 6 2 -
Machine /MRU#2 SAP# 2275515
MRU#1 has 3 EA
,SAP#2274415,
Drill Press 2277160,2275504 &
16 9.6 2 2 4 6 -
Machine MRU#has 3 EA
SAP#2275071,2275502,
Relocate
2275074
The damage
MRU#1 has one will be
SAP#2274407,2nd one sent for
Bench without SAP#.MRU#2 has reclamation
17 7.2 2 2 4 3 -
Grinder/Brush 2 EA ,one EA SAP # and advise to
2275094 & other one Is add 1 more
2275098, (DAMAGE) for MRU#2
as new
Oven SAP Located In
18 Up To 1,200 Degrees 33.6 2 2 4 1 -
#2274411 MRU#1
MRU#2 has 2 EA, 1 SAP Advise to buy
Manual Press
19 # is 2274485,other one 0 1 2 2 6 - additional 4
Machine
without SAP # Manual press
Advise to buy
H/Speed Bench SAP #
20 Run-Out Table 9.6 1.5 5 8 1 - new small &
2274417 & 2274483
Medium HS
Requirements
(Utilities & Space

Equipment Source
Shop Floor
(Safe Working
Equipment
Equipment
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Space)
otes
No. Comments
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
rotor run out
check Bench
& V blocks
Flatness & Laser
21 In Old DH Training shop 0 3 3 9 1 -
Alignment Bed
Bead Blast Cabinet With Ventilation
22 14.4 2 2 4 2 -
Machine System
Wood word
23 SAP# 3191181 2 4 8 1 -
Governor Tester
Wood word
24 SAP# 2275082 3 4 12 1 -
Governor Tester
Located in
25 Grieve Oven SAP# 2274450 5 5 25 1 -
MRU#2
26 Hydraulic press SAP# 2274407 3 3 9 -
27 Hydraulic puller SAP# 2274413 & 2274452 2 3 6 2 -
Lifting Beam
28 SAP# 2274457 & 2274459 2 2 4 1 -
12.5 T & 25 ton
29 Hand Press SAP# 2274491 & 2275526 2 2 4 1 -
30 pedestal grinder SAP# 2275096 2 2 4 1 -
SAP# 2275509 & SAP #
31 impact wrench 2 2 4 1 -
3261006
32 honning machine SAP# 2275522 2 2 4 1 -
33 vertical Balancer SAP# 2275570 2 2 4 1 -
34 Lapping Master SAP# 3008629 2 2 4 1 -
35 Drill SAP# 3225446 2 2 4 1 -
General
Due to the
changes of
Two cranes on the same the proposed
Rail mounted rails installed outside layout of the
1 gantry Crane - shops for loading and 15 15 50 750 1 A shops. This is
Demag unloading. 80 ton and 40 required for
ton* shipping
loading and
unloading.
Tools vending
2 Cromwell Tools in UK 3 2 5 10 3 A
machines
TrollY Series
SGAM Tired 1 ton Capacity, 1500mm X
3 0 0 0 2 A
Batt. Elect. Self- 1000mm
New
Prop. Trailer
TrollY Series
SGAM Tired 2 ton Capacity, 2000mm X
4 0 0 0 2 A
Batt. Elect. Self- 1000mm
Prop. Trailer
TrollY Series
SGAM Tired 3.5 ton Capacity, 3000mm
5 0 0 0 1 A
Batt. Elect. Self- X 1500 mm
Prop. Trailer
Trolly SBR 4R
5ton For rotor transferring
70/ Ind. trailers
internal the shops. This
6 Self-prop. on rail 0 0 0 1 A
might be shared with ERU
at self-acting
& MSU.
handl. by
Requirements
(Utilities & Space

Equipment Source
Shop Floor
(Safe Working
Equipment
Equipment
Quantity
Power (KVA)
Space)
otes
No. Comments
Length (M)
Width (M)
Area (SM)
batteries
Trolly SERIES
SGAI
VSP3TIRED
100 tons, 6000mm X
BATTERY
7 2500mm For rotor, cases 0 0 0 1 A
ELECTRONIC
outside use.
SELF-
PROPELLED
TRAILER
Chargeable
8 3 tons 0 0 0 3 A
Hayster
Total 218
EDSD REV
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
12/02/15
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
BI-10-01545
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
JU'AYMAH

Doc
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
Appendix - C
PLANT NO.
Land Use Permit
Land Use Permit 43218 – Power Line Route

Land Use Permit 41249 – Proposed Parking
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
Land Use Permit 41248 – Proposed Office Building
Land Use Permit 41250 – Proposed Shops Building
BI- 10-01545
Land Use Permit 42569 –Shipping and Receiving Area
DRAWING NO.
of
86
85
SHT.NO.
D
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
EDSD REV
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
12/02/15
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
BI-10-01545
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
DATE:
JU'AYMAH

Doc
Report
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
Appendix – D
PLANT NO.
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
BI- 10-01545
DRAWING NO.
Phase 1 Preliminary Risk Assessment
of
86
86
SHT.NO.
D
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
EDSD REV
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
A BI-10-01545 Preliminary Risk Assessment Report
13/05/15
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU'AYMAH

PHASE 1 PRELIMINARY RISK ASSESSMENT
Doc
Al-Khobar
Al-Khobar
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
13 May 2015
Prepared By:
BI-10-01545
Prepared For:
KBR – AMCDE
Appendix D
PLANT NO.
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
BI- 10-01545
Arabian Environmental Science Ltd. Company
DRAWING NO.
Phase 1 Preliminary Risk Assessment Report
1
of
22
SHT.NO.
A
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 4
1 INTRODUCTION 6
1.1 Background 6
Preliminary Risk Assessment Report
1.2 Proposed Future Land Use 7

1.3 Aims of the Preliminary Risk Assessment 7
DESCRIPTION
1.4 Sources of Information 7

2 SITE RECONNAISSANCE 9
2.1 Site Location 9
2.2 Site Description 9
2.3 Geology 10
2.4 Hydrogeology 12
2.5 Hydrology 12
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
2.6 Structures and Surfacing 12

2.7 Vegetation 12
13/05/15
DATE
2.8 Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks 12

2.9 Chemical Use and Storage 13
NO.
REV
2.10 Hazardous and Industrial Waste 14

A
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
2.11 Air Emissions 14
2.12 Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) 14
DATE:
PROJECT
2.13 Spills and Releases 14
ENGINEER
2.14 Surrounding Land Use 14
2.14.1 North 14
DATE:
CERTIFIED 2.14.2 South 14
2.14.3 East 15
DATE: 2.14.4 West 15
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY 3 CURRENT LAND USES 16
3.1 Current Site Use 16
DATE:
OPERATIONS 3.2 Historical Land Uses 16
3.3 Historical Maps Assessment 16
DATE:
4 PRELIMINARY ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT 19
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
4.1 Introduction 19
EDSD
4.2 Risk Assessment Evaluation 19

4.3 Conceptual Site Model 20
DATE:
BY:
5 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 22

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________
PHASE 1 PRELIMINARY RISK ASSESSMENT DWG.TYPE PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. SHT.NO. REV.NO.

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
LIST OF TABLES
Table 4. 2: Category and Definition ........................................................................................... 19

Table 4. 3: Risk Matrix .............................................................................................................. 20

Table 4. 4: Conceptual Site Model ............................................................................................. 20
DESCRIPTION
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2. 1: Juaiymah site plot plan .............................................................................................. 9

Figure 2. 2: Site Development Plan within existing Juaiymah Shops .......................................... 10
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
Figure 2. 3: Borehole locations at Project Site (Source RGF geotechnical report) ...................... 11
Figure 2. 4: Abandoned Propane and diesel tanks within Juaiymah shops ................................ 13
13/05/15
Figure 2. 5: Abandoned oven within Juaiymah shops ................................................................. 13

DATE
Figure 2. 6: Surrounding view of Juaiymah Workshop (Adapted from the Google Earth)............ 15
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Figure 3. 1: Current use of the Juaiymah Workshop ................................................................... 16

DATE:
PROJECT
Figure 3. 2: Historical use of abandoned facility (layout plan) ..................................................... 17
ENGINEER Figure 3. 3: Historical use of the Juaiymah Workshop ................................................................ 17
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Executive Summary
A risk assessment is a process that identifies all the potential contamination hazards and
considers the likelihood of harm being caused to human health and the wider
environment. The assessment should be site specific and a good environmental risk
assessment should contribute to effective site development by providing a

comprehensive and robust aid to decision-making.
DESCRIPTION
In order to comply Environmental Projection Department (EPD) comment, Phase 1

preliminary risk assessment (PRA) study has been undertaken to assess the potential
hazards that could present a risk at the proposed project site. The purpose of the
Preliminary Risk Assessment is to develop an initial conceptual model of the site and
establish whether or not there are potentially unacceptable risks posed by either
historical, current, or planned future use of the land.
This study has been conducted in accordance with the regulations and procedures
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
identified within Contaminated Land Publication CLR11 „Model Procedures for the
Management of Land Contamination‟ (2004) and British Standard BS10175
13/05/15
„Investigation of Potentially Contaminated Sites Code of Practice‟ (2011).

DATE
The project site is located within the existing Juaiymah Workshop. It is proposed that the
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
Juaiymah workshop will be upgraded to include the following building structures:
ENGINEER
 Workshop and Sub-station building (measuring approximately 3528 m2)

DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
 Administration building (measuring approximately 400 m2)
 Shaded parking area (measuring approximately 400 m 2)
DATE:  Shaded Shipping receiving area (measuring approximately 400 m 2)
CERTIFIED
DATE:
A Site Reconnaissance was undertaken on April 14, 2015 at the project site to obtain
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
available information, gain an understanding of any historical or current risks to the site
and also to observe any potential risks associated with the site or surrounding land. In
DATE: general, project site is paved with asphalted and concreted while a small portion where
OPERATIONS
shipping & receiving shade will be constructed is bare soil. Currently project site is empty
and has not been used for any activities in past.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
A Preliminary Environmental Risk Assessment has considered all the relevant

EDSD
Receptors, potential Pathways, and Sources of contamination and assessed these for
the level of risk posed to the site and future site users. This information has been used
DATE:
BY:
to develop a Conceptual Site Model (CSM) for the site. The conceptual model of a piece
of land within Juaiymah Shop used in past demonstrates that all potentially significant
CERTIFICATE
pollutant linkages have been considered and are generally of low risk to human health
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
and to the natural environment. Proposed project development site is empty and are
located within the existing Juaiymah shops. No historical activities were reported at the
proposed project site. All possible sources considered in model to be unlikely to be
present or do not have a linkage and therefore have no risk.
No significant pollutant pathways have been identified either at the site or in the vicinity
which may give rise to unacceptable risk at the site. Therefore it is recommended that no
further work is required in relation to possible contaminants on site.
DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
1 Introduction
1.1 Background
A risk assessment is a process that identifies all the potential contamination hazards and
considers the likelihood of harm being caused to human health and the wider
environment. The assessment should be site specific and a good environmental risk
assessment should contribute to effective site development by providing a
DESCRIPTION
comprehensive and robust aid to decision-making. The term riska is defined as “a

combination of the probability, or frequency, of occurrence of a defined hazard and the
magnitude of the consequences of the occurrence”.
In United Kingdom (UK), the risk assessment framework is based on a phased approach
concept:
 Phase 1 Preliminary Risk Assessment / Hazard identification and assessment

(Desk Study);
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
 Phase 2 Risk estimation and evaluation (Generic and Detailed); and

 Phase 3 Remediation; design, implementation & verification.
13/05/15
DATE
As recommended by Environmental Projection Department (EPD), Phase 1 preliminary

NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE risk assessment (PRA) study has been conducted to assess the potential hazards that
ENGINEER
could present a risk at the proposed project site. This phase comprises preliminary
DATE: investigations, also known as a desktop study. This is because the majority of the site
PROJECT
ENGINEER investigations are office based research.
DATE: This study has been conducted in accordance with the regulations and procedures
CERTIFIED
identified within Contaminated Land Publication CLR11 „Model Procedures for the
Management of Land Contamination‟ (2004) and British Standard BS10175
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION „Investigation of Potentially Contaminated Sites Code of Practice‟ (2011).
AGENCY
DATE:
The first phase of this risk assessment process is the development of a Preliminary Risk
OPERATIONS Assessment. In context of land contamination, there are three essential elements to any
risk:
DATE:
 Source (contaminant) – a substance which is located in, on or under the

CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
land and has the potential to cause harm to human health, water
EDSD
resources or the wider environment;

DATE:
BY:
a
CERTIFICATE
Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Environment Agency and Institute for Environment and Health
(2000). Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment and Management. The Stationery Office, PO Box 29, Norwich
(DCC) NO. _____________________
NR3 1GN.

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
 Pathway – the means or route by which a source of contamination can

ENGG CERT
migrate; an identified receptor can be exposed to, or be affected by an

identified source;
 Receptor – something which could come to harm, including human
health, water resources, surface water courses or the wider environment.
Each of these elements can exist independently. They create a potential risk where they
are linked together. The linked combination of “contaminant – pathway - receptor” is
DESCRIPTION
known as a pollutant linkage. Without a pollutant linkage, there is not a risk, even if a
contaminant is present. Where there is a pollutant linkage, and therefore some measure
of risk, it is important to identify whether that risk is significant. The level of risk needs to
justify the actions taken to deal with the risk.
1.2 Proposed Future Land Use

The project site is located within the boundary of exiting Juaiymah workshop. It is
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
proposed that the Juaiymah workshop is upgraded to include the following building
structures:
13/05/15
DATE
 Workshop and Sub-station building (measuring approximately 3528 m 2)

 Administration building (measuring approximately 400 m 2)
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE  Shaded parking area (measuring approximately 400 m 2 )


ENGINEER
Shaded Shipping receiving area (measuring approximately 400 m2)
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER In general, project site is paved with asphalted and concreted while a small portion
where shipping & receiving shade will be constructed is bare soil. Currently project site is
DATE: empty and has not been used for any activities in past. Also no information has been
CERTIFIED
collected during site reconnaissance about project site historical use.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
1.3 Aims of the Preliminary Risk Assessment
DATE: The aim of a Phase 1 Preliminary Risk Assessment (PRA) is to establish the previous
OPERATIONS
uses of the land under consideration or land nearby or adjacent to it, and to identify
potential sources of contamination, receptors and pathways in order to develop an initial
DATE:
Conceptual Site Model (CSM) of the site and establish whether or not there are
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
potentially unacceptable risks posed by either historical or current uses of the land and
EDSD
surrounding area to the end users of the site.

DATE:
BY:
1.4 Sources of Information

CERTIFICATE
This report draws upon many different information sources in order to gain a full
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
understanding of the environmental setting of the site. These are summarized below:
 Site Reconnaissance undertaken on 14 April 2015;

 Geotechnical report, prepared by RGF, Project # 15-K-3005;
 Plot plan and documents of the project site; and
 Interviews and discussion with representative of Juaiymah workshop.
The Preliminary Risk Assessment study was undertaken based on desk study findings,
DESCRIPTION
site visit, utilizing available data, along with data sourced from Juaiymah workshop. This
has allowed characterization of the site with respect to its geology, hydrology,
hydrogeology, history and environmental setting.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
2 SITE RECONNAISSANCE
2.1 Site Location
The proposed development site is empty and located within a parcel of land within the
existing Juaiymah Workshop. The Juaiymah Workshop is located on the eastern coast of
the western Arabian Gulf in the Eastern Province the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
DESCRIPTION
2.2 Site Description
The topography of the project site is generally flat and leveled. The empty area within
workshop comprised of both hard-standing and unpaved land. The existing Ju‟aymah
shop site plan is shown in Figure 2.1.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
Figure 2. 1: Juaiymah site plot plan

DATE:
BY:
As part of upgrade Ju‟aymah shops, following building / structures will be constructed

within the empty land of existing Juaiymah shops. The new construction location or site
CERTIFICATE
development plan of updated Juaiymah shops is show in yellow in Figure 2.2 within
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
existing Juaiymah shops.
 Workshop building
 Administration building
 Sub-station building
 Shaded parking area
 Shaded Shipping receiving area

DESCRIPTION
Administration Parking Area

Building
Substatio
n
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
DATE
Shipping & Receiving

area
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Workshop building
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Figure 2. 2: Site Development Plan within existing Juaiymah Shops

DATE:
OPERATIONS
2.3 Geology
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
The geotechnical investigation of the proposed project site confirmed that the soil
EDSD
geology on the site is recorded as Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND
(SM) / Clayey SAND (SC) layer underlain by Clay (CL) /Silt (ML) layer is generally
DATE:
BY:
present up to a depth of 15.0 to 20.0 m below existing grade level. The compactness of
the sand layers is medium dense to very dense with loose layers between 3.0 to 6.0m
CERTIFICATE
depth. Geotechnical study reveals that twelve (12) boreholes were drilled at the project
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
EDSD REV
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
A BI-10-01545 Preliminary Risk Assessment Report
13/05/15
CONTROL NUMBER
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU'AYMAH

PHASE 1 PRELIMINARY RISK ASSESSMENT
site shown in Figure 2.3.
Doc
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
l
H
ai
A
INDEX
BI- 10-01545
DRAWING NO.
of
Figure 2. 3: Borehole locations at Project Site (Source RGF geotechnical report)
22
11
SHT.NO.
A
REV.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
2.4 Hydrogeology
The site is located on the eastern coast of western Arabian Gulf. Geotechnical study
reveals that groundwater table is at a depth range of 1.70 to 2.30m below existing
grades. Ground water table is high and also soil characteristics has intermediate
leaching potential so it is possible that some non-adsorbed diffuse source pollutants and
liquid discharges could penetrate the soil layer to reach to groundwater. Geotechnical
report revealed that no above / below ground obstruction was found at the proposed
DESCRIPTION
project site.
2.5 Hydrology
No surface water features was noticed at the project site. The nearest surface water is
the Arabian Gulf which is located approximately 2 km in north east of the existing
Juaiymah shop.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
2.6 Structures and Surfacing

13/05/15
There are no permanent structures on the proposed development site. Most of the
DATE
proposed project site is asphalted and empty where now building / structures will be
constructed. Many heat exchangers were noticed on the project site for maintenance
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
activities. The asphalted surface and unpaved surface appeared from observations to be
ENGINEER in a good condition with no evidence of significant staining.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
2.7 Vegetation
DATE: There is no vegetation growing at the proposed development site and within the
CERTIFIED
boundary of existing workshop, while plant was noticed outside the boundary of existing
workshop.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
2.8 Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks
DATE:
OPERATIONS No evidence of historical or current underground storage tanks was evident near the
proposed project development site. Historical use of above ground storage tanks were
DATE: noticed in northwest within the existing Workshop grounds shown in Figure 2.4. These
CONTROL NUMBER
tanks are approximately 200 - 300 meter away from proposed project development site.
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
DESCRIPTION
Propane Tank Diesel Tank
Figure 2. 4: Abandoned Propane and diesel tanks within Juaiymah shops
On inspection it was found that three empty above ground storage tank and two ovens,
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
shown in Figure 2.5, were located within exiting workshop. Discussion with the Juaiymah
workshops representative revealed that this tank was used in past and no more in used
13/05/15
DATE
since ten (10) years and will be removed or demolished soon. Inspection of the former
diesel tank site located also not recorded evidence of possible underground pipes.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Oven (Large size) Oven (Small size)

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Figure 2. 5: Abandoned oven within Juaiymah shops

EDSD
DATE:
2.9 Chemical Use and Storage

BY:
CERTIFICATE
No evidence of chemical use or storage was observed at the proposed development

site. It is anticipated that small amounts of chemical use and storage may take place at
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
the paint site in existing workshops areas. However it is anticipated that only small
amounts of material will be involved and this will be held under secure conditions.
2.10 Hazardous and Industrial Waste
No evidence of chemicals or hazardous and Industrial waste storage was observed at

the proposed project development site.

DESCRIPTION
2.11 Air Emissions

No air emission points were noted at the site.
2.12 Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM)
No evidence of possible asbestos containing materials was observed at the project site.
2.13 Spills and Releases

BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
No evidence of any spills or releases of substances which may contain potentially

13/05/15
DATE
polluting materials were noticed at the proposed project site as well as within the existing
workshop.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER 2.14 Surrounding Land Use
DATE:
PROJECT
Site is within the existing Juaiymah shops while Figure 2.6 represents the surrounding
ENGINEER
land use of exiting Juaiymah workshop.
DATE:
CERTIFIED 2.14.1 North
DATE: The existing Juaiymah shop is bordered to the north by road and material supply store
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
2.14.2 South
DATE:
OPERATIONS
The south of the existing Juaiymah shop is predominantly barren land and is
undeveloped.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
DESCRIPTION
Project Site
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
Figure 2. 6: Surrounding view of Juaiymah Workshop (Adapted from the Google Earth)
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER 2.14.3 East
DATE: The existing Juaiymah shop is bordered to the empty lands. Ju‟aymah NGL plant is
CERTIFIED
located in east of the exiting workshop within one kilometer.
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION 2.14.4 West
AGENCY
The west of the existing Juaiymah shop is predominantly barren land and is
DATE:
OPERATIONS undeveloped.
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
3 CURRENT LAND USES

3.1 Current Site Use
The proposed development site is located within the existing Ju‟aymah shop. This site is
empty where new shop will be constructed. The current uses of existing Ju‟aymah shop
is shown in Figure 3.1.

DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
Figure 3. 1: Current use of the Juaiymah Workshop

DATE:
OPERATIONS
3.2 Historical Land Uses

DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Figure 3.2 represents the historical land use of abandoned facility within the existing
EDSD
Juaiymah shops.
DATE:
BY:
3.3 Historical Maps Assessment

CERTIFICATE
No historical map available for site. Google Earth images of the year 2005 and 2015 of
(DCC) NO. _____________________
the exiting Juaiymah works and surrounding area are shown in Figure 3.3. Each image

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
has been reviewed and findings of both images indicate that no change in landscape or
land use pattern in 10 years.
DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE: Figure 3. 2: Historical use of abandoned facility (layout plan)

PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
Google image (2005) – Juaiymah Workshop Google image (2015) Juaiymah Workshop
DATE:
BY:
Figure 3. 3: Historical use of the Juaiymah Workshop

CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________
Information provided by the Juaiymah workshop representative indicates that the site

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
has been undeveloped prior to construction of Juaiymah workshop. The site was
developed and workshop was constructed almost 35 years ago for use as a
maintenance workshop. No potentially contaminative sources have been identified at or
in the surrounding area of exiting Juaiymah shops.
DESCRIPTION
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
4 PRELIMINARY ENVIRONMENTAL RISK

ASSESSMENT
4.1 Introduction
A Preliminary Environmental Risk Assessment involves assessing the likely probability

and severity of a Pollutant Linkage and determining a consequent level of risk. In the
context of land contamination, there are three essential elements to any risk:
DESCRIPTION
 Source (contaminant) – a substance which is located in, on or under the land

and has the potential to cause harm to human health, water resources or the
wider environment;
 Pathway – the means or route by which a source of contamination can migrate;
an identified receptor can be exposed to, or be affected by an identified source;
 Receptor – something which could come to harm, including human health,
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
water resources, surface water courses or the wider environment.
A Pollutant Linkage will only be present where the Source-Pathway-Receptor factors are
13/05/15
DATE
all present and where they are not all present, no risk assessment is possible.
NO.
REV
DISCIPLINE
4.2 Risk Assessment Evaluation
ENGINEER
In accordance with Environment Agency publication CLR 11 “Model Procedures for the
DATE:
PROJECT
Management of Land Contamination” risk assessment has been carried out using the
ENGINEER
risk model defined and outlined in Table 4.1 (Category and Definition) and Table 4.2
(Risk Matrix).
DATE:
CERTIFIED
Table 4. 1: Category and Definition
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY Category Definition
DATE:
OPERATIONS
Potential Severe Acute risks to human health, catastrophic damage to
Severity buildings/property, major pollution of controlled waters
DATE: Medium Chronic risk to human health, pollution of sensitive
controlled waters, significant effects on sensitive
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
ecosystems or species, significant damage to buildings

EDSD
or structures
Mild Pollution of non sensitive waters, minor damage to
DATE:
BY:
buildings or structures
Minor Requirement for protective equipment during site works

CERTIFICATE
to mitigate health effects, damage to non sensitive

ecosystems or species
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Category Definition
Probability of High Pollutant linkage may be present, and risk is almost

Risk Likelihood certain to occur in long term, or there is evidence of
harm to the receptor
Likely Pollutant linkage may be present, and it is probable that
the risk will occur over the long term

Low Pollutant linkage may be present, and there is a
DESCRIPTION
Likelihood possibility of the risk occurring, although there is no

certainty that it will do so
Unlikely Pollutant linkage may be present, but the circumstances
under which harm would occur are improbable
Table 4. 2: Risk Matrix
Potential severity
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
Severe Medium Mild Minor

Probability High Very High Moderate Moderate Moderate/Low
13/05/15
of Likelihood
DATE
Risk Likely High Moderate Moderate/Low Low

Low Moderate Moderate/Low Low Negligible
NO.
REV
Likelihood
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER Unlikely Moderate/Low Low Negligible Negligible
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
4.3 Conceptual Site Model
DATE:
CERTIFIED
The Pathways which link Sources of contamination with the specific Receptors identified
during the desk study and walkover are illustrated in the Conceptual Site Model. This
DATE: conceptual site models shown in Table 4.3 represents the historical use of a piece of
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY land within the Ju‟aymah Workshop.
DATE: Table 4. 3: Conceptual Site Model

OPERATIONS
Source Pathway Receptor Severity Probability Risk

DATE:
Inhalation of vapor Site workers Medium Unlikely Low
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
Petroleum End users Medium Unlikely Low

EDSD
hydrocarbon Ingestion and Site workers Medium Unlikely Low

compounds absorption via End users Medium Unlikely Low
DATE:
BY:
within Soil direct contact

Migration by surface Surface water Medium Unlikely Low

CERTIFICATE
run-off drainage
(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
Source Pathway Receptor Severity Probability Risk

Migration by liquid Surface water Medium Unlikely Low
flow drainage
Groundwater Medium Unlikely Low
Plant uptake Local flora Medium Unlikely Low
Heavy Inhalation of fugitive Site workers Medium Unlikely Low
metals within dust End users Medium Unlikely Low

soil Ingestion and Site workers Medium Unlikely Low
DESCRIPTION
absorption via direct End users Medium Unlikely Low

contact
Migration by surface Surface water Medium Unlikely Low
run-off drainage
Migration by Surface water Medium Unlikely Low
liquid flow drainage
Groundwater Medium Unlikely Low
Plant uptake Local flora Medium Unlikely Low
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
No potentially significant contaminant sources have been identified within existing

Juaiymah workshop. In the absence of any visible sign of hydrocarbon stain, the risk
levels as considered low as they have caused no known cases of significant harm to
13/05/15
DATE
humans.
NO.
REV
The proposed project site is empty and has not been used yet so all possible sources
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER considered in model to be unlikely to be present or do not have a linkage and therefore
have no risk.
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
PMT OPRNS
ENGG CERT
5 Conclusions and Recommendations

No potentially contaminative sources have been identified at or in the surrounding area
of exiting Juaiymah shops except above ground storage tanks. These storage tanks
were abandoned and no more in use since 10 years. These tanks are approximately 200
- 300 meter away from proposed project development site. However the conceptual
model of a piece of land within Juaiymah shops used in past demonstrates that all
potentially significant pollutant linkages have been considered and are generally of low
risk to human health and to the natural environment.
DESCRIPTION
Proposed project development site is empty and are located within the existing Juaiymah
shops. No historical activities were reported at the proposed project site. All possible
sources considered in model to be unlikely to be present or do not have a linkage and
therefore have no risk.
No significant pollutant pathways have been identified either at the site or in the vicinity
which may give rise to unacceptable risk at the site. Therefore it is recommended that no
further work is required in relation to possible contaminants on site.
BI-10-01545
JO/EWO
13/05/15
NO. DATE
REV
DISCIPLINE
ENGINEER
DATE:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
DATE:
CERTIFIED
DATE:
CONSTRUCTION
AGENCY
DATE:
OPERATIONS
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
VERIFICATION
EDSD
DATE:
BY:
CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

REVISION
Doc A
JU'AYMAH of A
22
H
l
EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.6


DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
N26
Underground Utility Mapping Survey Report
A
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
113
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS PROJECT
JU’AYMAH, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
UNDERGROUND UTILITY MAPPING

SURVEY REPORT
Job No. GC/6597JO/14037/15
Prepared for
Prepared by:
GULF CONSULT
SURVEY DIVISION
MARCH 2015
0 Issue for Approval DDC BRR SGM 08-3-2015

Rev. No. Description Prepared by Checked by Approved by Issue Date
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT

____________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION Page
TRANSMITTAL LETTER ii
□ INTRODUCTION 1
□ SCOPE OF WORK 2
□ METHODOLOGY 3
□ PRINCIPLES OF GPR 5
□ DATA ACQUISITION 6
□ FIELD DATA COLLECTION 7
□ DATA PROCESSING AND VISUALIZATION 8
□ RESULTS 9
□ CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 10
□ LIMITATIONS 12
□ REFERENCES 13
□ APPENDIX 1: CAD DRAWINGS 14
i
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
KBR - AMCDE Date: 08th March 2015

Tawuniya Tower, Prince Turki Street Job No.: GC/6597JO/14037/15
4th Floor, 427 A
P. O. Box 2959, Al-Khobar 31952
T+966 13 814 1237 x 3087
Email: Ossama.Mansour@kbr.com
Attention: MR. OSSAMA MANSOUR, B. Sc, M. Sc, P. Eng

Project Manager - Engineering
Subject: GPR REPORT FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITY MAPPING SURVEY: UPGRADE

JU’AYMAH SHOPS, JU’AYMAH, KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
Dear Sir,
We are submitting herewith our GPR report on Underground Utility Mapping Survey for the
Upgrade JU’AYMAH Shops project which was executed between 03rd and 23rd of February 2015
and continued on 2nd & 3rd of March 2015 in JU’AYMAH area, K.S.A. for your review and
reference.
Should there be any questions regarding the contents on this report, please call us at your most
convenient time.
Very truly yours,
For GULF CONSULT Prepared by:
SAID G. MIKHAEL CRIS CALVELO

General Manager Survey Division
BERN RAMOS
PM, Survey Division
ii
Geotechnical Division: E-Mail: geotech@gulfconsult.com Website: www.gulfconsult.com

Head Office: P.O. Box 684-Al Khobar 31952 Tel: +966 3 8944468 / 8955036 / 8949872 Fax: +966 3 8949015
Jubail Support Industry: P.O.Box 10113 – Jubail 31961 Tel: +966 3 3410018 Fax: +966 3 3410017
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
INTRODUCTION
GULF CONSULT was commissioned by Kellogg, Brown & Root - Abdulhadi & Al Moaibed
Consulting & Design Engineers (KBR-AMCDE) for the execution of an Underground Utility
Mapping Survey for the Upgrade JU’AYMAH Shops Project under BI-10-01545 in the Eastern
area of JU’AYMAH, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The project site as shown in figure 1 is located in
JU’AYMAH about 40km North East of King Fahd International Airport. Its geographic location is
26° 47’ 19.88” North Latitude and 49° 59’ 29.59” East Longitude.
The objective of this survey work is to locate any suspected underground utilities that are existed
within the area which may obstruct and affect the Upgrade JU’AYMAH Shops Project for the
main maintenance facility and power cable feeder route from MSSD shops to Substations No. 3
inside the JU’AYMAH NGL Fractionation Plant.
Figure 1: Exhibits the location of project site in JU’AYMAH Area, KSA
1
th
Date: 08 March 2015 Job No. GC/6597JO/14037/15
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
SCOPE OF WORK
This scope calls for non-destructive underground utility mapping survey for the Upgrade
JU’AYMAH Shops project.
Figure 2: Shows the site detail location of isolated section & u/g strip survey.
Prior to mobilize and execute the fieldwork, temporary access for the plant site was issued to GC
on specific period for one (1) crew. Thereafter, a work permit must be obtained from plant
operator by the permit receiver. Upon getting the work permit, field work was performed by
setting out area for GPR to map out underground anomaly based on the given drawing and
location which was issued by the Client.
The site was surveyed, measured, recorded and plotted for underground utility mapping survey.
These include the natural & man-made aboveground objects pertaining to underground utilities
within the area of survey.
2
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
The project focused on using GROUND PENETRATING RADAR (GPR) to scan the subsurface
profile at a maximum depth of 4 meters. At the request of the CLIENT, the WORKS were
performed by scanning the ground surface on a typical 5m & 5m grid on isolated areas in the
main facility of JU’AYMAH Shops and 3m x 3m grid for utilities and cable lines including along
the power feeder cable route from MSSD shops to substation no. 3 in the JU’AYMAH
Fractionation NGL plant. There were two (2) manholes only that were opened during the survey
period. These are Lift Station no. 1 and 2. Description for each lift station has been recorded with
photos.
The data collected from the field equipment along with visual observations have been analyzed,
interpreted and reported.
METHODOLOGY
The underground survey is divided into four (4) major phases:
• Phase 1: Pre-survey Planning;
• Phase 2: Field Data Collection;
• Phase 3: Processing and Interpretation; and
• Phase 4: Review and Reporting;
Phase 1: The relevant surface, subsurface information and drawings of the project site
have been collected from the client for reviewing and reference. The project
areas being surveyed were set into smaller, more manageable section.
Designated labels were attached to each sub-area and were provided to the
field crew along with required grid densities. Any critical area identified by the
client were earmarked for more stringent subsurface investigation such as but
not limited to denser grids and overlapping sub-area.
Phase 2: Using on-site temporary benchmarks, the crew marked the pre-
established sub-areas and grids. These marks were used as guides for
GPR scanning. Data collected by the GPR were recorded as digital files
and sent to GULF CONSULT experienced engineers for processing and
interpretation.
3
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
The GPR utilized by GULF CONSULT operates using a 400 MHz antenna that
transmits polarized pulses of electromagnetic energy in every traversed meter
into the subsurface. The reflected energy is then recorded as a digital profile of
the subsurface. Data collected by the GPR can be comprehensively investigated
and interpreted in the office.
Phase 3: Starts with processing the data collected by the field crew including that from
GPR digital files, field notes, and visual observations. Processed data were then
run through a thorough interpretation procedure whereby suspected
Underground Utilities (UGUs) are identified, confirmed through exhaustive
examination of scanned profiles, and then peer reviewed by an experienced
engineer.
Phase 4: Review and Reporting. The final step of this survey reexamines the
interpretation of the field data and details its findings. This report along with
drawings developed by CAD experts is submitted to the CLIENT.
4
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
PRINCIPLES OF GPR
The GPR method uses electromagnetic (radar) pulses that are directed into the ground
from an antenna. Reflections of these pulses from subsurface features are produced
where there is a contrast between the electrical properties of subsurface objects, such as
fractures, voids, and caverns, and the surrounding soil. The reflected electromagnetic
pulses are received by the antenna, converted into an electric signal, and recorded by the
GPR unit. The GPR unit compiles these pulses to produce a cross-section or profile image
of the subsurface beneath the path of the antenna, Figure 3. GPR technology is useful in
detecting suspected anomalies/utilities such as metallic pipes, cables, and liquid-filled
PVC pipes.
PIPE
Figure 3: GPR Concepts
5
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
DATA ACQUISITION
EQUIPMENT
All GPR data were collected under the foundation with a control unit and an antenna
(transmitter and receiver) with central frequency of 400 MHz as shown in Figure 4.
Figure 4: Ground Penetrating Radar Equipment with Control Unit & Antenna
GPR SURVEYING LINES ARRANGEMENT & ACQUIRED DATA
GPR investigation has been carried out for the Proposed Upgrade JU’AYMAH Shops
project, K.S.A. When the site preparation and its surrounding area have been
completed, series of parallel lines in both directions with typical spacing of 3m x 3m &
5m x 5m were set-out for every section cable routes and isolated areas, respectively.
These lines were established as profile lines for GPR scan.
6
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
FIELD DATA COLLECTIO

COLLECTION
Data collected by the GPR equipment at the field, as shown in Figure 5 were recorded
on digital files and were sent to the experienced engineers of GULF CONSULT for
filtering, processing, data analysis and strict interpretation.
Figure 5: Gulf Consult GPR crew scanning along the profile line using the GPR
Equipment with control unit, survey wheel & antenna
7
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
DATA PROCESSING AND VISUALIZATION

GPR data were filtered, processed, analyzed and interpreted by experienced engineers
using GPR software, shown below.
Figure 6: GPR data are being processed by GPR Software

oftware
Figure 7: Shows geophysical experts & engineers who are involved in GPR data analysis
GPR processed data are then produced into images where anomalies are being
investigated for the possibility of presence of underground utilities. This procedure
involves reprocessing and filtering to remove the unwanted noises for a better
understanding of GPR images.
8
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
RESULTS
Careful interpretation of processed GPR scan images revealed underground utilities

which crisscrossed the proposed location for the new foundations of Main Maintenance
facilities and the power feeder cable line from main facility to substation no. 3 inside the
NGL plant facility. These are marked as having suspected underground utilities or some
unknown anomalies with varying depths from 0.30m ~ 3.20m below the ground surface.
However, numbers of expected underground lines were delineated on the survey
drawing which were based on the field condition.
All BERMs in the pipeline corridor were given assigned no. to facilitate their identity in
the survey drawing. It was noted (within our survey limit of Power Feeder Cable Route
of 6m wide strip) that most of the underground utilities in the pipeline corridor have
depth of more than 4m except for BERM No. 3 which has an average depth of 2.20m
below the top of BERM.
These suspected & expected underground utilities at the surveyed area are
presented in APPENDIX 1: CAD DRAWINGS
9
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
After strict processing of the collected data with filtering in the radar analyzer, there are
underground anomalies/parabolas that can be concluded as having possible presence of
utilities. These can be metallic pipes, cables, rebar or unidentified metallic objects which
are present in the actual site.
The illustration in Figure 8 below shows a sample of GPR profile excerpt taken from
actual site. This profile shows one (1) suspected underground utility. Data acquired from
the site were collected, filtered, analyzed and interpreted to visualize and trace the
interconnection of these suspected underground utilities within the surveyed section.
Suspected 1 UGU at
depth of 0.90m &
2 UGUs at 1.2m depth
Figure 8: Shows the actual GPR image of suspected underground utilities in the site
10
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
It is imperative to know and identify that UGU’s are categorized into two: suspected
and expected underground utilities. Suspected UGUs are those which were detected by
non-destructive testing methods. Expected UGUs are those that are not detected but are
predicted to exist due to visual field condition.
In order to confirm the presence of underground objects or utilities, it is highly

recommended to apply exploratory 1.2m x 1.2m slit hand excavation.
The recommended slit trench is shown in the survey drawing with coordinates &
elevation of suspected utility.
11
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
LIMITATIONS
GULF CONSULT has provided the latest technologies and services to its client.
However, for every technology, there are corresponding technical limitations which are
present, and some are as follows:
1. The maximum depth of observation is 4m below ground surface in ideal

subsurface conditions.
2. Underground anomalies located in soils of high moisture content, wet clay/shale,

below the groundwater table, contaminated soils and/or highly conductive soil
conditions are difficult to detect due to high salinity of the subsoil.
3. UGUs will be detected to within ±0.5m on the horizontal scale and ±0.3m on the
vertical scale.
4. Material type and diameter of the UGUs cannot be determined from the collected
data.
5. UGUs made on non-metallic material such as but not limited to fiberglass, fiber
optic cable and PVC are difficult to detect. If the utilities transport liquids such as
water or hydrocarbons during the scanning process, the possibility of detecting
them is increased.
6. UGUs located under metal targets (e.g. underground storage tanks) cannot be
detected; and
7. Aboveground structures or obstructions (e.g. fences, posts, buildings, etc.) will

impede the ability to scan the surface to within 1.0m from the structure.
8. Operating communication gadget or heavy equipment interferes with GPR

images.
12
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
REFERENCES
• RFI No. J40427 – Radar Mapping for Upgrade JU’AYMAH Shops project.
• Scope of Work for GPR Survey, sheet 1 – 9, revision C, dated January 2015.
• Standard Guide for Using Surface Ground Penetrating Radar Method for
Subsurface Investigation, ASTM D6432-99 (2005)
• Geophysical Survey Systems, Inc., User’s Manual for SIR system-3000
13
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT

____________________________________________
APPENDIX 1: CAD DRAWINGS
14
th
‫ ا رات ا‬
GULF CONSULT
CAD Drawings
Underground utility mapping/drawing was prepared based on the collection of data,

processing, analysis and interpretation of data including the present site condition.
The presentation of the underground utilities, objects and other traced anomalies are
reflected in the survey drawing. This survey drawing shall be identified and added with
typical assigned acronym of “UGS” in the drawing number. This refers to
“Underground Detection Survey” drawing.
15
th
EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.7


DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
Building Risk Assessment Report (BRA)
A N26
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
114
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
Ju’aymah Gas Plant
BRA - Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops J40427
Prepared for
KBR- AMCDE
by
ABS Consulting Ltd
Report No. 3416945-R-01

Issue 1 Draft A
th
24 December 2014
DOCUMENT APPROVAL SHEET
Project No: 3416945

Report No: 3416945-R-01
Report Title: BRA - Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops J40427
Client: KBR- AMCDE
Contact: Ossama Mansour
© ABS Consulting Limited

This document and any information or descriptive matter set out herein is subject to copyright and/or design right ownership.
All rights reserved. No part of this document, nor any information or descriptive matter within it, may be disclosed, loaned,
reproduced, copied, photocopied, translated or reduced to any electronic medium or machine readable form or used for any purpose
whatsoever without the written permission of the Company, except in accordance with established contract conditions pertaining to
the production of this document
ISSUE DATE PREPARED REVIEWED APPROVED
Issue 1, 24th December Pradeep Prakash Max Steele Pradeep Prakash

Draft A 2014 (Technical Director) (Project Engineer) (Technical Director)
DOCUMENT REVISION HISTORY
ISSUE DESCRIPTION
Issue 1 Draft A First draft issue for Client comment.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ABS Consulting (ABSC) have previously carried out a Stage III Building Risk Assessment (BRA)
for the Saudi Aramco Ju’aymah Natural Gas Liquefaction and Fractionation (JNGLF). ABSG
subsequently undertook a BRA refinement and risk mitigation study for the JNGLF. KBR-AMCDE
now require a BRA as part of the proposed upgrade of Ju’amah shops as part of the BI-1—01545..
This report presents the methodology and results of the hazards and risks to the proposed building
coverd within the BI-01545 at JNGLF MSSD.
This BRA considers the risks associated with the hydrocarbon events involving Loss of Containment
(LOC) scenarios from the JNGLF as well as the diesel tanks and a small propane bullet near the sop
buildings in the MSSD area. The LoC events include release of flammable or toxic fluid and
subsequent jet or pool fires, Vapour Cloud Explosions (VCE) as well as BLEVES from storage of
liquefied gases under pressure.
A risk acceptance criterion, based on the Individual Risk (IR), is used for the occupied buildings. IR
less than 1.00E-6 per year is considered tolerable and no further action is particularly necessary,
although all reasonable risk reduction measures identified should be considered to reduce the risks
even further. IR > 1.00E-4 per year is considered unacceptable and risk reduction measures must be
implemented to lower the risks. In between these figures risks reduction measures should be
considered to reduce risk to As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP).
Interrogation of the results, indicates that:
The Ju’aymah shop buildings lie outside the 0.5 psig explosion hazard area and the proposed
buildings do not require any special consideration in this respect.
The heat flux potential at the building location is less than 3 kW/m2 therefore not hampering escape
and evacuation from building, should this be necessary in case of emergency situation at the gas
plant.
The toxic risks are also very low. The overall risk from major hydrocarbon loss of containment
events is considered very low and broadly acceptable. No specific risk reduction measures are
recommended as a result of this BRA study except that the external building envelope should be
constructed from fire resistant materials. Escape routes should lead people away from the gas plant
side. Appropriate Emergency Response Plan should be put in place in case of the fire or gas leak
incident at the neighbouring gas plant
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
LIST OF ACRONYMS
ABSC ABS Consulting

ABSG ABS Group Saudi Arabia Company Ltd
ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practicable
API American Petroleum Institute
BLEVE Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion
BRA Building Risk Assessment
CAM Congested area Assessment Methodology
FRED Fire Release Explosion Dispersion
HAZID Hazard Identification
IR Individual Risk
IRPA Individual Risk Per Annum
JNGLF Ju’aymah Natural Gas Liquefaction and Fractionation
LOC Loss of Containment
LPD Loss Prevention Department
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LSIR Location Specific Individual Risk
MAH Major Accident Hazard
NAPC Northern Areas Pipeline Corridor
PFD Process Flow Diagram
ppm parts per million
SAES Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard
VCE Vapour Cloud Explosion
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
CONTENTS
Page
Document Approval Sheet .................................................................................................................... ii
Document Revision History ................................................................................................................. iii
Document Summary ............................................................................................................................ iv
List of Acronyms ................................................................................................................................. iv
Contents ............................................................................................................................................... vi
List of Tables ...................................................................................................................................... vii
List of Figures ..................................................................................................................................... vii
List of Appendices ............................................................................................................................... vii
1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Objective ............................................................................................................................. 1
2 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................... 2
3 DESCRIPTION OF FACILITY................................................................................................ 3
3.1 Plant Description ................................................................................................................ 3
3.2 New Buildings ..................................................................................................................... 3
3.2.1 Shops Building ......................................................................................................... 3
3.2.2 Office Building ......................................................................................................... 3
3.2.3 Shipping and Receiving Area ................................................................................... 3
4 METHODOLOGY ..................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 Stage 1 Assessment............................................................................................................. 6
4.2 Hazard Identification (HazId) .......................................................................................... 6
4.3 Modelling ............................................................................................................................ 6
4.4 Risk Assessment ................................................................................................................. 6
4.5 Design Recommendations ................................................................................................. 6
5 STAGE I ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................... 7
5.1 Occupancy Screening......................................................................................................... 7
5.2 Functionality Screening ..................................................................................................... 8
5.3 Stage I Results .................................................................................................................... 8
6 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION .................................................................................................. 9
7 ASSESSMENT .......................................................................................................................... 10
7.1 BRA Model Development ................................................................................................ 10
7.1.1 Additional Hazard Sources .................................................................................... 10
7.1.2 Explosion Model .................................................................................................... 10
7.1.3 Fire & Toxic Model ............................................................................................... 10
7.1.4 Building Protection Features ................................................................................. 11
7.2 Risk Acceptance Criteria ................................................................................................ 11
7.3 Evaluation of Risks .......................................................................................................... 13
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
7.3.1 Explosion Risks ...................................................................................................... 13

7.3.2 Fire Risk ................................................................................................................. 15
7.3.3 Toxic Risks ............................................................................................................. 17
7.4 Total Risk.......................................................................................................................... 17
8 CONCLUSIONS ....................................................................................................................... 18
9 REFERENCES ......................................................................................................................... 19
List of Tables
Table 1 - Building Screening Results
Table 2 – HazId Results
List of Figures
Figure 1 – JNGLF & MSSD Site Layout showing the Location of the Proposed Shops area in
relation to the pipeline Corridor and the Gas Plant
Figure 2 –Layout of the proposed new buildings within the scope
Figure 3 –Location of Diesel Propane Tanks
Figure 4 - Levels of Risk and ALARP
Figure 5 – Plot of Worst Credible Overpressures
Figure 6 – Plot of potential heat flux
Figure 7 – Plot of Cloud Fire Frequency (or Risk as LSIR)
Figure 8 – Plot of Toxic Risk (LSIR)
List of Appendices
A- Preliminary Hazard Analysis
B- Assumption Sheets
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
1 INTRODUCTION
Saudi Aramco are upgrading the Ju’aymah Natural Gas Liquefaction and Fractionation
(JNGLF) Shops (BI-10-01545) in order to maintain the company’s specialized repair
services. KBR-AMCDE are developing the project proposal for Saudi Aramco’s JNGLF
construction, furnishing and equipping an 8,800 m2 shops building and a 2,500 m2 office
building to accommodate MSSD (Mechanical Services Shop Department) personnel at
Ju’aymah Shops.
The MSSD shops facility at Juʹaymah shall therefore be upgraded to accommodate these
relocated, specialized repair services. The existing machine shop, welding shop, heat
exchanger shop and assembly area at Ju’aymah are currently operational, and will continue
to be operational throughout the project execution.
As part of the project proposal development, a Building Risk Assessment (BRA) is
required to evaluate the risks to the proposed facilities form the loss of hydrocarbon
containment hazards present on the JNGLF site.
This report updates the existing BRA study for the JNGLF [1] to determine the risks to the
proposed new Ju’mymah shops buildings.
1.1 Objective
The objective of this BRA study is to assess the hazards and risks associated with the
location of the proposed workshop and office buildings within the Ju’aymah shops area as
required by SAES-B-014 [3], Section 5.2 and in line with the Saudi Aramco Best Practice
Guide as contained within the BRA Master Plan Report [5]. The intent of SAES-B-014 [3]
is to ensure that the subject buildings are not exposed to an unacceptable risk in the event
of an accidental fire, explosion or toxic release.
Page A 1 of 18
3416945-R-01 - Issue 1 Draft A.docx
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
2 SCOPE
The scope of works is to undertake a BRA Study in accordance with Saudi Aramco codes,
standards and specifications and involves the following:
1. Identify the major hazards to which the Ju’amah shops buildings subject of this
proposal are exposed to.
2. Undertake a stage I assessment to identify te occupied or functionally significant
buildings for inclusion within the assessment.
3. Make modifications to the latest Juaymah BRA model to incorporate the new
shops buildings at their proposed locations.
4. Refine the Stage III BRA model in line with the latest understanding of the best
practice. (Using separate ‘Explosion and Fire and Toxic models’.
5. Run the BRA model and post process the risk results for the ju’amah shops area to
check if the buildings are within the 0.5 psig explosion overpressure range to
warrant explosion consideration within the design. If yes, then extract 1E-5/year
design blast overpressure and.
6. Define risk levels for the proposed buildings and ultimately demonstrate that the
building is located in a low risk area.
7. Recommend appropriate risk mitigation measures if required.
Page A 2 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
3 DESCRIPTION OF FACILITY
3.1 Plant Description

JNGLF is the world’s largest gas fractionation plant. Brought on stream in 1980 to service the
Master Gas System (MGS), it was originally designed with a fractionation capacity of more
than 330,000 barrels per day (bpd). The plant was expanded in 2008, increasing its total
capacity to 1.1 million bpd.
Since the last BRA refinement study [1] there have been no changes to the processes
undertaken at JNGLF.
The proposed buildings are located in the MSSD area south of the plant and within the 500m
of the pipeline corridor as shown in Figure 1.
3.2 New Buildings
The buildings within the scope of this study are described below. The locations of the subject
buildings in the MSSD area are shown in Figure 2.
3.2.1 Shops Building
The proposed shops building is a single storey structure with a total design capacity of 240
persons and a total floor area of approximately 8,800 m2.
The proposed shops building will include all assigned shop space which consists of: one
electrical repair shop, one machine shop and two mechanical shops.
3.2.2 Office Building
The proposed office building is a 2-story structure with a total floor area of approximately
2,500m2. The building will include a total of 140-offices, 4-conference rooms, a
training/learning/meeting room, filing rooms, storage, 3-printer rooms, 5-coffee/ tea rooms.
3.2.3 Shipping and Receiving Area
A new 900 m2 shipping and receiving area will be provided adjacent to the proposed Shops
Building, within the site. The shipping and receiving area will be shaded. This is a replacement of
the existing shipping and receiving area which will be demolished.
.
Page A 3 of 18
Report No. 2831590-R-01
Issue 2 Draft A
Proposed Shoops
Location Pipeline Corridor
C
Gas Pllant
F
Figure 1 – JNG
GLF & MSSD Site Layout sh
howing the Loccation of the Prroposed Shops area in relation to the pipelin
ne Corridor an
nd the
Gas Plantt
Page A 4 of 18
1
341694
Report No. 2831590-R-01
Issue 2 Draft A
Figure 2 –Layout of the proposed new

w buildings witthin the scope
(
(shown in red ou
utline)
Page A 5 of 18
1
341694
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
4 METHODOLOGY
The BRA study will only consider the hydrocarbon related major hazards. The study
currently excludes the occupational, transport and any other natural or man-made hazards.
The BRA study for JNGLF was previously undertaken by ABSG and has also recently
undertaken the BRA risk mitigation project for this facility. The BRA model has already been
refined in light of the BRA Masterplan recommendations. However since then, the best
practice understanding has improved which requires separate models for explosion and Fire
and toxic risk calculations. The Risk model will therefore be updated as required but this is a
minor correction and the results are unlikely to be much different.
The methodology used for the BRA for the Ju’aymah shops is described below:
4.1 Stage 1 Assessment
The buildings will be screened to check if they are occupied or functionally significant using
the Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard SAES-B-14 supplemented by API-RP-752 3rd
edition. The buildings which are not either occupied or functionally significant will be
excluded from further assessment
4.2 Hazard Identification (HazId)
Following on from the stage 1 assessment, the first step in the risk assessment process is the
identification of hazards to the subject facilities. A HazId was conducted at the site as part of
the Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA).
4.3 Modelling
As the proposed facilities are all non-process facilities, i.e. they in themselves do not give rise
to any loss of hydrocarbon containment hazard. However any hazards identified in the HazID
will be added to the existing BRA model.
The existing Shepherd model will be updated to include the additional Hazards at the MSSD
site as well as the new buildings.
The Shepherd model will be converted into separate ‘Explosion’ and ‘Fire &Toxic’ models in
line with the latest understanding of the best practice with LPD. The details of the changes
are provided in the form of the Assumption Sheets.
4.4 Risk Assessment
The output from SHEPHERD will be hazard contours (such as overpressures and heat fluxes
etc.), risk contours (LSIR) and Individual risks (IR).
Following the completion of the Stage III BRA, where occupants of the JNGLF Shops are
shown to be at high risk or functionally significant buildings have high frequency of damage,
risk reduction/mitigation measures will be proposed. For each mitigation recommendation..
4.5 Design Recommendations
If the buildings are within the 0.5psig overpressure contours, risk based 1E-5/year design
Overpressures and Impulses will be defined for use in the design of the proposed new shops
buildings. In addition the risks from fire, flammable and toxic vapours will be assessed and
where the risks are intolerable, risk reduction measures will be specified such that the risks to
the building occupants are ALARP.
Page A 6 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
5 STAGE I ASSESSMENT
The purpose of the Stage I assessment is to carry out a building screening exercise in order to
eliminate buildings of no safety concern (unoccupied and not functionally significant) from the
risk assessment process.
5.1 Occupancy Screening
The current SAES-B-014 [Ref. 1.] guidelines suggest that for the purposes of occupancy
screening a building is considered occupied if the building occupancy load is 300 or more man-
hours per week or if during peak occupancy, 5 people or more are routinely expected in the
building for at least one hour. If this criteria is exceeded the building is selected for Stage II
analysis.
However, following the latest release of API RP 752 Third Edition [Ref. 2.], any building that is
intended for occupancy irrespective of the occupancy level, should be considered in the Stage II
assessment. Therefore, to be conservative, this definition is adopted in this assessment.
Examples of occupied buildings typically excluded from a siting study are the following types of
buildings:
a) Structures with roofs and no walls whose primary function is to provide limited protection to
personnel from weather include, but are not limited to:
 Bus stops,
 Welding covers,
 Chemical Sheds,
 Covered walkways,
 Smoking Shelters.
b) Enclosed process areas where only essential personnel are assigned to perform activities
similar to those performed at an outdoor process area.
c) Buildings which do not have personnel assigned and require at most, only intermittent access.
Examples of such buildings include, but are not limited to:
 Analyser buildings;
 Field sampling/testing stations;
 Single unit electrical substations and motor control centres (MCCs);
 Remote instrumentation enclosures;
 Equipment enclosure buildings;
 Operator shelters with intermittent use;
 Buildings which primarily house materials (e.g. Chemical Storage).
Page A 7 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
5.2 Functionality Screening

A building is defined as functionally significant if either:
 People are expected to remain or take refuge in the building during an emergency.
Possible reasons for people to remain in a building include a lack of suitable evacuation
options or the need for occupants to perform emergency shutdown procedures.
 The building is required for emergency response, such as fire stations or clinics.
 The building is necessary for continued operation of plant units that may be able to
continue to operate or may be unaffected by an incident in another area. This includes
control buildings, process interface buildings (PIBs), or substations that control or provide
power to multiple process units.
 The economic impact on operations of loss of buildings is significant.
5.3 Stage I Results
A summary of the building details are provided in Error! Reference source not found. along
with whether the building is occupied or functionally critical or required to provide shelter during
an emergency.
Of the three buildings considered one buildings namely the shipping and receiving shelter was
considered neither occupied nor functionally significant. The other two buildings (Shops and
office) were both considered occupied.
Table 1 - Building Screening Results
Required to
Project Designed Carried
Building Functionally Provide
Building to be Forward For
Name Significant Emergency
Number Occupied? Assessment
Shelter
1 Shop Building Y N N Y
2 Office Y N N Y
Shipping & N N
3 N N
Receiving
Page A 8 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
3
Isssue 1 Draft A
6 HA
AZARD ID
DENTIFICA
ATION
AH HAZID was undertakeen as part of o the Prelimminary Hazzard Analyssis (PHA) thhrough sitee
survvey of the MSSD
M areaa in order too understandd the potenttial risks to the projectt. The PHA
A
wass conducted d by Aramcco PMT in conjunction
c n with the Armco
A proponent and ABSG.
A Thee
PHA is includeed as Appenndix A. AB BSG concenntrated on id dentifying potential
p maajor hazardss
addditional to th
he hazards from
f the gass plant and the pipelinee corridor.
w the twoo small diesel tanks witthin bundedd area and a

Thee only sourcces of major hazards were
smaall propane tank whichh is used as fuel gas forr the heat trreatment shhop as show
wn in Figuree
3. T
The Major hydrocarbon
h n LOC hazaards are shown in Tablee 2 below:
Table 2 – HazId Results
R
HazId
H No Source Hazard
d Type Likelihood Impact Risk Comm
ment
1 Diesel Pool Firre, Loow Low Low Althouugh low

Tanks Tank top fire risk, innclude in
BRA for f
compleeteness
2 Propane Jet Fire & Lo

ow Medium Mediu
um Includee in BRA
Tank BLEVE E
D
Diesel Tank
ks
Propanee Tank
Figuree 3 –Locatiion of Dieseel Propane Tanks
P
Page A 9 of 18
3416945-R-01 - Issue 1 Draft A.d
docx
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
7 ASSESSMENT
This assessment is done using the 2014 Shell SHEPHERD model [1]. This model has been
updated as follows:
7.1 BRA Model Development
The SHEPHERD model was updated using the plot plans of the MSSD area together with
the HAZID information and proposed Shops buildings location information. This
information was used to define the buildings locations, together with two diesel tanks and a
small propane tank.
7.1.1 Additional Hazard Sources
The only additional equipment representing the source of hazards area the two small diesel
tanks and a small propane tank as indicated in the previous section. The diesel tanks
represent the pool fire hazards limited to the bunded area. The other major hazard is from
the propane tank BLEVE. Although there are no sources of fire nearby the propane tank
which could cause a BLEVE, nevertheless, it is assumed that the possibility of the fire from
the tank itself could not be ruled out. For completeness therefore a conservative BLEVE
scenario was added.
Following this, two separate models were created, one for explosion risks and the other for
fire and toxic risk. These two models are described below:
7.1.2 Explosion Model

The explosion model has been developed using the following assumptions. Only the
assumptions which are different from those used in the existing 2013 Shepherd model are
discussed below. For a fuller description, see Appendix B.
 The probability of leak being horizontal is set to 1. This means that all leaks
contribute to the explosion hazard rather than only the proportion of the horizontal
leaks as is the case for fire and toxic model. This assumption is slightly conservative
but is justified as even vertical releases at least within the congested region will
contribute to the explosion risk.
 The background ignition probability for the process area is set to 3E-5/m2 with
higher probability for MSSD area (8.28E-4/m2) which may have lower area ignition
controls (see assumptions in Appendix B for fuller explanation). The congested areas
use tradition CAM explosion probabilities. A lower background ignition probability
means that larger proportions of leaks reach congested areas and therefore the
explosion frequency is higher. This is justified as at site the ignition sources are
minimized.
7.1.3 Fire & Toxic Model

The fire and toxic models is created using the following assumptions. Only the assumptions
which are different from those used in the existing 2013 Shepherd model are discussed
below. For a fuller description, see Appendix B:
 The immediate and delayed ignition probabilities area based on the Energy Institute
defined values for a large gas plant (available within SHEPHERD). These are leak
rate dependent and are defined within the leak scenarios. The background area
ignition probability is set to zero and the delayed ignition probability used within the
leak scenario accounts for all causes. This results in consistent fire and toxic
dispersion hazard.
Page A 10 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
 Probability of leak being horizontal is kept at 0.7 that is 30% of the leaks are
assumed to be vertical which disperse safely except for the case of immediate
ignition giving rise to a vertical jet fire.
7.1.4 Building Protection Features

People located inside buildings will be protected to some extent from external hazards
depending on the type of building construction. Building protection levels are used to
modify the probability of fatality. For the shops buildings, the usual building protective
features have been neglected due to the low confidence in guaranteeing such protective
features as the building is relatively large and may be significantly open. For the office
building usual protections are used as defined in the assumption sheets included in Appendix
B.
7.2 Risk Acceptance Criteria
The purpose of a risk assessment is to aid decision making. In order to do this some form of
criteria is required. The Maximum annualized Individual (IR) is adopted for this which is a
measure of the risk of death or serious injury to the most exposed person in the particular
building.
To fully define the risk based decision making, following elements are defined:
 An upper risk level in terms of IR, beyond which risks are deemed unacceptable;
 A lower level in terms of IR below which risks are deemed broadly acceptable; and
 An intermediate region between the upper and lower levels where risk reduction
measures should be considered unless cost of implementing these is disproportionate to
the benefit to achieve risks which are As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP).
The ALARP risk review process is illustrated in Figure 4.
Page A 11 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
UNACCEPTABLE INTOLERABLE
REGION LEVEL
(Risk cannot be justified save

in extraordinary circumstances)
Tolerable only if risk reduction is

impracticable or if its cost is
grossly disproportionate to the
improvement gained
ALARP
REGION Benchmark representing
the standard to be met
by new plant
(Risk is undertaken only if a
benefit is desired)
Tolerable if cost of
reduction would exceed
the improvement gained
BROADLY
ACCEPTABLE Necessary to maintain assurance
REGION that risk remains at this level
(No need for detailed working

to demonstrate ALARP)
NEGLIGIBLE RISK
Figure 4 - Levels of Risk and ALARP
This assessment uses the following framework for occupied buildings:

 Upper bound IR of 1.00E-4 per year. Beyond this the risks are considered unacceptable
risk reduction is required.
 Lower level IR
 1.00E-6 per year is considered broadly acceptable. Below this level of risk further risk
reduction need not be considered.
 In between these two limits, risk reduction should be considered unless the cost is
grossly disproportionate to the benefit (i.e. ALARP region).
Page A 12 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
7.3 Evaluation of Risks

7.3.1 Explosion Risks
Using the explosion model developed, explosion overpressure contours were produced. The
following figure shows the worst credible explosion overpressures. The maximum
overpressure at the subject buildings is less than 26mbar. In accordance with the SAES-B-
04, buildings outside the 0.5 psig (35mbarg) contours do not need to consider blast
overpressure in their design. The proposed shop buildings are in low explosion hazard area
as shown in Figure Figure 5
below which shows the worst credible overpressure contours.
Page A 13 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
Office
Ju’aymah Shops
Propane
Figure 5 – Plot of Worst Credible Overpressures
The risk (IR) for the two buildings is negligible as the buildings are outside the 0.5 psig
zone.
Page A 14 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
7.3.2 Fire Risk

There is no direct flame impingement risk to the two buildings. Heat flux from pool the
Diesel tank pool fire is limited to close to the bunded area. The potential heat flux is less
than 3kW/m2 and therefore any incident at the gas plat is unlikely to impair the escape
routes. The fire risks are negligible. The risk from the BLEVE fireball to building occupants
may be neglected as fireball, although intense is a very short duration incident and the
people inside buildings will be protected.
Office
Ju’aymah Shops
Figure 6 – Plot of potential heat flux
Page A 15 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
Office
Ju’aymah Shops
Figure 7 – Plot of Cloud Fire Frequency (or Risk as LSIR)

The LSIR at the building locations is 1.2E-6/year. Assuming working hours of 40 hours per
week, the maximum individual risk from fire will be 2.9E-7/year.
Page A 16 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
7.3.3 Toxic Risks

A plot of the toxic risk is presented in Figure 8. The toxic risk in the open outside the
buildings is 1.7E-7/year. When the protection provided by the building is taken into account,
the toxic risk becomes negligible.
Office
Ju’aymah Shops
Figure 8 – Plot of Toxic Risk (LSIR)
7.4 Total Risk

The total risk from fire and explosion to the Ju’aymah shops and associated office building
housing the MSSD personnel is negligible (<1E-6/year) and may be considered broadly
acceptable.
Page A 17 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Issue 1 Draft A
8 CONCLUSIONS
The risk for the Ju’aymah shops building is very low as would be expected considering its
location. The risk is considered as broadly acceptable using the Saudi Aramco general risk
tolerance criteria. No specific risk reduction measures are recommended as a result of this
BRA study except that the external building envelope should be constructed from fire
resistant materials. Escape routes should lead people away from the gas plant side.
Appropriate Emergency Response Plan should be put in place in case of the fire or gas leak
incident at the neighbouring gas plant.
Page A 18 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Appendix A Issue 1 Draft A
9 REFERENCES
1 ABS Consulting Technical Note “Juaymah Natural Gas Liquefaction and

Fractionation BRA Review & Refinement”, 3308518-TN-001, August 2014.
2 Shell SHEPHERD v3
3 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard SAES-B-014, “Safety Requirements for Plant
and Operations Support Buildings”, 30 September 2003.
4 Management of hazards associated with location of process plant buildings, API
recommended practice 752, Third Edition, Dec 2009.
5 BRA Master Plan Issue 1 Draft C, March 2012
Page A 19 of 18
Report No. 3416945-R-01
APPENDIX A – PHA
Page A 1 of A4
Report No. 3416945-R-01
BI 10-01545 MSSD Shops Relocation

Preliminary Hazard Analysis Work Sheets
Dec-2014
The Following is a detailed explanation of the Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA) assessment
work sheet for the determined Major Hazards of BI1 10-01545. The Format of the Worksheet is
given in the headings as itemized below and is provided in detail on the accompanying Excel
work sheet.
A. Proposed office facilitates location within restricted 500 meter distance of pipeline
corridors
B. Fire access impacted by the new MSSD shop location
C. Multiple unidentified underground utilities
D. Sewer lift stations with H2S potential
E. Dual Diesel fuel tanks
F. Large possible Fuel tank approx. 60 meters from LUP on south east corner
G. 5 Meter deep alignment and balancing pits in new shop facilities location
H. Multiple power panels on site
I. Shut down of existing shop utilities (electrical and non-electrical)
J. Large water tank used for facilities operations supply support when low water pressure
is present
K. Water table / ocean very close to proposed shop facilities
L. Propane gas source
M. Power Cable instillation into JYNGL substation 3 panels A and B
N. Laying of power cable through Pipeline corridor including through high security fence
controlled area
Page A 2 of A4
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Format of PHA Worksheet

This PHA is summarized into a worksheet of scenarios as summarized below. A sample of the
worksheet can be found as Table 1.
Full PHA excel work sheet attached for review and use.
1) Step / Process
2) Activity or source
3) Hazard Type
4) Unwanted event
5) Inherent risk
a. Consequence
b. Likelihood
c. Risk level
6) Tolerability
7) Existing Controls
8) Residual risk
a. Consequence
b. Likelihood
c. Risk level
9) Required Action
10) By whom
11) By When
12) Revised Residual Risk
a. Consequence
b. Likelihood
c. Risk level
13) Tolerability
14) Recommended action required Y/N
Page A 3 of A4
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Table 1.
See accompanying Excel Doc. PHA assessment.

Right click on below item, then click “work sheet object” then click on “open”
BI ‐ 10 ‐ 01545 PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS ASSESSMENT FORM
HAZARD ANALYSIS ASSESSMENT RECORD HAZARD REDUCTION PLAN
Step in Process / Activity / Source Hazard Type Unwanted Event Inherent Risk Existing Controls Residual Risk Required Action By Whom By When Revised Residual Risk
Recommended
Action Required
Component / (Improve existing (person (target

Section controls / implement responsible completion
new controls) for action) date)
Tolerability
Tolerability
Tolerability
Consequence
Consequence
Consequence
Likelihood
Likelihood
Likelihood
(10 to 1)
(10 to 1)
(10 to 1)
Risk Level
Risk Level
Risk Level
Yes / No
0 No Risk 0 No Risk 0 No Risk No

KBR‐AMCDE,
Proponent
organization.
During
throughtout Juyamah construction,
permiting required,
plant area GPR used contractor to
use of as built and
to indentify utilities facilitate and
redline drawing
Feed of cable in pre define cable implement
Damage to confirmation, As Low As As Low As
from JYNGL to supply corridor, PDD specified
equipment, system Property Damage Major High 9 Intolerable specialty oversite by Moderate Medium 6 Reasonably Apr‐15 Major Very Low 4 Reasonably No
MSSD new shop SME to perform actual controls ( ie,
shut down, PDD during Practicable Practicable
sub station tie in. Coordination in hand
instillation of feed
written notifications excavations,
cable and tie into Bus
of advance shut down water control,
bar
for facilities tie in. non
Power Cable mototrized or
instillation into ingnition
JYNGL substation source tools
3 panels A and B used, etc)
KBR‐AMCDE,
Throughtout Juyamah Proponent
Excavation and
plant area, pipeline organization.
instillation of high
corridor and the During
voltage power
permiting required, security fence construction,
cable beneath
Damage to use of as built and corridor location, GPR contractor to
multiple pipelines
equipment, damage redline drawing used to indentify facilitate and
within the
to pipe in corridor confirmation, utilities in pre define implement
pipeline corridor As Low As As Low As
resutliting in specialty oversite by cable supply corridor, specified
as well as beneath Economic Major High 9 Intolerable Major Medium 8 Reasonably Apr‐15 Major Very Low 4 Reasonably No
potential SME's and security Coordination by controls ( ie,
the specialized Practicable Practicable
environmental pre approvals during written notifications hand
security fencing
Laying of power toxin, system shut instillation of power of advance works, excavations,
corridore that
cable through down, feed cable through hand excavations, water control,
inclused video,
Pipeline corridor out the Corridor onsigh specialty non
sensory, and
including through suppervision, mototrized or
other monitoring
high security speciatly permit ingnition
devices
fence controlled controls to be used. source tools
area used, etc)
Select Select Select 0 No Risk 0 No Risk 0 No Risk
0 No Risk 0 No Risk 0 No Risk Yes
Select Select Select 0 No Risk Select Select 0 No Risk Select Select 0 No Risk No
Page A 4 of A4
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Appendix B Issue 1 Draft A
APPENDIX B – Assumption Sheets
Page B 1 of B9
Report No. 3416945-R-01
ASSUMPTION SHEET
Juaymah Shops BRA
Assumption No.: 001 Revision: 0 Date: September 2014
Subject: Global Settings
Assumption:
BRA model development
Option Shepherd Original Current Justification
Default BRA Model Model
option
This was set to yes in the original BRA model. Perimeter of the
Use object
building for a hit is registered rather than the object centre. This
perimeter for hit No Yes Yes
gives a better representation of the total risk to the building,
calculations
especially where buildings are large.
This was set to yes in the original BRA model. Selecting the “toxic
foot print” includes the prescribed toxic footprint values in the
Enable toxic release dispersion distances [1]. Not selecting this option will
No Yes Yes
footprint result in a conservative toxic risk value. Using the toxic footprint
data models a realistic dispersion shape rather than filling the 30°
dispersion sector completely as with flammable gas dispersions.
The ignition within each sector (up to the LFL Distance) is

summed and is used to ignite the flammable gas cloud within that
sector [1]. This is the default standard methodology used in all
previous versions of Shepherd.
Cloud fire ignition
Background Background Background For the Explosion only model “Background” cloud fire ignition
model
model will be utilised.
For the Fire & Toxic model the “Combined” ignition model will
be used (setting all background ignition to 0 unless from a specific
source such as a road, offsite populated area or a workshop)
10kW/m2 was used in the original BRA as threshold of fatalities.

Threshold flux This has an assigned 0.7 probability of mortality detailed in the
10 10 10
(kW/m²) Flame Characteristics” which is in line with the BRA Masterplan.
This is a usual industry standard value and is justified.
Threshold flux This is the radiation flux which results in 100% fatalities [1].
(kW/m²) with 50 50 50 Although a little higher than the industry standard value of 37.5
certain fatality kW/m2, this value cannot be changed in Shepherd.
No ellipse Leak scenarios are present within the model therefore,

Ellipse cut off No cut off No cut off No cut off
this parameter is not applicable.
Ellipse advanced Linear Linear Linear No Ellipse Leak scenarios are present within the model therefore,
setting interpolate interpolate interpolate this parameter is not applicable.
Page B 2 of B9
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Number of ellipse
No Ellipse Leak scenarios are present within the model therefore,
releases per wind 3 3 3
this parameter is not applicable.
sector
Overpressure
Option Shepherd Original BRA Current Justification

Default Model Model
option
Report
Formatting SI SI SI Standard units for reporting
Units
Explosion CAM CAM CAM

This has not been changed from the original BRA Model.
probabilities probabilities probabilities probabilities
Building This is the recommended method in the Shell Shepherd User Guide[1].
Vulnerability Shell Shell Shell API is based on pressure only and Impulse values cannot be withdrawn
Methodology from the model.
Building The BRA Masterplan found that pressure only method is

Pressure Impulse & Impulse &
Damage unrepresentative whereas pressure & impulse method provides a good
only Pressure Pressure
Methodology correlation with BEAST and is generally more appropriate.
The methodology considers the sum of all gas hits on a congested area,
which is much faster than Individual Event selection, but fatalities from
Calculation Individual exeedence buildings are not combined with standard Shepherd
Original Original
method events consequences and the Fn graph is separated into ‘Fatalities and
‘Exeedence Fatalities[1]. This is recommended by Shell [1] and is
consistent with previous BRA’s.
Threshold This was set to 10 in the original BRA model. This is the overpressure
pressure 30 10 10 level that is used in determining the frequency of overpressure above
(mbar) this threshold contour. This is however, not of particular significance.
Threshold
1e-010 1e-010 1e-010 This actually represents the zero frequency or deterministic level.
frequency
Occupancy This is used in calculating the building risk and is based on 8 hour shifts,
40 40 40
(hours) 5 days-a-week. This is widely accepted within industry practice.
This was determined in the original BRA criteria. This is used to

calculate the explosion individual risk and is based upon the building
Building type B1 B6 B6
types included as part of the BRA. Each building type requires a
different run. However in this refinement exercise this is not applicable.
References:
1)Shell Shepherd User Guide v 3.0
Consultant : Max Steele

Reviewer: Pradeep Prakash
Project Manager : Pradeep Prakash
Page B 3 of B9
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Comments:
ASSUMPTION SHEET
Juaymah Shops BRA
Assumption No.: 002 Revision: 0 Date: August 2014
Subject: Model Runs
Assumption:
It is proposed that the A Fire & Toxic and a separate Explosion model should be used to evaluate
the Building Risks using the following parameters:
Fire & Toxic Model

 Use “Combined ignition” option for the cloud fire ignition model which will enable
the EI ignition probabilities. Solely selecting “Delayed ignition” does not take into
account specific ignition sources from roads, populated areas or workshops, for
example.
 Apply a 50/50 distribution for the immediate and delayed.
 All Background ignition sources (Site and Plant) should be set to 0 except where
there are specified ignition sources such as furnace, roads, workshops of occupied
offsite.
Explosion Model
 “Background” ignition model will be used.
 The background ignition frequencies (from confidential source) on the site will be
based on the following:
Location/Area/Source Type of Delayed Ignition
Ignition Prob
Source
Offsite/ General Area 1.00E-6 per m2
Surrounding Environment
Onsite Operational Area Area 3.00E-5 per m2
Onsite Non-Operational Area 8.28E-4 per m2
(Construction) Areas
 All release cases will have a probability of being horizontal = 1.
Page B 4 of B9
Report No. 34116945-R-01
Apppendix B Issuue 1 Draft A
 All imm
mediate ignittion probabillities will bee set to 0.
 CAM Explosion
E Prrobabilities will
w be selectted in the Gllobal Settinggs
Justifica
ation:
In recentt BRA studies the use of the “delaayed ignitioon” option inn cloud firee ignition m model,
whereby the Energy Institute (E EI) delayed ignition
i freqquencies cann be automattically calcuulated
within thhe leak scennario, is con
nsidered to be
b the most up to date methodologgy for evaluuating
cloud fire & toxic hazards. The BRA Masteerplan did nnot concludee on the use of the “Dellayed
ignition”” option in the cloud firre ignition model
m when using Courrse QRA/BR RA methodoology.
The guid dance above whereby tw wo separate models
m are ccreated weree devised too ensure the most
up to datte ignition frequencies
fr are
a used and d that the exxplosion asseessment is cconservative. The
methodology outlined above is also Shell preeferred methhodology.
The HSE E recommen
nded ignition
n probability
y values from
m the 2006 Phase 1 repport are show
wn in
table belo
ow:
Ignition prrobability in
n the industriial area id ddefined as 2.1E-5/m2 wiith offsite arrea as
8.2E-7/m2 2
Are close to 3E-5/m2 2 and 1E-6/m2. For thee non-proceess area on the site, ignnition
control is much less stringent
s and
d a much higgher ignitionn probabilityy is a reasonnable
assumption n
Referencces:
Consulta
ant : Max Steelle
Revieweer: Pradeep Prakash
Project Manager
M : Pradeep Prakash
Commen
nts:
Pag
ge B 5 of B9
3416945-R-01 - Issue 1 Dra
aft A.docx
Report No. 3416945-R-01
Page B 6 of B9
Report No. 3416945-R-01
ASSUMPTION SHEET
Juaymah Shops BRA
Subject Tank Failure & BLEVE
Assumption:
Tank Catastrophic Failure has been taken as 2.8E-03/yr
BLEVE scenarios resulting from external fire impingement and VCE effects will be 1.00E-
5/year.
Justification:
OGP (Table 2.1) gives conservative values for Tank failure causing liquid spills outside the tank.
OGP (under Table 2.4) gives the catastrophic failure frequency of large storage tanks as 4.7E-
7/year and BLEVE frequency between 1E-5 and 1E-7/year and therefore, the values proposed
are conservative.
Increasing the threshold pressure and jet impingement time will ensure that only the most severe
BLEVE scenarios are taken into account when assessing building risk.
References:
1. OGP Risk Assessment No. Data Directory, Report 434-3, March 2010
2. HSE Document “Failure Rate and Event Data for use within Risk Assessments (28/06/2012)

Comments:
Page B 7 of B9
Report No. 3416945-R-01
ASSUMPTION SHEET
Juaymah Shops BRA
Subject: Building Population Areas
Assumption:
The protective features in the building population areas will be set as follows:
Level of protection used for all
Protection Description
buildings
0% (Building Types B1)
Combustible This is the effectiveness (%) of
50% (Building Types
Gas Protection the protection provided against
B2,B3,B4,B6)
(%) the ingress of combustible gas.
90% (Building Type B5)
This is the effectiveness (%) of 50% (Building Types B2)
Flame
the protection provided against
Protection 90% (Building Types B3,B4,B6)
jet flame impingement.
This is the effectiveness (%) of 50% (Building Types B2)
Flux Protection the protection provided against
thermal radiation. 90% (Building Types B3,B4,B6)
Shepherd uses the ventilation
rate to calculate the gas 10 ACPH (Building Types B1)
concentration inside building.
Toxic Gas 2 ACPH (Building Types
This concentration is used in the
Protection B2,B3,B4,B6+)
probit equation to estimate the
fatalities due to toxic gas 2 ACPH (Building Type B5)
exposure
References:
1. BRA Masterplan

Comments:
Page B 8 of B9
ORIGINATING OFFICE
ABS Consulting Ltd
EQE House, The Beacons
Warrington Road, Birchwood
Warrington, Cheshire, UK, WA3 6WJ
Tel: +44 1925 287300, Fax: +44 1925 287301
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
ABSG Consulting Inc
ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive
Houston, TX 77060
Tel: (281) 877-6100, Fax: (281) 877-6701
www.absconsulting.com
Offices Worldwide:
USA Europe/Middle East

Arlington, VA Aberdeen, UK
Baltimore, MD Abu Dhabi, UAE
Houston, TX Ahmadi, Kuwait
Irvine, CA Bristol, UK
Knoxville, TN Dammam, Saudi Arabia
Lakewood, CO Derby, UK
Oakland, CA Doha, Qatar
Rockville, MD Dubai, UAE
St. Louis, MO Genoa, Italy
Salt Lake City, UT Helensburgh, UK
San Antonio, TX Istanbul, Turkey
Seattle, WA London, UK
Stratham, NH Muscat, Oman
Wilmington, DE Paris, France
Piraeus, Greece
Latin America Rotterdam, The Netherlands
Caracas, Venezuela Sofia, Bulgaria
Ciudad del Carmen, Mexico Vizcaya, Spain
Macaé, Brazil Warrington, UK
EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.8


DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
Project Risk Management Report (PRM)
A N26
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
115
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
BI-10-01545 Upgrade Ju’aymah Shops
Project Risk Management Plan
Risk Plan Version
Version Date Life Cycle Stage
01 1/15/2015 5% Project Proposal
Risk Plan Communications

The plan was initially drafted by the PMT Project Engineer. Copies were emailed to Stakeholders for
their reference. The plan was further developed during the planning session on December 1, 2014, and
was finalized in the risk workshop on January 14th & 15th respectively.
Project Scope Statement

Project Key objectives
The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the Company’s specialized repair services. The
proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas production by upgrading the existing Shops
in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand.
This budget item provides for construction, furnishing and equipping 8,800 m2 shops building and a
2,500 SM office building to accommodate MSSD personnel at Juʹaymah Shops. The proposed shops
building will include four shops and 40 office spaces, and will be equipped with overhead cranes and all
the required shops equipment. The proposed office building shall include 140 office spaces, a conference
room and office support space.
Some of the operational shops equipment shall be relocated from the existing MSSD facilities in Dhahran
to the proposed shop in Ju’aymah. The MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be demolished under BI-10-
01402, EXPEC Advanced Research Center Expansion - Dhahran.
Project Duration and Cost

Project duration is 44 months from ERA to ERC, and cost is $88MM
Project Justification
The proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas production by upgrading the existing
Shops in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand.
These support facilities are designed to provide critical support to plant, and upstream production
operations in the capacity of specialty fabrication, repair, testing and electric motor works. This facility is
one that has proprietary requirements to provide the specialized service of repair and testing of critical,
complex and large rotating equipment.

Without this facility, equipment repair and maintenance operations for major and multi business /
production lines will be affected.
Project Significance
Any delay in project completion will directly impact the schedule of related BI-10-01402 Expec Arc
Expansion.
Project Milestones
MILESTONE FINISH
DBSP Approval Sep-2014
Project Proposal Document Feb-2015
Complete ER Estimate (56 D signed off and submitted to FPD) Aug-2015
ERA Sep-2015
Develop and Issue LSTK Contract Nov-2015
Detail Design IK (LSTK) Apr-2016
Construction Jan-2019
MCC Jan-2019
ERC Apr-2019
Risk Management Plan Context

Focus/ Scope of Risk Management
Is risk management to be done singularly on the complete package, and/or should the project be divided
into sensible sub-packages (such as LSTK’s), and/or should risk be focused on specific milestones, and/or
should risk be focused on comparing alternatives, and/or should risk be focused on specified disciplines or
technologies.
Major work packages
 FEED
 New equipment procurement (critical milestone for new critical equipment)
 Site preparation (critical milestone)
 Facilities construction
 Equipment relocation (critical milestone due to the sensitivities, age, uniqueness and size of
equipment)
 Commissioning & Start-up
 MCC
LSTK contractor will manage all packages except FEED.

Significance of major milestones or targets
Are there any milestones that are of particular importance other than completing ERA and ERC as
planned? Are some milestones more important than others?
 The project is on a tight schedule, with low margin for error (little float on key activities e.g.
procurement & onsite delivery of equipment). Contractor resources & capability (stretched);
Inter-department coordination within Saudi Aramco (e.g. Loss Prevention Department requests,
Security approvals, Work-permit approvals & Tie-in requirements)
 If either a 1 month slippage or a 3 month slippage occurs in the schedule occurs, then there will
be a cost and schedule impact to separate project, BI 10-0142
Key success factors

After this project is complete, what will be the factors that judge whether it was successful or not, other
than completing on time and within budget.
 Minimal Reworks (cost & schedule impact), Quality and Safety
Significant issues relating to the project

Are there any issues related to the project that the stakeholders should be made aware of. Are there
issues that could change the level of risk within the project? Are procedures being bypassed? Are there
any major doubts by PMT that the project is achievable? Are the key stakeholders actively involved? Is
scope changing or some technology in doubt? Is the bid list OK?
 Relocation of specialized shops equipment is required via equipment relocation experts for the
movement of the large and sensitive equipment.
 Requirement of a specialized industrial machinery consultant for equipment layout and facility
space planning – No concern.
Project Uniqueness
Are there any aspects of project scope, technologies, geographics, bid slate, etc., that are unique to Saudi
Aramco, or the project, or contractor?
Several of the aspects within project are unique:
 Construction of a below-ground pit (5m depth below grade level) for shaft balancing – Concern
regarding excavation survey results (e.g. high water table and excavation pit wall collapse);
 Specialized heat sensitive balancing and testing equipment of which limited repair vendors are
available globally – Not a concern
 This is a one-off type of project in terms of equipment to be moved and the required activities to
re-establish the equipment in their final locations such as balancing and alignment, etc.

 However, in general Saudi Aramco has executed similar projects (construction elements) in the
past. There is definitive historical data available from Proponent SME’s, LPD, Utilities group,
outside third parties with prior risk assessment data.
Safety Issues
Are there any unique safety issues other than the normal requirements? – BRA Assessment Report by
ABS Consultants deemed the project as low risk, which included consideration of the following:
 Yes, the area has production pipeline corridors in close proximity to site boundary.
 There are large hydrocarbon storage facilities in close proximity to the perimeter fence of the
proposed facility that have potential risks of toxic cloud disbursement and over pressurization
possibilities.
 Multiple utilities.
 Pipe lines with H2S exposure potentials are located directly on site locations that have to be
further addressed.
 Limited space movements through areas of proposed site construction
 Ongoing construction in same work area by other contractor for construction and utilities tie in
of the Musallah.
Environmental Issues
Are there are significant environmental issues or is there concern that the environmental study will
impose significant demands on the project.
 There are H2S potentials associated with the defined LUP areas, which were considered in the
BRA Assessment Report.
Major Assumptions
Are there any assumptions that the project is working with that may not be correct, or have not been
checked, or about which there is/maybe disagreement between various stakeholders.
 Yes. Capacity of non-electrical utility tie-ins of the existing JNGLF facility to support proposed
facility needs of BI-10-01545 was not confirmed at DBSP stage. PMT previously raised this
concern which is documented in the final DBSP. This remains an uncertainty until the
development of the FEED-completion package.
Project Dependencies
Are there any concurrent or future projects that have components that will require completion prior to
any aspect of testing, startup or commissioning for this project?
 This schedule is on the critical path of a separate project BI 10-01402 EXPEC ARC Expansion
Project. A delay in this project will result in a delay in the EXPEC ARC project. If this project is
late, demolition is delayed in BI 10-01402.

 This is a tiered development that is based on both individual and simultaneous operations. The
site development of EXPEC ARC cannot be facilitated fully without this project being in a state of
facilities completion.
 It is expected that there will be about three packages and twelve contractors. Package/project
management teams will be located at contractor office locations until such time as LSTK award
to which site offices will then be introduced. No conflicts or integration challenges are foreseen.
 There are interdependencies in the schedule and scope amongst the packages. Completion is
dependent on being capable of receipt, installation and functionality verification of equipment
from Dhahran to the proposed MSSD facilities in Juyamah without disruption of current
operations and to which must also be in place prior to demolition and continued development of
the EXPEC Arc project sites.
 The project is dependent on space planning by third party consultant & Proponent provision of
specialized equipment relocation experts.
Project Constraints (including shutdowns)

Are there any specific constraints, restrictors, work practices, access, etc., that are either not typical, or
that will impose significant or extra work through the execution of the project.
Are there restricted shutdown windows that may be difficult or impossible to achieve. Is the shutdown
crowded with other projects that may restrict access to areas of the plant?
 Potential budget reduction measures
Other (additional risk drivers or concerns)

Are all stakeholders in agreement of the scope and project strategy? Is there any previous work done on
risk management? Are there other similar projects that we should review their risk register? Is there any
other background information that may be useful in understanding the risk on the project?
 First PRM event
 The availability of specialized equipment damaged or broken during the process of breakdown,
move, reestablishment and testing which if not present, readily available or of major variation in
replacement that could result in a show stopping issue due to DBSP requirement that there be
no interruption of activities and that all items must be relocated and functionally prior to the
demolition and site development of BI 10-01545.
What are the key decisions the project is trying to make now?
 Restrictive schedule issues, specialized shop floor ergonomic layout needs, Schedule D and C
safety compliance requirements, etc.
Have all the alternatives required for making the decision been identified?
 No
Does the project have sufficient information to make these decisions?

 No

If not, what additional information is required to make these decisions?
 PHA, BRA, Environmental Impact Study, need for specialized machinery consultant and
equipment vendors.
Can project management team obtain the required information in time to make these key decisions?
 Only with full cooperation of both proponent (MSSD) and GES+ Contractor (KBR-AMCDE).
What concerns, if any, does the project have about the reliability of the information currently
available to make these key decisions?
 Accuracy of historical data such as as-built drawings etc. – Managed
Risk Strategy
The risk strategy is determined based on:
- Project significance
- Focus of Risk Management
- Project Constraints and Interdependencies.
This defines how risk management is applied, how much detail is required in risk management, what
impact objectives are of greatest importance, and what is the relative order of the impact objectives:
1. Safety
2. Minimize disruption of existing operations
3. Reliability of the project design, engineering and operation to achieve the required product
quality and specification.
4. Construction Schedule:
5. Net Cost of project
 Risks categorized as ‘Critical’ or ‘Significant’ MUST have detailed information on the risk and
root cause, a risk owner assigned, risk management plans identified, action plans assigned, and
a risk review date. These must be actively managed and must have regular reviews,
 Risks categorized as ‘Important’ or ‘Low’ must have a risk owner and a review date. These are
part of the watch list an must be reviewed regularly
Risk Tolerance
Risk tolerance is defined so that different risks can be qualitatively assessed based on the probability the
risk will occur and the impact the risk has on the project. Each type of risk including schedule, cost, etc,
uses the same ranking to normalize the risks. Each risk is then plotted on a heat map based on the
probability and impact. Those threats that plot in the red or orange, or opportunities that plot in the
medium or dark blue, are considered ‘hot’ or critical risks and these need to be actively managed. The
following Risk Tolerance and Impact Matrix define the Risk Tolerance for this project.
The probability rankings are defined by the company and are as follows:

Probability Matrix
Rank Description Probability
Very High Even chance > 50%
High One in every 4 projects > 25%
Moderate One in every 10 projects > 10%
Low One in every 20 projects > 5%
Very Low Less than 1 in every 20 projects < 5%
Rank Schedule Cost Safety Environment Quality

Very High > 4 weeks >$1M Fatality Very High risk of environmental > 10%
damage to neighboring regions on
a scale that would take months for
nature to recover from and could
have economic implications for
our neighbors
High 2 - 4 weeks $500K – 1M Severe High risk of environmental 5 -10%
Injury damage that could lead to ill-
health and wildlife damage
Moderate 1 - 2 weeks $250 -500K Medical Moderate risk of environmental 3 - 5%
Treatment damage that will require outside
assistance to clear and local
notifications may be required
Low 2 days – 1 $100 -250K First Aid Low risk of very localized 1 - 3%
week environmental damage that can
be cleaned up within normal
operations
Very Low < 2 days < $100K No injury No environmental impact/damage <1%
The heat map used to define heat tolerance is as indicated below:

Impact
Opportunity
Opportunity
Opportunity
opportunity
opportunity
Very High
Very High
Moderate
Moderate
Very Low
Very Low
High
High
Low
Low
Heat Map
Very
High
High
Probability
Moderate
Low
Very
Low
Low Important Significant Critical
Low opportunity Moderate Opportunity High Opportunity
Roles and Responsibilities – Cross Functional Team

The cross functional team identifies who will contribute to the Project Risk Process. Full time
participation implies these people are members of the core Project risk team. Other stakeholders are
identified who will contribute to decisions relating to Risk Management.
Dept Name Job Role Core Supervisor
Team
PMT Mana, Mohammad A Project Manager PM ----
(SAPMT)
PMT Shahrani, Khalid M Senior Project Eng. DM Part
PMT Mayaki, Onaivi Project Engineer Risk Full
Mngr/PMT
Proponent Shammari, Mishaal K Engineering representative C Full
RM Risk Manager Coordinates risk activities within project

RSS Risk Support Specialist Provides support and Risk knowledge to projects
SME Subject Matter Expert
C Risk contributor Contributes to Project Specific Risk Information
DM Decision Maker
RC Risk Coordinator Collects data
Risk actions will be escalated based on the delegation of authority levels defined in the Project Execution
Plan (PEP).

Risk Activity Scheduling
Refer to Risk Management Guide Section 3 for activity descriptions. Formal risk management sessions
are schedule relative to major milestones and also on a six monthly basis
Risk Planning and Review

12/1/2014
Risk Workshops
1/14-15/2015
Risk Activity Review

Monthly Review Meeting
Risk Owners to provide updates to Risk Manager on a weekly basis
Risk Reporting
Risk Reporting from the workshop will be the standard Risk Status Report. This will provide a quick
summary of the level of risk for the project and will include a summary of the actions plans required to
be conducted to reduce the risk.
Risk management and risk reporting must be conducted regularly. How will risk management be
reported? Will it be reported separately, and how often? Will it be reported every project review session
and how often is this and what aspect of risk management need to be reported.
Risk owners to provide a documented update of the status of each risk to the Risk Manager on a weekly
basis in accordance with a template to be developed. Risk Manager to update Active Risk Manager and
to prepare the required reports.
Risk Status and risk management activities are available for on-line tracking using the Risk Management
software. For information on this software, training on its use, and access to the software, contact
Perez, Terrence at the Project Management Office (ID: PEREZTH).
Risk Training
Are there project personal that require risk training so they can conduct risk management effectively?
PMT107 – Risk Fundamentals (2 days) for anyone who need to understand the process and is associated
with the process (Risk Manager, Risk Owners and Action Owners)
PMT213 – Risk Practitioner (5 days) for anyone who is actively involved in risk management (Risk
Manager)
PMT214 – Active risk management (ARM) fundamentals (2 days) for anyone who requires access to the
risk software for risk monitoring and control, and risk reporting (Risk Manager)
Attendees
See attached Attendance list

Risk Planning
Risk Workshop
Risk Review and Action Management
Actions
Are there any specific action items that result from the planning session?
 Condition items for LUPs to be reviewed and major risk areas to be highlighted for workshop
 PHA and BRA (Building Risk Assessment) required for workshop
 Cost breakdown structure and areas of uncertainty to be highlighted, and brought to workshop
 Ensure DBSP is available for workshop

Risk Management Status Report January 2015
This Report Previous Report Next Report

15 Jan 15 5% Project Proposal N/A N/A 17 Jan 2016 20% Detailed Design
Summary
The Risk Heat Map opposite shows the current number Risk Heat Map
of risks at each level of significance.
Impact
The Risk Register illustrated in Table 2 compares the risks
Moderate
Very High
Very Low
on Jan 15, 2015 to the expected future risk position
High
OPP
Low
assuming the currently identified risk response plans are
effective.
Very High 00 00 00 00 22 00
Probability
This is the first risk assessment for this project. The High 00 10 00 11 21 11
overall project risk situation is Medium as:
Moderate 00 11 00 00 00 00
 Critical/Significant Risks = 6 (medium)
 Threat Factor = 20.9 (medium). This is a qualitative Low 00 00 00 11 00 00
measure of risk determined by taking the average Very Low 11 00 00 00 11 00

level of exposure of the top twenty downside risks.
 Cost risk is 4.44% (medium) Figure 1
Current – Black
 Cumulative schedule risk is a qualitative indicator Expected - White
and is presently 12.95% (low)
 One opportunity has been identified
Referring to the trend table opposite, the future risk
situation is expected to improve, but will remain Prev N/A N/A
Medium. Cost Risk Now 4.44% 4 MM
Expected 2.83% 3 MM
 The number of critical and significant risks is
expected to reduce from 6 (medium) to 5 (medium) Prev N/A N/A
Schedule
 Threat Factor is expected to reduce from 20.90 Risk Now 12.95% 6 mths
(medium) to 16.75 (medium) Expected 9.43% 4 mths
 Cost risk is expected to reduce from 4.44%
(medium) to 2.83% (low) Prev N/A
Threat
 Schedule risk is expected to reduce from 12.95% Factor Now 20.90
(low) to 9.43% (low) Expected 16.75
Table 1
 Some critical and significant risks do not have new
action plans identified

Commentary
The majority of the critical and severe risks are given orange or red flags, so their risk management
outcomes are not presently in control.
Orange Flags
The following risks were given Orange Flags, since these risks are deemed to be within the project
management’s scope of influence, however the effect of the project’s response plans are still expected
to be limited. It is therefore not anticipated that these risks will be reduced to an acceptable level when
the response plans are carried out.
# 5693 A larger foundation size may be required due to the low soil bearing capacity and high
water table – The project is currently overlapping dewatering and soil improvement activities to
address this risk. No further mitigation has been proposed by the project team, so the risk level
remains critical.
# 5696 Existing non-electrical utilities capacity may be insufficient – A hydraulic analysis and
capacity evaluation study based on the process parameters of the existing network is to be carried
out from January to May 2015. No further mitigation has been proposed by the project team, so the
risk level remains critical.
# 5695 Underground services may need re-routing due to the unavailability of some critical
underground utility drawings – The proposed intrusive studies/ exploratory excavation is expected
to reduce the risk level from critical, however the risk level is not expected to fall below a significant
level.
# 5694 Extensive data network system runs may be needed since a direct connection to the
distribution switch is required by IT – The project is awaiting the results of a Ground Radar
Penetration Report (due end-Mar 2015). No further mitigation has been proposed by the project
team, so the risk level remains critical.
Red Flags
A Red Flag was attributed to the following risk, since the main driver of this risk is outside of the project
management’s control, and this risk is also expected to remain at an unacceptable level even after the
proposed risk response is implemented.
# 5692 Admin Building and Workshop Layout engineering rework may be required due to FPD
and Proponent misalignment – A meeting at management level for FPD and Proponent will be
organized in January, however the risk is expected to remain critical unless a satisfactory resolution
is obtained for both parties, which enables the achievement of the project’s objectives.

Recommendations
There are two risks, for which the Project Team expects the risks to be eliminated, should the proposed
responses prove to be successful:
#5698 Adequate skilled resources may not be available – The Project Team is confident that if
conditions are placed in the subcontracts to provide sufficient number of qualified technicians for
equipment relocation, then this should eliminate this risk. It can be argued that regardless of the
conditions placed in the subcontracts, if the qualified technicians do not exist in the market, this
risk response may be insufficient to eliminate this risk.
#5697 Electrical cable route approval process could be difficult since it passes under the
pipeline corridor and double security fences – The Project Team has proposed an early approval
application to eliminate this risk. An early approval application may provide some buffer for
approval delays, but may not necessarily eliminate fully the impact of major approval barriers; it
is therefore recommended that significant engagement with the approval authorities be
undertaken even before the formal approval process is commenced to gain an understanding
beforehand of any major issues.
Based on the comments provided above, the expected severity level for these two risks after completion
of the risk responses could potentially be viewed as understated.
The Project Team has suggested that the Proponent may be able to obtain equipment procurement
discounts from the equipment vendors, which may not be accessible by the Project Team. It is
recommended that this potential opportunity be explored together by both parties as early as possible
to determine its significance and to develop appropriate actions.
Management Activities
Monitoring & Control
Risk Manager
The assigned Risk Manager is responsible for arranging regular risk reviews with the project
management and preparing all risk reports.
He will also be responsible for the necessary updates of the Risk Register in ARM (which has
already been uploaded by PMOD).
Arranging PRM training for the project team also falls within the Risk Manager’s remit.

Risk Reviews
Risk responses for the five critical/significant risks of the eleven risks identified are to be
initiated in Project Proposal and require review in the first quarter of 2015. The response plans
for all of these risks are therefore considered as high priority.
Five of the remaining six risks require review in the second quarter of 2015. Monthly
management reviews of the risk register are therefore recommended to adequately manage the
risks.
Reporting & Escalation

A clear path for risk-related discussion, reporting and escalation needs to be established
amongst the Contractor(s), Action Owners, Risk Owners, Risk Manager, Project Management
and higher levels of the Saudi Aramco organization. The Risk Manager should champion the
development of this path.
Training
PRM training is recommended as follows:
 PMT107 – Risk Fundamentals (2 days) for the Risk Manager, Risk Owners and Action Owners.
 PMT213 – Risk Practitioner (5 days) for the Risk Manager and Risk Owners. PMT107 is a
prerequisite.
 PMT214 – Active Risk Management (ARM) software fundamentals (2 days) for Monitoring and
Control. Mandatory for Risk Manager.
All training can be arranged with Rahman, Rashid K (rashid.rahman.1@aramco.com). ARM access can be
obtained by contacting Mansouri, Abdulwahab A (ABDULWAHAB.MANSOURI@ARAMCO.COM).
Next Workshop
This risk workshop was conducted at 5% Project Proposal. The next required PRM workshop is at 20%
Detailed Design.

Notes on interpreting the report at the end of Project Proposal and in later Detail design and construction stages
of the project.
The following information will aid in the interpretation of this report:

 Number of critical risks. A low project risk is where the number of critical/significant risks is below four. High
project risk is where the number of critical/significant risks is eight or more.
 Cumulative Schedule risk. This is calculated by adding the individual schedule risks end-to-end. In a real
project much of the schedule risk appears in parallel, so this value is a qualitative indicator only. The
cumulative schedule risk is considered low if it is below 16% of the project schedule and high if it is 23% or
more.
 Cost risk. This is the accumulated cost risk for the project. Cost risk is considered low if it is below 4% and high
if it is above 6% or more of project value.
 Threat Factor. This is a qualitative assessment of the level of risk in the project. It is the average Risk severity
for the top twenty threats. A value below 16 is considered low risk and a value of 24 or more is considered
high risk. The maximum value of 100 occurs when all risks have a very high impact on the project and a very
high probability of occurring.
 Red Flags. A Red Flag is a risk outside the scope of management of the project and for which no effective
response plans have been identified.
 Orange Flags. Orange Flags are risks within the scope of management of the project but where insufficient
risk response plans have been identified for the management of the risk.
 Overall risk rating. This is a calculation based on the above four risk indicators.
 Expected. The expected risk position is the risk position that should result if all risk response plans are
adopted and they are effective, based on the current expectations of the project. Many risk response plans
take time to become effective so the expected risk situation may not reached within the next reporting
period.

Table 2: Risk Register & Risk Performance
The table below is a risk register summary. It shows essential information at a glance and without too much detail. These
ticks are used to indicate that the risk is being successfully managed. Poor management can arise from the risk increasing, or
that the risk response actions did not have the desired effect by the end of the ‘Phase Managed’.
ID Title Next Risk Owner Current Target Action OK Flag

Review Severity Severity
Date
5693 A larger foundation size may be Feb. 28, 2015 Mayaki, Onaivi T 100 100
required due to the low soil bearing
capacity and high water table
5696 Existing non-electrical utilities Mar. 31, 2015 Mayaki, Onaivi T 100 100
capacity may be insufficient
5692 Admin Building and Workshop Layout Feb. 01, 2015 Shammari, 71 71
engineering rework may be required Mishaal K
due to FPD and Proponent
misalignment
5695 Underground services may need re- Feb. 28, 2015 Alalami, 71 25
routing due to the unavailability of Mohammed
some critical underground utility
drawings
5694 Extensive data network system runs Feb. 28, 2015 Mayaki, Onaivi T 51 51
may be needed since a direct
connection to the distribution switch
is required by IT
5698 Adequate skilled resources may not May 31, 2016 Alalami, 25 0
be available Mohammed
5699 Relocated equipment could be May 7, 2015 Mayaki, Onaivi T 14 14

damaged
5697 Electrical cable route approval May 31, 2015 Mayaki, Onaivi T 12 0
process could be difficult since it
passes under the pipeline corridor
and double security fences
5700 Electrical equipment sizes may be May 31, 2015 Mayaki, Onaivi T 8 8
underestimated due to unidentified
equipment ratings

ID Title Next Risk Owner Current Target Action OK Flag

Review Severity Severity
Date
5701 Wider roads may be required for May 31, 2015 Mohammed 1 1
truck turning Alalami
5702 Lower material and labour costs may Apr 30, 2015 Mayaki, Onaivi T -35 -35
result from dropping oil prices
Notes for Table 2

The table compares the risks from the current risk workshop in Dec 2014, and to the expected risk position if all
the existing risk actions are effective. Critical and significant risks must have active management plans (which they
do).
Critical Significant Moderate Low Zero
These risks are expected to be effectively managed

These risks have actions defined for further management
Flags
Risk response plans within the scope of management of the project, but not expected to have a
significant effect on the risks they are trying to manage.
Risks are not within the projects management scope of action.

Table 3: Risk Response Actions
Title Response Action Owner Status Due Date

Risk - 5693 - A larger foundation size may be required due to the Mayaki, Onaivi T Active
low soil bearing capacity and high water table
3838 - Project is currently overlapping

Overlapping activities (dewatering and soil
Dewatering and improvement). No additional mitigation
Soil Improvement can be foreseen at this point.
Risk - 5696 - Existing non-electrical utilities capacity may be Mayaki, Onaivi T Active
insufficient
3841 - Hydraulic Hydraulic analysis, capacity evaluation

Analysis & study based on the process parameters
Capacity of the existing network (1/15/2015 -
Evaluation 5/31/2015). No additional action
envisaged to mitigate the risk.
Risk - 5692 - Admin Building and Workshop Layout engineering Shammari, Active 31 Jan 2015
rework may be required due to FPD and Proponent misalignment Mishaal K
3837 - Meeting at 5719 - Meeting at management level Shammari, Active 31 Jan 2015
management for FPD and Proponent to resolve issue Mishaal K
level for FPD and
Proponent to
resolve issue
Risk - 5695 - Underground services may need re-routing due to the Mayaki, Onaivi T Active 31 Mar 2016
unavailability of some critical underground utility drawings
3840 - Intrusive 5720 - Intrusive studies/ Exploratory Alalami, Active 31 Mar 2016
studies/ excavation based on the proposed Mohammed
Exploratory studies
excavation
Risk - 5694 - Extensive data network system runs may be needed Mayaki, Onaivi T Active
since a direct connection to the distribution switch is required by IT
3839 - Ground Project is currently awaiting the results

Radar of the Ground Radar Penetration
Penetration Report (due end-Mar 2015) before
Report determining whether this risk could
occur. No further action can be taken at
this point.
Risk - 5698 - Adequate skilled resources may not be available Alalami, Active 31 Oct 2016
Mohammed
3843 - 5722 - Ensure that conditions are Alalami, Active 31 Oct 2016
Subcontracts to placed in the subcontracts to provide Mohammed
provide sufficient sufficient number of qualified
number of technicians for equipment relocation
qualified
technicians for
equipment
relocation

Table 3: Risk Response Actions
Title Response Action Owner Status Due Date

Risk - 5699 - Relocated equipment could be damaged Mayaki, Onaivi T Active
3844 - No new -
action
Risk - 5697 - Electrical cable route approval process could be Mayaki, Onaivi T Active 29 Feb 2016
difficult since it passes under the pipeline corridor and double
security fences
3842 - Early 5721 - Make an early approval Mayaki, Onaivi T Active 29 Feb 2016
JNGLF Industrial application to JNGLF Industrial Security
Security
application
Risk - 5700 - Electrical equipment sizes may be underestimated due Mayaki, Onaivi T Active
to unidentified equipment ratings
3845 - No -
additional actions
specified
Risk - 5701 - Wider roads may be required for truck turning Alalami, Active
Mohammed
3846 - No -
additional actions
identified
Risk - 5702 - Lower material and labour costs may result from Mahfoodh, Aseel Active 30 Jun 2015
dropping oil prices
3847 - Vendor 5723 - KBR to organize a review of the Mayaki, Onaivi T Active 30 Jun 2015
list review to vendor list to identify material cost
identify material reduction opportunities
cost reduction
opportunities
Notes for Table 3

Table 3 shows the actions that must be performed to address the risks in the risk register. Each risk is identified in
bold/black along with the risk owner and the risk review date. Each action is identified in blue, with an associated
response action number, an action owner and action completed-by date. These actions must be conveyed to the
individual indicated.

EDSD REV
D
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
CONTROL NUMBER
SIH
OSM
AGENCY
BY:
PROJECT
ENGINEER
ENGINEER
DISCIPLINE
CERTIFIED
AUG-2015
MOZ/GMC/FA/BF/TH
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
AUG-2015
OPERATIONS
CONSTRUCTION
(DCC) NO. _____________________ DATE:
JU’AYMAH
22.9


Geotechnical Investigation Report
DOC
DWG.TYPE
SAUDI ARABIA
N26
Geotechnical Report File #: 2014/91 is attached
A
PLANT NO. INDEX
BI-10-01545
DRAWING NO.
PE-A00002
of
121
116
SHT.NO.
EDSD/2616-0399.doc
REV.NO.
BI-10-01545
GEOTECHNICAL FILE NO. 2014/91
DETAILED GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS
GEOTECHNICAL REPORT – REV. 2
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................................ v
1.0 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 OBJECTIVES OF INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................................ 3
1.3 THE SCOPE OF WORK ....................................................................................................... 3
1.4 INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY ................................................................................. 4
2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION, GEOLOGY AND SEISMICITY .................................................... 6
2.1 SITE DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................ 6
2.2 GEOLOGY............................................................................................................................. 6
2.3 SEISMICITY ......................................................................................................................... 6
2.4 SITE CLASS .......................................................................................................................... 6
3.0 FIELD INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................................................... 8
3.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 8
3.2 SURVEY OF TEST LOCATIONS........................................................................................ 8
3.3 EXECUTION OF BOREHOLES .......................................................................................... 8
3.4 EXCAVATION OF TESTPITS ............................................................................................. 8
3.5 IN-SITU SAMPLING ............................................................................................................ 9
3.5.1 Soil Sampling ..................................................................................................................... 9
BI-10-01545, UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS 15-K-3005

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS
Report Ref. #: KHO-GEO-PR-15-23-02
Dated: 13 MAY 2015 i
3.5.2 Groundwater Sampling ....................................................................................................... 9
3.6 IN-SITU TESTING ................................................................................................................ 9
3.6.1 Standard Penetration Tests ................................................................................................. 9
3.6.2 Piezo Cone Penetration Tests (PCPT) .............................................................................. 11
3.6.3 Field Electrical Resistivity Tests ...................................................................................... 11
3.6.4 Field Thermal Resistivity Tests ........................................................................................ 13
3.6.5 Crosshole Seismic Test ..................................................................................................... 13
3.6.6 Surface Seismic Refraction Tests ..................................................................................... 14
3.6.7 Plate Load Test ................................................................................................................. 15
3.6.8 Permeability Tests ............................................................................................................ 16
4.0 LABORATORY TESTING .................................................................................................. 17
5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATIONS ..................................................................................... 18
5.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 18
5.2 SUBSURFACE STRATA .................................................................................................... 18
5.3 GROUNDWATER TABLE ................................................................................................. 19
6.0 GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN PARAMETERS ................................................................... 20
6.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 20
6.2 UNIT WEIGHT.................................................................................................................... 20
6.3 SHEAR STRENGTH PARAMETERS ............................................................................... 20
6.4 MODULUS OF ELASTICITY ............................................................................................ 21
6.5 COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION BETWEEN SOIL AND CONCRETE/STEEL ................ 22
6.6 COEFFICIENT OF EARTH PRESSURES ......................................................................... 26
6.7 MODULUS OF SUBGRADE REACTION ........................................................................ 27
6.8 PROPERTIES OF FILL MATERIAL ................................................................................. 27

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 ii
7.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS ........................................ 28
7.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................... 28
7.2 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION .................................................................................... 28
7.2.1 Subsurface Conditions ...................................................................................................... 28
7.2.2 Liquefaction Potential of Soils ......................................................................................... 29
7.2.3 Selection of Foundation Type........................................................................................... 29
7.3 SHALLOW FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................................... 30
7.3.1 Geotechnical Design Criteria............................................................................................ 30
7.3.2 Bearing Capacity Analysis ............................................................................................... 30
7.3.3 Tolerable Settlements ....................................................................................................... 30
7.3.4 Allowable Bearing Pressure ............................................................................................. 31
7.3.5 Assumptions in Bearing Capacity Analysis ..................................................................... 32
7.4 TRANSIENT LOADS ......................................................................................................... 32
7.5 ADJACENT FOOTINGS .................................................................................................... 32
7.6 FOUNDATIONS SUBJECTED TO VIBRATIONS (Ref. 16, 17) ..................................... 36
7.6.1 Vibrating Foundation Systems ......................................................................................... 36
7.6.2 Dynamic Parameters ......................................................................................................... 36
7.6.3 Damping ........................................................................................................................... 39
8.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF FOUNDATIONS ...................... 41
8.1 THE EARTHWORK............................................................................................................ 41
8.1.1 Fill Material ...................................................................................................................... 41
8.1.2 Subgrade Preparation and Compaction Criteria ............................................................... 42
8.2 SOIL CORROSIVITY ......................................................................................................... 44
8.3 EXCAVATIONS AND SHORING ..................................................................................... 44

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 iii
8.4 DEWATERING ................................................................................................................... 45
8.5 DRAINAGE PROVISIONS ................................................................................................ 45
8.6 INSPECTION AND MONITORING ................................................................................. 45
9.0 PAVEMENT SUBGRADE RECOMMENDATIONS........................................................ 47
10.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................... 48
11.0 LIMITATIONS ...................................................................................................................... 49
TABLES
FIGURES
APPENDICES
APPENDIX “A”
Field Data
APPENDIX “B”
Laboratory Test Results
APPENDIX “C”
Design Aids
APPENDIX “D”
Settle3D Analysis Result Sheets
APPENDIX “E”
Automatic Hammer Efficiency Certificates
APPENDIX “F”
Foundation Layout Drawings

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 iv
BI-10-01545
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
proposed facilities will support company’s crude oil and gas production by upgrading the existing
Shops in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand. This budget item provides for construction,
furnishing and equipping a 8,800 Square Meters (SM) shops building and a 2,500 SM office
building to accommodate MSSD personnel at Juʹaymah Shops. The proposed shops building will
include four shops and 40 office spaces, and will be equipped with overhead cranes and all the
required shops equipment. The proposed office building shall include 140 office spaces, a
conference room and office support space. Some of the operational shops equipment shall be
relocated from the existing MSSD facilities in Dhahran to the proposed shop in Ju’aymah. The
MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be demolished under BI-10-01402, EXPEC Advanced Research
Center Expansion – Dhahran.
Presently, the existing Mechanical Services Shop Department (MSSD) facilities at Dhahran are
planned to be demolished to facilitate construction of the EXPEC Advanced Researched Center
(ARC) Building, in line with the Dhahran Area Master Plan. Dhahran Shops is the only facility in
Saudi Aramco, which provides the required specialized services to support repairs and testing of
critical, complex, and large rotating equipment. The MSSD shops facility at Ju’aymah shall therefore
be upgraded to accommodate these relocated, specialized repair services. The existing machine shop,
will continue to be operational throughout the project execution.
M/s KBR-AMCDE, engineering consultants and designers of the project, contracted Riyadh
Geotechnique and Foundations (RGF), Khobar for carrying out the geotechnical investigations for
the proposed project. The investigations layout was planned by client and field work was carried in
February - March, 2015. Subsequently, the laboratory testing of the field retrieved samples was
conducted at RGF Geotechnical and Materials Testing Laboratories, Al Khobar.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 v
This report presents details of geotechnical investigations carried out for subject project and provides
an evaluation of the subsurface conditions encountered at the investigated boreholes. The
recommendations given in this report are based on the interpretation of field and laboratory test
results, and on the state-of-the-art knowledge in geotechnical engineering, design and construction.
SUBSURFACE STRATA
Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND (SM) / Clayey SAND (SC) layer underlain
by Clay (CL) /Silt (ML) layer is generally present up to a depth of 15.0 to 20.0 m below existing
grade level. The compactness of the sand layers is medium dense to very dense with loose layers
between 3.0 to 6.0m depth. Details are provided in section 5.2 of this report.
GROUNDWATER TABLE
Observations were made for stabilized ground water table, measured after 24 hours or more after
completion of drilling of boreholes. The groundwater table was encountered at a depth range of 1.70
to 2.30m below existing grades during current investigations.
Design Groundwater levels for each area are mentioned in the below table.
Table I: Design Groundwater Levels
Rev. 02
Design
Groundwater Groundwater Groundwater
Structure
Depth (m) Elevation (m) Level from
EGL (m)
MSSD Workshop Building 1.85 to 2.0 +0.05 to +0.22 1.90
Administration Building 1.75 to 2.0 +0.08 to +0.10 1.75
Substation Building 2.10 to 2.30 +0.18 to +0.43 2.0
Shipping and Receiving Shelter 1.70 to 1.90 +0.09 to +0.18 1.70
Car Parking at Administration Building 2.0 +0.17 2.0
SHALLOW FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Specific design details regarding foundation loads, foundation sizes and final grade levels for
proposed structures are provided by the client and detailed in section 1.1 of this report. These details
were the basis for recommendations provided for the proposed structures. In case of significant

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 vi
variations in foundation loads, sizes and final grade levels, the matter should be referred back to
RGF for further advice.
SPT profiles are developed for the project area for all proposed structures and are shown in Figure 3
to 6. For MSSD Workshop Building, SPT profile corresponding to (Average – 1.0 x standard
deviation) has been taken as representative and used as design profile. For Substation Building, mat
foundation is the adopted foundation system by the client; therefore, average SPT profile is used for
Substation Building. For all other structures (Administration Building, Shipping and Receiving
Shelter and Car Parking), SPT profile corresponding to (Average – 1.0 x standard deviation) was
close to worst borehole data and therefore, the SPT values of worst borehole have been taken as
design values for these structures.
Shallow (isolated / strip / mat) foundations are recommended to support the proposed structures.
The net allowable bearing capacity values using the design details provided by the client have been
shown in Table 7-1 to 7-5. Settle3D analysis result sheets are attached in Appendix D for
reference.
(a) MSSD Workshop Building:
As per information provided by the client, maximum column load for 4.5m x 2.4m spread footing is
expected to be 2196kN which will apply a foundation pressure of about 200kPa. The recommended
net allowable bearing capacity for 4.5m x 2.4m spread footing is 125kPa which is less than the
expected foundation pressure and hence the proposed foundation size is not sufficient. Therefore, it
is recommended to increase the foundations size or adopt strip foundation system in place of
isolated/spread footing to support the proposed structure. The net allowable bearing capacity values
for general foundation sizes of isolated and strip foundations are provided in Table 7-1 of this report.
The designer should check the net allowable bearing capacity values for all foundation sizes (general
and specific) using isolated/strip foundation against the design pressures. In case, the recommended
allowable bearing capacities do not meet the design requirements even after increasing the size of
isolated foundation or using strip foundation, the matter should be referred back to RGF for further
advice.
(b) Administration Building, Substation Building, Shipping and Receiving Shelter and Car
Parking:
The recommended net allowable bearing capacity values for proposed foundation sizes for all other
structures (Administration Building, Substation Building, Shipping and Receiving Shelter and Car
Parking) are higher than the maximum anticipated design pressures. Therefore, there will be no
problem regarding bearing capacity of subsurface strata to support these structures.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 vii
SOIL IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENT
No soil improvement is required before placing foundations. However, in case, the recommended
allowable bearing capacities for design foundation sizes do not meet the design requirements, it is
recommended to adopt following options:
1. Increase the design size of foundations to reduce maximum pressure
2. Adopt alternative foundation system i.e. strip and/or mat in place of isolated/spread footings
In case, the recommended allowable bearing capacities do not meet the design requirements even
after increasing the size of isolated foundation or using strip foundation, the matter should be
referred back to RGF for further advice.
SOIL CORROSIVITY
The chemical tests performed on on-site soils indicate that site has been contaminated with
chemically aggressive salts. To avoid possible attack of deleterious salts on concrete and
reinforcement, the concrete exposure can be taken as Exposure II at expected foundation level for
entire site. It is also recommended that foundations and other concrete structures coming in direct
contact with the soil be constructed by using Type V cement as per the Saudi Aramco Standard
SAES-Q-001.
EARTHWORK
The earthwork, selection of fill, its placement and compaction requirements shall be carried out as
per applicable Saudi ARAMCO Standards as discussed in section 8.0 of this report.
DEWATERING
During excavations for some of the foundations, water table will be encountered below the existing
Rev. 02
grade level. As it is required to excavate below the water table, dewatering should be adopted to
temporarily lower the water table during the construction period. We recommend using well point
dewatering system for the purpose. Moreover, any free water encountered at the base of excavation
should be dewatered using open pumping methodology. The detailed analysis and design for
dewatering works should be carried out by the specialized contractor.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 viii
BI-10-01545
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL
proposed facilities will support Company’s crude oil and gas production by upgrading the existing
Shops in Juʹaymah to meet ongoing operations demand. This budget item provides for construction,
furnishing and equipping a 8,800 Square Meters (SM) shops building and a 2,500 SM office
building to accommodate MSSD personnel at Juʹaymah Shops. The proposed shops building will
include four shops and 40 office spaces, and will be equipped with overhead cranes and all the
required shops equipment. The proposed office building shall include 140 office spaces, a
conference room and office support space. Some of the operational shops equipment shall be
relocated from the existing MSSD facilities in Dhahran to the proposed shop in Ju’aymah. The
MSSD facilities in Dhahran shall be demolished under BI-10-01402, EXPEC Advanced Research
Center Expansion – Dhahran.
Presently the existing Mechanical Services Shop Department (MSSD) facilities at Dhahran are
planned to be demolished to facilitate construction of the EXPEC Advanced Researched Center
(ARC) Building, in line with the Dhahran Area Master Plan. Dhahran Shops is the only facility in
Saudi Aramco, which provides the required specialized services to support repairs and testing of
critical, complex, and large rotating equipment. The MSSD shops facility at Ju’aymah shall therefore
be upgraded to accommodate these relocated, specialized repair services. The existing machine shop,
will continue to be operational throughout the project execution.
M/s KBR-AMCDE, engineering consultants and designers of the project, contracted Riyadh
Geotechnique and Foundations (RGF), Khobar for carrying out the geotechnical investigations for
the proposed project. The investigations layout was planned by client and field work was carried in
February - March, 2015. Subsequently, the laboratory testing of the field retrieved samples was
conducted at RGF Geotechnical and Materials Testing Laboratories, Al Khobar.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 1
This report presents details of geotechnical investigations carried out for subject project and provides
an evaluation of the subsurface conditions encountered at the investigated boreholes. The
recommendations given in this report are based on the interpretation of field and laboratory test
results, and on the state-of-the-art knowledge in geotechnical engineering, design and construction.
proposed structures are provided by the client and detailed in Table 1-1 for reference. These details
Table 1-1: Design Details for Proposed Structures Provided by the Client
BUILDING/STRUCTURE
ITEM Shipping and Car Parking at

MSSD Workshop Administration Substation
Receiving Administration
Building Building Building
Shelter Building
Max Vertical =
Max Vertical =
Max Vertical = 2196 kN Saudi Aramco 136 kN
Loading details 890 kN Saudi Aramco
(approx) standard Max Horizontal =
for proposed Max Horizontal standard drawing
Max Horizontal = 220 drawing to be 55 kN
structures = 44.4 kN to be followed
kN (approx) followed Moment = 167
Moment = 0
kN-m
Final / finished varies +2.173 to
grade levels of +1.775
+2.50 +2.90 +2.825 +2.25
proposed ( no change on
structures existing level)
Foundation
Appendix F Appendix F Appendix F Appendix F Appendix F
layouts
1) 4.5m x 2.4m - spread 1) 5.5m x 3.0m

footing for combined 30m x
Size of proposed 3m x 2.5m -
2) 1.9dia x 4m deep - footing 10.72m - Mat 2.5m x 1.8m
foundations spread footing
stacking/de-stacking 2) 6.5m x 2.8m foundation
rotor for chiller
1) 1.55m deep
1) 2.25m deep - spread for combined
Proposed depth
footing footing 0.95m deep 1.2m deep 1.5m deep
of foundations
2) 4m deep for rotor 2) 1m deep for
chiller

Table 1-2: Thickness of backfill at Proposed Structure Locations
Fill Thickness above

Structure Existing Grade Level
(m)
MSSD Workshop Building 0.50
Administration Building 1.00
Substation Building 0.35
Shipping and Receiving Shelter 0.25
Car Parking at Administration Building No Fill
1.2 OBJECTIVES OF INVESTIGATIONS
The geotechnical investigations were undertaken to meet the following objectives:
1. To investigate the geotechnical and geological conditions at the site including physical and
index properties of soil / rock.
2. To delineate the major subsoil types spread along the site area.
3. To investigate the structure and homogeneity of strata as well as the physical properties of each
soil layer of the site.
4. To evolve parameters for the design of foundations of proposed structures.
5. To evaluate and estimate the stability and bearing capacity of ground.
6. To spell-out the geotechnical considerations for the design and construction of the foundations
of the proposed structure.
1.3 THE SCOPE OF WORK
A geotechnical investigations program was prepared, keeping in view the site conditions, the project
components and to fulfill the above-mentioned objectives in line with the scope of work, as
described below and tabulated in Table 1-3.
1. Surveying and Staking out of the borehole locations at the site in accordance with the locations
/ coordinates provided by client.

2. Drilling and sampling of twelve (12) boreholes up to a depth of 15.0 to 20.0m below existing
grade level.
3. Excavations of four (04) testpits up to 1.50m depth or refusal whichever comes first.
4. Performance of four (04) Peizocone Penetration Tests (PCPT) up to a maximum depth of 15.0
to 20.0m or refusal whichever comes first.
5. Performance of two (02) Crosshole Seismic Tests including the drilling of two receiver
boreholes down to maximum 15.0 to 20.0m depth.
6. Performance of four (04) shallow Surface Seismic Tests using 2.0m geophone spacing for a 24
m spread.
7. Performance of four (04) Electrical Resistivity Tests (Wenner’s configuration max. 10m
electrode spacing i.e. at 1, 2, 5, 10m in one direction only.
8. Performance of five (05) Thermal Resistivity Tests at specified locations.
9. Performance of two (02) Plate Load Tests at surface.
10. Performance of two (02) Permeability Tests predrilled boreholes.
11. Performing laboratory tests to determine pertinent engineering and index properties as well as
the chemical properties of the strata encountered at the project site.
12. Analyzing the field and laboratory tests data and submitting an engineering report, furnishing
recommendations for the design and construction of foundations and earthwork for the
proposed structures at the site.
1.4 INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY
Keeping in view the scope of work and specifications generally followed for the detailed
geotechnical studies, a programme of field work was prepared. The exploratory borings were drilled
using straight rotary drilling rigs. Field tests were performed at designated locations in accordance
with relevant ASTM standards and Saudi Aramco specifications. Soil samples were collected from
designated depths from boreholes using appropriate samplers for identification and subsequent
laboratory testing. Selected soil samples were subjected to various laboratory tests for evaluation of
classification, strength and chemical characteristics of the subsurface strata. The laboratory tests
were performed in accordance with the relevant ASTM standards and Saudi Aramco specifications.

Table 1-3: Overall Summary of Field Investigations
Electrical Resistivity
Thermal Resistivity
Shallow Refraction
Crosshole Seismic
Permeability Test
Seismic Sounding
Plate Load Test

Boreholes
Testpits
PCPT’s
Test
Test
test
Facility
5 1
MSSD Workshop Building 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(20m) (20m)
2 1
Administration Building 1 1 1 1 1
(20m) (20m)
2 1
Substation Building 1 1 1 1 1 1
(15m) (15m)
Shipping and Receiving 2 1
1 1 1 1
Shelter (15m) (15m)
Car Parking at 1
Administration Building (15m)
New Cable Duct, Trenches 1
Total 12 4 4 2 4 4 4 2 2
Note:
The borehole and field test numbers for each structure location are provided in the borehole location
plan, attached as Figure 2.

2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION, GEOLOGY AND SEISMICITY
2.1 SITE DESCRIPTION
The project site is located in Ju’aymah in eastern province of Saudi Arabia. The Ju’aymah Plant is
located 80 KM north of Dhahran. The location Ju’aymah shop is located near the Ju’aymah Gas
plant. The new Juaymah Shop will be adjacent to existing Main Shop, existing NSD Admin
building, existing Hex and Heat Exchanger Shop and Conference Room.
The site is generally covered with asphaltic concrete. The topography of the area is generally flat
and leveled. No above / below ground obstruction was found at the site. Vicinity map of the site is
shown in Figure 1 whereas geotechnical investigation plan is provided as Figure 2.
2.2 GEOLOGY
Periodic submergence of the Gulf Coast, in the Tertiary period, resulted in deposition of over-
consolidated clays, closely interbedded sandstone and limestone. Uncemented Quarternary and
recent sediments, commonly consisting of Sabkha and Dune sands overlie the Tertiary deposits.
This lithology was confirmed by present geotechnical investigation of the site.
2.3 SEISMICITY
The seismic data for various locations in KSA as adopted by Saudi ARAMCO vide their SAES-A-
112, issue date July 22, 2013 indicate the following provisional earthquake data as assigned to
Ju’aymah Area.
Short Period Acceleration (Ss) in % g : 8.90

1-sec Period Acceleration (S1) in % g : 3.20
Peak Ground Acceleration (PGA) in % g : 2.00
2.4 SITE CLASS
Results for Vs recorded through Cross-hole seismic tests are tabulated below:

Table 2-1: Cross-Hole Seismic Tests Summary
S-Wave Velocity (m/sec)

Crosshole # Site Class
Minimum Maximum Average
CHT-1 203 422 296

D
CHT-2 203 353 276
Based on the Shear Wave Velocity (Vs) data recorded through cross-hole seismic tests, site class is
D considering the criteria provided in ASCE-7, Table 20-3.1. Therefore, we recommend that Site
Class D should be taken for the whole project area.

3.0 FIELD INVESTIGATIONS
3.1 GENERAL
The proposed field work consisted of exploratory drilling and sampling of the subsurface soil
samples and performance of field tests at designated locations. The borehole locations were decided
by the client and marked in the field by RGF. A list of coordinates and elevations (Mean Sea Level)
of the geotechnical investigation locations is given in Table 1.
3.2 SURVEY OF TEST LOCATIONS
The coordinates and elevation of the test locations were measured using differential GPS by
deploying RKT method.
The coordinates are based on UTM 39/International 1924 Ellipsoid, Ain Al Abd 1970 Datum and
Mean Sea Level (MSL) is the Saudi Aramco Vertical Datum of 1978 (SAVD 1978).
3.3 EXECUTION OF BOREHOLES
Boreholes up to the required depth of 15.0 to 20.0m were executed using straight rotary drilling
method. The drilling of boreholes was carried out using ACKER ADII drilling rigs. The subsurface
stratum was penetrated by rotary drilling method using wash boring technique. Bentonite slurry of
suitable consistency was circulated as a drilling fluid to provide stability to borehole walls. After
completion of the testing, boreholes were backfilled with a mixture of cement, bentonite, sand and
water. The grout backfill materials were proportioned to a groutable / pourable consistency and the
proportions varied as per the specific requirements.
The borehole logs were prepared in the field and a description of soil samples recovered has been
shown in the respective borehole logs. Field borehole logs were developed on the basis of the
materials encountered at the site and were later confirmed / modified by the laboratory test results.
The borehole logs are appended in Appendix A of this report.
3.4 EXCAVATION OF TESTPITS
Testpits were excavated at the specified locations up to a maximum depth of 1.50m below existing
grades. The testpits were carefully logged during excavation and field logs were developed, which
were finalized after laboratory testing. The criteria provided in Table 2 of this report are used to
evaluate the apparent density / consistency of the material. The testpit logs are appended to this
report as Appendix A.

3.5 IN-SITU SAMPLING
3.5.1 Soil Sampling
The samples recovered from split spoon sampler were visually inspected and classified as per ASTM
D-2488. All the SPT samples obtained from the boreholes were properly labeled, preserved in
polythene bags and placed in plastic jars. All these samples were carefully transported to our
laboratory for further evaluation and testing.
3.5.2 Groundwater Sampling
completion of drilling of borehole. Groundwater samples were collected from the borehole and sent
to our laboratory in Al-Khobar for further testing and evaluation. Groundwater samples were also
collected for environmental analysis, preserved at site as per applicable standards.
3.6 IN-SITU TESTING
3.6.1 Standard Penetration Tests
Standard Penetration Tests (SPTs) were performed using automatic hammers at 0.75m depth
intervals down to 4.50m and at 1.5m depth intervals thereafter. These tests were performed
generally in accordance with ASTM D-1586 using a split spoon sampler of 35mm inner dia. and
50mm outer dia. The data obtained from these tests was utilized to assess the in-situ
compactness/denseness of the subsurface materials. The SPT blow counts were recorded for a total
penetration of 45 cm of SPT sampler. The number of blows required to drive the sampler through
the last 30 cm viz. ‘N’ values have been shown on the respective borehole logs. A summary of SPT-
N values is given in Table 3.
Normalization of SPT Data
Corrected N values may be required for the design purposes. These corrections or adjustments to N
values include:
 Correction for the actual energy delivered to the drill rod

 Correction to account for the length of the drill rod.
 Correction to account for the absence or presence of a liner inside the split-spoon sampler.
 Correction to account for the influence of the diameter of the borehole.

It is necessary to normalize the N-values measured by any particular method to some standard rod
energy ratio. Researchers show that the blow count in a given soil is inversely proportional to rod
energy ratio (ERr). N-values measured with a known or estimated rod energy ratio (ERr) value can
be normalized to a standard value by the following conversion:
N60 = N (ERr /60)
Where
actual hammer energy to the sampler
ER r  x 100
theoratical input energy
Hammer energy calibration has been made and actual hammer energy transferred during the SPT
was measured and shown below and energy calibration certificates are provided in Appendix E.
Table 3-1: Hammer Energy Ratio for the Hammer used in the project
Hammer energy factor for N60
Hammer # Energy Ration (ERr)
( H= ERr/60)
RGF-AH-434 80 1.33
These corrections were applied to the SPT blows as follows (Ref. 2 & 3):
(N) 60 = Nfield x ( H x  R x  S x  B)
Where
(N) 60 = SPT blows normalized for 60% energy level
 H = Hammer energy factor
 R = Rod length factor
= 1.0 for rod length > 10m
= 0.95 for rod length of 6 to 10m
 S= Sampler correction = 1.0 for sampler without liner
 B= Bore diameter correction = 1.0 for borehole diameter between 60 to 120 mm

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 10
3.6.2 Piezo Cone Penetration Tests (PCPT)
Cone Penetration Tests with Pore Pressure Measurements (PCPTs) were performed to determine
cone tip resistance, side friction and the pore pressure generated in the soil using Geomill electric
cone penetrometer.
A calibrated electric cone is pushed into the ground by hydraulic pressure. The electric cone
connected to a microprocessor and a laptop computer passed signals thru a cable regarding the tip
resistance (qc), side friction (fs) as well as pore water pressure (U) and friction ration (fr) measured
by the cone. All data is automatically recorded in the laptop and later processed and printed using
patented software. The tests were carried down to refusal depth.
The graphical representations of the data are provided in Appendix A of this report.
3.6.3 Field Electrical Resistivity Tests
Electrical Resistivity Tests were carried out at the specified locations of the site as per Standard
ASTM G 57. The measurement of the electrical resistivity of the ground were conducted using a 4-
Pin Soil Resistance Terrameter SAS 4000. The readings in the field were taken by using Wenner’s
four electrode configuration.
In Wenner electrode configuration, four electrodes are inserted into the ground at equal distance
apart in a straight line. The outer electrodes are used as current electrodes while the inner ones act as
potential electrodes. The ground is energized with the help of a battery pack. The current passing
through the two current electrodes and the resulting difference between the two potential electrodes
are recorded from the instrument. The natural or stray currents in the ground are nullified by the
instrument. When the null detector is balanced, using the range switch and the dial, the resistance in
ohms between potential electrodes is measured. The resistivity of the ground is calculated as
follows:
V
R= xK
I
Where R = Apparent Resistivity (Ohm-m)
a = Electrode spacing (meter)
V/ I = Ratio of Voltage to the current
K = 2  a (Wenner’s configuration shape factor)

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 11
As the depth of measurement is dependent upon electrode spacing, the readings will be taken starting
from smaller electrode spacing and increased symmetrically with respect to center of electrode
configuration. Electrode spacing of 1.0 m, 2.0 m, 5.0 m and 10.0 m were used. For each electrode
spacing, apparent electrical resistivity values were then calculated using the above-mentioned
formula.
Electrical resistivity test data and results are presented in Appendix A of the report.
Table 3-2: Summary of Electrical Resistivity Tests
Inter-Electrode Apparent Resistivity, 

ERT No.
Spacing (m) (-m)
1.0 57.27
2.0 26.63
ERT-01
5.0 22.29
10.0 43.96
1.0 69.71
2.0 40.32
ERT -02
5.0 21.98
10.0 7.03
1.0 57.27
2.0 51.50
ERT -03
5.0 25.43
10.0 13.19
1.0 50.25
2.0 26.38
ERT -04
5.0 18.84
10.0 12.56

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 12
3.6.4 Field Thermal Resistivity Tests
Thermal resistivity tests were conducted as per related ASTM standard for the project at the
specified locations. Thermal resistivity tests were performed as per test procedure outlined in
ASTM D 5334. The test was performed using the thermal probe manufactured by Geotherm Inc.,
Canada and results are tabulated below:
Table 3-3: Summary of Thermal Resistivity Tests
Thermal Thermal
Temperature
Test No. Resistivity Conductivity Remarks
(C°)
(C°.cm/W) (W/C°.m)
TR-01 32.1 127 0.79 Sand with Silt
3.6.5 Crosshole Seismic Test
Crosshole seismic tests were performed on proposed locations subjected to dynamic loading. These
tests have been conducted at the specified depth horizons as per ASTM D 4428 using Olson CS
Equipment.
Velocity of seismic waves through a medium depends upon the density, constituent minerals,
Poisson’s Ratio and Modulus of Elasticity. Thus, seismic waves are generated and based on the
velocity of propagation of waves (shear and compression) in a medium the above engineering
characteristics of the sub-surface are determined.
In this test, three boreholes spaced 3.0 m center to center were drilled in a straight line. The seismic
waves were generated in one of the boreholes called as “shot hole” and its horizontal travel time was
recorded in other two boreholes referred as “receiver holes”. Drilling and preparation of the holes for
tests by placing PVC pipes and grouting were carried out prior to the testing.
The field procedure consists of generation of seismic waves in the shot-hole and recording time of
arrival of waves in receiver holes. The readings at every 0.75 m interval down to 15.0 to 20.0 m
depth were recorded. Based on the arrival time for P & S waves, velocity of propagation in the
medium and dynamic properties of soil, such as Poisson’s Ratio and shear modulus values are
determined, and interpreted test results are presented in Appendix A. The dynamic properties of

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 13
soil such as primary and shear wave velocities, Poisson’s Ratio, shear modulus values etc. are
provided in Appendix A of this report.
Summary of the results for each crosshole test is tabulated as below.
Table 3-4: Cross-hole Seismic Tests Results Summary
CROSSHOLE, CHT-01 Maximum Value Minimum Value Average
Primary Wave velocity (Vp) 831 m/sec 391 m/sec 584 m/sec
Secondary Wave Velocity (Vs) 422 m/sec 203 m/sec 296 m/sec
Poisson ratio, υ 0.41 0.30 0.32
Shear Modulus, G 337 MPa 75 MPa 171 MPa
Young Modulus, E 924 MPa 196 MPa 452 MPa
Bulk Modulus, K 1184 MPa 182 MPa 446 MPa
CROSSHOLE - CHT-02 Maximum Value Minimum Value Average
Primary Wave velocity (Vp) 674 m/sec 392 m/sec 535 m/sec
Secondary Wave Velocity (Vs) 353 m/sec 203 m/sec 276 m/sec
Poisson ratio, υ 0.33 0.30 0.31
Shear Modulus, G 237 MPa 62 MPa 137 MPa
Young Modulus, E 614 MPa 161 MPa 358 MPa
Bulk Modulus, K 512 MPa 134 MPa 312 MPa
3.6.6 Surface Seismic Refraction Tests
Surface Seismic Refraction tests were carried out at the specified locations. The tests were carried
out generally in line with ASTM D 5777.
The seismic refraction tests were performed using Olson SR Equipment. The test is based on the
principle of variable velocity of wave propagation in different materials of earth crust. During the
test, seismic wave recorders, geophones, were set in a line on the ground to a spread of 24m with
geophone spacing of 2m. The wave fronts were generated by a sledge hammer impact. For this
purpose, a steel plate is hit hard with a hand held hammer to generate seismic waves. Considering
the hammer impact time as datum, seismograph receives first arrival time of the compression
seismic wave at each of the geophone by converting the mechanical vibration to electrical signals.
These vibrations were amplified and displayed in the software installed in an attached laptop
computer.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 14
From the data acquired for each spread, first arrival time at each geophone location was plotted
against the geophone spacing. Compression wave velocities, Vp, were calculated from the slopes of
the plotted lines. The velocities obtained were then interpreted to evaluate the subsurface
stratification. The seismic refraction data and results are provided in Table 3-5 of this report.
Table 3-5: Summary of Surface Seismic Refraction Tests Results
Coordinates (m) V1 V2 D1
Test
Location
No.
Northing Easting (m/s) (m/s) (m)
SRT-1 MSSD Shop Building 2963370.71 399838.52 410 650 2.50
SRT-2 Admin Building 2963628.74 399737.86 390 588 1.80
SRT-3 Substation Building 2963487.71 399680.67 459 752 2.30
SRT-4 Shipping / Receiving Shelter 2963333.13 399641.11 398 650 1.98
3.6.7 Plate Load Test
Plate Load Tests were performed to evaluate the load-settlement behavior of the existing strata.
These tests were performed as per latest ASTM D-1196. Bearing plate of 60 cm diameter was to
perform the tests. A maximum pressure of 530 kPa was applied in equal increments of 106kPa.
Each increment was hold for a minimum time of fifteen minutes. Load and deflection readings for
each load increment were recorded and this procedure was continued until the selected total pressure
was reached. Tables and curves of the plate test results are presented in Appendix A and settlement
against 530kPa pressure is presented below:
Table 3-6: Summary Settlement during Plate Load Test against Maximum Pressure
Load Test Coordinates (m)

Settlement (mm) at 530 kPa
# Northing Easting
1 2963369.04 399829.52 8.54
2 2963479.78 399689.10 7.91

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 15
3.6.8 Permeability Tests
Two (02) in-situ permeability tests were performed at the project site. The tests were carried out in
the boreholes using the following procedure.
For each test, borehole was drilled to the required test depth with the casing advanced to the bottom
of the borehole. Casing was then filled with gravels up to 50cm from the borehole base. After
placing the gravels layer, casing was lifted up by 40cm. With the casing at this position, it was filled
with water and allowed to seep into the borehole. The rate of drop of the water level in the casing
was observed by measuring the depth of water surface below a reference point on casing at regular
30 seconds time interval upto 5 minutes and thereafter 60 seconds upto completion of the test.
The in-situ permeability was estimated using the following formula:
 2mL 
d 2 ln 
 D  H1
k ln
8Lt 2  t1  H2
Where:
k = permeability (m/sec)
L = length of uncased zone (m)
D = diameter of uncased zone (m)
H1 = piezometric head at t = t1 sec
H2 = piezometric head at t = t2 sec
m = transformation ratio
d = diameter of standpipe or diameter of borehole
The permeability test results are presented in Appendix-A of the report.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 16
4.0 LABORATORY TESTING
Samples retrieved from boreholes were examined in the field and then transported to our laboratories
for relevant laboratory testing. Laboratory testing programs were prepared by the geotechnical
engineers and were submitted for the execution at our Al-Khobar laboratory. The laboratory tests
were conducted on the samples to determine the engineering characteristics of the subsurface strata.
Samples collected from the boreholes were subjected to the following tests as per latest ASTM / BS
or equivalent Standards.
 Grain size Analysis (ASTM D – 421, 422) including hydrometer
 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D – 4318)
 Natural Moisture Content (ASTM D – 2216)
 Direct Shear Tests (ASTM D 3080)
 Sulphates Content (AASHTO T 290-94)
 Chloride Content (AASHTO T 291-94)
 pH (BS 1377 Part 3)
 Total Carbonate as Calcium Carbonate (ASTM D 4373)
The laboratory tests were conducted on selected representative soil samples to determine the
engineering characteristics of the subsurface strata. The summary of laboratory soil characterization
tests along with the test result sheets are appended to this report as Appendix B. The laboratory
chemical test result sheets are also provided in Appendix B.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 17
5.0 RESULTS OF INVESTIGATIONS
5.1 GENERAL
Exploratory boreholes were drilled in the field and soil samples retrieved were tested in our
laboratory. Results of the investigations discussed in this report are based on the data obtained at the
investigated points, tests results and on the engineering interpretation of the data collected. In case
of any significant variation revealed during execution of the work, the matter may be referred back
to RGF for further analysis.
5.2 SUBSURFACE STRATA
The data obtained through field and laboratory investigations reveal the presence of different
lithological units at the site of this project as described below:
MSSD Workshop Building and Administration Building:
 Layer 1: Asphaltic concrete having a layer thickness of 10cm to 15cm is present at surface.
 Layer 2: Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND (SM) layer is generally
present below asphalt layer up to a depth of 10.50m below existing grade level. The
compactness of the sand layers is medium dense to dense with loose layers between 3.0 to
6.0m depth.
 Layer 3: Sand layer is followed by very dense coralline GRAVEL (GC/GM) up to a depth of
12.0m below existing grade level.
 Layer 4: Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND (SM) / Clayey SAND (SC)
layer is present below Gravel layer in medium dense to very dense state of compaction up to
a depth of 15.0 to 18.0m below existing grade level.
 Layer 5: Lean CLAY (CL) is present at Workshop building location whereas Sandy SILT
(ML) is present at Administration building location in very stiff state of consistency below
layer 4 up to the maximum investigated depth of 20.0m below existing grade level.
Substation Building and Car Parking:
 Layer 1: Asphaltic concrete having a layer thickness of 10cm to 15cm is present at surface.
 Layer 2: Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND (SM) / Clayey SAND (SC)
layer is generally present below asphalt layer up to the maximum investigated depth of
15.0m below existing grade level. The compactness of the sand layers is medium dense to
very dense.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 18
Shipping and Receiving Shelter:
 Layer 1: Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND (SM) layer is generally
present below existing grade level up to a depth of 9.0m. The compactness of the sand layers
is medium dense to dense.
 Layer 2: Sand layer is followed by very stiff Lean CLAY (CL) up to a depth of 10.50m
below existing grade level.
 Layer 3: Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND (SM) layer is present below
Clay layer in medium dense to very dense state of compaction up to the maximum depth of
15.0m below existing grade level.
5.3 GROUNDWATER TABLE
completion of drilling of boreholes. The groundwater table was encountered at a depth range of 1.70
to 2.30m below existing grades during current investigations. Table 4 lists the ground water
measurements at the borehole locations. Design Groundwater levels for each area are mentioned in
the below table.
Table 5-1: Design Groundwater Levels
Rev. 02
Design
Groundwater Groundwater Groundwater
Structure
Depth (m) Elevation (m) Level from
EGL (m)
MSSD Workshop Building 1.85 to 2.0 +0.05 to +0.22 1.90
Administration Building 1.75 to 2.0 +0.08 to +0.10 1.75
Substation Building 2.10 to 2.30 +0.18 to +0.43 2.0
Shipping and Receiving Shelter 1.70 to 1.90 +0.09 to +0.18 1.70
Car Parking at Administration Building 2.0 +0.17 2.0

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 19
6.0 GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN PARAMETERS
6.1 GENERAL
The geotechnical design parameters described in this report are based on the engineering evaluation
of the subsurface conditions determined through drilling records, in-situ and laboratory testing of the
representative samples from the investigation campaign.
Engineering analyses for the determination of net allowable pressures and settlements for the various
subsurface conditions have to be based on carefully selected representative soil and rock parameters.
SPT profiles are developed for the project area for all proposed structures and are shown in Figure 3
to 6. For MSSD Workshop Building, SPT profile corresponding to (Average – 1.0 x standard
deviation) has been taken as representative and used as design profile. For Substation Building, mat
foundation is the adopted foundation system by the client; therefore, average SPT profile is used for
Substation Building. For all other structures (Administration Building, Shipping and Receiving
Shelter and Car Parking), SPT profile corresponding to (Average – 1.0 x standard deviation) was
close to worst borehole data and therefore, the SPT values of worst borehole have been taken as
design values for these structures.
For the design of foundations of structures, the soil parameters have been adopted on the basis of the
geotechnical data of the site (SPT N-values), laboratory test results (Direct Shear, UCS etc.), recent
literature (Ref. 2 & 3) and engineering judgment.
The geotechnical design parameters are provided in the following sections.
6.2 UNIT WEIGHT
The unit weights of subsurface strata can be estimated through interpretation of the SPT data and
laboratory testing of the samples retrieved from boreholes. The design values are provided in Table
6-1 of this report.
6.3 SHEAR STRENGTH PARAMETERS
Shear strength of soil and rock materials is usually expressed in the form of angle of internal friction
“Φ” and cohesion “c”. These parameters for various subsurface layers are estimated on the basis of
field test results (SPT N-values for soil and RQD for the rocky strata) and laboratory test results
(Direct Shear, UCS etc.).
Following SPT N-value correlations have also been used in addition to laboratory test results (Direct
Shear, UCS etc.) to estimate the angle of internal friction (Φ) and undrained shear strength (cu).

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 20
Φ = 27.1 + 0.30N60 – 0.00054(N60)2
cu  (6 to 12) N 60
(q -  )
c  c o
u N
k
Where Nk can be taken as 15 (Nk can be 11-19 for normally consolidated clays)
The recommended design values for shear strength parameters are provided in Table 6-1 of this
report.
6.4 MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
The immediate settlement of foundation depends upon the elastic properties of the load bearing
strata, characterized by Modulus of Elasticity (Es). The Modulus of Elasticity of soils is directly
proportional to N-values recorded in SPTs. The constant of proportionality depends upon the type of
soils in which the tests are carried out. For the strata encountered in this particular investigation, the
relationship between Es and N-values can be used (Bowles, J.E, 5th Edition).
Es = 1000N60 Normally Consolidated Sands

Es = 330N60 + 1800 Silts, Sandy Silts or Clayey Silts
Es = 1300N60 + 7200 Gravelly Sand
Es = 2.5qc (units of qc) Square foundations
Es = 3.5qc (units of qc) Strip foundations
 1 
Es  Es
1   1  2 
Where:
Es = Modulus of Elasticity (kPa) & N = SPT N-Value
Es' = Constrained Modulus of Elasticity (kPa)
SPT and CPT correlations applicable for the subsurface strata have been used to assess modulus of
elasticity values. As only one CPT test is performed in MSSD Workshop building, therefore the Es
values corresponding to the selected SPT design profile are used in the analysis. For all other

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 21
structures, Es values determined from average of SPT and CPT correlations have been selected as
design modulus values. The design modulus values have been provided in Table 5 to 9.
The design moduli values for different subsurface strata layers are selected / estimated rather than
determined. The selection process requires sound engineering judgment based on in-situ testing,
local soil conditions and construction practices. Therefore, the estimation of representative values of
modulus of elasticity should not merely rely on empirical correlations but rather should involve an
integrated approach in which experience with the local soils is incorporated.
6.5 COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION BETWEEN SOIL AND CONCRETE/STEEL
The coefficients of friction are defined as the tangent of the angle of friction and following values
could be used for soil and concrete / steel (Ref 3, 4):
(a) Coefficient of friction between soil and concrete= tan 24° (For Non Cohesive strata)
= 0.44
= 0.40 (If plastic sheet is placed between
foundation concrete and soil)
= tan 10° (For Cohesive strata)
= 0.18
(b) Coefficient of friction between soil and steel = tan 20° (For Non Cohesive strata)
= 0.36
= tan 8° (For Cohesive strata)
= 0.14

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 22
Table 6-1: Summary of Geotechnical Design Parameters
Bulk Angle of Internal

Average Cohesion, Comp.
Elevation (m) Density, Friction,
Soil Type N-Value Index
γb Φ (Degree)
c Cc
From To N60 (kPa) (kPa) - 1 2 Design
MSSD WORKSHOP BUILDING (BH-01 & BH-05)
0.0 1.5 20 18 - - 33 33 33
1.5 3.0 30 18 - - 36 34 34
Sand with Silt
3.0 4.5 5 16 - - 29 29 29
(SP-SM/SM)
4.5 6.0 10 16 - - 30 30 30
6.0 10.5 27 18 - - 35 33 33
Gravel with Sand
10.5 12.0 68 20 - - 45 - 36
(GC/GM)
Sand with Silt and
12.0 18.0 28 18 - - 35 33 33
Clay (SP-SM/SM/SC)
Lean Clay (CL) 18.0 20.0 23 18 125 0.15 - - -
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING (BH-06 & BH-07)
0.0 1.5 20 18 - - 33 33 33
1.5 3.0 33 19 - - 36 34 34
Sand with Silt
3.0 4.5 10 16 - - 30 30 30
(SP-SM/SM)
4.5 6.0 2 16 - - 28 29 29
6.0 10.5 40 19 - - 38 35 35
Gravel with Sand
10.5 12.0 84 20 - - 48 - 37
(GC/GM)
Sand with Silt and
12.0 15.0 75 19 - - 47 36 36
Clay (SP-SM/SM/SC)
Sandy Silt (ML) 15.0 20.0 23 18 25 - 34 24 24

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 23

γb Φ (Degree)
c Cc
SUBSTATION BUILDING (BH-08 & BH-09)
0.0 1.5 20 18 - - 33 33 33
1.5 3.0 39 19 - - 38 34 34
Sand with Silt
3.0 6.0 15 17 - - 31 32 32
(SP-SM/SM)
6.0 7.5 26 18 - - 35 33 33
7.5 15.0 60 19 - - 43 36 36
SHIPPING AND RECEIVING SHELTER (BH-10 & BH-11)
0.0 1.5 20 18 - - 33 33 33
1.5 3.0 50 19 - - 41 35 35
Sand with Silt
(SP-SM/SM)
3.0 4.5 25 18 - - 34 33 33
4.5 9.0 60 19 - - 43 35 35
Lean Clay (CL) 9.0 10.5 22 18 125 0.15 - - -
Sand with Silt

10.5 15.0 63 19 - - 44 36 36
(SP-SM/SM)

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 24

γb Φ (Degree)
c Cc
CAR PARKING AT ADMINISTRATION BUILDING (BH-12)
0.0 3.0 25 18 - - 34 33 33
3.0 4.5 12 17 - - 31 32 32
Sand with Silt and
4.5 7.5 10 16 - - 30 32 32
clay
(SP-SM/SM/SC-
7.5 10.5 30 18 - - 36 34 34
SM/SC)
10.5 15.0 100 19 - - 52 38 38
15.0 16.0 29 18 - - 35 33 33
Notes:
1. Φ = 27.1 + 0.30N60 – 0.00054(N60)2 (Ref. 3)
2. Direct Shear Test

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 25
6.6 COEFFICIENT OF EARTH PRESSURES
The coefficients of earth pressures for granular soils are essentially functions of the angle of internal
friction (), which can be estimated using the following relationships (Ref 3, 4).
(a) Coefficient of Active Earth Pressure (Ka)
1  Sin 

1  Sin 
(b) Coefficient of Passive Earth Pressure (Kp)
1  Sin 

1  Sin 
(c) Coefficient of “At rest” Earth Pressure (Ko)
= 1 - Sin
The static lateral earth pressure coefficients for active (Ka), at rest (Ko) and passive (Kp) conditions,
°
using  = 30 are recommended as follows:
Ka = 0.33
Kp = 3.00
Ko = 0.50
The active and passive force per unit length of the wall can be determined using the following
equations:
1
Pa  H 2 K a  2cH K a
2
1
PP  H 2 K P  2cH K P
2
where,
Pa = Active Earth Pressure

PP = Passive Earth Pressure
Ka= Coefficient of active earth pressure

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 26
Kp= Coefficient of passive earth pressure
γ = Unit weight of soil
H = Height of wall
c = Cohesion
6.7 MODULUS OF SUBGRADE REACTION
The value of modulus of subgrade reaction is a function of the allowable bearing pressure and the
following equations could be used to estimate its value. (Bowles, J.E, 5th Edition)
Ks = 120 qa (kN/m3) – Spread Footings

Ks = 90 qa (kN/m3) – Mat Foundation
Where:
Ks = Modulus of subgrade reaction
qa = Net Allowable bearing pressure
The above relationships could be used to estimate Modulus of Subgrade Reaction against each
specific foundation case. Allowable bearing pressure recommendations have been provided in
section 7.3.4 of this report.
6.8 PROPERTIES OF FILL MATERIAL
The following geotechnical design parameters have been considered for the select fill material to
reach the desired elevations:
Poorly graded SAND/with silt/Silty SAND: N=20, γ = 18 kN/m3, c = 0 kPa, ɸ = 32o

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 27
7.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS
7.1 GENERAL
The foundation design recommendations presented in this report are based on the data obtained at
the investigated points, tests results and on the engineering interpretation of the data.
proposed structures are provided by the client and detailed in Table 1-1 for reference. These details
It is emphasized that all the required geotechnical recommendations for the foundations as noted
above and as described in the Scope of Work do not depend only on the type, nature and engineering
characteristics of the load bearing subsurface strata but to a larger extent on the type and nature of
the proposed structures.
7.2 GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION
7.2.1 Subsurface Conditions
As discussed earlier in section 5.2 of this report, Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty
SAND (SM) / Clayey SAND (SC) layer underlain by Clay (CL) /Silt (ML) is generally present up to
a depth of 15.0 to 20.0 m below existing grade level. The compactness of the sand layers is medium
dense to very dense with loose layers between 3.0 to 6.0m depth. Therefore, the subsurface strata
could generally be considered as competent against envisaged loading from the proposed structures
provided the maximum stress levels do not exceed the recommended bearing capacities. In case, the
recommended allowable bearing capacities for design foundation sizes do not meet the design
requirements, it is recommended to adopt following options:
3. Increase the design size of foundations to reduce maximum pressure
4. Adopt alternative foundation system i.e. strip and/or mat in place of isolated/spread footings
In case, the recommended allowable bearing capacities do not meet the design requirements even
after increasing the size of isolated foundation or using strip foundation, the matter should be
referred back to RGF for further advice. The bearing capacity recommendations are provided in
section 7.3.4 of this report.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 28
7.2.2 Liquefaction Potential of Soils
Liquefaction analysis has been carried out after considering the following:
Peak ground acceleration (% g) = 2.0 (SAES-A-112)

Amplification Factor (Fa) for Sit Class D = 1.50 (Ref. 14 & 15)
Earthquake magnitude = 6.5
Based on the results revealed through Liquefaction analysis carried out for critical borehole location
(BH-02), site is not considered to be having any hazard of liquefaction. We, therefore, do not
envisage any potential geological hazards including earthquake/liquefaction risk for the design and
construction of the proposed structures of this project. The Results for the liquefaction potential
analysis are provided in Figure 7.
Note: In the absence of site specific seismic analysis, various references are consulted to determine
the amplification factor like Fimm and Wightman (2003).
7.2.3 Selection of Foundation Type
The preference of a type of shallow foundation over the other for a particular structure must be
carefully evaluated considering:
i. Resistance of a foundation type to shear stresses

ii. Deformation characteristics of the bearing soils
iii. Structure / foundation layout
iv. Economy of construction
The settlement of a structure among other factors is also a function of the type of foundation system
adopted. A spread footing is more sensitive to the variations in the subsurface conditions and
therefore may settle more than a strip footing which has the ability of bridging over the relatively
weaker zones between adjacent columns and thereby adding significant rigidity to the foundation
system. The mat foundation provides even more advantages in this respect. Pile foundations are
generally used when shallow foundations cannot sustain the envisaged loads even with improvement
of the subsurface strata.
Considering the condition of the strata, as evaluated from the investigation results and the type of
structures to be constructed, shallow foundations (isolated / strip / mat) would be considered as
technically feasible for proposed structures.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 29
7.3 SHALLOW FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS
7.3.1 Geotechnical Design Criteria
The foundations of all the structures should meet the following design criteria:
i. These should be safe against shear failure of the supporting ground. A factor of safety of 3.0
has been adopted for isolated/strip footings to estimate allowable bearing capacity.
ii. These should not settle excessively under the service loads. A limit of 25mm has been put on
the total settlement for isolated / strip footings. For mat foundations, the maximum tolerable
total settlement is 50 mm.
7.3.2 Bearing Capacity Analysis
In order to be safe, the load carrying strata must be competent to sustain the imposed loading without
undergoing shear failure, and at the same time settlements of the foundations must not exceed the
allowable limits. Therefore, the load carrying characteristics of the strata should be evaluated for the
shear failure and potential settlements considerations. In general, the net bearing pressure exerted by
a footing on the supporting strata will depend upon the loading configuration and the contact areas of
the footing. The contact pressure will have to be limited for a particular footing from the settlement
considerations.
The allowable bearing capacity against shear failure and settlement criteria for shallow foundations
of various widths was calculated using the procedures detailed in Appendix C and results are
provided in section 7.3.4 of this report. Vesic equation has been used to estimate the bearing
capacity against shear failure whereas Settle3D software has been used to estimate bearing capacity
against allowable settlement:
7.3.3 Tolerable Settlements
Tolerance for settlement is a function of type and size of foundation, and type and methodology of
construction. The degree of settlement allowed for a structure depends on many factors, mainly on
serviceability and sensitivity of the structures. Therefore, the amount of allowable settlement may
vary as per the design tolerance of the structures. However, the limits set should not lead to the
occurrence of an Ultimate Limit State (ULS) or Serviceability Limit State (SLS). Generally, 25mm
and 50mm are considered maximum limits of the settlement tolerable for isolated/strip and mat type
of foundations respectively. Accordingly, the total settlements associated with the recommended
allowable bearing capacity values indicated above should be 25mm or 50mm for the respective
foundations.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 30
7.3.4 Allowable Bearing Pressure
The load carrying characteristics of the strata have been evaluated keeping in view both shear failure
and maximum allowable settlement criteria. The results of analysis show that only shear failure
criteria govern the assessment of the maximum allowable bearing pressures for the foundations. The
contact pressure will have to be limited for a particular foundation / structure from the allowable
settlement considerations as presented in Section-7.3.3.
Shallow (isolated / strip / mat) foundations are recommended to support the proposed structures.
The net allowable bearing capacity values using the design details provided by the client have been
shown in Table 7-1 to 7-5. Result sheets are attached in Appendix D for reference.
(a) MSSD Workshop Building:
As per information provided by the client, maximum column load for 4.5m x 2.4m spread footing is
expected to be 2196kN which will apply a foundation pressure of about 200kPa. The recommended
net allowable bearing capacity for 4.5m x 2.4m spread footing is 125kPa which is less than the
expected foundation pressure and hence the proposed foundation size is not sufficient. Therefore, it
is recommended to increase the foundations size or adopt strip foundation system in place of
isolated/spread footing to support the proposed structure. The net allowable bearing capacity values
for general foundation sizes of isolated and strip foundations are provided in Table 7-1 of this report.
The designer should check the net allowable bearing capacity values for all foundation sizes (general
and specific) using isolated/strip foundation against the design pressures. In case, the recommended
allowable bearing capacities do not meet the design requirements even after increasing the size of
isolated foundation or using strip foundation, the matter should be referred back to RGF for further
advice.
(b) Administration Building, Substation Building, Shipping and Receiving Shelter and Car
Parking:
The recommended net allowable bearing capacity values for proposed foundation sizes for all other
structures (Administration Building, Substation Building, Shipping and Receiving Shelter and Car
Parking) are higher than the maximum anticipated design pressures. Therefore, there will be no
problem regarding bearing capacity of subsurface strata to support the proposed structures.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 31
7.3.5 Assumptions in Bearing Capacity Analysis
The recommended net allowable bearing capacity values have been estimated with due consideration
of the following points:
1. Depth of foundations has been taken from final grade level (FGL) after considering required
fill at existing grade level.
2. The existing surface should be compacted and proof rolled before placing fill layers.
7.4 TRANSIENT LOADS
Bearing capacity of foundations is considered increased under transient live loadings. For transient
live loads from wind, blasting or earthquake, bearing pressures could be taken as 33% in excess of
the allowable bearing pressures under static loading.
7.5 ADJACENT FOOTINGS
The settlement calculations for the footings are based on the consideration that the interaction of the
adjacent footings will be negligible. In case the footings are too close an effect of interaction must
be accounted for. According to Schmertmann, the effect of adjacent footing will be negligible if 45
degree lines from the edges of footings intersect at a depth greater than 2B when a second footing of
width B is placed next to an existing foundation of greater width B. For a 45 degree intersection
depth also greater B, assume them independent regardless of load sequence. If the adjacent
foundations are close enough to interact without question, say the distance between them is less than
B of the smallest and they are loaded simultaneously, such footings will be treated as single
foundation with appropriate equivalent width. Any intermediate situation can be analyzed by
interpolating the two extreme cases of "no overlap" and "complete overlap".
According to the above described concept, the interaction between 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0m wide footings
will be negligible if the edge to edge distance between the footings is equal to or greater than 2.0, 4.0
and 8.0m respectively. The analysis presented in the report is based on non-interaction of adjacent
footings. Suitable adjustments will be required to account for the interaction of adjacent footings
where applicable.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 32
Table 7-1: Recommended Net Allowable Bearing Capacities
MSSD Workshop Building
Depth of
Net Allowable Allowable
Footing Footing Foundation Foundation
Bearing Capacity Settlement
Type Mark below FGL Size (m)
(kPa) (mm)
(m)
Specific Foundation Size
F1 2.00 2.5 x 1.6 200 25
F2 2.10 3.4 x 1.6 180 25
F3 2.25 4.5 x 2.4 125 25
F4 2.25 3.6 x 2.6 125 25
Isolated F5 1.90 1.6 x 1.2 300 25
F6 1.95 2.0 x 1.2 275 25
F7 1.95 1.8 x 1.2 275 25
F8 1.95 2.0 x 1.5 250 25
F9 1.50 1.2 x 1.2 375 25
Isolated Rotor 4.0 1.9 Dia. 140 25
General Foundation Size
- 1.0 x 1.0 450 25
- 2.0 x 2.0 200 25
Isolated - 2.0 3.0 x 3.0 130 25
- 4.0 x 4.0 100 25
- 5.0 x 5.0 85 25
- 0.5 200 25
- 1.5 140 25
Strip - 2.0 2.0 110 25
- 2.5 90 25
- 3.0 80 25
Notes:
Rev. 02
1. All calculations are performed using settle3D software.

* Shear Failure Governs

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 33
Administration Building
Depth of
Net Allowable Allowable
Footing Footing Foundation Foundation
Bearing Capacity Settlement
Type Mark below FGL Size (m)
(kPa) (mm)
(m)
Specific Foundation Size
F1 3.5 x 3.5 130 25
F2 3.2 x 3.2 140 25
F3 3.0 x 3.0 150 25
F4 2.8 x 2.8 160 25
F5 2.5 x 2.5 190 25
F5A 2.5 x 2.4 190 25
F5B 2.6 x 2.2 200 25
F6 1.8 x 1.8 275 25
F7 4.3 x 2.8 130 25
F8 4.15 x 2.5 150 25
F9 5.0 x 3.5 110 25
Isolated F10 1.55 3.8 x 2.6 150 25
F11 4.8 x 2.7 130 25
F12 5.1 x 3.15 120 25
F13 4.8 x 2.55 140 25
F14 4.9 x 3.3 110 25
F15 4.85 x 2.6 130 25
F16 5.5 x 3.0 115 25
F17 5.7 x 5.2 90 25
F18 6.5 x 2.8 120 25
F19 1.3 x 0.6 335* 25
F20 3.9 x 3.15 130 25
F21 3.5 x 2.2 175 25
Isolated Chiller 1.0 6.5 x 2.8 125 25
Notes:
1. All calculations are performed using settle3D software.
Rev. 02
* Shear Failure Governs

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 34
Substation Building
Depth of Net Allowable Allowable

Foundation
Footing Type Foundation Bearing Capacity Settlement
Size (m)
below FGL (m) (kPa) (mm)
Mat 0.95 30 x 10.72 225 50
Note: All calculations are performed using settle3D software.

Shipping and Receiving Shelter

Foundation
Size (m)
Isolated 1.2 3.0 x 2.5 350 25

Car Parking at Administration Building

Foundation
Size (m)
Isolated 1.5 2.5 x 1.8 275 25

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 35
7.6 FOUNDATIONS SUBJECTED TO VIBRATIONS (Ref. 16, 17)
Foundations are subjected to vibrations from a number of natural and artificial sources. Mechanical
equipment such as motors and rotary pumps produce continuous high-frequency vibrations. The
design of such foundation must be based on studies of the response of foundations to dynamic
loadings and the transmission of wave energy through soils. The amount of motion developed by the
foundation in response to the dynamic loadings must be limited by design procedures, to values
compatible with satisfactory operation of the facility supported by the foundation. In addition, the
wave energy transmitted through the underlying soil from the moving foundation must not cause
harmful effects to machines, structures, or people in the immediate vicinity. Thus the local soil
conditions and the foundation-soil interaction must be evaluated and included as important factors in
the design procedures.
7.6.1 Vibrating Foundation Systems
Vibrating foundation systems are comprised of the source of vibration (machine) and its foundation
acting as a mass resting on soil that acts as a spring. The state of the art procedure for design of such
foundation system involves modeling of the system characterized by springs, dash pots and
connected masses. The design criteria for design of dynamically loaded foundations is developed by
considering the foundations as a rigid block which may vibrate in anyone of the six degrees of
freedom, described as follows:
i. Translatory motion along X-axis

ii. Translatory motion along Y-axis
iii. Translatory motion along Z-axis
iv. Pitching
v. Rocking
vi. Yawing
The condition of failure of vibrating foundations is reached when the motion exceeds a limiting
value which is usually expressed in terms of velocity or acceleration of the foundation. For steady-
state vibrations, these may also be expressed in terms of an allowable displacement at specified
frequencies.
7.6.2 Dynamic Parameters
The dynamic parameters used for design of dynamically loaded foundations are all deduced from
shear wave and compression wave velocities (Vs and Vp).

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 36
Natural Frequency
The natural frequency of a foundation-soil system is highly complex. It depends on both the
modulus of elasticity of the soil and the size of the foundation. The weight of the vibrating body is
the sum of the weight of the foundation and the portion of the soil mass below the foundation that is
subjected to vibrations. Therefore, the natural frequency of the soil is not a property of the soil alone
but also depends on the weight and size of the foundation and the load it carries. The natural
frequency is somewhat less if energy is lost due to damping effect.
The frequency with which a body vibrates naturally when subjected to the application of an external
force is called the “natural frequency”, fn. It is the frequency of the free vibration of a system.
1 k
fn  (1)
2 m
Where,
k = spring constant
weight
m = mass density =
g
Spring constant K, depends on “Shear Modulus G”, “equivalent radius of base ro”, and “Poisson’s
Ratio “” as well as on the Mode of Vibration. The values of “K” are noted as follows:
4Gro
Kz  For vertical translatory movement denoted as Kz. (2)
1 
32 (1   )
Kx  Gro For sliding translatory movement denoted as Kx (3)
7  8
3
8 Gro
K  For rocking motion, denoted as K (4)
3 (1   )
16
K 
3
Gro For Torsional motion, denoted as K (5)
3
For determining “K” as noted above, we need:
G = Shear Modulus, determined from cross-hole test

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 37
 = Poisson’s ratio, determined from cross-hole test
ro determined by converting the rectangular base of dimensions “2c x 2d” into an equivalent circular
base having a radius ro, determined as follows:
4cd
ro = For translation (vertical & sliding) (6)

16cd 3
ro = 4 For rocking (7)
3
16cd (c 2  d 2 )
ro = 4 For torsion (8)
6
Wherein “2c” is the width of foundation (along axis of rotation in case of rocking) and 2d is the
length of the foundation (in plane of rotation for rocking. The “shear modulus”, G is determined
from cross-hole test.
For the particular case of the proposed structures:
A. Determine ro, using above equations 6, 7 & 8 for base (foundation) dimension “2c x 2d”.
B. Determine kZ, kX, k OR k as the case may be for different applicable modes, using 2, 3, 4 & 5.
C. Take G for substitution in above equations 2, 3, 4 & 5.
D. Take  for substitution in above equations 2, 3, 4 & 5.
E. Find natural frequency using equation 1, above, substituting for the relevant “K”, and taking m =
w
mass density, from m= , where w=weight.
g
F. Be consistent with units.
Poisson’s Ratio ()
Poisson's ratio is determined using the following relationship:
0.5 (V p / Vs ) 2 - 1
=
(V p / Vs ) 2 - 1

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 38
Where Vp = Compression Wave Velocity (m/s)
Vs = Shear Wave Velocity (m/s)
Dynamic Shear Modulus (G)
This modulus is determined using the following equation:
G = ρ Vs²
Unit Weigh t of soil

Where ρ = Mass Density of Soil =
Acceleration due to Gravity
Vs = Shear Wave Velocity (m/s)
Dynamic Young's Modulus (E)
The dynamic Young's Modulus is a function to Dynamic Shear Modulus (G) and Poisson's Ratio (υ)
and is determined as follows;
E = 2 (1 + υ) G
7.6.3 Damping
Damping is the reduction in vibrational amplitude, and is generally characterized by two mechanics,
the internal damping and the geometric damping. The terms internal damping or hysteric damping in
soils describe the energy lost during a cycle of loading and unloading because of inter particle
friction. The value of this damping is important in problems of response of foundations supported on
soils and in energy transmission through soils. Typical values of Internal Damping Ratio for sands,
such as those occurring at the project site lie in a range of 0.05 to 0.08.
The second mechanism of damping the “geometrical dumping” results from geometrical spreading
of wave fronts as they propagate outward from the source. Figure 8 shows typical values of
geometric damping ratios for circular footings.
For square or rectangular foundation, equivalent radius can be determined by using the below
formula and Figure 18 can be used to estimate damping ratios.
1
 B x L2
Equivalent Radius  r   
  

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 39
Where
B = Width of footing
L = Length of footing

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 40
8.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF FOUNDATIONS
8.1 THE EARTHWORK
The earthwork, selection of fill, its placement and compaction requirements shall be carried out as
per applicable Saudi Aramco Standards.
8.1.1 Fill Material
The type of backfill / fill, its placement and compaction requirements should be done as discussed
below and in compliance with Saudi Aramco Standard SAES-A-114.
General Fill Material
General fill material consists of gravel, sand and/or marl. The maximum size of the fill material
shall be one-half the lift thickness or 75mm whichever is lesser. Fill material shall free of organic
contents and other unsatisfactory materials like frozen lumps, trash chunks of clay etc. The selection
of fill material should be as per Saudi Aramco Standard SAES-A-114 and should be approved by
Saudi Aramco representative.
Select Fill Material
Structural or select fill material, as per Saudi Aramco Standard SAES-A-114, should consist only of
inorganic material and shall have 0 - 20% passing the sieve No. 200. Fill materials should pass 100%
the 50 mm sieve. Besides, that portion of the material passing sieve No. 40 should not have liquid
limit more than 35 and plasticity index of not more than 12. Atterberg limits are not required for
select fill material with less than 15% passing sieve No. 200.
It is recommended that compaction shall begin only after the fill or backfill material has been
properly placed and the material to be compacted is at optimum moisture content. Fill materials shall
be placed in lifts not exceeding 20cm (8 inches) in loose depths. For hand operated compaction
equipment, however, fill material shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 10cm (4 inches) in loose
depth. Compaction equipments should be suitable for the soil being compacted.
Suitability of on-site Select Fill / Fill Material
The material encountered at testpit locations looks suitable to be used as fill / select fill as it satisfies
the criteria of fill / select fill material mentioned above. However, it is recommended to carry out a
separate study through more testpit excavation to identify the zones where suitable material for fill or
select fill is present. The final selection of the fill / select fill should be as per Saudi Aramco Standard
SAES-A-114 and should be approved by Saudi Aramco representative.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 41
Capping Layer
If clean sand is used as fill material then a capping layer of cohesive material should be placed to
avoid wind erosion. A cap layer of marl placed and compacted in accordance with Saudi Aramco
Standard SAES-A-114 may be used for this purpose.
Backfill for Utility Trenches & around Sub-Structures
For proper control of backfilling in utility trenches all requirements for excavation, placement of sand
bedding, selection of backfill materials, compaction, shoring, etc. must comply with SAES-Q-006.
Minimum compaction requirements for non-traffic, medium traffic as well as heavy traffic areas must
be complied according to Saudi Aramco Specification.
Foundations & Floor Slabs
Before placing foundations, make sure that all excavated surfaces are firm and free of any loose or
undesirable soils. This should be checked by an experienced geotechnical engineer. In case
loose/undesirable soils are encountered, the same must be replaced with engineered fill or crushed
rock fill or lean concrete up to the desired foundation level. A 5 cm thick layer of lean concrete
should be placed before placing building foundations. Select fill should be placed up to 600 mm
thicknesses beneath bottom of foundations and slabs-on-grade.
All the loose materials, organic and any debris etc. should be removed from the area of floor slabs.
Any earth filling required bringing the ground to required grade for construction of floor slab should
be taken out of a select fill material, referred as structural fill in above section of this report.
The floor slabs, designed as slab on-grade must not be structurally tied to the columns/walls. A
flexible joint between the floor slab and column/walls should be provided to make the floor slab
“float” independent of the settlements in column/wall, if any.
The area to receive fill should be prepared in accordance with SAES-A-114, Section 6.3.
8.1.2 Subgrade Preparation and Compaction Criteria
Saudi ARAMCO Standard SAES-Q-006 should be followed for the grading works for asphalt paved
areas whereas SAES-A-114 should be considered for other grading requirements.
Section 5.1 of SAES-Q-006 states that if the rough grading has not been included in a previous
contract, the sub-grade shall be restored by removing all vegetation, filling all depressions, and
leveling the surface. If the contract includes rough grading and surfacing, the rough grading shall be
completed as far in advance of the construction of the surfacing as feasible. Soft and unstable

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 42
material that will not compact when rolled or tamped shall be removed and replaced with material
approved by Saudi ARAMCO representative.
Fill or backfill placed beneath and/or adjacent to grade beams, mats, buildings, and process areas
shall be compacted to at least 90% of the maximum Modified Proctor density as determined by
ASTM D1557. For cohesionless free draining soils, 70% relative density as determined by ASTM
D4253 and ASTM D4254 shall be used. For foundation static loads over 320 kPa (6500 psf) and
foundations for vibrating or heavy machinery as defined in SAES-Q-007, and for asphalt and
concrete pavement subgrades, fill shall be compacted to 85% relative density for cohesionless soils or
95% of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557 for cohesive materials.
All holes, ruts, soft places, and other defects shall be corrected. In no case shall the sub-base or base
course be placed on soft or unstable material, or over areas that are not drained. If the sub-grade is
dusty or muddy, operations shall be delayed until it is in a condition satisfactory to the Saudi Aramco
representative.
The sub-grade shall be constructed so that after being compacted it will conform to the alignment,
grade, and cross-section shown on the plans, and as required by the Project construction
specification.
Where rolling of the sub-grade is required, any areas which are inaccessible to a roller shall be
compacted either by a mechanical or hand tamper meeting the approval of the Saudi Aramco
representative.
The sub-grade shall be checked and approved by the Saudi Aramco representative prior to starting
construction of the sub-base or base course on any portion of the work.
The sub-grade shall be kept drained during the placing and compaction of the base course or sub-base
surface. If berms of earth are deposited along the area upon which the base or surface course is being
placed, provision shall be made for surface drainage by cutting lateral ditches through the berms of
earth.
The finished sub-grade shall be maintained in a smooth and compacted condition until the sub-base,
base course and surface course are placed.
All other requirements regarding base & sub-base and wearing course materials / gradation
placement & compaction as given in SAES-Q-006 must be followed.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 43
8.2 SOIL CORROSIVITY
Protection of Concrete against Corrosion
The chemical tests performed on on-site soils indicate varying degree of sulphate and chloride
contents. The chemical tests results included in Appendix B suggest that the soil at site has been
contaminated with chemically aggressive salts.
To avoid possible attack of deleterious salts on concrete and reinforcement, the concrete exposure
can be taken as Exposure II at expected foundation level for entire site. It is also recommended that
foundations and other concrete structures coming in direct contact with the soil be constructed by
using Type V cement as per the Saudi Aramco Standard SAES-Q-001.
8.3 EXCAVATIONS AND SHORING
All excavations for foundations and utilities can be made using normal excavators. A clear
space of at least 0.6m (2 ft.) shall be maintained on all sides of an excavation or trench. Sides of the
shallow excavations less than one (1.0) meter depth may be made steeper without significant
sloughing. Excavation slopes for depths of 1.0m to 1.2m may be cut to 1.5: 1.0 (horizontal to
vertical) or flatter. These slopes are generally stable and minor sloughing may be
anticipated. Similar slope can also be adopted for the fill embankments up-to a height of 1.5 to 2.0
meters. When any excavation or trench reaches a depth of 1.2m (4 ft.) or when soil banks are greater
than 1.5m (5 ft.), shoring shall be installed or the sides shall be sloped or benched. A safe means of
entry and exit shall be provided for all excavations and trenches.
Shoring may be suitably provided particularly for deeper excavations as required in the field. When
subjected to surcharge vibratory loading, cut slopes may fail without warning. In all cases, it will be
prudent to follow safe construction practices precautions at the site. All open cut excavations shall
be done as per applicable Aramco Standards.
For excavations, shoring system will be required in order to keep the sides of the excavations from
caving in. Sloped excavations, if feasible due to the availability of space from adjacent lots should
be provided. In case sloped excavations are not feasible, internally braced shoring system / Soldier
Beam-Lagging System are the most suitable options for the purpose. However, any shoring system
adopted would require a proper design by the specialized contractor, and the design parameters
provided in this report may be used in the design of the excavation support system.
All excavations and shoring should be in complete compliance with Saudi Aramco Safety
Management Guide No. 06-002-2007 “Excavation and Shoring”.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 44
8.4 DEWATERING
During excavations for some of the foundations, water table will be encountered below the existing
grade level. As it is required to excavate below the water table, dewatering should be adopted to
temporarily lower the water table during the construction period. We recommend using well point
dewatering system for the purpose. Moreover, any free water encountered at the base of excavation
should be dewatered using open pumping methodology. The detailed analysis and design for
dewatering works should be carried out by the specialized contractor.
8.5 DRAINAGE PROVISIONS
A well-planned drainage network should be designed for the site to take care of (i) rainfall; (ii)
runoff water; (iii) irrigation water and (iv) sewage etc.
While preparing the site for the proposed construction, a suitable drainage network should be
planned so as to remove the rainwater and other sources of water effectively away from the main
structures. The drainage system should be capable of disposing, safely, waters from all sources
without causing any adverse effect to structures and/or foundation rocks. This should be
continuously and effectively taken to a pre-planned zone so as to discharge into the designated
outlets in the area.
8.6 INSPECTION AND MONITORING
It is necessary that all the geotechnical aspects of foundation construction and earthwork be
monitored by qualified and experienced geotechnical engineer as per applicable project standards
and specifications. For this purpose a comprehensive inspection and monitoring program should be
prepared. The program must specifically address the following aspects:
1. Inspection of all stripping work to ensure that the undesirable top soil containing refuse and
organic materials has been adequately removed.
2. Making sure that all the stripped-off material and other unwanted materials from the site are
disposed of in designated disposal area without any environmental hazard.
3. Identification of in-situ conditions of the sub-surface during foundation excavation and

preparation of sub-grades, so that over excavation is avoided.
4. Inspection of all foundation excavations prior to placement of foundation concrete.
5. Preparation and implementation of a comprehensive quality control program including selection

of earth materials and aggregates at the source and field compaction control.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 45
6. The proof-rolling of soil surface to receive fill should be observed by a geotechnical engineer. If
excessive pumping occurs, proof-rolling should be curtailed and the geotechnical engineer
should be consulted, and other remedial actions employed as directed.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 46
9.0 PAVEMENT SUBGRADE RECOMMENDATIONS
Testpits excavation were made at the site including the in place density testing and bulk samples
were collected from the specified test pit location for the purpose of conducting laboratory proctor
and CBR tests for pavement subgrade recommendations. Summary of the results is shown below for
convenience.
Table 9-1: Summary of Proctor and CBR Test Results
Max. Dry CBR

Sample ASTM D OMC
TP # Soil type Density Value at
Depth (m) 2487 (%)
(g/cc) 100% MDD
TP-01 0.35-1.50 Poorly Graded SAND with silt SP-SM 1.773 10.4 26
It is known that CBR value for the material is an important parameter in the material selection and
design of flexible pavements. Based on the soil classification, the existing subgrade soil type
typically provides relatively good support for pavement.
It is essential that the subgrade and subbase be hard and non-yielding at the time of pavement
construction.
Following relationship could be used for the determination of resilient modulus values from design
CBR:
Mr = 1500 x CBR

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 47
10.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the geotechnical investigations carried out for the subject project, the following
conclusions and recommendations have been arrived at:
(a) Poorly Graded SAND with Silt (SP-SM) / Silty SAND (SM) / Clayey SAND (SC) layer
underlain by Clay (CL) /Silt (ML) layer is generally present up to a depth of 15.0 to 20.0 m
below existing grade level. The compactness of the sand layers is medium dense to very
dense with loose layers between 3.0 to 6.0m depth. Details are provided in section 5.2 of this
report.
(b) Observations were made for stabilized ground water table, measured after 24 hours or more
after completion of drilling of boreholes. The groundwater table was encountered at a depth
range of 1.70 to 2.30m below existing grades during current investigations.
(c) Shallow (isolated / strip / mat) foundations are recommended to support the proposed
structures. The net allowable bearing capacity values using the design details provided by
the client have been shown in Table 7-1 to 7-5. Settle3D analysis result sheets are attached
in Appendix D for reference. Details are provided in section 7.3.4 of this report.
(d) The chemical tests performed on on-site soils indicate that site has been contaminated with
chemically aggressive salts. To avoid possible attack of deleterious salts on concrete and
reinforcement, the concrete exposure can be taken as Exposure II at expected foundation
level for entire site. It is also recommended that foundations and other concrete structures
coming in direct contact with the soil be constructed by using Type V cement as per the
Saudi Aramco Standard SAES-Q-001.
(e) Before placing foundations, make sure that all excavated surfaces are firm and free of any
loose or undesirable soils. This should be checked by an experienced geotechnical engineer.
In case loose/undesirable soils are encountered, the same must be replaced with engineered
fill or crushed rock fill or lean concrete up to the desired foundation level. Select fill should
be placed up to 600 mm thicknesses beneath bottom of foundations and slabs-on-grade.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 48
11.0 LIMITATIONS
Results and recommendations given in this report are based on the analyses of the data collected at
the investigation points, and best engineering judgment. All foundation excavations should be
carried out under supervision of an experienced geotechnical engineer, to ensure that no deviation is
observed from the recommendations discussed in this report. RGF bears no responsibility for the
variations encountered from what has been described in this report. However, if matter is referred to
RGF, an advice can be provided in resolving the issue.
***

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 49
LIST OF REFERENCES
1. United States Geological Survey (USGS), “Geologic Map GM-210A”.
2. Bowles J.E 1996, “Foundation Analysis and Design” 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company,
USA. Hunt, R.E, “Geotechnical Engineering Investigation Manual” McGraw-Hill Book
Company
3. Das, B., “Principles of Foundation Engineering”, 3rd Edition, PWS Publishing, Boston, MA,
USA.
4. Schmertmann et al (1978), “Improved Strain Influence Factor Diagrams”, Journal of

Geotechnical Engineering Division, ASCE Vol. 104, No. GT 8, 1978.
5. USA. Department of Navy, USA (1982), “Design Manuals NAVFAC DM-7.1, DM-7.2”
6. “Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Standards” (2013), SAES A-112
9. “Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Standards” (2010), SAES Q-001
12. “Saudi ARAMCO Best Practice” (2008), SABP Q-005
13. “Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Standards” (2009), SAES L-440
14. Power M, Borcherdt R, and Stewart J (2004) “Sit Amplification Factors from Empirical
Studies”.
15. Finn, W.D.L and Wightman, A (2003) “Ground motion amplification factors for the proposed
2005 edition of the National Building Code of Canada”, Can J. Civ. Eng. 30, 272 – 278 (2003).
16. Spangler M.G and Handy R.L, “Soil Engineering”, Fourth Edition, Harper and Row Publishers.
17. Winterkorn H.F and Fang, H.Y, “Foundation Engineering Handbook”, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company, USA.

Dated: 13 MAY 2015 50
T A B L E S
TABLE 1 : LIST OF COORDINATES & ELEVATION
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE
PROJECT: BI-10-01545 UPGRADE JU'AYMAH SHOPS

GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
PROJ. NO.: 15-K-3005 GEOTECHNICAL FILE NO.2014/91
UTM Coordinates (m)

Description Location Elevation (m)
Northing Easting
BORHOLES
BH-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963368.83 399875.59 2.07
BH-02 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963397.54 399847.25 2.12
BH-03 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963356.31 399834.02 2.10
BH-04 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963342.73 399791.73 1.99
BH-05 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963314.02 399820.07 1.90
BH-06 Admin Bulding 3963611.06 399760.06 2.10
BH-07 Admin Bulding 3963640.41 399731.95 1.83
BH-08 Substation Bldg 2963496.71 399677.60 2.53
BH-09 Substation Bldg 2963479.08 399699.47 2.48
Shipping /
BH-10 2963344.89 399624.61 1.88
Receiving Shelter
Shipping /
BH-11 3963334.18 399659.63 1.99
Receiving Shelter
BH-12 New Parking Area 2963634.65 399830.48 2.17
1 of 4 15‐K‐3005T1
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE

UTM Coordinates (m)

Northing Easting
CONE PENITRATION TEST
PCPT-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963342.12 399848.54 2.01
PCPT-02 Admin Bulding 2963625.63 399746.36 1.86
PCPT-03 Substation Bldg 2963486.92 399687.14 2.43
Shipping /
PCPT-04 2963323.59 399647.38 1.91
Receiving Shelter
TESTPIT
TP-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963343.12 399848.54 2.05
TP-02 Admin Bulding 2963625.63 399746.36 1.90
TP-03 Substation Bldg 2963485.92 399687.14 2.45
Shipping /
TP-04 2963322.59 399647.38 1.95
Receiving Shelter
CROSSHOLE
CH-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963356.31 399834.02 2.10
CH-02 Substation Bldg 2963496.71 399677.60 2.53
2 of 4 15‐K‐3005T1
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE

UTM Coordinates (m)

Northing Easting
ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY TEST
ERT-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963355.10 399824.52 2.05
ERT-02 Admin Bulding 2963340.41 399623.56 1.90
ERT-03 Substation Bldg 2963490.27 399675.66 2.45
Shipping /
ERT-04 2963638.72 399733.34 1.95
Receiving Shelter
THERMAL RESISTIVITY TEST
TR-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963354.25 399845.40 2.10
TR-02 Substation Bldg 2963630.99 399753.62 2.50
TR-03 Admin Bulding 2963481.33 399678.24 1.99
Shipping /
TR-04 2963339.20 399639.51 2.00
Receiving Shelter
SURFACE SEISMIC REFRACTIN SOUNDING
SRT-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963370.71 399838.52 2.20
SRT-02 Admin Bulding 2963628.74 399737.86 2.05
3 of 4 15‐K‐3005T1
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE

UTM Coordinates (m)

Northing Easting
SRT-03 Substation Bldg 2963487.71 399680.67 2.55
Shipping /
SRT-04 2963333.13 399641.11 2.10
Receiving Shelter
PLATE LOAD TEST
PLT-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963369.04 399829.52 2.20
PLT-02 Substation Bldg 2963479.78 399689.10 2.40
PERMEABILITY TEST
PM-01 MSSD Shop Bldg 2963344.53 399833.69 2.10
PM-02 Admin Bulding 2963615.41 399744.26 2.10
Notes:
- Above coordinates are based on UTM 39/International 1924 Ellipsoid, Ain Al Abd 1970 Datum.
- Mean Sea Level (MSL) is the Saudi Aramco Vertical Datum of 1978 (SAVD 1978).
4 of 4 15‐K‐3005T1
TABLE 2 : EVALUATION OF APPARENT DENSITY / CONSISTENCY
Table 4-1 (FHWA HI-97-021)
EVALUATION OF THE APPARENT DENSITY OF COARSE-GRAINED SOILS
Apparent Relative
N-value Behavior of 13 mm Diameter Probe Rod
Density Density (%)
0-4 Very Loose -
> 4 - 10 Loose Easily penetrated when pushed by hand 0 - 40

> 10 - 30 Medium Dense Easily penetrated when driven with 2 kg. hammer 40 - 70
> 30 - 50 Dense 300 mm penetration when driven with 2 kg. hammer 70 - 85
Only a few centimeters penetration when driven with 2
> 50 Very Dense 85 - 100
kg. hammer
Table 4-2 (FHWA HI-97-021)
EVALUATION OF THE CONSISTENCY OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS
Unconfined
N-value Consistency Compressive Results Of Manual Manipulation
Strength, qu, kPa
Specimen (height = twice the diameter) sags under

<2 Very soft < 25 its own weight; extrudes between fingers when
squeezed.
Specimen can be pinched in two between the
2-4 Soft 25 - 50 thumb and forefinger; remolded by light finger
pressure.
Can be imprinted easily with fingers; remolded by
4-8 Medium stiff 50 - 100
strong finger pressure.
Can be imprinted with considerable pressure from
8 - 15 Stiff 100 - 200
fingers or indented by thumbnail.
Can barely be imprinted by pressure from fingers
15 - 30 Very stiff 200 - 400
or indented by thumbnail.
Cannot be imprinted by fingers or difficult to
> 30 Hard > 400
indent by thumbnail.
Table 2
TABLE 3 : SUMMARY OF SPT N-VALUE
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE

PROJ. NO.: 15-K-3005 (GEOTECHNICAL FILE # 2014_91)
DEPTH ηH ηR BH-01 BH-02 BH-03 BH-04 BH-05

(m) RGF-AH-434 Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60
1.50 1.33 0.75 24 24 32 32 48 48 33 33 34 34
2.25 1.33 0.75 37 37 38 38 41 41 46 46 42 42
3.00 1.33 0.75 4 4 5 5 26 26 32 32 14 14
3.75 1.33 0.75 9 9 2 2 27 27 36 36 17 17
4.50 1.33 0.85 11 12 13 15 21 24 55 62 41 46
6.00 1.33 0.95 30 38 14 18 27 34 49 62 42 53
7.50 1.33 0.95 39 49 34 43 22 28 29 37 39 49
9.00 1.33 0.95 54 68 15 19 26 33 37 47 48 61
10.50 1.33 1.00 51 68 55 73 52 69 59 79 54 72
12.00 1.33 1.00 55 73 14 19 32 43 58 77 61 81
13.50 1.33 1.00 34 45 19 25 32 43 42 56 57 76
15.00 1.33 1.00 11 15 28 37 31 41 38 51 31 41
16.50 1.33 1.00 18 24 28 37 20 27 25 33 26 35
18.00 1.33 1.00 15 20 21 28 26 35 24 32 25 33
19.50 1.33 1.00 21 28 22 29 20 27 16 21 16 21
20.00 1.33 1.00 24 32 25 33 23 31 18 24 20 27

REMARKS:
1. R: Refusal
1 of 2
TABLE 3 : SUMMARY OF SPT N-VALUE
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE

PROJ. NO.: 15-K-3005 (GEOTECHNICAL FILE # 2014_91)
DEPTH BH-06 BH-07 BH-08 BH-09 BH-10 BH-11 BH-12

(m) Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60 Nfield N60
1.50 25 25 29 29 38 38 39 39 40 40 54 54 28 28
2.25 26 26 38 38 41 41 44 44 49 49 45 45 31 31
3.00 12 12 8 8 25 25 17 17 27 27 25 25 10 10
3.75 18 18 11 11 25 25 19 19 60 60 26 26 14 14
4.50 8 9 2 2 22 25 15 17 59 67 57 65 8 9
6.00 13 16 24 30 22 28 31 39 49 62 47 60 9 11
7.50 45 57 34 43 58 73 57 72 58 73 50 63 18 23
9.00 35 44 59 75 47 60 49 62 35 44 17 22 31 39
10.50 42 56 63 84 73 97 47 63 50 67 51 68 89 100
12.00 52 69 61 81 74 99 62 83 11 15 49 65 R 100
13.50 56 75 58 77 40 53 42 56 45 60 49 65 R 100
15.00 17 23 17 23 45 60 43 57 46 61 42 56 22 29
16.50 19 25 21 28 - - - - - - - - - -
18.00 18 24 24 32 - - - - - - - - - -
19.50 20 27 26 35 - - - - - - - - - -
20.00 24 32 29 39 - - - - - - - - - -
REMARKS:
1. R: Refusal
2 of 2
TABLE 4 : BOREHOLE DEPTH & GROUND WATER MEASUREMENTS
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE

PROJ. NO.: 15-K-3005 GEOTECHNICAL FILE # 2014/91
UTM Coordinates (m) GW

Borehole Existing GW Depth
Borehole # Elevation
Northing Easting Depth (m) Elevation (m) (m)
(m)
BH-01 2963368.83 399875.59 20.00 2.07 1.89 0.18
BH-02 2963397.54 399847.25 20.00 2.12 1.90 0.22
BH-03 2963356.31 399834.02 20.00 2.10 2.00 0.10
BH-04 2963342.73 399791.73 20.00 1.99 1.90 0.09
BH-05 2963314.02 399820.07 20.00 1.90 1.85 0.05
BH-06 3963611.06 399760.06 20.00 2.10 2.00 0.10
BH-07 3963640.41 399731.95 20.00 1.83 1.75 0.08
BH-08 2963496.71 399677.60 20.00 2.53 2.10 0.43
BH-09 2963479.08 399699.47 15.00 2.48 2.30 0.18
BH-10 2963344.89 399624.61 15.00 1.88 1.70 0.18
BH-11 3963334.18 399659.63 15.00 1.99 1.90 0.09
BH-12 2963634.65 399830.48 15.00 2.17 2.00 0.17
1 of 1
TABLE 5: DESIGN MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
PROJECT: BI-10-01545, UPGRADE JU'AYMAH SHOPS
AREA: MSSD WORKSHOP BUILDING
FILE NO.: 2014/91
Modulus of Elasticity, Es (kPa)

Depth Design SPT Design qt Design Es'
SPT CPT
(m) N60 (MPa) 3D 1D (kN/m2)

0.00 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 26923
0.50 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 26923
1.25 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 26923
2.00 26 14.66 26000 35000 36650 35000
2.75 37 12.80 37000 49808 32000 49808
3.50 4 5.34 4000 5385 13350 5385
4.25 5 8.22 5000 6731 20550 6731
5.00 10 11.75 10000 13462 29375 13462
6.50 24 15.91 24000 32308 39775 32308
8.00 32 13.73 32000 43077 34325 43077
9.50 25 19.71 25000 33654 49275 33654
11.00 68 - 68000 91538 - 91538
12.50 32 - 32000 43077 - 43077
14.00 30 - 30000 40385 - 40385
15.50 24 - 24000 32308 - 32308
17.00 26 - 26000 35000 - 35000
18.50 24 - 24000 38519 - 38519
20.00 22 - 22000 35309 - 35309
20.50 25 - 25000 40123 - 40123
Notes:
Based on SPT: E s = 1000N 60

Based on CPT: E s = 2.5q c (units of q c )
 1 
Es  Es Es' = Constrained Modulus or 1D Modulus
1   1  2 
Es = 3D Modulus
AREA: ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
FILE NO.: 2014/91

Depth Design SPT Design qt Design Es
SPT CPT
(m) N60 (MPa) 3D 1D (kN/m2)

0.00 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
1.00 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
1.75 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
2.50 29 12.40 29000 39038 31000 35019
3.25 38 11.32 38000 51154 28300 39727
4.00 8 6.09 8000 10769 15225 12997
4.75 11 6.34 11000 14808 15850 15329
5.50 2 2.10 2000 2692 5250 3971
7.00 30 10.42 30000 40385 26050 33217
8.50 43 18.25 43000 57885 45625 51755
10.00 75 - 75000 100962 - 100962
11.50 84 - 84000 113077 - 113077
13.00 81 - 81000 109038 - 109038
14.50 77 - 77000 103654 - 103654
16.00 23 - 23000 30962 - 30962
17.50 28 - 28000 37692 - 37692
19.00 32 - 32000 43077 - 43077
20.50 35 35000 47115 - 47115
21.00 39 - 39000 52500 - 52500
Notes:

 1 
1   1  2 
Es = 3D Modulus
AREA: SUBSTATION BUILDING
FILE NO.: 2014/91

SPT CPT
(m) N60 (MPa) 3D 1D (kN/m2)

0.00 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
0.35 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
1.10 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
1.85 38 19.88 38000 51154 49700 50427
2.60 40 19.40 40000 53846 48500 51173
3.35 15 8.70 15000 20192 21750 20971
4.10 18 9.39 18000 24231 23475 23853
4.85 15 13.68 15000 20192 34200 27196
6.35 26 - 26000 35000 - 35000
7.85 72 - 72000 96923 - 96923
9.35 59 - 59000 79423 - 79423
10.85 55 - 55000 74038 - 74038
12.35 79 - 79000 106346 - 106346
13.85 53 - 53000 71346 - 71346
15.35 57 - 57000 76731 - 76731
Notes:

 1 
1   1  2 
Es = 3D Modulus
AREA: SHIPPING AND RECEIVING SHELTER
FILE NO.: 2014/91

SPT CPT
(m) N60 (MPa) 3D 1D (kN/m2)

0.00 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
0.25 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
1.00 20 12.00 20000 26923 30000 28462
1.75 54 21.84 54000 72692 54600 63646
2.50 45 15.18 45000 60577 37950 49263
3.25 25 13.49 25000 33654 33725 33689
4.00 26 20.23 26000 35000 50575 42788
4.75 65 - 65000 87500 - 87500
6.25 60 - 60000 80769 - 80769
7.75 63 - 63000 84808 - 84808
9.25 22 - 22000 35309 - 35309
10.75 68 - 68000 91538 - 91538
12.25 65 - 65000 87500 - 87500
13.75 65 - 65000 87500 - 87500
15.25 56 - 56000 75385 - 75385
Notes:

 1 
1   1  2 
Es = 3D Modulus
AREA: CAR PARKING AT ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
FILE NO.: 2014/91

SPT CPT
(m) N60 (MPa) 3D 1D (kN/m2)

0.15 20 - 20000 26923 - 26923
0.75 20 - 20000 26923 - 26923
1.50 28 - 28000 37692 - 37692
2.25 31 - 31000 41731 - 41731
3.00 10 - 10000 13462 - 13462
3.75 14 - 14000 18846 - 18846
4.50 9 - 9067 12205 - 12205
6.00 11 - 11400 15346 - 15346
7.50 23 - 22800 30692 - 30692
9.00 39 - 39267 52859 - 52859
10.50 100 - 100000 134615 - 134615
12.00 100 - 100000 134615 - 134615
13.50 100 - 100000 134615 - 134615
15.00 29 - 29000 39038 - 39038
Notes:

 1 
1   1  2 
Es = 3D Modulus
F I G U R E
FIGURE 3: VARIATION OF SPT (N60) WITH DEPTH
BI-10-01545, UPGRADE JU'AYMAH SHOPS
MSSD WORKSHOP BUILDING
SPT N60
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
90
9.0
10.0
11.0
Depth (m)
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
BH-01
19.0
BH-02
20.0
BH-03
21.0 BH-04
BH-05
22.0
Average
23.0
Average-1.0xSTDEV
24.0
25.0
Geotechnical File No.: 2014/91

ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
SPT N60
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
90
9.0
10.0
11.0
Depth (m)
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0 BH-06
20.0
BH-07
21.0
Average
22.0
23.0 Average-1.0xSTDEV
24.0
25.0

SUBSTATION BUILDING
SPT N60
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
90
9.0
10.0
11.0
Depth (m)
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0 BH-08
20.0
BH-09
21.0
Average
22.0
24.0
25.0

SHIPPING AND RECEIVING SHELTER
SPT N60
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
90
9.0
10.0
11.0
Depth (m)
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0 BH-10
20.0
BH-11
21.0
Average
22.0
24.0
25.0

SPT N Value Stress Reduction Coefficient Relative Density (%)
0 20 40 60 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 20 40 60 80 1
0 0 0
0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1 1
1.5 1.5 1.5
Groundwater Depth 1 Groundwater Depth 1 Groundwater Depth 1

2 2 2
2.5 2.5 2.5
3 3 3
Depth [m]
Depth [m]
Depth [m]
3.5 3.5 3.5
4 4 4
4.5 4.5 4.5
5 5 5
5.5 5.5 5.5
6 6 6
6.5 6.5 6.5
7 7 7
N Rd
7.5 N1(60) 7.5 7.5
Project
Figure 7a: BI-10-01545, Upgrade Ju'aymah Wprkshops
Analysis Description
Liquefaction Analysis - Based on BH-02
Drawn By Company
HUR/AW RGF
Date File Name
SETTLE3D 3.005
12/17/2014, 5:09:49 PM Liquefaction.s3z
CSR and CRR Factor of Safety Probability of Liquefaction (
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 0 20 40 60 80
0 0 0
0.5 0.5 0.5
1 1 1
1.5 1.5 1.5
Groundwater Depth 1 Groundwater Depth 1 Groundwater Depth 1

2 2 2
2.5 2.5 2.5
3 3 3
Depth [m]
Depth [m]
Depth [m]
3.5 3.5 3.5
4 4 4
4.5 4.5 4.5
5 5 5
5.5 5.5 5.5
6 6 6
Seed (1983) Seed (1983) Cetin [Prob.] (2004)

6.5 6.5 6.5
NCEER (1997) NCEER (1997) Liao [Prob.] (1998)
Idriss & Boulanger (2004) Idriss & Boulanger (2004) Youd & Noble [Prob.] (200
7 7 7
Cetin (2004) Cetin (2004)
Japanese Bridge Code Japanese Bridge Code
7.5 CSR 7.5 7.5
Project
Figure 7b: BI-10-01545, Upgrade Ju'aymah Wprkshops
Analysis Description
Liquefaction Analysis - Based on BH-02
Drawn By Company
HUR/AW RGF
Date File Name
SETTLE3D 3.005
12/17/2014, 5:09:49 PM Liquefaction.s3z
Figure 8 : Equivalent damping ratio for oscillation of rigid circular footing on the elastic half-space
(After Richart, Hall & Woods, 1970)
APPENDIX “A”
FIELD DATA
BOREHOLE LOGS
RIYADH GEOTECHNIQUE & FOUNDATIONS
GEOTECHNICAL & CIVIL TESTING UNIT
PROJECT NAME: BI-10-01545 UPGRADE JU'AYMAH SHOPS PROJECT NO: 15-K-3005 (File # 2014/91)
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE FIELD INVESTIGATION: RGF
COORDINATES: NORTH: 2,963,368.83 meter TYPE OF BORING: ROTARY WASH
EAST: 399,875.59 meter DIA. OF BORING: 100mm CORE SIZE: NW BORING NO: BH-01
GROUND ELEVATION: 2.07 meter DIA. OF UNDISTURBED SAMPLE: 64mm DATE COMMENCED: 24-2-15
DEPTH OF WATER FROM LAT: 1.89 meter CASING HAMMER WT. & DROP: 45Kg/300mm DATE COMPLETED: 24-2-15
MEASURED AT: 25-Feb-15 HOURS ON: 08:00 HAMMER WT. & DROP: 63.5Kg/760mm DRILLING SUPERVISOR: M. Usman
Sample N-Value
Depth Moisture CaCO3 Passing Soil Classi- Depth
(feet)
Type & or
Content % % 200 % Symbol fication
DESCRIPTION (meters)
Number Rec./RQD
ASPHALT Asphalt from 0.0m to 0.15m depth (Hand Excavation upto
1 SP-SM 1.50m depth). 0.3
2 0.6
Light grey, poorly graded SAND with silt and gravel (Base
SP-SM Course).
3 0.9
4 Light grey, poorly graded SAND with silt. 1.2
5 SPT-1 24 1.5
6
Light brown, medium dense, poorly graded SAND with silt 1.8
and gravel.
7 2.1
SPT-2 37 SP-SM
8 Changing to dense. 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 4 3.0
11
Light grey, very loose, silty SAND. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 9 SM
13 Changing to loose. 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 11 4.6
Grey, medium dense, poorly graded SAND with silt.
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 30 6.1
-ditto-
21 6.4
22 6.7
SP-SM
23 7.0
24 7.3
SAUDI_ARAMCO 15-K-3005 ARAMCO LOG.GPJ S_ARAMCO.GDT 2-4-15
25 SPT-7 39 7.6
Changing to dense.
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 54 9.1
Light brownish grey, very dense, silty SAND with gravel.
31 9.4
32 9.8
SM
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
SPT-1 : STANDARD PENETRATION TEST & NUMBER PER 12 INCHES REC : ROCK CORE RECOVERY
H-1 : HAND SAMPLE & NUMBER HWR : HIGHLY WEATHERED ROCK
R-1 : ROCK CORE RUN & NUMBER PWR : PARTIALLY WEATHERED ROCK
RQD : ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION ROCK : UNWEATHERED ROCK
: WATER TABLE SHEET 1 OF 2
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 51 Off white, very dense, silty GRAVEL with sand. 10.7
36 11.0
37 GM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 55
40 grey, very dense, silty SAND. 12.2
41 12.5
42 SM 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 34
45 Light brownish grey, dense, clayey SAND. 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 11
50 Changing to medium dense. 15.2
51 15.5
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
SPT-13 18 SC
55 -ditto- 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
SPT-14 15
60 -ditto- 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
SPT-15 21
65 Light grey, very stiff, sandy lean CLAY. 19.8
CL
66 SPT-16 24 20.1
-ditto-
67 End of borehole at 20.0m depth. 20.4
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
MEASURED AT: 05-Mar-15 HOURS ON: 08:30 HAMMER WT. & DROP: 63.5Kg/760mm DRILLING SUPERVISOR: M. Usman
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
Light grey, poorly graded SAND with silt and gravel.
SP-SM Light grey, poorly graded SAND with silt.
3 0.9
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 32 1.5
6
Brown, dense, poorly graded SAND with silt and gravel. 1.8
SP-SM
7 2.1
SPT-2 38
8 Light grey, dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 2.4
9 SP-SM 2.7
10 SPT-3 5 3.0
11
Grey, loose, silty SAND. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 2
13 Changing to very loose. 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 13 4.6
Changing to medium dense.
16 4.9
17 5.2
SM
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 14 6.1
-ditto-
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 34 7.6
Grey, dense, poorly graded SAND with silt.
26 7.9
27 8.2
SP-SM
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 15 9.1
Light greenish brown, stiff, lean CLAY with sand.
31 9.4
32 9.8
CL
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
36 11.0
37 GM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 14
40 Brown, medium dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 12.2
41 12.5
42 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 19 SP-SM
45 -ditto- 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 28
50 Light brown, medium dense, clayey SAND. 15.2
51 15.5
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
SPT-13 28 SC
55 -ditto- 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
SPT-14 21
60 Light brown, very stiff, sandy lean CLAY. 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 CL 19.2
64 19.5
SPT-15 22
65 -ditto- 19.8
66 SPT-16 25 20.1
-ditto-
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
3 0.9
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 48 1.5
6
Brown, dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 1.8
7 2.1
SPT-2 41 SP-SM
8 -ditto- 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 26 3.0
11
Grey, medium dense, silty SAND. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 27
13 -ditto- 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 21 4.6
-ditto-
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 27 SM 6.1
-ditto-
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 22 7.6
-ditto-
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 26 9.1
Grey, medium dense, clayey GRAVEL with sand, water loss
31 from 9.00m onward. 9.4
32 9.8
GC
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 52 Off white, very dense, silty GRAVEL with gravel. 10.7
36 11.0
37 GM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 32
40 Grey, dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 12.2
41 12.5
42 SP-SM 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 32
45 Brownish grey, dense, silty SAND. 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 31
50 -ditto- 15.2
51 15.5
52 SM 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
SPT-13 20
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
SPT-14 26
60 Light greenish brown, very stiff, sandy lean CLAY. 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 CL 19.2
64 19.5
SPT-15 20
65 Changing to stiff. 19.8
66 SPT-16 23 20.1
Changing to very stiff.
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
1 0.3
SP-SM 1.50m depth).
2 0.6
3 Light grey, poorly graded SAND with silt. 0.9
SP-SM
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 33 1.5
6
7 2.1
SPT-2 46
8 -ditto- 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 32 3.0
11
Changing to grey color. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 36
13 -ditto- 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 55 4.6
Changing to very dense.
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 49 SP-SM 6.1
Changing to dense.
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 29 7.6
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 37 9.1
Changing to dense.
31 9.4
32 9.8
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
36 11.0
37 GM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 58
40 Light grey, very dense, silty SAND with gravel. 12.2
41 12.5
42 SM 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 42
45 Grey, dense, silty SAND. 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 38
50 -ditto- 15.2
51 15.5
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
SPT-13 25
SM
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
SPT-14 24
60 -ditto- 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
SPT-15 16
65 -ditto- 19.8
66 SPT-16 18 20.1
-ditto-
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
3 0.9
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 34 1.5
6
7 2.1
SPT-2 42
8 -ditto- 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 14 SP-SM 3.0
11
Changing to medium dense. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 17
13 -ditto- 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 41 4.6
Grey, dense, silty SAND.
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 42 6.1
-ditto-
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 39 SM 7.6
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 48 9.1
-ditto-
31 9.4
32 9.8
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 54 Off white, very dense, poorly graded GRAVEL with silt and 10.7
36 sand. 11.0
37 GP-GM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 61
40 Grey, very dense, silty SAND. 12.2
41 12.5
42 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 57 SM
45 -ditto- 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 31
50 Light greenish brown, dense, clayey SAND. 15.2
51 15.5
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
SPT-13 26
56 17.1
57 SC 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
SPT-14 25
60 -ditto- 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
SPT-15 16
65 Light greenish brown, stiff, sandy lean CLAY. 19.8
CL
66 SPT-16 20 20.1
-ditto-
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
3 0.9
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 25 1.5
6
brown, medium dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 1.8
7 2.1
SPT-2 26
8 Changing to light brown color. 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 12 3.0
11
Changing to grey color. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 18
13 -ditto- 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 8 4.6
Changing to loose.
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 13 SP-SM 6.1
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 45 7.6
Changing to dense.
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 35 9.1
-ditto-
31 9.4
32 9.8
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 42 Off white, dense, poorly graded GRAVEL with silt and sand. 10.7
36 11.0
37 GP-GM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 52
40 Greenish brown, very dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 12.2
41 12.5
42 SP-SM 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 56
45 Greenish brown, very dense, silty SAND. 13.7
46 14.0
47 SM 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 17
51 15.5
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
SPT-13 19 SC
55 -ditto- 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
SPT-14 18
60 Light brown, stiff, sandy SILT. 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 ML 19.2
64 19.5
SPT-15 20
65 -ditto- 19.8
66 SPT-16 24 20.1
Changing to very stiff.
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
3
SP-SM
Light grey, poorly graded SAND with silt. 0.9
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 29 1.5
6
Light brown, medium dense, silty SAND. 1.8
7 2.1
SPT-2 38 SM
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 8 3.0
11
Grey, loose, poorly graded SAND with silt. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 11 SP-SM
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 2 4.6
Grey, very loose, silty SAND.
16 4.9
17 5.2
SM
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 24 6.1
Grey, medium dense, poorly graded SAND with silt.
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 34 7.6
Changing to dense.
26 7.9
27 8.2
SP-SM
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 59 9.1
31 9.4
32 9.8
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 63 Off white, very dense, poorly graded GRAVEL with silt with 10.7
36 sand. 11.0
37 GP-GM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 61
40 Grey, very dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 12.2
41 12.5
42 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 58 SP-SM
45 -ditto- 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 17
50 Light brown, stiff, sandy SILT. 15.2
51 15.5
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
SPT-13 21
55 Changing to very stiff. 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 ML 17.7
59 18.0
SPT-14 24
60 -ditto- 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
SPT-15 26
65 -ditto- 19.8
66 SPT-16 29 20.1
-ditto-
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
3
SP-SM
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 38 1.5
6
7 2.1
SPT-2 41
8 -ditto- 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 25 3.0
11
Changing to grey color and medium dense. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 25
13 -ditto- 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 22 4.6
-ditto-
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 22 SP-SM 6.1
-ditto-
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 58 7.6
Changing to greenish brown color and very dense.
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 47 9.1
Changing to brown color and dense.
31 9.4
32 9.8
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 73 Light to off white, very dense, silty SAND with gravel. 10.7
36 11.0
37 SM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 74
40 Brownish grey, very dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 12.2
41 12.5
42 SP-SM 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 40
45 Brownish grey, dense, silty SAND with gravel. 13.7
46 14.0
47 SM 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 45
50 -ditto- 15.2
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
55 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
60 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
65 19.8
66 20.1
67 20.4
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
3
SP-SM
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 39 1.5
6
7 2.1
SPT-2 44
8 -ditto- 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 17 3.0
11
Changing to grey color and medium dense. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 19
13 -ditto- 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 15 SP-SM 4.6
-ditto-
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 31 6.1
Changing to dense.
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 57 7.6
Grey, very dense, silty SAND.
26 7.9
27 8.2
SM
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 49 9.1
Brown, dense, poorly graded SAND with silt.
31 9.4
32 9.8
SP-SM
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 47 Light grey, dense, silty SAND with gravel. 10.7
36 11.0
37 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 62 SM
40 Changing to very dense. 12.2
41 12.5
42 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 42
45 Grey, dense, silty SAND. 13.7
46 14.0
47 SM 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 43
50 -ditto- 15.2
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
55 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
60 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
65 19.8
66 20.1
67 20.4
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
1 Light brown, poorly graded SAND with silt and shells (Hand 0.3
excavation upto 1.5m depth).
2 0.6
Changing to black color.
3 SP-SM Changing to light brown color. 0.9
4 Changing to brown color. 1.2
5 SPT-1 40 1.5
6
7 2.1
SPT-2 49
8 -ditto- 2.4
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 27 3.0
11
Changing to medium dense. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 60
13 Changing to very dense. 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 59 4.6
-ditto-
16 4.9
17 5.2
SP-SM
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 49 6.1
Changing to dense.
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 58 7.6
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 35 9.1
Light brownish grey, hard, lean CLAY.
31 9.4
32 9.8
CL
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 50 Grey, dense, silty SAND. 10.7
36 11.0
37 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 11
40 Changing to brownish grey medium dense. 12.2
41 12.5
42 12.8
SM
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 45
45 Changing to grey color and dense. 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 46
50 -ditto- 15.2
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
55 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
60 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
65 19.8
66 20.1
67 20.4
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
1 Light brown, poorly graded SAND with silt and shells (Hand 0.3
SP-SM Excavation upto 1.5m depth).
2 0.6
Changing to black color.
3 Light brown, well graded SAND with silt. 0.9
4 SW-SM 1.2
5 SPT-1 54 1.5
6
Brown, very dense, well graded SAND with silt. 1.8
7 2.1
SPT-2 45 SW-SM
9 2.7
10 SPT-3 25 3.0
11
Light brownish grey, medium dense, poorly graded SAND 3.4
with silt.
12 3.7
SPT-4 26
13 -ditto- 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 57 4.6
16 4.9
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 47 SP-SM 6.1
Changing to dense.
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 50 7.6
-ditto-
26 7.9
27 8.2
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 17 9.1
Off white, medium dense, sandy lean CLAY.
31 9.4
32 9.8
CL
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 51 Light grey to off white, very dense, silty SAND with gravel. 10.7
36 11.0
37 SM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 49
40 Grey, dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 12.2
41 12.5
42 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 49 SP-SM
45 -ditto- 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 42 SM
50 Light brownish grey, dense, silty SAND. 15.2
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
55 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
60 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
65 19.8
66 20.1
67 20.4
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
2 0.6
3 0.9
4 1.2
5 SPT-1 28 1.5
6
Brown, medium dense, poorly graded SAND with silt. 1.8
7 2.1
SPT-2 31
8 Changing to light brown color and dense. 2.4
9 SP-SM 2.7
10 SPT-3 10 3.0
11
Changing to grey color and loose. 3.4
12 3.7
SPT-4 14
13 Grey, medium dense, silty clayey SAND. 4.0
14 4.3
15 SPT-5 8 4.6
Changing to loose.
16 4.9
SC-SM
17 5.2
18 5.5
19 5.8
20 SPT-6 9 6.1
Grey, loose, poorly graded SAND with silt.
21 6.4
22 6.7
23 7.0
24 7.3
25 SPT-7 18 7.6
26 7.9
27 8.2
SP-SM
28 8.5
29 8.8
30 SPT-8 31 9.1
Changing to dense.
31 9.4
32 9.8
33 10.1
34 10.4
L E G E N D:
Sample N-Value
(feet)
Type & or
Number Rec./RQD
35 SPT-9 89 Changing to off white to light brown color and very dense. 10.7
36 11.0
37 SP-SM 11.3
38 11.6
39 11.9
SPT-10 50/14
40 Greenish brown, very dense, silty SAND. 12.2
41 12.5
42 12.8
43 13.1
44 13.4
SPT-11 50/5 SM
45 -ditto- 13.7
46 14.0
47 14.3
48 14.6
49 14.9
SPT-12 22 SC
52 15.8
53 16.2
54 16.5
55 16.8
56 17.1
57 17.4
58 17.7
59 18.0
60 18.3
61 18.6
62 18.9
63 19.2
64 19.5
65 19.8
66 20.1
67 20.4
68 20.7
L E G E N D:
CROSSHOLE TEST
RESULT SHEET ‐ CROSSHOLE SEISMIC TEST RESULTS (ASTM D4428 / D4428M ‐ 14)
FORM # RGF‐KHO‐GEO‐CH‐1‐01
Client: KBR-AMCDE Date: 23/2/2015
Project: BI-10-01545 Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops Geotechnical File No.: 2014_91
Project No.: 15 - K - 3005 Source BH #: A (BH - 03) Drilling Method: Wash boring
Test No.: 01 Receiver BH #: B&C PVC Pipe Type: Schedule 40 (D Class)
Location: CHT - 01 Source Type: Electro-mechanical Grouting Procedure: Bottom to Top
Weather Con.: Sunny Receiver Type: Triaxial Geophones Coordinates (m): N: 2,963,356.31, E: 399,834.02
Assumed Poisson Shear Young Bulk
Depth of Average Time Average Time
Distance Distance Average Velocity Density Ratio Modulus Modulus Modulus
Sr. Source & A to B A to C
A to B A to C
No. Reciever P-wave S-wave P-wave S-wave P-wave S-wave ρ υ G E K
(m) (m)
(m) (msec) (msec) (msec) (msec) (m/sec) (m/sec) (g/cm ) 3 (M Pa) (M Pa) (M Pa)
1 1.50 3.0 5.12 9.95 6.0 12.14 25.03 540 271 1.8 0.31 132 345 303
2 2.25 3.0 4.54 9.00 6.0 10.02 13.70 630 386 1.8 0.30 268 696 580
3 3.00 3.0 5.85 11.45 6.0 13.15 26.98 485 242 1.7 0.32 100 263 244
4 3.75 3.0 7.40 13.89 6.0 15.95 31.60 391 203 1.8 0.32 74 196 181
5 4.50 3.0 6.21 12.45 6.0 14.15 27.54 454 229 1.8 0.30 95 246 205
6 5.25 3.0 5.75 11.15 6.0 12.26 26.03 506 250 1.8 0.31 112 294 258
7 6.00 3.0 6.75 12.47 6.0 15.02 29.46 422 222 1.8 0.31 89 233 204
8 6.75 3.0 6.52 12.42 6.0 14.04 27.36 444 230 1.8 0.32 96 252 234
9 7.50 3.0 6.13 12.12 6.0 13.26 26.52 471 237 1.8 0.33 101 269 263
10 8.25 3.0 5.45 11.02 6.0 12.14 24.12 522 260 1.8 0.30 122 318 265
11 9.00 3.0 5.35 10.18 6.0 11.98 24.01 531 272 1.8 0.31 133 350 307
12 9.75 3.0 5.83 11.17 6.0 12.19 25.19 503 253 1.8 0.31 116 303 266
13 10.50 3.0 6.04 11.46 6.0 13.47 26.76 471 243 1.8 0.30 106 276 230
14 11.25 3.0 5.03 9.75 6.0 10.81 21.35 576 294 1.8 0.32 156 412 381
15 12.00 3.0 4.23 8.47 6.0 9.58 19.25 668 333 1.8 0.32 200 527 488
16 12.75 3.0 4.32 8.14 6.0 9.01 18.84 680 344 1.8 0.30 212 552 460
17 13.50 3.0 4.16 8.17 6.0 9.12 17.63 690 354 1.9 0.31 238 623 546
18 14.25 3.0 4.15 8.03 6.0 9.18 18.18 688 352 1.9 0.31 235 616 540
19 15.00 3.0 4.26 8.06 6.0 9.26 19.24 676 342 1.8 0.32 211 556 515
This sheet is underownership of RGF Geotechnical Department Al Khobar, Data on this sheet can not be reproduced / changed untill unless prior permission from section Incharge RGF‐KHO‐GEO‐CH‐1‐01 Page 1 of 4
Assumed Poisson Shear Young Bulk
Depth of Average Time Average Time
A to B A to C
(m) (m)
20 15.75 3.0 3.25 7.19 6.0 8.12 16.27 831 393 1.9 0.31 293 769 674
21 16.50 3.0 3.75 7.00 6.0 7.86 15.48 782 408 1.9 0.30 316 823 686
22 17.25 3.0 3.72 7.01 6.0 8.06 15.10 775 413 1.9 0.33 324 861 844
23 18.00 3.0 3.88 6.74 6.0 7.45 15.11 789 421 1.9 0.37 337 923 1184
24 18.75 3.0 4.65 9.21 6.0 10.06 21.67 621 301 2.0 0.40 182 508 847
25 19.50 3.0 5.64 12.05 6.0 12.48 29.27 506 227 2.0 0.41 103 291 538
26 20.25 3.0 5.62 13.48 6.0 12.39 32.41 509 204 2.0 0.39 83 231 350
[ (Vp / Vs)2 - 2 ] ρ x (Vs)2

Poisson Ratio ( υ ) = Shear Modulus ( G ) =
[ 2 x (Vp / Vs)2 - 2 ] 1000
Young Modulus ( E ) = 2G x ( 1 + υ ) G x E

Bulk Modulus ( K ) =
3 ( 3G - E )
Usman M. Asad Shafiq Fiaz Ahmed

Tested By Checked By Approved By
RESULT SHEET ‐ CROSSHOLE SEISMIC TEST RESULTS (ASTM D4428/D4428M ‐ 14)
Project: KBR‐AMCDE
Client: BI‐10‐01545 Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops Project No. 15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
Test No.: 01 Geotech. File # 2014_91
VELOCITY - DEPTH PLOTS
P‐Wave S‐Wave
Velocity (m/sec) Velocity (m/sec)
0 200 400 600 800 1000 0 200 400 600
0.00
1.50
3.00
4 50
4.50
6.00
7.50
9.00
10.50
12.00
13.50
Depth (m)
15.00
16.50
18.00
19.50
21.00
22.50
24.00
25.50
27.00
28.50
30.00
Subsurface Velocity Vs Depth profile

This sheet is underownership of RGF Geotechnical Department Al Khobar, Data on this sheet can not be reproduced / changed untill unless prior permission
from section Incharge RGF‐KHO‐GEO‐CH‐1‐01 Page 3 of 4
SUBSURFACE SOIL MODULUS - DEPTH PLOTS
Shear Modulus Young Modulus Bulk Modulus
Modulus (MPa) Modulus (MPa) Modulus (MPa)

0 200 400 0 500 1000 0 500 1000 1500
0.00
1.50
3.00
4 50
4.50
6.00
7.50
9.00
10.50
12.00
13.50
Depth (m)
15.00
16.50
18.00
19.50
21.00
22.50
24.00
25.50
27.00
28.50
30.00
Subsurface Soil Modulus Vs Depth profile

RESULT SHEET ‐ CROSSHOLE SEISMIC TEST RESULTS (ASTM D4428 / D4428M ‐ 14)
Client: KBR-AMCDE Date: 22/2/2015
Project: BI-10-01545 Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops Geotechnical File No 2014_91
Project No.: 15 - K - 3005 Source BH #: A (BH - 08) Drilling Method: Wash boring
Test No.: 02 Receiver BH #: B&C PVC Pipe Type: Schedule 40 (D Class)
Location: CHT - 02 Source Type: Electro-mechanical Grouting Procedure: Bottom to Top
Weather Con.: Sunny Receiver Type: Triaxial Geophones Coordinates (m): N: 2963496.71, E: 399677.60
Average Time Average Time Assumed Poisson Shear Young Bulk
Depth of
A to B A to C
(m) (m)
1 1.50 3.0 5.30 10.00 6.0 13.02 24.90 513 270 1.8 0.30 132 342 285
2 2.25 3.0 5.00 9.00 6.0 10.24 19.56 593 320 1.8 0.30 184 479 399
3 3.00 3.0 6.10 11.70 6.0 13.05 26.84 476 240 1.6 0.31 92 241 212
4 3.75 3.0 7.25 14.05 6.0 16.22 31.26 392 203 1.5 0.30 62 160 134
5 4.50 3.0 6.35 12.45 6.0 14.35 27.46 445 230 1.6 0.31 84 221 194
6 5.25 3.0 5.90 11.23 6.0 12.22 25.96 500 249 1.7 0.31 106 276 242
7 6.00 3.0 6.85 12.54 6.0 15.00 29.61 419 221 1.6 0.30 78 203 169
8 6.75 3.0 6.53 12.47 6.0 14.05 26.96 443 232 1.6 0.30 86 223 186
9 7.50 3.0 6.10 12.26 6.0 13.08 26.49 475 236 1.6 0.32 89 234 217
10 8.25 3.0 5.65 11.02 6.0 12.06 24.14 514 260 1.7 0.32 115 304 282
11 9.00 3.0 5.35 10.35 6.0 12.06 24.13 529 269 1.7 0.32 123 324 292
12 9.75 3.0 5.57 11.13 6.0 12.42 25.31 511 253 1.7 0.32 109 288 267
13 10.50 3.0 6.37 11.47 6.0 13.24 26.81 462 243 1.6 0.33 94 251 246
14 11.25 3.0 5.03 9.88 6.0 10.62 21.18 581 293 1.8 0.32 155 409 379
15 12.00 3.0 4.44 8.45 6.0 9.42 19.03 656 335 1.8 0.31 202 530 465
16 12.75 3.0 4.32 8.34 6.0 9.35 18.77 668 340 1.8 0.31 208 544 477
17 13.50 3.0 4.54 8.22 6.0 9.31 17.64 653 353 1.9 0.30 236 614 512
18 14.25 3.0 4.25 8.05 6.0 9.36 18.23 673 351 1.9 0.30 234 608 507
Average Time Average Time Assumed Poisson Shear Young Bulk
Depth of
A to B A to C
(m) (m)
19 15.00 3.0 4.67 8.14 6.0 9.31 19.17 643 341 1.8 0.30 209 543 453
[ (Vp / Vs)2 - 2 ] ρ x (Vs)2

Poisson Ratio ( υ ) = Shear Modulus ( G ) =
2
[ 2 x (Vp / Vs) - 2 ] 1000
Young Modulus ( E ) = 2G x ( 1 + υ ) G x E

Bulk Modulus ( K ) =
3 ( 3G - E )

VELOCITY - DEPTH PLOTS
P‐Wave S‐Wave
Velocity (m/sec) Velocity (m/sec)
0 200 400 600 800 0 200 400
0.00
1.50
3.00
4 50
4.50
6.00
7.50
9.00
10.50
12.00
13.50
Depth (m)
15.00
16.50
18.00
19.50
21.00
22.50
24.00
25.50
27.00
28.50
30.00
Subsurface Velocity Vs Depth profile

SUBSURFACE SOIL MODULUS - DEPTH PLOTS
Shear Modulus Young Modulus Bulk Modulus
Modulus (MPa) Modulus (MPa) Modulus (MPa)

0 100 200 300 0 500 1000 0 200 400 600
0.00
1.50
3.00
4 50
4.50
6.00
7.50
9.00
10.50
12.00
13.50
Depth (m)
15.00
16.50
18.00
19.50
21.00
22.50
24.00
25.50
27.00
28.50
30.00
Subsurface Soil Modulus Vs Depth profile

TEST PIT
Test Pit No.TP- 01
Sheet 1 of 1
TEST PIT LOG

BI-10-01545 Upgrade
Project Ju'aymah Shops Client KBR-AMCDE
Project # 15-K-3005 Date 18-Feb-15
Coordinate N-2963343.12 E-399848.54 Geotechnical File # 2014/91
Field Density Lab. Density

Test Test
In place % Compaction
Classification Symbol
Moisture Content (%)

Dry Density (gm/cm )
Dry Density (gm/cm3)

3
Elevation in meters
Sample Type/ No.

Depth in meters
DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL REMARKS
Maximum
Optimum
Legend
Natural
0.00 Asphalt 0.0m to 0.15m depth
0.15
Light grey, Poorly graded SAND
with silt and gravel. BS-01
0.35
0.50 Light grey, Poorly graded SAND
with silt.
SP-SM
1.00 1.649 2.200 1.773 10.4 93 BS-02
1.50
End of testpit @ 1.50m depth
2.00
Test Pit No.TP- 02
Sheet 1 of 1
TEST PIT LOG

BI-10-01545 Upgrade

Test Test


3
Elevation in meters
Sample Type/ No.

Depth in meters
Maximum
Optimum
Legend
Natural
0.00 Light grey, Poorly graded SAND with silt.
BS-01
0.25
BS-02
0.30 with silt.
0.50 with silt.
SP-SM
BS-03
1.00 1.653 3.300 1.759 10.3 94
1.50
2.00
Test Pit No.TP- 03
Sheet 1 of 1
TEST PIT LOG

BI-10-01545 Upgrade

Test Test


3
Elevation in meters
Sample Type/ No.

Depth in meters
Maximum
Optimum
Legend
Natural
0.10
with silt. BS-01
0.40
with silt.
SP-SM
1.00 1.639 5.200 1.762 10.5 93 BS-02
1.50
2.00
Test Pit No.TP- 03
Sheet 1 of 1
TEST PIT LOG

BI-10-01545 Upgrade
Project # 15-K-3005 Date 1-Mar-15

Test Test


3
Elevation in meters
Sample Type/ No.

Depth in meters
Maximum
Optimum
Legend
Natural
0.10
with silt. BS-01
0.40
with silt.
BS-02
SP-SM
1.00 1.673 6.500 1.78 10.2 94
1.50
2.00
PIEZOCONE PENETRATION
TEST
PIEZO CONE PENETRATION TEST PLOT
ASTM D 5778
FORM # RGF-KHO-GEO-CPT-01D-00
Project Name BI-10-01545 Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops Equipment Geomil Holland Start Date 23-Feb-15
Client Name KBR-AMCDE Test No. PCPT-01 Finish Date 23-Feb-15
Project No. 15-K-3005 Test Location Ju'aymah Speed (mm/sec) 20
Recording
File No. 2014/05 Operator Irfan 20
Interval (cm)
Cone Type Compression Geologist M.Usman Calibration Date 3-Jun-14
Weather Pre Excav. Depth

Cone Area (cm2) 10 Hot 150
Conditions (cm)
qc (MPa) fs (kPa) fr (%) U2 (kPa)

Profile
10
20
30
40
100
150
200
250
300
350
100
0
50
25
50
75
0
2
0
0
0.0
0.0 0.0 0.0 SAND
1.0 1.0
1.0 1.0
2.0 2.0
2.0 2.0
3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0
15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
OPERATOR CHECKED BY APPROVED BY
RGF-KHO-GEO-CPT-01P-00
ASTM D 5778
Recording
Interval (cm)

Conditions (cm)

Profile
100
150
200
10
20
30
25
50
75
50
0
0
0
2
0
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

SAND
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0
15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
ASTM D 5778
Recording
Interval (cm)

Conditions (cm)

Profile
100
150
200
250
300
10
20
30
50
25
50
0
0
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
SAND
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0
15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
ASTM D 5778
Recording
Interval (cm)

Conditions (cm)

Profile
100
150
200
250
300
10
20
30
50
10
15
20
25
0
5
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
SAND
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
Depth (m)
7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0
9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0
14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0
15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0
ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY
TEST RESULT
ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY SURVEY
ASTM G57‐06 (2012)
Project: BI‐10‐01545 Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops
Client: KBR‐AMCDE Geotechnical File #: 2014_91
Configuration: Wenner Four‐Electrode Method
Wenner Four‐Electrode Method Project No :
Project No.: 15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
Equipment: Terrameter SAS 4000 Executed Date: Feb 19, 2015
Location: JNGL Electrode Depth (m): 0.1
ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY TEST # 01
Coordinates (m): N: 2963355.10 E: 399824.52
Geometric Apparent
Inter‐Electrode Spacing Resistance
Factor Resistivity
a (m) K R (Ω) ρ (Ω.m)
1 6.28 9.120 57.27
2 12.56 2.120 26.63
5 31.40 0.710 22.29
10 62.80 0.700 43.96
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
70 N
60
50
Resistivity (ohm-m)
40
30
20
10
0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
Electrode Spacing (m)
Tested By: Checked By: Approved By:

M. Usman M. Asad Shafiq Fiaz Ahmed
Electrical Resistivity Survey Page 1 of 4
ASTM G57‐06 (2012)
Project No.: 15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
Coordinates (m): N: 2963340.41 E: 399623.56
Geometric Apparent
Factor Resistivity
a (m) K R (Ω) ρ (Ω.m)
1 6.28 11.100 69.71
2 12.56 3.210 40.32
5 31.40 0.700 21.98
10 62.80 0.112 7.03
80 N
70
60
Resistivity (ohm-m)
50
40
30
20
10
0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

ASTM G57‐06 (2012)
Project No.: 15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
Coordinates (m): N: 2963490.27 E: 399675.66
Geometric Apparent
Factor Resistivity
a (m) K R (Ω) ρ (Ω.m)
1 6.28 9.120 57.27
2 12.56 4.100 51.50
5 31.40 0.810 25.43
10 62.80 0.210 13.19
70 N
60
50
Resistivity (ohm-m)
40
30
20
10
0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

ASTM G57‐06 (2012)
Project No.: 15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
15 ‐ K ‐ 3005
Coordinates (m): N: 2963638.72 E: 399733.34
Geometric Apparent
Factor Resistivity
a (m) K R (Ω) ρ (Ω.m)
1 6.28 8.000 50.24
2 12.56 2.100 26.38
5 31.40 0.600 18.84
10 62.80 0.200 12.56
60 N
50
Resistivity (ohm-m)
40
30
20
10
0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

PLATE LOAD TEST
PLATE LOAD TEST
ASTM 1194
PROJECT: BI-10-01545, Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops TEST DATE: 25-Feb-15
AREA: MSSD Shop Bldg FILE NO. : 2014/91
TEST PLAT DIA. ( m) 0.6

LOCATION: NEAR BH -01 (0.15m Depth) TEST PLATE AREA(m 2) 0.28
TEST # PLT-01 TEMP. (C o) 28 WEATHER Fair

LOADING & UNLOADING
PRESSURE SETTLEMENT PRESSURE (kPa )

(kPa) (mm)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
0 0
0.00
106 1.65
212 3.74 1.17 1.96 4.06
318 5.62
424 7.10
2.00
530 8.54
424 8.15
212 7.65
SETTLEMENT IN (mm)
0 6 85
6.85
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
Design Pressure = - REMARKS:

Test Pressure = 530 kPa SETTLEMENT @ MAXIMUM PRESSURE = 7.23 mm
Test Plate Dia. = 60 cm
TESTED BY CHECKED BY
Tahir Anjum
PLATE LOAD TEST
ASTM 1194
PROJECT: BI-10-01545, Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops TEST DATE: 17-Feb-15
AREA: Substation Bldg FILE NO. : 2014/91
TEST PLAT DIA. ( m) 0.6

LOCATION: NEAR BH -09 (0.15m Depth) TEST PLATE AREA(m 2) 0.28
TEST # PLT-02 TEMP. (C o) 28 WEATHER Fair

LOADING & UNLOADING
PRESSURE SETTLEMENT PRESSURE (kPa )

(kPa) (mm)
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
0 0
0.00
106 2.10
212 3.85 1.17 1.96 4.06
318 5.21
424 6.38
2.00
530 7.91
424 7.85
212 7.35
SETTLEMENT IN (mm)
0 6 70
6.70
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
Design Pressure = - REMARKS:

Test Pressure = 530 kPa SETTLEMENT @ MAXIMUM PRESSURE = 7.54 mm
Test Plate Dia. = 60 cm
TESTED BY CHECKED BY
Tahir Anjum
PERMEABILITY TEST
FALLING HEAD FIELD PERMEABILITY TEST( FLUSH BOTTOM )
REF. : SOIL MECHANIC BY LAMBE & WHITMAN
Project : BI-10-01545, Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops DATE: 25-02-15
Client : KBR-AMCDE FIEL # 201/-91 TEST NO: 1
: Location : BH-01
Casing Length (cm) : 330 Dia of Casing (cm) : 10.0
Casing above ground (cm) : 100 Dia of Borehole (cm) : 10 (4")
Casing below ground (cm) : 230
Depth at test below ground(m) : 2.5 Water Table Depth (m) : 1.90
Uncased Length (cm) : 20 (Below EGL)
Time T Initial Head Final Head Permeability

Fall in Head (cm ) H H LEFRANC (FALLING HEAD) METHOD
(Seconds) 1 (cm) 2 (cm) k ( cm/sec )
0 - 200 - - TEST SETUP

30 4 200 196 1.92241E 03
1.92241E-03
60 6 200 194 1.44919E-03
90 10 200 190 1.62696E-03
120 13 200 187 1.59883E-03
150 20 200 180 2.00514E-03
180 22 200 178 1.84815E-03
210 27 200 173 1.97144E-03
240 31 200 169 2.00326E-03
270 37 200 163 2.16287E-03
300 45 200 155 2.42545E-03
420 55 200 145 2.18576E-03
540 69 200 131 2.23680E-03
900 98 200 102 2.13576E-03
1200 110 200 90 1.89957E-03
1500 126 200 74 1.89218E-03
1800 155 200 45 2.36567E-03
2400 195 200 5 4.38774E-03
AVE. Permeability k = 2.12E-03 ( cm/sec )

FALLING HEAD FIELD PERMEABILITY TEST( FLUSH BOTTOM )
REF. : SOIL MECHANIC BY LAMBE & WHITMAN
Project : BI-10-01545, Upgrade Ju'aymah Shops DATE: 02-02-15
Client : KBR-AMCDE FIEL # 201/-91 TEST NO: 2
: Location : BH-06
Casing Length (cm) : 330 Dia of Casing (cm) : 10.0
Casing above ground (cm) : 90 Dia of Borehole (cm) : 10 (4")
Casing below ground (cm) : 240
Depth at test below ground(m) : 2.0 Water Table Depth (m) : 2.0
Uncased Length (cm) : 30 (Below EGL)
Time T Initial Head Final Head Permeability

Fall in Head (cm ) H H LEFRANC (FALLING HEAD) METHOD
(Seconds) 1 (cm) 2 (cm) k ( cm/sec )
0 - 185 - - TEST SETUP

30 3 185 182 1.55572E 03
1.55572E-03
60 5 185 180 1.30359E-03
90 8 185 177 1.40216E-03
120 10 185 175 1.32195E-03
150 15 185 170 1.60923E-03
180 18 185 167 1.62339E-03
210 23 185 162 1.80470E-03
240 31 185 154 2.18149E-03
270 37 185 148 2.35927E-03
300 42 185 143 2.45038E-03
420 58 185 127 2.55677E-03
540 69 185 116 2.46753E-03
900 92 185 93 2.18147E-03
1200 108 185 77 2.08523E-03
1500 121 185 64 2.02011E-03
1800 147 185 38 2.51017E-03
2400 182 185 3 4.90261E-03
AVE. Permeability k = 2.14E-03 ( cm/sec )

APPENDIX “B”
LABORATORY TEST RESULTS

AL-KHOBAR, SAUDI ARABIA
CLIENT: KBR-AMCDE (File # 2014/91) Project # : 15-K-3005
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS

USCS % ATTERBERG LIMITS
B.H DEPTH DESCRIPTION
No. (m) ASTM MC % PASSING
LL PL PI
D-2487 #200
BH-01 3.00 SILTY SAND SM 28.2 14.7 NP NP NP
BH-01 9.00 SILTY SAND with GRAVEL SM 16.8 28.7 NP NP NP
BH-01 13.50 CLAYEY SAND SC 22.4 41.2 28.0 20.0 8.0
BH-01 19.50 SANDY LEAN CLAY CL 16.3 59.1 31.0 21.0 10.0
BH-02 2.25 POORLY GRADED SAND with SILT SP-SM 14.4 10.2 NP NP NP
BH-02 9.00 LEAN CLAY with SAND CL 21.9 83.2 42.0 24.0 18.0
BH-02 15.00 CLAYEY SAND SC 29.2 42.4 30.0 22.0 8.0
BH-03 9.00 CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND GC 13.0 40.0 28.0 19.0 9.0
BH-03 10.50 SILTY GRAVEL with SAND GM 16.9 14.4 NP NP NP
BH-04 16.50 SILTY SAND SM 22.2 37.5 33.0 24.0 9.0
Sheet 1 of 3

LL PL PI
D-2487 #200
BH-04 19.50 SILTY SAND SM 29.6 48.7 35.0 25.0 10.0
BH-05 10.50 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND GP-GM 16.4 7.5 NP NP NP
BH-05 15.00 CLAYEY SAND SC 25.6 32.0 29.0 20.0 9.0
BH-06 15.00 CLAYEY SAND SC 23.2 42.9 30.0 22.0 8.0
BH-06 19.50 SANDY SILT ML 27.6 56.7 35.0 25.0 10.0
BH-07 10.50 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND GP-GM 17.2 8.9 NP NP NP
BH-07 15.00 SANDY SILT ML 29.3 52.2 37.0 26.0 11.0
Sheet 2 of 3

LL PL PI
D-2487 #200
BH-10 9.00 LEAN CLAY CL 20.1 85.4 43.0 25.0 18.0
BH-11 1.50 WELL-GRADED SAND with SILT SW-SM 11.8 10.5 NP NP NP
BH-12 3.75 SILTY, CLAYEY SAND SC-SM 38.5 32.1 25.0 18.0 7.0
BH-12 15.00 CLAYEY SAND SC 30.5 47.1 30.0 22.0 8.0
Sheet 3 of 3
PROJECT # BI-10-01545 UPGRADE JU'AYMAH SHOPS
KBR-AMCDE (File # 2014/91) BOREHOLE NO. BH-01

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422
U.S. SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES U.S. SIEVE NUMBERS HYDROMETER

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAIN SIZE IN MILLIMETERS
GRAVEL SAND
COBBLES SILT OR CLAY
coarse fine coarse medium fine
Sample No. Depth(m) Classification MC% LL PL PI Cc Cu

BH-01 3.00 SILTY SAND (SM) 28 NP NP NP
BH-01 9.00 SILTY SAND with GRAVEL (SM) 17 NP NP NP
BH-01 13.50 CLAYEY SAND (SC) 22 28 20 8
BH-01 19.50 SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL) 16 31 21 10
Sample No. Depth(m) D100 D60 D30 D10 %Gravel %Sand %Silt %Clay
BH-01 3.00 9.50 0.16 0.098 1.7 83.7 14.7
BH-01 9.00 12.50 0.24 0.079 19.3 51.9 28.7
BH-01 12.00 2.00 0.42 0.120 0.0 87.1 12.9
BH-01 13.50 9.50 0.13 3.3 55.5 41.2
BH-01 19.50 9.50 0.08 8.6 32.3 59.1

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-02 2.25 POORLY GRADED SAND with SILT (SP-SM) 14 NP NP NP 0.82 4.0
BH-02 9.00 LEAN CLAY with SAND (CL) 22 42 24 18
BH-02 15.00 CLAYEY SAND (SC) 29 30 22 8
BH-02 2.25 9.50 0.30 0.135 4.8 85.0 10.2
BH-02 4.50 9.50 0.29 0.128 4.9 82.1 13.0
BH-02 9.00 9.50 2.4 14.4 83.2
BH-02 12.00 2.00 0.42 0.138 0.0 89.8 10.2
BH-02 15.00 4.75 0.11 0.0 57.6 42.4

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-03 9.00 CLAYEY GRAVEL with SAND (GC) 13 28 19 9
BH-03 10.50 SILTY GRAVEL with SAND (GM) 17 NP NP NP
BH-02 18.00 2.00 0.08 0.0 40.8 59.2
BH-03 3.00 9.50 0.28 0.174 1.0 86.1 12.8
BH-03 9.00 12.50 2.21 35.2 24.8 40.0
BH-03 10.50 19.00 5.94 0.501 46.9 38.7 14.4
BH-03 13.50 9.50 0.19 0.088 2.5 73.5 24.0

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-04 16.50 SILTY SAND (SM) 22 33 24 9
BH-03 16.50 9.50 0.20 0.098 5.4 75.5 19.1
BH-04 1.50 4.75 0.30 0.157 0.0814 0.0 92.4 7.6
BH-04 6.00 4.75 0.19 0.115 0.0 88.7 11.3
BH-04 12.00 9.50 0.50 0.126 19.0 58.4 22.6
BH-04 16.50 9.50 0.11 0.6 61.9 37.5

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-04 19.50 SILTY SAND (SM) 30 35 25 10
BH-05 10.50 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND (GP-GM) 16 NP NP NP 4.51 78.8
BH-05 15.00 CLAYEY SAND (SC) 26 29 20 9
BH-04 19.50 2.00 0.09 0.0 51.3 48.7
BH-05 1.50 2.00 0.32 0.157 0.0834 0.0 93.3 6.7
BH-05 7.50 2.00 0.22 0.117 0.0 83.9 16.1
BH-05 10.50 19.00 9.75 2.332 0.1236 59.0 33.5 7.5
BH-05 15.00 4.75 0.12 0.0 68.0 32.0
PROJECT # BI-10-01545 UPGRADE JU'AYMAHSHOPS

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-06 13.50 SILTY SAND (SM) 17 NP NP NP 0.78 3.3
BH-05 19.50 4.75 0.15 0.0 46.0 54.0
BH-06 1.50 4.75 0.29 0.154 0.0 89.1 10.9
BH-06 4.50 4.75 0.22 0.141 0.0793 0.0 91.9 8.1
BH-06 9.00 4.75 0.32 0.166 0.0 88.2 11.8
BH-06 13.50 4.75 0.23 0.114 0.0 87.8 12.2

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-06 15.00 CLAYEY SAND (SC) 23 30 22 8
BH-06 19.50 SANDY SILT (ML) 28 35 25 10
BH-07 10.50 POORLY GRADED GRAVEL with SILT and SAND (GP-GM) 17 NP NP NP 6.61 147.5
BH-06 15.00 4.75 0.10 0.0 57.1 42.9
BH-06 19.50 1.00 0.09 0.0 43.3 56.7
BH-07 4.50 9.50 0.22 0.099 3.6 75.5 20.9
BH-07 10.50 25.00 14.51 3.073 0.0984 67.5 23.5 8.9
BH-07 12.00 4.75 0.27 0.132 0.0 89.5 10.5

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-07 15.00 SANDY SILT (ML) 29 37 26 11
BH-07 15.00 4.75 0.09 0.0 47.8 52.2
BH-08 3.00 9.50 0.20 0.114 0.0773 0.5 91.0 8.4
BH-08 10.50 9.50 0.91 0.133 15.2 64.5 20.3
BH-08 13.50 12.50 0.23 0.094 16.9 63.8 19.3
BH-09 1.50 9.50 0.28 0.142 0.0751 1.0 89.0 9.9

CLIENT:
LOCATION:
SIEVE ANALYSIS
ASTM D 422

6 3 1.5 3/4 3/8 4 10 20 40 60 100 200
100
P90
E
R
C80
E
N
T
70
F
I
N60
E
R
50
B
Y
W40
E
I
G30
H
T
20
10
0
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001
GRAVEL SAND

BH-09 7.50 1.00 0.18 0.112 0.0 86.6 13.4
BH-09 10.50 12.50 4.45 0.300 39.1 44.9 16.0
BH-09 13.50 9.50 0.19 0.098 12.1 70.1 17.8
BH-10 1.50 9.50 0.30

Pe A00002 001 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pe A00002 001 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pe A00002 001 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Saudi Aramco 2616-ENG (03/99)

KAPSARC and COMMUNITY PROJECTS DEPARTMENT

PROJECT PROPOSAL NARRATIVE WRITE-UP

UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS DOC

1.0 PROJECT SUMMARY ..................................................................................................................... 5

1.1 Purpose of Facilities............................................................................................... 5

3.2 Architectural ......................................................................................................... 15

4.1 Civil/Structural ...................................................................................................... 26

4.4 Plumbing/ Utilities................................................................................................. 33

DISCIPLINE 4.7 Instrumentation and Control................................................................................. 39

7.1 Civil / Structural .................................................................................................... 65

7.2 Architectural ......................................................................................................... 67

7.4 Plumbing / Utilities................................................................................................ 73

7.5 Fire Fighting System ............................................................................................ 75

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

7.7 Instrumentation and Control................................................................................. 81

7.8 Communication .................................................................................................... 81

UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS DOC

8.1 Civil / Structural .................................................................................................... 85

8.3 Plumbing/ Utilities................................................................................................. 87

8.4 Fire Fighting System: ........................................................................................... 87

9.6 Instrumentation: ................................................................................................... 89

12.0 DEVIATION /CLARIFICATION FROM DBSP ................................................................................. 93

14.1 Environmental Impact Assessment (Category-2)................................................. 97

18.1 Saudi Aramco Standard Drawings ....................................................................... 99

18.2 Saudi Aramco Library Drawings......................................................................... 100

18.3 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards and Specifications................................. 101

18.5 Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures ............................................................. 104

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

18.7 Industry Codes and Standards........................................................................... 105

19.0 PAINT/COATING.......................................................................................................................... 105

19.1 General .............................................................................................................. 105

UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS DOC

20.1 Engineering Units............................................................................................... 106

20.3 Documentation ................................................................................................... 106

22.0 APPENDICES .............................................................................................................................. 108

22.7 Building Risk Assessment Report (BRA) ........................................................... 114

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

(DCC) NO. _____________________

UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS DOC

1.0 PROJECT SUMMARY

1.1 Purpose of Facilities

The purpose of the proposed facilities is to maintain the Company’s specialized

in Dhahran shall be demolished under BI-10-01402, EXPEC Advanced Research

DISCIPLINE 1.2 Present Situation

Construction and commissioning of all new equipments of the new facilities at

 Relocation of the MSSD shop personnel to Ju’aymah.

OF THIS DRAWING IS COVERED, FOR ALL

BY DRAWING COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

UPGRADE JU’AYMAH SHOPS DOC

 DBSP, Appendix-15.1, Attachment 2 - Aerial map and location of existing

MSSD facilities at Ju’aymah.

capitalize on existing repair services and utilities.